kde4_optional_add_subdirectory(kdeplasma-addons)
kde4_optional_add_subdirectory(kemu)
kde4_optional_add_subdirectory(kget)
-kde4_optional_add_subdirectory(kmix)
kde4_optional_add_subdirectory(krdc)
kde4_optional_add_subdirectory(krfb)
kde4_optional_add_subdirectory(ksnapshot)
+++ /dev/null
-project(kmix)
-
-if(${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
- include(FeatureSummary)
-
- find_package(KDELibs4 4.23.0 REQUIRED)
-
- include_directories(${KDE4_INCLUDES})
- add_definitions(${QT_DEFINITIONS} ${KDE4_DEFINITIONS})
-endif()
-
-kde4_optional_find_package(ALSA)
-set_package_properties(ALSA PROPERTIES
- DESCRIPTION "Advanced Linux Sound Architecture"
- URL "https://alsa-project.org/wiki/Main_Page"
- PURPOSE "Needed for KMix sound feedback"
-)
-
-configure_file(
- apps/kmixremote.cmake
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/kmixremote
- @ONLY
-)
-
-# NetBSD
-find_library(LIBOSSAUDIO_LIBRARY NAMES ossaudio)
-
-add_definitions(-DKDE_DEFAULT_DEBUG_AREA=67100)
-
-include_directories(/usr/lib/oss/include)
-
-add_subdirectory( pics )
-add_subdirectory( profiles )
-#add_subdirectory( tests )
-
-if (ALSA_FOUND)
- add_definitions(-DHAVE_ALSA)
- include_directories(${ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR})
-endif (ALSA_FOUND)
-
-set(kmix_adaptor_SRCS
- dbus/dbusmixerwrapper.cpp
- dbus/dbusmixsetwrapper.cpp
- dbus/dbuscontrolwrapper.cpp
-)
-qt4_add_dbus_adaptor( kmix_adaptor_SRCS
- dbus/org.kde.kmix.control.xml
- dbus/dbuscontrolwrapper.h DBusControlWrapper
-)
-qt4_add_dbus_adaptor( kmix_adaptor_SRCS
- dbus/org.kde.kmix.mixer.xml
- dbus/dbusmixerwrapper.h DBusMixerWrapper
-)
-qt4_add_dbus_adaptor( kmix_adaptor_SRCS
- dbus/org.kde.kmix.mixset.xml
- dbus/dbusmixsetwrapper.h DBusMixSetWrapper
-)
-
-set(kmix_backend_SRCS
- backends/mixer_backend.cpp
- backends/mixer_mpris2.cpp
-)
-
-if(ALSA_FOUND)
- set(kmix_backend_SRCS ${kmix_backend_SRCS}
- backends/mixer_alsa9.cpp )
-endif()
-
-set(kmix_SRCS ${kmix_adaptor_SRCS} ${kmix_backend_SRCS}
- apps/main.cpp
- apps/kmix.cpp
- apps/KMixApp.cpp
- gui/kmixdockwidget.cpp
- gui/kmixprefdlg.cpp
- gui/viewbase.cpp
- gui/viewdockareapopup.cpp
- gui/viewsliders.cpp
- gui/mixdevicewidget.cpp
- gui/mdwmoveaction.cpp
- gui/mdwslider.cpp
- gui/mdwenum.cpp
- gui/kmixerwidget.cpp
- gui/ksmallslider.cpp
- gui/verticaltext.cpp
- gui/volumeslider.cpp
- gui/kmixtoolbox.cpp
- gui/dialogaddview.cpp
- gui/dialogviewconfiguration.cpp
- gui/dialogselectmaster.cpp
- gui/dialogchoosebackends.cpp
- gui/guiprofile.cpp
- gui/osdwidget.cpp
- core/MediaController.cpp
- core/mixertoolbox.cpp
- core/kmixdevicemanager.cpp
- core/ControlManager.cpp
- # core/ControlPool.cpp
- core/GlobalConfig.cpp
- core/MasterControl.cpp
- core/mixer.cpp
- core/mixset.cpp
- core/mixdevice.cpp
- core/mixdevicecomposite.cpp
- core/volume.cpp
-)
-
-add_executable(kmix ${kmix_SRCS})
-
-target_link_libraries(kmix
- KDE4::solid
- KDE4::kdeui
- KDE4::plasma
- ${QT_QTXML_LIBRARY}
- ${X11_X11_LIB}
-)
-
-if(ALSA_FOUND)
- target_link_libraries(kmix ${ALSA_LIBRARIES})
-endif()
-
-if(LIBOSSAUDIO_LIBRARY)
- target_link_libraries(kmix ${LIBOSSAUDIO_LIBRARY})
-endif()
-
-install(
- TARGETS kmix
- DESTINATION ${KDE4_BIN_INSTALL_DIR}
-)
-
-########### next target ###############
-
-set(kded_kmixd_SRCS ${kmix_adaptor_SRCS} ${kmix_backend_SRCS}
- apps/kmixd.cpp
- core/ControlManager.cpp
-# core/ControlPool.cpp
- core/GlobalConfig.cpp
- core/MasterControl.cpp
- core/MediaController.cpp
- core/mixer.cpp
- core/mixset.cpp
- core/mixdevice.cpp
- core/volume.cpp
- core/mixertoolbox.cpp
- core/kmixdevicemanager.cpp
-)
-
-#qt4_add_dbus_adaptor(kded_kmixd_SRCS org.kde.KMixD.xml kmixd.h Mixer)
-
-kde4_add_plugin(kded_kmixd ${kded_kmixd_SRCS})
-
-
-target_link_libraries(kded_kmixd
- KDE4::kdeui
- KDE4::solid
- ${QT_QTXML_LIBRARY}
-)
-
-if(ALSA_FOUND)
- target_link_libraries(kded_kmixd ${ALSA_LIBRARIES})
-endif()
-
-if(LIBOSSAUDIO_LIBRARY)
- target_link_libraries(kded_kmixd ${LIBOSSAUDIO_LIBRARY})
-endif()
-
-install(TARGETS kded_kmixd DESTINATION ${KDE4_PLUGIN_INSTALL_DIR})
-
-#target_link_libraries( kmixd kded_kmixd )
-#install(TARGETS kmixd DESTINATION ${KDE4_PLUGIN_INSTALL_DIR} )
-
-install(FILES kmixd.desktop DESTINATION ${KDE4_SERVICES_INSTALL_DIR}/kded)
-
-########### next target ###############
-
-set(kmixctrl_SRCS ${kmix_adaptor_SRCS} ${kmix_backend_SRCS}
- apps/kmixctrl.cpp
- core/ControlManager.cpp
- # core/ControlPool.cpp
- core/GlobalConfig.cpp
- core/MasterControl.cpp
- core/MediaController.cpp
- core/mixer.cpp
- core/mixset.cpp
- core/mixdevice.cpp
- core/volume.cpp
- core/mixertoolbox.cpp
- core/kmixdevicemanager.cpp
-)
-
-# gui/guiprofile.cpp
-
-
-add_executable(kmixctrl ${kmixctrl_SRCS})
-
-target_link_libraries(kmixctrl
- KDE4::kdeui
- KDE4::solid
- ${QT_QTXML_LIBRARY}
-)
-
-if(ALSA_FOUND)
- target_link_libraries(kmixctrl ${ALSA_LIBRARIES})
-endif()
-
-if(LIBOSSAUDIO_LIBRARY)
- target_link_libraries(kmixctrl ${LIBOSSAUDIO_LIBRARY})
-endif()
-
-########### next target ###############
-add_subdirectory( plasma )
-
-install(
- TARGETS kmixctrl
- DESTINATION ${KDE4_BIN_INSTALL_DIR}
-)
-
-install(PROGRAMS kmix.desktop DESTINATION ${KDE4_XDG_APPS_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/kmixremote DESTINATION ${KDE4_BIN_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(FILES restore_kmix_volumes.desktop DESTINATION ${KDE4_AUTOSTART_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(FILES kmix_autostart.desktop DESTINATION ${KDE4_AUTOSTART_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(FILES kmixui.rc DESTINATION ${KDE4_DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/kmix)
-install(FILES kmixctrl_restore.desktop DESTINATION ${KDE4_SERVICES_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(FILES dbus/org.kde.kmix.control.xml DESTINATION ${KDE4_DBUS_INTERFACES_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(FILES dbus/org.kde.kmix.mixer.xml DESTINATION ${KDE4_DBUS_INTERFACES_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(FILES dbus/org.kde.kmix.mixset.xml DESTINATION ${KDE4_DBUS_INTERFACES_INSTALL_DIR})
-
-if(${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
- feature_summary(WHAT ALL FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES)
-endif()
+++ /dev/null
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
- We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
- whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
- part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
- parties under the terms of this License.
-
- c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
- when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
- interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
- announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
- notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
- a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
- these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
- does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
- the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
- a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
- source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
- 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
- years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
- cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
- machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
- distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
- to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
- allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
- received the program in object code or executable form with such
- an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
- 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
- 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
- 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
- Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
- `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.
+++ /dev/null
- GNU Free Documentation License
- Version 1.2, November 2002
-
-
- Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-
-0. PREAMBLE
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-
-1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
-within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
-mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
-or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
-HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
-transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
-include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
-proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
-processing tools are not generally available, and the
-machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
-processors for output purposes only.
-
-The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-
-2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-
-3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-
-4. MODIFICATIONS
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
- (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
- of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
- if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
- Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
- Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
- unless they release you from this requirement.
-C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
- giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
- terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
- and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
- to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
- publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
- there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
- given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
- Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
- public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
- the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
- it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
- You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
- least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
- publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
- the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
- and/or dedications given therein.
-L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
- or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-
-5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
-Entitled "Endorsements".
-
-
-6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-
-7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-
-8. TRANSLATION
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
-"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-
-
-9. TERMINATION
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-
-10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
- Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
- A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
- Free Documentation License".
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
- Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
+++ /dev/null
- GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
- numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
- This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
-other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
-your libraries, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
-you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
-with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
- Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
-the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
- Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
-version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
-the original authors' reputations.
-\f
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
-software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
-transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
-we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
-free use or not licensed at all.
-
- Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
-GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
-license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
-designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
-one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
-the same as in the ordinary license.
-
- The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
-they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
-program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
-changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
-analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
-a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
-derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
-treats it as such.
-
- Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
-Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
-sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
-concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
-
- However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
-users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
-libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
-permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
-preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
-libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
-this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
-changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
-will lead to faster development of free libraries.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
-former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
-works together with the library.
-
- Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
-General Public License rather than by this special one.
-\f
- GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
-party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
-General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
-addressed as "you".
-
- A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
- The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
- "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-\f
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
- b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
- charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
- d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
- table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
- the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
- is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
- in the event an application does not supply such function or
- table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
- its purpose remains meaningful.
-
- (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
- a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
- application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
- application-supplied function or table used by this function must
- be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
- root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-\f
- Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
- This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
- 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
- If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
- However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
- When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
- If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
- Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-\f
- 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
- You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
- a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
- machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
- changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
- Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
- with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
- uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
- user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
- executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
- that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
- Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
- to use the modified definitions.)
-
- b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
- least three years, to give the same user the materials
- specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
- than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
- c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
- from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
- specified materials from the same place.
-
- d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
- materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
- For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
-the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
-distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
- It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-\f
- 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
- a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
- based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
- facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
- Sections above.
-
- b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
- that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
- where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
- 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
- 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-\f
- 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
- 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-\f
- 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-\f
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
- If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
- To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
- library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-$EXTRACTRC *.rc *.ui >> rc.cpp
-$XGETTEXT `find . -name '*.cpp' | grep -v '/tests/'` -o $podir/kmix.pot
-rm -f rc.cpp
+++ /dev/null
-These are the recommended test cases for KMix.
-They should be tested before a new KDE version is being shipped.
-
-01: Basic: Start KMix with existing profile (kmixrc)
-02: Basic: Close KMix -> Dock
-03: Basic: Close KMix -> Exit
-04: Show/Hide Labels
-05: Show/Hide Tickmarks
-06: New Mixer Tab ("distribute" and "no distribute")
-07: System tray volume control
-08: Start KMix with no Mixer Hardware/Drivers available
-09: Basic: Start KMix with NO existing profile (kmixrc)
-10: Basic: KMix KControl module
-11: kmixctrl --restore (with existing .kmixctrlrc) must restore volumes
-12: kmixctrl --restore (without existing .kmixctrlrc) must NOT change volumes
-13: "Switch-only" controls are available and work (e.g: IEC958': Capabilities: pswitch pswitch-joined cswitch cswitch-joined)
-14: Rapid stream creation/deletion works properly (KMix shows and hides the controls, no crash). for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10; do paplay /Multimedia/Kennedy_berliner.ogg& done
-
-
-
------------+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
-TestCase> | 01 | 02 | 03 | 04 | 05 | 06 | 07 | 08 | 09 | 10 | 11 | 12 |
-Version | | | | | | | | | | | | |
------------+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
-CVS20030502| OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | | | | | |
-CVS20031102| | | | | | na | | | | OK | | |
-KDE3.2 | OK | | | | | na | | | | | | |
-KDE3.4 | OK | OK | OK | OK | OK | na | OK | OK | OK | na | OK | OK |
------------+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+----+
-
-Test case results:
-OK : Fully OK
- : Not tested
-xx : Failure
-na : not applicable (Feature discontinued)
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <schimmi@kde.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2001 Preston Brown <pbrown@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "KMixApp.h"
-#include "apps/kmix.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-
-bool KMixApp::_keepVisibility = false;
-
-KMixApp::KMixApp()
- : KUniqueApplication(), m_kmix( 0 )
-{
- GlobalConfig::init();
-
- // We must disable QuitOnLastWindowClosed. Rationale:
- // 1) The normal state of KMix is to only have the dock icon shown.
- // 2a) The dock icon gets reconstructed, whenever a soundcard is hotplugged or unplugged.
- // 2b) The dock icon gets reconstructed, when the user selects a new master.
- // 3) During the reconstruction, it can easily happen that no window is present => KMix would quit
- // => disable QuitOnLastWindowClosed
- setQuitOnLastWindowClosed ( false );
-}
-
-
-KMixApp::~KMixApp()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().shutdownNow();
- delete m_kmix;
-}
-
-
-int
-KMixApp::newInstance()
-{
- // There are 3 cases for a new instance
-
- //kDebug(67100) << "KMixApp::newInstance() isRestored()=" << isRestored() << "_keepVisibility=" << _keepVisibility;
- static bool first = true;
- if ( !first )
- { // There already exists an instance/window
-
- /* !!! @bug : _keepVisibilty has the wrong value here.
- It is supposed to have the value set by the command line
- arg, and the keepVisibilty() method.
- All looks fine, BUT(!!!) THIS code is NEVER entered in
- the just started process.
- KDE IPC (DBUS) has instead notified the already running
- KMix process, about a newInstance(). So _keepVisibilty
- has always the value of the first started KMix process.
- This is a bug in KMix and must be fixed.
- cesken, 2008-11-01
- */
-
- kDebug(67100) << "KMixApp::newInstance() Instance exists";
-
- if ( ! _keepVisibility && !isSessionRestored() ) {
- kDebug(67100) << "KMixApp::newInstance() SHOW WINDOW (_keepVisibility=" << _keepVisibility << ", isSessionRestored=" << isSessionRestored();
- // CASE 1: If KMix is running AND the *USER*
- // starts it again, the KMix main window will be shown.
- // If KMix is restored by SM or the --keepvisibilty is used, KMix will NOT
- // explicitly be shown.
- KUniqueApplication::newInstance();
-// if ( !m_kmix ) {
-// m_kmix->show();
-// } else {
-// kWarning(67100) << "KMixApp::newInstance() Window has not finished constructing yet so ignoring the show() request.";
-// }
- }
- else {
- // CASE 2: If KMix is running, AND ( session gets restored OR keepvisibilty command line switch )
- kDebug(67100) << "KMixApp::newInstance() REGULAR_START _keepVisibility=" << _keepVisibility;
- // Special case: Command line arg --keepVisibility was used:
- // We don't want to change the visibiliy, thus we don't call show() here.
- //
- // Hint: --keepVisibility is a special option for applications that
- // want to start a mixer service, but don't need to show the KMix
- // GUI (like KMilo , KAlarm, ...).
- // See (e.g.) Bug 58901 for deeper insight.
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // CASE 3: KMix was not running yet => instanciate a new one
- //kDebug(67100) << "KMixApp::newInstance() Instanciate: _keepVisibility=" << _keepVisibility ;
- first = false; // NB See https://qa.mandriva.com/show_bug.cgi?id=56893#c3
- // It is important to track this via a separate variable and not
- // based on m_kmix to handle this race condition.
- // Specific protection for the activation-prior-to-full-construction
- // case exists above in the 'already running case'
- GlobalConfig::init();
- m_kmix = new KMixWindow(_keepVisibility);
- //connect(this, SIGNAL(stopUpdatesOnVisibility()), m_kmix, SLOT(stopVisibilityUpdates()));
- if ( isSessionRestored() && KMainWindow::canBeRestored(0) )
- {
- m_kmix->restore(0, false);
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void KMixApp::keepVisibility(bool val_keepVisibility) {
- _keepVisibility = val_keepVisibility;
-}
-
-/*
-void
-KMixApp::quitExtended()
-{
- // This method is here to quit hold from the dock icon: When directly calling
- // quit(), the main window will be hidden before saving the configuration.
- // isVisible() would return on quit always false (which would be bad).
- kDebug(67100) << "quitExtended ENTER";
- emit stopUpdatesOnVisibility();
- quit();
-}
-*/
-
-
-#include "moc_KMixApp.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef KMixApp_h
-#define KMixApp_h
-
-#include <kuniqueapplication.h>
-
-class KMixWindow;
-
-class KMixApp : public KUniqueApplication
-{
-Q_OBJECT
- public:
- KMixApp();
- ~KMixApp();
- int newInstance ();
-
- public slots:
- //void quitExtended(); // For a hack on visibility()
- static void keepVisibility(bool);
-/*
- signals:
- void stopUpdatesOnVisibility();
-*/
- private:
- KMixWindow *m_kmix;
- static bool _keepVisibility;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2014 The KMix authors. Maintainer: Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "apps/kmix.h"
-
-// include files for QT
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QDesktopWidget>
-#include <QPushButton>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <QCursor>
-#include <QString>
-#include <QMenuBar>
-#include <QProcess>
-
-// include files for KDE
-#include <KConfigSkeleton>
-#include <kcombobox.h>
-#include <kiconloader.h>
-#include <kmessagebox.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <kapplication.h>
-#include <kstandardaction.h>
-#include <kmenu.h>
-#include <khelpmenu.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kxmlguifactory.h>
-#include <kglobal.h>
-#include <kactioncollection.h>
-#include <ktoggleaction.h>
-#include <ksystemeventfilter.h>
-#include <KTabWidget>
-
-// KMix
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/MasterControl.h"
-#include "core/MediaController.h"
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-#include "core/kmixdevicemanager.h"
-#include "gui/kmixerwidget.h"
-#include "gui/kmixprefdlg.h"
-#include "gui/kmixdockwidget.h"
-#include "gui/kmixtoolbox.h"
-#include "core/version.h"
-#include "gui/viewdockareapopup.h"
-#include "gui/dialogaddview.h"
-#include "gui/dialogselectmaster.h"
-#include "dbus/dbusmixsetwrapper.h"
-#include "gui/osdwidget.h"
-
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-#include <X11/XF86keysym.h>
-#include <fixx11h.h>
-
-/* KMixWindow
- * Constructs a mixer window (KMix main window)
- */
-
-static KeyCode s_xf86lowervolume = 0;
-static KeyCode s_xf86raisevolume = 0;
-
-KMixWindow::KMixWindow(bool invisible) :
- KXmlGuiWindow(0, Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint),
- m_multiDriverMode(false), // -<- I never-ever want the multi-drivermode to be activated by accident
- m_dockWidget(), m_dsm(0), m_dontSetDefaultCardOnStart(false)
-{
- setObjectName(QLatin1String("KMixWindow"));
- // disable delete-on-close because KMix might just sit in the background waiting for cards to be plugged in
- setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, false);
-
- initActions(); // init actions first, so we can use them in the loadConfig() already
- loadConfig(); // Load config before initMixer(), e.g. due to "MultiDriver" keyword
- initActionsLate(); // init actions that require a loaded config
- KGlobal::locale()->insertCatalog(QLatin1String("kmix-controls"));
- initWidgets();
- initPrefDlg();
- DBusMixSetWrapper::initialize(this, "/Mixers");
- MixerToolBox::instance()->initMixer(m_multiDriverMode, m_backendFilter,
- m_hwInfoString);
- KMixDeviceManager *theKMixDeviceManager = KMixDeviceManager::instance();
- initActionsAfterInitMixer(); // init actions that require initialized mixer backend(s).
-
- recreateGUI(false);
- if (m_wsMixers->count() < 1)
- {
- // Something is wrong. Perhaps a hardware or driver or backend change. Let KMix search harder
- recreateGUI(false, QString(), true);
- }
-
- if (!kapp->isSessionRestored() ) // done by the session manager otherwise
- setInitialSize();
-
- theKMixDeviceManager->initHotplug();
- connect(theKMixDeviceManager, SIGNAL(plugged(const char*,QString,QString&)),
- SLOT (plugged(const char*,QString,QString&)));
- connect(theKMixDeviceManager, SIGNAL(unplugged(QString)),
- SLOT (unplugged(QString)));
- if (m_startVisible && !invisible)
- show(); // Started visible
-
- connect(kapp, SIGNAL(aboutToQuit()), SLOT(saveConfig()) );
-
- ControlManager::instance().addListener(
- QString(), // All mixers (as the Global master Mixer might change)
- (ControlChangeType::Type)(ControlChangeType::ControlList | ControlChangeType::MasterChanged),
- this,
- QString("KMixWindow")
- );
-
- // Send an initial volume refresh (otherwise all volumes are 0 until the next change)
- ControlManager::instance().announce(QString(), ControlChangeType::Volume, QString("Startup"));
-}
-
-KMixWindow::~KMixWindow()
-{
- if (m_autouseMultimediaKeys) {
- XUngrabKey(
- QX11Info::display(),
- s_xf86lowervolume,
- AnyModifier, QX11Info::appRootWindow()
- );
-
- XUngrabKey(
- QX11Info::display(),
- s_xf86raisevolume,
- AnyModifier, QX11Info::appRootWindow()
- );
- }
-
- ControlManager::instance().removeListener(this);
-
- delete m_dsm;
- delete osdWidget;
-
- // -1- Cleanup Memory: clearMixerWidgets
- while (m_wsMixers->count() != 0)
- {
- QWidget *mw = m_wsMixers->widget(0);
- m_wsMixers->removeTab(0);
- delete mw;
- }
-
- // -2- Mixer HW
- MixerToolBox::instance()->deinitMixer();
-
- // -3- Action collection (just to please Valgrind)
- actionCollection()->clear();
-
- // GUIProfile cache should be cleared very very late, as GUIProfile instances are used in the Views, which
- // means main window and potentially also in the tray popup (at least we might do so in the future).
- // This place here could be to early, if we would start to GUIProfile outside KMixWIndow, e.g. in the tray popup.
- // Until we do so, this is the best place to call clearCache(). Later, e.g. in main() would likely be problematic.
-
- GUIProfile::clearCache();
-
-
-}
-
-
-
-void KMixWindow::controlsChange(int changeType)
-{
- ControlChangeType::Type type = ControlChangeType::fromInt(changeType);
- switch (type )
- {
- case ControlChangeType::ControlList:
- case ControlChangeType::MasterChanged:
- updateDocking();
- break;
-
- default:
- ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(type, this);
- break;
- }
-
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::initActions()
-{
- // file menu
- KStandardAction::quit(this, SLOT(quit()), actionCollection());
-
- // settings menu
- _actionShowMenubar = KStandardAction::showMenubar(this, SLOT(toggleMenuBar()),
- actionCollection());
- //actionCollection()->addAction( a->objectName(), a );
- KStandardAction::preferences(this, SLOT(showSettings()), actionCollection());
- KStandardAction::keyBindings(guiFactory(), SLOT(configureShortcuts()),
- actionCollection());
- KAction* action = actionCollection()->addAction("launch_kdesoundsetup");
- action->setText(i18n("Audio Setup"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotKdeAudioSetupExec()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("hwinfo");
- action->setText(i18n("Hardware &Information"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotHWInfo()));
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("hide_kmixwindow");
- action->setText(i18n("Hide Mixer Window"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(hideOrClose()));
- action->setShortcut(QKeySequence(Qt::Key_Escape));
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("toggle_channels_currentview");
- action->setText(i18n("Configure &Channels..."));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotConfigureCurrentView()));
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("select_master");
- action->setText(i18n("Select Master Channel..."));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotSelectMaster()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("save_1");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_1));
- action->setText(i18n("Save volume profile 1"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(saveVolumes1()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("save_2");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_2));
- action->setText(i18n("Save volume profile 2"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(saveVolumes2()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("save_3");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_3));
- action->setText(i18n("Save volume profile 3"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(saveVolumes3()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("save_4");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_4));
- action->setText(i18n("Save volume profile 4"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(saveVolumes4()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("load_1");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_1));
- action->setText(i18n("Load volume profile 1"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(loadVolumes1()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("load_2");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_2));
- action->setText(i18n("Load volume profile 2"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(loadVolumes2()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("load_3");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_3));
- action->setText(i18n("Load volume profile 3"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(loadVolumes3()));
-
- action = actionCollection()->addAction("load_4");
- action->setShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_4));
- action->setText(i18n("Load volume profile 4"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(loadVolumes4()));
-
- osdWidget = new OSDWidget();
-
- createGUI(QLatin1String("kmixui.rc"));
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::initActionsLate()
-{
- if (m_autouseMultimediaKeys)
- {
- KAction* globalAction = actionCollection()->addAction("increase_volume");
- globalAction->setText(i18n("Increase Volume"));
- connect(globalAction, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotIncreaseVolume()));
-
- globalAction = actionCollection()->addAction("decrease_volume");
- globalAction->setText(i18n("Decrease Volume"));
- connect(globalAction, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotDecreaseVolume()));
-
- globalAction = actionCollection()->addAction("mute");
- globalAction->setText(i18n("Mute"));
- connect(globalAction, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotMute()));
-
- s_xf86lowervolume = XKeysymToKeycode(QX11Info::display(), XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume);
- s_xf86raisevolume = XKeysymToKeycode(QX11Info::display(), XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume);
-
- XGrabKey(
- QX11Info::display(),
- s_xf86lowervolume,
- AnyModifier, QX11Info::appRootWindow(), False, GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync
- );
-
- XGrabKey(
- QX11Info::display(),
- s_xf86raisevolume,
- AnyModifier, QX11Info::appRootWindow(), False, GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync
- );
-
- KSystemEventFilter::installEventFilter(this);
- }
-}
-
-bool KMixWindow::x11Event(XEvent *xevent)
-{
- if (xevent->type == KeyPress) {
- // qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << xevent << xevent->xkey.keycode;
- // qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << XF86XK_AudioLowerVolume << s_xf86lowervolume;
- // qDebug() << Q_FUNC_INFO << XF86XK_AudioRaiseVolume << s_xf86raisevolume;
- if (xevent->xkey.keycode == s_xf86lowervolume) {
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(false);
- return true;
- } else if (xevent->xkey.keycode == s_xf86raisevolume) {
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(true);
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::initActionsAfterInitMixer()
-{
- QPixmap cornerNewPM = KIconLoader::global()->loadIcon("tab-new", KIconLoader::Toolbar, KIconLoader::SizeSmall);
- QPushButton* _cornerLabelNew = new QPushButton();
- _cornerLabelNew->setIcon(cornerNewPM);
- //cornerLabelNew->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy());
- m_wsMixers->setCornerWidget(_cornerLabelNew, Qt::TopLeftCorner);
- connect(_cornerLabelNew, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT (newView()));
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::initPrefDlg()
-{
- KMixPrefDlg* prefDlg = KMixPrefDlg::createInstance(this, GlobalConfig::instance());
- connect(prefDlg, SIGNAL(kmixConfigHasChanged()), SLOT(applyPrefs()));
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::initWidgets()
-{
- m_wsMixers = new KTabWidget();
- m_wsMixers->setDocumentMode(true);
- setCentralWidget(m_wsMixers);
- m_wsMixers->setTabsClosable(false);
- connect(m_wsMixers, SIGNAL(tabCloseRequested(int)),
- SLOT(saveAndCloseView(int)));
-
- QPixmap cornerNewPM = KIconLoader::global()->loadIcon("tab-new",
- KIconLoader::Toolbar, KIconLoader::SizeSmall);
-
- connect(m_wsMixers, SIGNAL(currentChanged(int)), SLOT(newMixerShown(int)));
-
- // show menubar if the actions says so (or if the action does not exist)
- menuBar()->setVisible(
- (_actionShowMenubar == 0) || _actionShowMenubar->isChecked());
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::setInitialSize()
-{
- KConfigGroup config(KGlobal::config(), "Global");
-
- // HACK: QTabWidget will bound its sizeHint to 200x200 unless scrollbuttons
- // are disabled, so we disable them, get a decent sizehint and enable them
- // back
- m_wsMixers->setUsesScrollButtons(false);
- QSize defSize = sizeHint();
- m_wsMixers->setUsesScrollButtons(true);
- QSize size = config.readEntry("Size", defSize);
- if (!size.isEmpty())
- resize(size);
-
- QPoint defPos = pos();
- QPoint pos = config.readEntry("Position", defPos);
- move(pos);
-}
-
-
-void KMixWindow::removeDock()
-{
- if (m_dockWidget)
- {
- m_dockWidget->deleteLater();
- m_dockWidget = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Creates or deletes the KMixDockWidget, depending on whether there is a Mixer instance available.
- *
- * @returns true, if the docking succeeded. Failure usually means that there
- * was no suitable mixer control selected.
- */
-bool KMixWindow::updateDocking()
-{
- GlobalConfigData& gcd = GlobalConfig::instance().data;
-
- if ( !gcd.showDockWidget || Mixer::mixers().isEmpty())
- {
- removeDock();
- return false;
- }
- if (!m_dockWidget)
- {
- m_dockWidget = new KMixDockWidget(this);
- }
- return true;
-}
-void
-KMixWindow::saveConfig()
-{
- saveBaseConfig();
- saveViewConfig();
- saveVolumes();
-#warning We must Sync here, or we will lose configuration data. The reson for that is unknown.
-
- // TODO cesken The reason for not writing might be that we have multiple cascaded KConfig objects. I must migrate to KSharedConfig !!!
- KGlobal::config()->sync();
- kDebug()
- << "Saved config ... sync finished";
-}
-
-void KMixWindow::saveBaseConfig()
-{
- GlobalConfig::instance().writeConfig();
-
- KConfigGroup config(KGlobal::config(), "Global");
-
- config.writeEntry("Size", size());
- config.writeEntry("Position", pos());
- // Cannot use isVisible() here, as in the "aboutToQuit()" case this widget is already hidden.
- // (Please note that the problem was only there when quitting via Systray - esken).
- // Using it again, as internal behaviour has changed with KDE4
- config.writeEntry("Visible", isVisible());
- config.writeEntry("Menubar", _actionShowMenubar->isChecked());
- config.writeEntry("Soundmenu.Mixers", GlobalConfig::instance().getMixersForSoundmenu().toList());
-
- config.writeEntry("DefaultCardOnStart", m_defaultCardOnStart);
- config.writeEntry("ConfigVersion", KMIX_CONFIG_VERSION);
- config.writeEntry("AutoUseMultimediaKeys", m_autouseMultimediaKeys);
-
- MasterControl& master = Mixer::getGlobalMasterPreferred();
- if (master.isValid())
- {
- config.writeEntry("MasterMixer", master.getCard());
- config.writeEntry("MasterMixerDevice", master.getControl());
- }
- QString mixerIgnoreExpression = MixerToolBox::instance()->mixerIgnoreExpression();
- config.writeEntry("MixerIgnoreExpression", mixerIgnoreExpression);
-
- kDebug()
- << "Base configuration saved";
-}
-
-void KMixWindow::saveViewConfig()
-{
- QMap<QString, QStringList> mixerViews;
-
- // The following loop is necessary for the case that the user has hidden all views for a Mixer instance.
- // Otherwise we would not save the Meta information (step -2- below for that mixer.
- // We also do not save dynamic mixers (e.g. PulseAudio)
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers() )
- {
- if ( !mixer->isDynamic() )
- {
- mixerViews[mixer->id()]; // just insert a map entry
- }
- }
-
- // -1- Save the views themselves
- for (int i = 0; i < m_wsMixers->count(); ++i)
- {
- QWidget *w = m_wsMixers->widget(i);
- if (w->inherits("KMixerWidget"))
- {
- KMixerWidget* mw = (KMixerWidget*) w;
- // Here also Views are saved. even for Mixers that are closed. This is necessary when unplugging cards.
- // Otherwise the user will be confused afer re-plugging the card (as the config was not saved).
- mw->saveConfig(KGlobal::config().data());
- // add the view to the corresponding mixer list, so we can save a views-per-mixer list below
- if (!mw->mixer()->isDynamic())
- {
- QStringList& qsl = mixerViews[mw->mixer()->id()];
- qsl.append(mw->getGuiprof()->getId());
- }
- }
- }
-
- // -2- Save Meta-Information (which views, and in which order). views-per-mixer list
- KConfigGroup pconfig(KGlobal::config(), "Profiles");
- QMap<QString, QStringList>::const_iterator itEnd = mixerViews.constEnd();
- for (QMap<QString, QStringList>::const_iterator it = mixerViews.constBegin(); it != itEnd; ++it)
- {
- const QString& mixerProfileKey = it.key(); // this is actually some mixer->id()
- const QStringList& qslProfiles = it.value();
- pconfig.writeEntry(mixerProfileKey, qslProfiles);
- kDebug()
- << "Save Profile List for " << mixerProfileKey << ", number of views is " << qslProfiles.count();
- }
-
- kDebug()
- << "View configuration saved";
-}
-
-/**
- * Stores the volumes of all mixers Can be restored via loadVolumes() or
- * the kmixctrl application.
- */
-void
-KMixWindow::saveVolumes()
-{
- saveVolumes(QString());
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::saveVolumes(QString postfix)
-{
- const QString& kmixctrlRcFilename = getKmixctrlRcFilename(postfix);
- KConfig *cfg = new KConfig(kmixctrlRcFilename);
- for (int i = 0; i < Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i)
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- if (mixer->isOpen())
- { // protect from unplugged devices (better do *not* save them)
- mixer->volumeSave(cfg);
- }
- }
- cfg->sync();
- delete cfg;
- kDebug()
- << "Volume configuration saved";
-}
-
-QString
-KMixWindow::getKmixctrlRcFilename(QString postfix)
-{
- QString kmixctrlRcFilename("kmixctrlrc");
- if (!postfix.isEmpty())
- {
- kmixctrlRcFilename.append(".").append(postfix);
- }
- return kmixctrlRcFilename;
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::loadConfig()
-{
- loadBaseConfig();
-
- //loadViewConfig(); // mw->loadConfig() explicitly called always after creating mw.
- //loadVolumes(); // not in use
-
- // create an initial snapshot, so we have a reference of the state before changes through the preferences dialog
- configDataSnapshot = GlobalConfig::instance().data;
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::loadBaseConfig()
-{
- KConfigGroup config(KGlobal::config(), "Global");
-
- QList<QString> preferredMixersInSoundMenu;
- preferredMixersInSoundMenu = config.readEntry("Soundmenu.Mixers", preferredMixersInSoundMenu);
- GlobalConfig::instance().setMixersForSoundmenu(preferredMixersInSoundMenu.toSet());
-
- m_startVisible = config.readEntry("Visible", false);
- m_multiDriverMode = config.readEntry("MultiDriver", false);
- m_defaultCardOnStart = config.readEntry("DefaultCardOnStart", "");
- m_autouseMultimediaKeys = config.readEntry("AutoUseMultimediaKeys", true);
- QString mixerMasterCard = config.readEntry("MasterMixer", "");
- QString masterDev = config.readEntry("MasterMixerDevice", "");
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster(mixerMasterCard, masterDev, true);
- QString mixerIgnoreExpression = config.readEntry("MixerIgnoreExpression",
- "Modem");
- MixerToolBox::instance()->setMixerIgnoreExpression(mixerIgnoreExpression);
-
- // --- Advanced options, without GUI: START -------------------------------------
- QString volumePercentageStepString = config.readEntry("VolumePercentageStep");
- if (!volumePercentageStepString.isNull())
- {
- float volumePercentageStep = volumePercentageStepString.toFloat();
- if (volumePercentageStep > 0 && volumePercentageStep <= 100)
- Volume::VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR = (100 / volumePercentageStep);
- }
-
- // --- Advanced options, without GUI: END -------------------------------------
-
- m_backendFilter = config.readEntry<>("Backends", QList<QString>());
- kDebug() << "Backends: " << m_backendFilter;
-
- // show/hide menu bar
- bool showMenubar = config.readEntry("Menubar", true);
-
- if (_actionShowMenubar)
- _actionShowMenubar->setChecked(showMenubar);
-}
-
-/**
- * Loads the volumes of all mixers from kmixctrlrc.
- * In other words:
- * Restores the default voumes as stored via saveVolumes() or the
- * execution of "kmixctrl --save"
- */
-
-void
-KMixWindow::loadVolumes()
-{
- loadVolumes(QString());
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::loadVolumes(QString postfix)
-{
- kDebug()
- << "About to load config (Volume)";
- const QString& kmixctrlRcFilename = getKmixctrlRcFilename(postfix);
-
- KConfig *cfg = new KConfig(kmixctrlRcFilename);
- for (int i = 0; i < Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i)
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- mixer->volumeLoad(cfg);
- }
- delete cfg;
-}
-
-
-void
-KMixWindow::recreateGUIwithSavingView()
-{
-// saveViewConfig();
- recreateGUI(true);
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::recreateGUI(bool saveConfig)
-{
- recreateGUI(saveConfig, QString(), false);
-}
-
-/**
- * Create or recreate the Mixer GUI elements
- *
- * @param saveConfig Whether to save all View configurations before recreating
- * @param forceNewTab To enforce opening a new tab, even when the profileList in the kmixrc is empty.
- * It should only be set to "true" in case of a Hotplug (because then the user definitely expects a new Tab to show).
- */
-void
-KMixWindow::recreateGUI(bool saveConfig, const QString& mixerId,
- bool forceNewTab)
-{
- // -1- Remember which of the tabs is currently selected for restoration for re-insertion
- int oldTabPosition = m_wsMixers->currentIndex();
-
- if (saveConfig)
- saveViewConfig(); // save the state before recreating
-
- // -2- RECREATE THE ALREADY EXISTING TABS **********************************
- QMap<Mixer*, bool> mixerHasProfile;
-
- // -2a- Build a list of all active profiles in the main window (that means: from all tabs)
- QList<GUIProfile*> activeGuiProfiles;
- for (int i = 0; i < m_wsMixers->count(); ++i)
- {
- KMixerWidget* kmw = qobject_cast<KMixerWidget*>(m_wsMixers->widget(i));
- if (kmw)
- {
- activeGuiProfiles.append(kmw->getGuiprof());
- }
- }
-
- // TODO The following loop is a bit buggy, as it iterates over all cached Profiles. But that is wrong for Tabs that got closed.
- // I need to loop over something else, e.g. a profile list built from the currently open Tabs.
- // Or (if it that is easier) I might discard the Profile from the cache on "close-tab" (but that must also include unplug actions).
- foreach( GUIProfile* guiprof, activeGuiProfiles){
- KMixerWidget* kmw = findKMWforTab(guiprof->getId());
- Mixer *mixer = Mixer::findMixer( guiprof->getMixerId() );
- if ( mixer == 0 )
- {
- kError() << "MixerToolBox::find() hasn't found the Mixer for the profile " << guiprof->getId();
- continue;
- }
- mixerHasProfile[mixer] = true;
- if ( kmw == 0 )
- {
- // does not yet exist => create
- addMixerWidget(mixer->id(), guiprof->getId(), -1);
- }
- else
- {
- // did exist => remove and insert new guiprof at old position
- int indexOfTab = m_wsMixers->indexOf(kmw);
- if ( indexOfTab != -1 ) m_wsMixers->removeTab(indexOfTab);
- delete kmw;
- addMixerWidget(mixer->id(), guiprof->getId(), indexOfTab);
- }
-} // Loop over all GUIProfile's
-
-// -3- ADD TABS FOR Mixer instances that have no tab yet **********************************
- KConfigGroup pconfig(KGlobal::config(), "Profiles");
- foreach ( Mixer *mixer, Mixer::mixers()){
- if ( mixerHasProfile.contains(mixer))
- {
- continue; // OK, this mixer already has a profile => skip it
- }
- // No TAB YET => This should mean KMix is just started, or the user has just plugged in a card
- bool profileListHasKey = false;
- QStringList profileList;
- bool aProfileWasAddedSucesufully = false;
-
- if ( !mixer->isDynamic() )
- {
- // We do not support save profiles for dynamic mixers (i.e. PulseAudio)
-
- profileListHasKey = pconfig.hasKey( mixer->id() );// <<< SHOULD be before the following line
- profileList = pconfig.readEntry( mixer->id(), QStringList() );
-
- foreach ( QString profileId, profileList)
- {
- // This handles the profileList form the kmixrc
- kDebug() << "Now searching for profile: " << profileId;
- GUIProfile* guiprof = GUIProfile::find(mixer, profileId, true, false);// ### Card specific profile ###
- if ( guiprof != 0 )
- {
- addMixerWidget(mixer->id(), guiprof->getId(), -1);
- aProfileWasAddedSucesufully = true;
- }
- else
- {
- kError() << "Cannot load profile " << profileId << " . It was removed by the user, or the KMix config file is defective.";
- }
- }
- }
-
- // The we_need_a_fallback case is a bit tricky. Please ask the author (cesken) before even considering to change the code.
- bool we_need_a_fallback = !aProfileWasAddedSucesufully;// we *possibly* want a fallback, if we couldn't add one
- bool thisMixerShouldBeForced = forceNewTab && ( mixerId.isEmpty() || (mixer->id() == mixerId) );
- we_need_a_fallback = we_need_a_fallback && ( thisMixerShouldBeForced || !profileListHasKey );// Additional requirement: "forced-tab-for-this-mixer" OR "no key stored in kmixrc yet"
- if ( we_need_a_fallback )
- {
- // The profileList was empty or nothing could be loaded
- // (Hint: This means the user cannot hide a device completely
-
- // Lets try a bunch of fallback strategies:
- GUIProfile* guiprof = 0;
- if ( !mixer->isDynamic() )
- {
- // We know that GUIProfile::find() will return 0 if the mixer is dynamic, so don't bother checking.
- kDebug() << "Attempting to find a card-specific GUI Profile for the mixer " << mixer->id();
- guiprof = GUIProfile::find(mixer, QString("default"), false, false);// ### Card specific profile ###
- if ( guiprof == 0 )
- {
- kDebug() << "Not found. Attempting to find a generic GUI Profile for the mixer " << mixer->id();
- guiprof = GUIProfile::find(mixer, QString("default"), false, true); // ### Card unspecific profile ###
- }
- }
- if ( guiprof == 0)
- {
- kDebug() << "Using fallback GUI Profile for the mixer " << mixer->id();
- // This means there is neither card specific nor card unspecific profile
- // This is the case for some backends (as they don't ship profiles).
- guiprof = GUIProfile::fallbackProfile(mixer);
- }
-
- if ( guiprof != 0 )
- {
- guiprof->setDirty(); // All fallback => dirty
- addMixerWidget(mixer->id(), guiprof->getId(), -1);
- }
- else
- {
- kError() << "Cannot use ANY profile (including Fallback) for mixer " << mixer->id() << " . This is impossible, and thus this mixer can NOT be used.";
- }
-
- }
-}
- mixerHasProfile.clear();
-
- // -4- FINALIZE **********************************
- if (m_wsMixers->count() > 0)
- {
- if (oldTabPosition >= 0)
- {
- m_wsMixers->setCurrentIndex(oldTabPosition);
- }
- bool dockingSucceded = updateDocking();
- if (!dockingSucceded && !Mixer::mixers().empty())
- {
- show(); // avoid invisible and unaccessible main window
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // No soundcard found. Do not complain, but sit in the background, and wait for newly plugged soundcards.
- updateDocking(); // -<- removes the DockIcon
- hide();
- }
-
-}
-
-KMixerWidget*
-KMixWindow::findKMWforTab(const QString& kmwId)
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < m_wsMixers->count(); ++i)
- {
- KMixerWidget* kmw = (KMixerWidget*) m_wsMixers->widget(i);
- if (kmw->getGuiprof()->getId() == kmwId)
- {
- return kmw;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::newView()
-{
- if (Mixer::mixers().empty())
- {
- kError() << "Trying to create a View, but no Mixer exists";
- return; // should never happen
- }
-
- Mixer *mixer = Mixer::mixers()[0];
- QPointer<DialogAddView> dav = new DialogAddView(this, mixer);
- int ret = dav->exec();
-
- if (QDialog::Accepted == ret)
- {
- QString profileName = dav->getresultViewName();
- QString mixerId = dav->getresultMixerId();
- mixer = Mixer::findMixer(mixerId);
- kDebug()
- << ">>> mixer = " << mixerId << " -> " << mixer;
-
- GUIProfile* guiprof = GUIProfile::find(mixer, profileName, false, false);
- if (guiprof == 0)
- {
- guiprof = GUIProfile::find(mixer, profileName, false, true);
- }
-
- if (guiprof == 0)
- {
- static const QString msg(
- i18n("Cannot add view - GUIProfile is invalid."));
- errorPopup(msg);
- }
- else
- {
- bool ret = addMixerWidget(mixer->id(), guiprof->getId(), -1);
- if (ret == false)
- {
- errorPopup(i18n("View already exists. Cannot add View."));
- }
- }
-
- delete dav;
- }
-
- //kDebug() << "Exit";
-}
-
-/**
- * Save the view and close it
- *
- * @arg idx The index in the TabWidget
- */
-void
-KMixWindow::saveAndCloseView(int idx)
-{
- kDebug()
- << "Enter";
- QWidget *w = m_wsMixers->widget(idx);
- KMixerWidget* kmw = ::qobject_cast<KMixerWidget*>(w);
- if (kmw)
- {
- kmw->saveConfig(KGlobal::config().data()); // -<- This alone is not enough, as I need to save the META information as well. Thus use saveViewConfig() below
- m_wsMixers->removeTab(idx);
- updateTabsClosable();
- saveViewConfig();
- delete kmw;
- }
- kDebug()
- << "Exit";
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::plugged(const char* driverName, const QString& udi, QString& dev)
-{
- kDebug()
- << "Plugged: dev=" << dev << "(" << driverName << ") udi=" << udi << "\n";
- QString driverNameString;
- driverNameString = driverName;
- int devNum = dev.toInt();
- Mixer *mixer = new Mixer(driverNameString, devNum);
- if (mixer != 0)
- {
- kDebug()
- << "Plugged: dev=" << dev << "\n";
- MixerToolBox::instance()->possiblyAddMixer(mixer);
- recreateGUI(true, mixer->id(), true);
- }
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::unplugged(const QString& udi)
-{
- kDebug()
- << "Unplugged: udi=" << udi << "\n";
- for (int i = 0; i < Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i)
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- // kDebug(67100) << "Try Match with:" << mixer->udi() << "\n";
- if (mixer->udi() == udi)
- {
- kDebug() << "Unplugged Match: Removing udi=" << udi << "\n";
- //KMixToolBox::notification("kmix/MasterFallback", "aaa");
- bool globalMasterMixerDestroyed = (mixer == Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer());
- // Part 1) Remove Tab
- for (int i = 0; i < m_wsMixers->count(); ++i)
- {
- QWidget *w = m_wsMixers->widget(i);
- KMixerWidget* kmw = ::qobject_cast<KMixerWidget*>(w);
- if (kmw && kmw->mixer() == mixer)
- {
- saveAndCloseView(i);
- i = -1; // Restart loop from scratch (indices are most likely invalidated at removeTab() )
- }
- }
- MixerToolBox::instance()->removeMixer(mixer);
- // Check whether the Global Master disappeared, and select a new one if necessary
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if (globalMasterMixerDestroyed || md.get() == 0)
- {
- // We don't know what the global master should be now.
- // So lets play stupid, and just select the recommended master of the first device
- if (Mixer::mixers().count() > 0)
- {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> master =
- ((Mixer::mixers())[0])->getLocalMasterMD();
- if (master.get() != 0)
- {
- QString localMaster = master->id();
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster(((Mixer::mixers())[0])->id(), localMaster, false);
-
- QString text;
- text =
- i18n(
- "The soundcard containing the master device was unplugged. Changing to control %1 on card %2.",
- master->readableName(),
- ((Mixer::mixers())[0])->readableName());
- KMixToolBox::notification("kmix/MasterFallback", text);
- }
- }
- }
- if (Mixer::mixers().count() == 0)
- {
- QString text;
- text = i18n("The last soundcard was unplugged.");
- KMixToolBox::notification("kmix/MasterFallback", text);
- }
- recreateGUI(true);
- break;
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a widget with an error message
- * This widget shows an error message like "no mixers detected.
- void KMixWindow::setErrorMixerWidget()
- {
- QString s = i18n("Please plug in your soundcard.No soundcard found. Probably you have not set it up or are missing soundcard drivers. Please check your operating system manual for installing your soundcard."); // !! better text
- m_errorLabel = new QLabel( s,this );
- m_errorLabel->setAlignment( Qt::AlignCenter );
- m_errorLabel->setWordWrap(true);
- m_errorLabel->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum);
- m_wsMixers->addTab( m_errorLabel, i18n("No soundcard found") );
- }
- */
-
-/**
- *
- */
-bool
-KMixWindow::profileExists(QString guiProfileId)
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < m_wsMixers->count(); ++i)
- {
- KMixerWidget* kmw = qobject_cast<KMixerWidget*>(m_wsMixers->widget(i));
- if (kmw && kmw->getGuiprof()->getId() == guiProfileId)
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-KMixWindow::addMixerWidget(const QString& mixer_ID, QString guiprofId, int insertPosition)
-{
- kDebug() << "Add " << guiprofId;
- GUIProfile* guiprof = GUIProfile::find(guiprofId);
- if (guiprof != 0 && profileExists(guiprof->getId())) // TODO Bad place. Should be checked in the add-tab-dialog
- return false; // already present => don't add again
- Mixer *mixer = Mixer::findMixer(mixer_ID);
- if (mixer == 0)
- return false; // no such Mixer
-
- // kDebug(67100) << "KMixWindow::addMixerWidget() " << mixer_ID << " is being added";
- ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags = ViewBase::HasMenuBar;
- if ((_actionShowMenubar == 0) || _actionShowMenubar->isChecked())
- vflags |= ViewBase::MenuBarVisible;
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.getToplevelOrientation() == Qt::Vertical)
- vflags |= ViewBase::Horizontal;
- else
- vflags |= ViewBase::Vertical;
-
- KMixerWidget *kmw = new KMixerWidget(mixer, this, vflags, guiprofId,
- actionCollection());
- /* A newly added mixer will automatically added at the top
- * and thus the window title is also set appropriately */
-
- /*
- * Skip the name from the profile for now. I would at least have to do the '&' quoting for the tab label. But I am
- * also not 100% sure whether the current name from the profile is any good - it does (likely) not even contain the
- * card ID. This means you cannot distinguish between cards with an identical name.
- */
-// QString tabLabel = guiprof->getName();
-// if (tabLabel.isEmpty())
-// QString tabLabel = kmw->mixer()->readableName(true);
-
- QString tabLabel = kmw->mixer()->readableName(true);
-
- m_dontSetDefaultCardOnStart = true; // inhibit implicit setting of m_defaultCardOnStart
-
- if (insertPosition == -1)
- m_wsMixers->addTab(kmw, tabLabel);
- else
- m_wsMixers->insertTab(insertPosition, kmw, tabLabel);
-
- if (kmw->getGuiprof()->getId() == m_defaultCardOnStart)
- {
- m_wsMixers->setCurrentWidget(kmw);
- }
-
- updateTabsClosable();
- m_dontSetDefaultCardOnStart = false;
-
- kmw->loadConfig(KGlobal::config().data());
- // Now force to read for new tabs, especially after hotplug. Note: Doing it here is bad design and possibly
- // obsolete, as the backend should take care of upating itself.
- kmw->mixer()->readSetFromHWforceUpdate();
- return true;
-}
-
-void KMixWindow::updateTabsClosable()
-{
- // Ddo not allow to close the last view
- m_wsMixers->setTabsClosable(m_wsMixers->count() > 1);
-}
-
-bool KMixWindow::queryClose()
-{
- GlobalConfigData& gcd = GlobalConfig::instance().data;
- if (gcd.showDockWidget && !kapp->sessionSaving() )
- {
- // Hide (don't close and destroy), if docking is enabled. Except when session saving (shutdown) is in process.
- hide();
- return false;
- }
- else
- {
- // Accept the close, if:
- // The user has disabled docking
- // or SessionSaving() is running
- // kDebug(67100) << "close";
- return true;
- }
-}
-
-void KMixWindow::hideOrClose()
-{
- GlobalConfigData& gcd = GlobalConfig::instance().data;
- if (gcd.showDockWidget && m_dockWidget != 0)
- {
- // we can hide if there is a dock widget
- hide();
- }
- else
- {
- // if there is no dock widget, we will quit
- quit();
- }
-}
-
-// internal helper to prevent code duplication in slotIncreaseVolume and slotDecreaseVolume
-void
-KMixWindow::increaseOrDecreaseVolume(bool increase)
-{
- Mixer* mixer = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer(); // only needed for the awkward construct below
- if (mixer == 0)
- return; // e.g. when no soundcard is available
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if (md.get() == 0)
- return; // shouldn't happen, but lets play safe
-
- Volume::VolumeTypeFlag volumeType = md->playbackVolume().hasVolume() ? Volume::Playback : Volume::Capture;
- md->increaseOrDecreaseVolume(!increase, volumeType);
- md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange(md);
-
- showVolumeDisplay();
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::slotIncreaseVolume()
-{
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(true);
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::slotDecreaseVolume()
-{
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(false);
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::showVolumeDisplay()
-{
- Mixer* mixer = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer();
- if (mixer == 0)
- return; // e.g. when no soundcard is available
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if (md.get() == 0)
- return; // shouldn't happen, but lets play safe
-
-// Current volume
- // Setting not required any more, as the OSD updates the volume level itself
-// Volume& vol = md->playbackVolume();
-// osdWidget->setCurrentVolume(vol.getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL),
-// md->isMuted());
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.showOSD)
- {
- osdWidget->show();
- osdWidget->activateOSD(); //Enable the hide timer
- }
- //Center the OSD
- QRect rect = KApplication::kApplication()->desktop()->screenGeometry(
- QCursor::pos());
- QSize size = osdWidget->sizeHint();
- int posX = rect.x() + (rect.width() - size.width()) / 2;
- int posY = rect.y() + 4 * rect.height() / 5;
- osdWidget->setGeometry(posX, posY, size.width(), size.height());
-}
-
-/**
- * Mutes the global master. (SLOT)
- */
-void KMixWindow::slotMute()
-{
- Mixer* mixer = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer();
- if (mixer == 0)
- return; // e.g. when no soundcard is available
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if (md.get() == 0)
- return; // shouldn't happen, but lets play safe
- md->toggleMute();
- mixer->commitVolumeChange(md);
- showVolumeDisplay();
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::quit()
-{
- // kDebug(67100) << "quit";
- kapp->quit();
-}
-
-/**
- * Shows the configuration dialog, with the "general" tab opened.
- */
-void KMixWindow::showSettings()
-{
- KMixPrefDlg::getInstance()->switchToPage(KMixPrefDlg::PrefGeneral);
- KMixPrefDlg::getInstance()->show();
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::showHelp()
-{
- actionCollection()->action("help_contents")->trigger();
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::showAbout()
-{
- actionCollection()->action("help_about_app")->trigger();
-}
-
-/**
- * Apply the Preferences from the preferences dialog. Depending on what has been changed,
- * the corresponding announcemnts are made.
- */
-void KMixWindow::applyPrefs()
-{
- // -1- Determine what has changed ------------------------------------------------------------------
- GlobalConfigData& config = GlobalConfig::instance().data;
- GlobalConfigData& configBefore = configDataSnapshot;
-
- bool labelsHasChanged = config.showLabels ^ configBefore.showLabels;
- bool ticksHasChanged = config.showTicks ^ configBefore.showTicks;
-
- bool dockwidgetHasChanged = config.showDockWidget ^ configBefore.showDockWidget;
-
- bool toplevelOrientationHasChanged = config.getToplevelOrientation() != configBefore.getToplevelOrientation();
- bool traypopupOrientationHasChanged = config.getTraypopupOrientation() != configBefore.getTraypopupOrientation();
- kDebug() << "toplevelOrientationHasChanged=" << toplevelOrientationHasChanged <<
- ", config=" << config.getToplevelOrientation() << ", configBefore=" << configBefore.getToplevelOrientation();
- kDebug() << "trayOrientationHasChanged=" << traypopupOrientationHasChanged <<
- ", config=" << config.getTraypopupOrientation() << ", configBefore=" << configBefore.getTraypopupOrientation();
-
- // -2- Determine what effect the changes have ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- if (dockwidgetHasChanged || toplevelOrientationHasChanged
- || traypopupOrientationHasChanged)
- {
- // These might need a complete relayout => announce a ControlList change to rebuild everything
- ControlManager::instance().announce(QString(), ControlChangeType::ControlList, QString("Preferences Dialog"));
- }
- else if (labelsHasChanged || ticksHasChanged)
- {
- ControlManager::instance().announce(QString(), ControlChangeType::GUI, QString("Preferences Dialog"));
- }
- // showOSD does not require any information. It reads on-the-fly from GlobalConfig.
-
-
- // -3- Apply all changes ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this->repaint(); // make KMix look fast (saveConfig() often uses several seconds)
- kapp->processEvents();
-
- configDataSnapshot = GlobalConfig::instance().data; // create a new snapshot as all current changes are applied now
-
- // Remove saveConfig() IF aa changes have been migrated to GlobalConfig.
- // Currently there is still stuff like "show menu bar".
- saveConfig();
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::toggleMenuBar()
-{
- menuBar()->setVisible(_actionShowMenubar->isChecked());
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::slotHWInfo()
-{
- KMessageBox::information(0, m_hwInfoString,
- i18n("Mixer Hardware Information"));
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::slotKdeAudioSetupExec()
-{
- static const QString kcmshell4 = QString::fromLatin1("kcmshell4");
- static const QStringList kcmshell4args = QStringList() << QString::fromLatin1("kcmplayer");
- if (!QProcess::startDetached(kcmshell4, kcmshell4args)) {
- errorPopup(i18n("The kcmshell4 application is either not installed or not working."));
- }
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::errorPopup(const QString& msg)
-{
- QPointer<KDialog> dialog = new KDialog(this);
- dialog->setButtons(KDialog::Ok);
- dialog->setCaption(i18n("Error"));
- QLabel* qlbl = new QLabel(msg);
- dialog->setMainWidget(qlbl);
- dialog->exec();
- delete dialog;
- kWarning() << msg;
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::slotConfigureCurrentView()
-{
- KMixerWidget* mw = (KMixerWidget*) m_wsMixers->currentWidget();
- ViewBase* view = 0;
- if (mw)
- view = mw->currentView();
- if (view)
- view->configureView();
-}
-
-void KMixWindow::slotSelectMasterClose(QObject*)
-{
- m_dsm = 0;
-}
-
-void KMixWindow::slotSelectMaster()
-{
- Mixer *mixer = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer();
- if (mixer != 0)
- {
- if (!m_dsm) {
- m_dsm = new DialogSelectMaster(Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer(), this);
- connect(m_dsm, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(slotSelectMasterClose(QObject*)));
- m_dsm->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, true);
- m_dsm->show();
- }
- m_dsm->raise();
- m_dsm->activateWindow();
- }
- else
- {
- KMessageBox::error(0, i18n("No sound card is installed or currently plugged in."));
- }
-}
-
-void
-KMixWindow::newMixerShown(int /*tabIndex*/)
-{
- KMixerWidget* kmw = (KMixerWidget*) m_wsMixers->currentWidget();
- if (kmw)
- {
- // I am using the app name as a PREFIX, as KMix is a single window app, and it is
- // more helpful to the user to see "KDE Mixer" in a window list than a possibly cryptic
- // soundcard name like "HDA ATI SB"
- setWindowTitle(i18n("KDE Mixer") + " - " + kmw->mixer()->readableName());
- if (!m_dontSetDefaultCardOnStart)
- m_defaultCardOnStart = kmw->getGuiprof()->getId();
- // As switching the tab does NOT mean switching the master card, we do not need to update dock icon here.
- // It would lead to unnecesary flickering of the (complete) dock area.
-
- // We only show the "Configure Channels..." menu item if the mixer is not dynamic
- ViewBase* view = kmw->currentView();
- QAction* action = actionCollection()->action(
- "toggle_channels_currentview");
- if (view && action)
- action->setVisible(!view->isDynamic());
- }
-}
-
-#include "moc_kmix.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef KMIX_H
-#define KMIX_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QString>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <qlist.h>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QPushButton>
-#include <QTimer>
-
-// KDE
-class KTabWidget;
-class KAccel;
-class KAction;
-#include <kxmlguiwindow.h>
-
-// KMix
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-class KMixDockWidget;
-class KMixerWidget;
-class KMixWindow;
-class Mixer;
-class OSDWidget;
-class DialogSelectMaster;
-
-class KMixWindow : public KXmlGuiWindow
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- KMixWindow(bool invisible);
- ~KMixWindow();
-
-private:
- void saveBaseConfig();
- void saveViewConfig();
- void loadConfig();
- void loadBaseConfig();
-
- void initPrefDlg();
- void initActions();
- void initActionsLate();
- void initActionsAfterInitMixer();
- //void recreateGUI();
- void initWidgets();
- //void setErrorMixerWidget();
-
- virtual bool queryClose();
-
-public slots:
- void controlsChange(int changeType);
- void quit();
- void showSettings();
- void showHelp();
- void showAbout();
- void toggleMenuBar();
- void loadVolumes();
- void loadVolumes(QString postfix);
- void saveVolumes();
- void saveVolumes(QString postfix);
- void saveConfig();
- virtual void applyPrefs();
- void recreateGUI(bool saveView);
- void recreateGUI(bool saveConfig, const QString& mixerId, bool forceNewTab);
- void recreateGUIwithSavingView();
- void newMixerShown(int tabIndex);
- void slotSelectMaster();
-
-private:
- KMixerWidget* findKMWforTab( const QString& tabId );
-
- void errorPopup(const QString& msg);
-
- KAction* _actionShowMenubar;
-
-private:
- /**
- * configSnapshot is used to hold the original state before modifications in the preferences dialog
- */
- GlobalConfigData configDataSnapshot;
-
- bool m_startVisible;
- bool m_multiDriverMode; // Not officially supported.
- bool m_autouseMultimediaKeys; // Due to message freeze, not in config dialog in KDE4.4
-
- KTabWidget *m_wsMixers;
-
- KMixDockWidget *m_dockWidget;
- DialogSelectMaster *m_dsm;
-
- QString m_hwInfoString;
- QString m_defaultCardOnStart;
- bool m_dontSetDefaultCardOnStart;
- QLabel *m_errorLabel;
- QList<QString> m_backendFilter;
- void showVolumeDisplay();
- void increaseOrDecreaseVolume(bool increase);
-
- OSDWidget* osdWidget;
-
- bool addMixerWidget(const QString& mixer_ID, QString guiprofId, int insertPosition);
- void setInitialSize();
-
-protected:
- bool x11Event(XEvent *xevent) final;
-
-private:
- static QString getKmixctrlRcFilename(QString postfix);
- bool profileExists(QString guiProfileId);
- bool updateDocking();
- void removeDock();
- void updateTabsClosable();
-
-private slots:
- void slotHWInfo();
- void slotKdeAudioSetupExec();
- void slotConfigureCurrentView();
- void plugged( const char* driverName, const QString& udi, QString& dev);
- void unplugged( const QString& udi);
- void hideOrClose();
- void slotIncreaseVolume();
- void slotDecreaseVolume();
- void slotMute();
- void slotSelectMasterClose(QObject*);
-
- void newView();
- void saveAndCloseView(int);
-
- void loadVolumes1() { loadVolumes(QString("1")); }
- void loadVolumes2() { loadVolumes(QString("2")); }
- void loadVolumes3() { loadVolumes(QString("3")); }
- void loadVolumes4() { loadVolumes(QString("4")); }
-
- void saveVolumes1() { saveVolumes(QString("1")); }
- void saveVolumes2() { saveVolumes(QString("2")); }
- void saveVolumes3() { saveVolumes(QString("3")); }
- void saveVolumes4() { saveVolumes(QString("4")); }
-};
-
-#endif // KMIX_H
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * kmixctrl - kmix volume save/restore utility
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-#include <kapplication.h>
-#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
-#include <kaboutdata.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kglobal.h>
-#include <kstandarddirs.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-#include "gui/kmixtoolbox.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/version.h"
-
-static const char description[] =
-I18N_NOOP("kmixctrl - kmix volume save/restore utility");
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- KAboutData aboutData( "kmixctrl", 0, ki18n("KMixCtrl"),
- APP_VERSION, ki18n(description), KAboutData::License_GPL,
- ki18n("(c) 2000 by Stefan Schimanski"));
-
- aboutData.addAuthor(ki18n("Stefan Schimanski"), KLocalizedString(), "1Stein@gmx.de");
-
- KCmdLineArgs::init( argc, argv, &aboutData );
-
- KGlobal::locale()->insertCatalog("kmix");
-
- KCmdLineOptions options;
- options.add("s");
- options.add("save", ki18n("Save current volumes as default"));
- options.add("r");
- options.add("restore", ki18n("Restore default volumes"));
- KCmdLineArgs::addCmdLineOptions( options ); // Add our own options.
- KCmdLineArgs *args = KCmdLineArgs::parsedArgs();
- QCoreApplication app (argc, argv);
-
- GlobalConfig::init();
-
- // create mixers
- QString dummyStringHwinfo;
- MixerToolBox::instance()->initMixer(false, QList<QString>(), dummyStringHwinfo);
-
- // load volumes
- if ( args->isSet("restore") )
- {
- for (int i=0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i) {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- mixer->volumeLoad( KGlobal::config().data() );
- }
- }
-
- // save volumes
- if ( args->isSet("save") )
- {
- for (int i=0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i) {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- mixer->volumeSave( KGlobal::config().data() );
- }
- }
-
- MixerToolBox::instance()->deinitMixer();
-
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2000 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * Copyright 2000-2003 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>, Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- * Copyright 2002-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>, Helio Chissini de Castro <helio@conectiva.com.br>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "kmixd.h"
-
-#include <kaboutdata.h>
-#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
-
-#include <kiconloader.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <kstandardaction.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kxmlguifactory.h>
-#include <kglobal.h>
-#include <kactioncollection.h>
-#include <ktoggleaction.h>
-#include <KUniqueApplication>
-#include <kpluginfactory.h>
-#include <kpluginloader.h>
-
-// KMix
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-#include "core/kmixdevicemanager.h"
-#include "core/version.h"
-
-K_PLUGIN_FACTORY(KMixDFactory, registerPlugin<KMixD>();)
-K_EXPORT_PLUGIN(KMixDFactory("kmixd"))
-
-/* KMixD
- * Constructs a mixer window (KMix main window)
- */
-KMixD::KMixD(QObject* parent, const QList<QVariant>&) :
- KDEDModule(parent),
- m_multiDriverMode (false), // -<- I never-ever want the multi-drivermode to be activated by accident
- m_dontSetDefaultCardOnStart (false)
-{
- setObjectName( QLatin1String("KMixD" ));
- // disable delete-on-close because KMix might just sit in the background waiting for cards to be plugged in
- //setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, false);
-
- GlobalConfig::init();
-
- //initActions(); // init actions first, so we can use them in the loadConfig() already
- loadConfig(); // Load config before initMixer(), e.g. due to "MultiDriver" keyword
- //initActionsLate(); // init actions that require a loaded config
- //KGlobal::locale()->insertCatalog( QLatin1String( "kmix-controls" ));
- //initWidgets();
- //initPrefDlg();
- MixerToolBox::instance()->initMixer(m_multiDriverMode, m_backendFilter, m_hwInfoString);
- KMixDeviceManager *theKMixDeviceManager = KMixDeviceManager::instance();
- theKMixDeviceManager->initHotplug();
- connect(theKMixDeviceManager, SIGNAL(plugged(const char*,QString,QString&)), SLOT (plugged(const char*,QString,QString&)) );
- connect(theKMixDeviceManager, SIGNAL(unplugged(QString)), SLOT (unplugged(QString)) );
-}
-
-
-KMixD::~KMixD()
-{
- MixerToolBox::instance()->deinitMixer();
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-void KMixD::initActionsLate()
-{
- if ( m_autouseMultimediaKeys ) {
- KAction* globalAction = actionCollection()->addAction("increase_volume");
- globalAction->setText(i18n("Increase Volume"));
- globalAction->setGlobalShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::Key_VolumeUp), ( KAction::ShortcutTypes)( KAction::ActiveShortcut | KAction::DefaultShortcut), KAction::NoAutoloading);
- connect(globalAction, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotIncreaseVolume()));
-
- globalAction = actionCollection()->addAction("decrease_volume");
- globalAction->setText(i18n("Decrease Volume"));
- globalAction->setGlobalShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::Key_VolumeDown));
- connect(globalAction, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotDecreaseVolume()));
-
- globalAction = actionCollection()->addAction("mute");
- globalAction->setText(i18n("Mute"));
- globalAction->setGlobalShortcut(KShortcut(Qt::Key_VolumeMute));
- connect(globalAction, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(slotMute()));
- }
-}
-*/
-
-
-void KMixD::saveConfig()
-{
- kDebug() << "About to save config";
- saveBaseConfig();
- saveVolumes();
-#warning We must Sync here, or we will lose configuration data. The reson for that is unknown.
-
- kDebug() << "Saved config ... now syncing explicitly";
- KGlobal::config()->sync();
- kDebug() << "Saved config ... sync finished";
-}
-
-void KMixD::saveBaseConfig()
-{
- kDebug() << "About to save config (Base)";
- KConfigGroup config(KGlobal::config(), "Global");
-
- config.writeEntry( "DefaultCardOnStart", m_defaultCardOnStart );
- config.writeEntry( "ConfigVersion", KMIX_CONFIG_VERSION );
- config.writeEntry( "AutoUseMultimediaKeys", m_autouseMultimediaKeys );
- Mixer* mixerMasterCard = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer();
- if ( mixerMasterCard != 0 ) {
- config.writeEntry( "MasterMixer", mixerMasterCard->id() );
- }
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> mdMaster = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if ( mdMaster ) {
- config.writeEntry( "MasterMixerDevice", mdMaster->id() );
- }
- QString mixerIgnoreExpression = MixerToolBox::instance()->mixerIgnoreExpression();
- config.writeEntry( "MixerIgnoreExpression", mixerIgnoreExpression );
-
- kDebug() << "Config (Base) saving done";
-}
-
-/**
- * Stores the volumes of all mixers Can be restored via loadVolumes() or
- * the kmixctrl application.
- */
-void KMixD::saveVolumes()
-{
- kDebug() << "About to save config (Volume)";
- KConfig *cfg = new KConfig( QLatin1String( "kmixctrlrc" ) );
- for ( int i=0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i)
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- if ( mixer->isOpen() ) { // protect from unplugged devices (better do *not* save them)
- mixer->volumeSave( cfg );
- }
- }
- cfg->sync();
- delete cfg;
- kDebug() << "Config (Volume) saving done";
-}
-
-
-
-void KMixD::loadConfig()
-{
- loadBaseConfig();
- //loadViewConfig(); // mw->loadConfig() explicitly called always after creating mw.
- //loadVolumes(); // not in use
-}
-
-void KMixD::loadBaseConfig()
-{
- KConfigGroup config(KGlobal::config(), "Global");
-
- m_multiDriverMode = config.readEntry("MultiDriver", false);
- m_defaultCardOnStart = config.readEntry( "DefaultCardOnStart", "" );
- m_autouseMultimediaKeys = config.readEntry( "AutoUseMultimediaKeys", true ); // currently not in use in kmixd
- QString mixerMasterCard = config.readEntry( "MasterMixer", "" );
- QString masterDev = config.readEntry( "MasterMixerDevice", "" );
- //if ( ! mixerMasterCard.isEmpty() && ! masterDev.isEmpty() ) {
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster(mixerMasterCard, masterDev, true);
- //}
- QString mixerIgnoreExpression = config.readEntry( "MixerIgnoreExpression", "Modem" );
- m_backendFilter = config.readEntry<>( "Backends", QList<QString>() );
- MixerToolBox::instance()->setMixerIgnoreExpression(mixerIgnoreExpression);
-}
-
-/**
- * Loads the volumes of all mixers from kmixctrlrc.
- * In other words:
- * Restores the default voumes as stored via saveVolumes() or the
- * execution of "kmixctrl --save"
- */
-/* Currently this is not in use
-void
-KMixD::loadVolumes()
-{
- KConfig *cfg = new KConfig( QLatin1String( "kmixctrlrc" ), true );
- for ( int i=0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i)
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- mixer->volumeLoad( cfg );
- }
- delete cfg;
-}
-*/
-
-void KMixD::plugged( const char* driverName, const QString& /*udi*/, QString& dev)
-{
-// kDebug(67100) << "Plugged: dev=" << dev << "(" << driverName << ") udi=" << udi << "\n";
- QString driverNameString;
- driverNameString = driverName;
- int devNum = dev.toInt();
- Mixer *mixer = new Mixer( driverNameString, devNum );
- if ( mixer != 0 ) {
- kDebug(67100) << "Plugged: dev=" << dev << "\n";
- MixerToolBox::instance()->possiblyAddMixer(mixer);
- }
-
-}
-
-void KMixD::unplugged( const QString& udi)
-{
-// kDebug(67100) << "Unplugged: udi=" <<udi << "\n";
- for (int i=0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i) {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
-// kDebug(67100) << "Try Match with:" << mixer->udi() << "\n";
- if (mixer->udi() == udi ) {
- kDebug(67100) << "Unplugged Match: Removing udi=" <<udi << "\n";
- //KMixToolBox::notification("kmix/MasterFallback", "aaa");
- bool globalMasterMixerDestroyed = ( mixer == Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer() );
-
- MixerToolBox::instance()->removeMixer(mixer);
- // Check whether the Global Master disappeared, and select a new one if necessary
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if ( globalMasterMixerDestroyed || md.get() == 0 ) {
- // We don't know what the global master should be now.
- // So lets play stupid, and just select the recommended master of the first device
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 0 ) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> master = ((Mixer::mixers())[0])->getLocalMasterMD();
- if ( master.get() != 0 ) {
- QString localMaster = master->id();
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster( ((Mixer::mixers())[0])->id(), localMaster, false);
-
- QString text;
- text = i18n("The soundcard containing the master device was unplugged. Changing to control %1 on card %2.",
- master->readableName(),
- ((Mixer::mixers())[0])->readableName()
- );
-// KMixToolBox::notification("kmix/MasterFallback", text);
- }
- }
- }
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() == 0 ) {
- QString text;
- text = i18n("The last soundcard was unplugged.");
-// KMixToolBox::notification("kmix/MasterFallback", text);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-
-#include "moc_kmixd.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef KMIXD_H
-#define KMIXD_H
-
-// Qt
-#include <QString>
-#include <QtDBus/QtDBus>
-#include <QList>
-#include <QTimer>
-
-// KDE
-//class KAccel;
-class KAction;
-//#include <kxmlguiwindow.h>
-#include <kdedmodule.h>
-
-// KMix
-//class KMixPrefDlg;
-//class KMixDockWidget;
-//class KMixWindow;
-//class ViewDockAreaPopup;
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-//class OSDWidget;
-
-class
-KMixD : public KDEDModule, protected QDBusContext
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- Q_CLASSINFO("D-Bus Interface", "org.kde.KMixD")
-
- public:
- KMixD(QObject* parent, const QList<QVariant>&);
- ~KMixD();
-
- private:
- void saveBaseConfig();
- void loadConfig();
- void loadBaseConfig();
-
- void initActions();
- void initActionsLate();
-
- public slots:
- //void loadVolumes();
- void saveVolumes();
- //virtual void applyPrefs( KMixPrefDlg *prefDlg );
-
- private:
- //KAction* _actionShowMenubar;
-
- bool m_multiDriverMode; // Not officially supported.
- bool m_autouseMultimediaKeys; // Due to message freeze, not in config dialog in KDE4.4
-
- QString m_hwInfoString;
- QString m_defaultCardOnStart;
- bool m_dontSetDefaultCardOnStart;
- //void increaseOrDecreaseVolume(bool increase);
- QList<QString> m_backendFilter;
-
- private slots:
- void saveConfig();
- //void slotHWInfo();
- void plugged( const char* driverName, const QString& udi, QString& dev);
- void unplugged( const QString& udi);
- //void slotIncreaseVolume();
- //void slotDecreaseVolume();
- //void slotMute();
-};
-
-#endif // KMIXD_H
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-#################################################################################
-# kmixremote - control kmix from a script.
-#
-# Set volume
-# Get volume
-# Mute
-#################################################################################
-
-qdbusbin="false"
-
-usage()
-{
- echo "Usage:"
- echo "List mixers # $0 list"
- echo "List controls # $0 list <mixer>"
- echo "Get Volume # $0 get [--master | <mixer> <control>]"
- echo "Set Volume # $0 set [--master | <mixer> <control>] <0..100>"
- echo "Mute/Unmute # $0 mute [--master | <mixer> <control>] true|false"
- echo
-}
-
-exit_with_error()
-{
- echo "Error: $1"
- echo
- usage
- exit 1
-}
-
-# Prints the mixer DBUS ID's on the console. leaving out the "/Mixers/" prefix
-listMixers()
-{
- $qdbusbin org.kde.kmix /Mixers org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Get org.kde.KMix.MixSet mixers | cut -f3 -d/
- errorCode=$?
- if test $errorCode != 0; then
- echo "Error $errorCode listing mixers. KMix is not running."
- fi
-}
-
-# Prints the mixer control DBUS ID's of the given mixer on the console. leaving out the "/Mixers/" prefix
-listControls()
-{
- $qdbusbin org.kde.kmix $1 org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Get org.kde.KMix.Mixer controls | cut -f4 -d/
- errorCode=$?
- if test $errorCode != 0; then
- echo "Error $errorCode listing controls. KMix is not running."
- fi
-}
-
-command=""
-
-qdbuskatie="$(basename @QT_QDBUS_EXECUTABLE@)"
-if type $qdbuskatie >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- qdbusbin="$qdbuskatie"
-elif type qdbus >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- qdbusbin="qdbus"
-else
- exit_with_error "$0 requires qdbus, but it cannot be found. Please install or check \$PATH"
-fi
-
-# Read args
-while true; do
- arg=$1
- if test -z "$arg"; then
- break
- fi
- shift
- if test "x--master" = "x$arg"; then
- mixer="$($qdbusbin org.kde.kmix /Mixers org.kde.KMix.MixSet.currentMasterMixer)"
- control="$($qdbusbin org.kde.kmix /Mixers org.kde.KMix.MixSet.currentMasterControl)"
- elif test "x--help" = "x$arg" -o "x-h" = "x$arg"; then
- usage
- exit 0
- else
- # If not a specific option, then interpret as standad args, in this order: command, mixer, control and genericArg
- if test -z "$command"; then
- command=$arg
- elif test -z "$mixer"; then
- mixer="${arg}"
- elif test -z "$control"; then
- control=$arg
- elif test -z "$genericArg"; then
- genericArg=$arg
- else
- exit_with_error "Too many aguments"
- fi
- fi
- #echo $arg
-done
-
-
-if test -z "$command"; then
- usage
- echo "<mixer> - The mixer to use. Select one from the following list:"
- echo "-----------------------------------------------------------------"
- listMixers
- exit 0
-elif test "xlist" = "x$command"; then
- if test -z "$mixer"; then
- listMixers
- else
- # List controls
- listControls "/Mixers/${mixer}"
- fi
- exit 0
-fi
-
-# All following commands require a mixer
-if test -z "$mixer"; then
- exit_with_error "<mixer> argument missing"
-fi
-if test -z "$control"; then
- exit_with_error "<control> argument missing"
-fi
-
-# All following commands require a mixer and a control
-
-targetControl="/Mixers/${mixer}/${control}"
-#echo "ARGS: $command $targetControl $genericArg"
-
-# --- EXECUTE PHASE --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-if test "xget" = "x$command"; then
- # GET
- $qdbusbin org.kde.kmix $targetControl org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Get org.kde.KMix.Control volume
-elif test "xset" = "x$command"; then
- # SET
- $qdbusbin org.kde.kmix $targetControl org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Set org.kde.KMix.Control volume $genericArg
-elif test "xmute" = "x$command"; then
- # MUTE
- $qdbusbin org.kde.kmix $targetControl org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Set org.kde.KMix.Control mute $genericArg
-else
- exit_with_error "No such command '$command'"
-fi
-
-exit 0
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <schimmi@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
-#include <kaboutdata.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kglobal.h>
-#include <kstandarddirs.h>
-
-#include "KMixApp.h"
-#include "core/version.h"
-
-static const char description[] =
-I18N_NOOP("KMix - KDE's full featured mini mixer");
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- KAboutData aboutData( "kmix", 0, ki18n("KMix"),
- APP_VERSION, ki18n(description), KAboutData::License_GPL,
- ki18n("(c) 1996-2013 The KMix Authors"));
-
- // Author Policy: Long-term maintainers and backend writers/maintainers go in the Authors list.
- aboutData.addAuthor(ki18n("Christian Esken") , ki18n("Original author and current maintainer"), "esken@kde.org");
- aboutData.addAuthor(ki18n("Helio Chissini de Castro"), ki18n("ALSA 0.9x port"), "helio@kde.org" );
- aboutData.addAuthor(ki18n("Brian Hanson") , ki18n("Solaris support"), "bhanson@hotmail.com");
-// The initial support was for ALSA 0.5. The new code is not based on it IIRC.
-// aboutData.addAuthor(ki18n("Nick Lopez") , ki18n("Initial ALSA port"), "kimo_sabe@usa.net");
-
- // Credit Policy: Authors who did a discrete part, like the Dataengine, OSD, help on specific platforms or soundcards.
- aboutData.addCredit(ki18n("Igor Poboiko") , ki18n("Plasma Dataengine"), "igor.poboiko@gmail.com");
- aboutData.addCredit(ki18n("Stefan Schimanski") , ki18n("Temporary maintainer"), "schimmi@kde.org");
- aboutData.addCredit(ki18n("Sebestyen Zoltan") , ki18n("*BSD fixes"), "szoli@digo.inf.elte.hu");
- aboutData.addCredit(ki18n("Lennart Augustsson"), ki18n("*BSD fixes"), "augustss@cs.chalmers.se");
- aboutData.addCredit(ki18n("Nadeem Hasan") , ki18n("Mute and volume preview, other fixes"), "nhasan@kde.org");
- aboutData.addCredit(ki18n("Erwin Mascher") , ki18n("Improving support for emu10k1 based soundcards"));
- aboutData.addCredit(ki18n("Valentin Rusu") , ki18n("TerraTec DMX6Fire support"), "kde@rusu.info");
-
- KCmdLineArgs::init( argc, argv, &aboutData );
-
- KCmdLineOptions options;
- options.add("keepvisibility", ki18n("Inhibits the unhiding of the KMix main window, if KMix is already running."));
- KCmdLineArgs::addCmdLineOptions( options ); // Add our own options.
-
- KCmdLineArgs *args = KCmdLineArgs::parsedArgs();
- bool hasArgKeepvisibility = args->isSet("keepvisibility");
- //kDebug(67100) << "hasArgKeepvisibility=" << hasArgKeepvisibility;
- KMixApp::keepVisibility(hasArgKeepvisibility);
-
- if (!KMixApp::start())
- return 0;
-
- KMixApp *app = new KMixApp();
- int ret = app->exec();
- delete app;
- return ret;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Christian Esken
- * esken@kde.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-/* This code is being #include'd from mixer.cpp */
-
-#include "mixer_backend.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-#include <QString>
-
-
-#if defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS)
-#define SUN_MIXER
-#elif defined(Q_OS_LINUX) || defined(Q_OS_FREEBSD) || defined(Q_OS_DRAGONFLY) || defined(Q_OS_NETBSD) || defined(Q_OS_OPENBSD)
-#define OSS_MIXER
-#endif
-
-// PORTING: add #ifdef PLATFORM , commands , #endif, add your new mixer below
-
-// Compiled by its own!
-//#include "backends/mixer_mpris2.cpp"
-
-#if defined(SUN_MIXER)
-#include "backends/mixer_sun.cpp"
-#endif
-
-// OSS 3 / 4
-#if defined(OSS_MIXER)
-#include "backends/mixer_oss.cpp"
-
-#if !defined(Q_OS_NETBSD) && !defined(Q_OS_OPENBSD)
-#include <sys/soundcard.h>
-#else
-#include <soundcard.h>
-#endif
-#if !defined(Q_OS_FREEBSD) && (SOUND_VERSION >= 0x040000)
-#define OSS4_MIXER
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(OSS4_MIXER)
-#include "backends/mixer_oss4.cpp"
-#endif
-
-
-// Possibly encapsualte by #ifdef HAVE_DBUS
-Mixer_Backend* MPRIS2_getMixer(Mixer *mixer, int device );
-QString MPRIS2_getDriverName();
-
-Mixer_Backend* ALSA_getMixer(Mixer *mixer, int device );
-QString ALSA_getDriverName();
-
-MixerFactory g_mixerFactories[] = {
-
-#if defined(SUN_MIXER)
- { SUN_getMixer, SUN_getDriverName },
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_ALSA)
- { ALSA_getMixer, ALSA_getDriverName },
-#endif
-
-#if defined(OSS_MIXER)
- { OSS_getMixer, OSS_getDriverName },
-#endif
-
-#if defined(OSS4_MIXER)
- { OSS4_getMixer, OSS4_getDriverName },
-#endif
-
- // Make sure MPRIS2 is at the end. Implementation of SINGLE_PLUS_MPRIS2 in MixerToolBox is much easier.
- // And also we make sure, streams are always the last backend, which is important for the default KMix GUI layout.
- { MPRIS2_getMixer, MPRIS2_getDriverName },
-
- { 0, 0 }
-};
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef MIXER_ALSA_H
-#define MIXER_ALSA_H
-
-// QT includes
-#include <QList>
-#include <QHash>
-
-// Forward QT includes
-#include <QString>
-#include <QSocketNotifier>
-
-#include "mixer_backend.h"
-
-extern "C"
-{
- #include <alsa/asoundlib.h>
-}
-
-class Mixer_ALSA : public Mixer_Backend
-{
-public:
- explicit Mixer_ALSA(Mixer *mixer, int device = -1 );
- ~Mixer_ALSA();
-
- virtual int readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md );
- virtual int writeVolumeToHW ( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md );
- virtual void setEnumIdHW( const QString& id, unsigned int);
- virtual unsigned int enumIdHW(const QString& id);
- virtual bool prepareUpdateFromHW();
-
- virtual bool needsPolling() { return false; }
- virtual QString getDriverName();
-
-protected:
- virtual int open();
- virtual int close();
- int id2num(const QString& id);
-
-private:
-
- int openAlsaDevice(const QString& devName);
- void addEnumerated(snd_mixer_elem_t *elem, QList<QString*>&);
- Volume* addVolume(snd_mixer_elem_t *elem, bool capture);
- int setupAlsaPolling();
- void deinitAlsaPolling();
-
- virtual bool isRecsrcHW( const QString& id );
- int identify( snd_mixer_selem_id_t *sid );
- snd_mixer_elem_t* getMixerElem(int devnum);
-
- virtual QString errorText(int mixer_error);
- typedef QList<snd_mixer_selem_id_t *>AlsaMixerSidList;
- AlsaMixerSidList mixer_sid_list;
- typedef QList<snd_mixer_elem_t *> AlsaMixerElemList;
- AlsaMixerElemList mixer_elem_list;
- typedef QHash<QString,int> Id2numHash;
- Id2numHash m_id2numHash;
-
- bool _initialUpdate;
- snd_mixer_t* _handle;
- snd_ctl_t* ctl_handle;
-
- QString devName;
- struct pollfd *m_fds;
- QList<QSocketNotifier*> m_sns;
- //int m_count;
- static bool warnOnce;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- * Alsa 0.9x and 1.0 - Based on original alsamixer code
- * from alsa-project ( www/alsa-project.org )
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2002 Helio Chissini de Castro <helio@conectiva.com.br>
- * 2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-// KMix
-#include "mixer_alsa.h"
-#include "core/kmixdevicemanager.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-// KDE
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QList>
-
-// STD Headers
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <iostream>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <qsocketnotifier.h>
-
-//#include "core/mixer.h"
-//class Mixer;
-
-// #define if you want MUCH debugging output
-//#define ALSA_SWITCH_DEBUG
-//#define KMIX_ALSA_VOLUME_DEBUG
-
-Mixer_Backend* ALSA_getMixer(Mixer *mixer, int device )
-{
- Mixer_Backend *l_mixer;
-
- l_mixer = new Mixer_ALSA(mixer, device );
- return l_mixer;
-}
-
-Mixer_ALSA::Mixer_ALSA( Mixer* mixer, int device ) : Mixer_Backend(mixer, device )
-{
- m_fds = 0;
- _handle = 0;
- ctl_handle = 0;
- _initialUpdate = true;
-}
-
-Mixer_ALSA::~Mixer_ALSA()
-{
- close();
-}
-
-int Mixer_ALSA::identify( snd_mixer_selem_id_t *sid )
-{
- QString name = snd_mixer_selem_id_get_name( sid );
- if (name.contains("master" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::VOLUME;
- if (name.contains("master mono", Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::VOLUME;
- if (name.contains("front" , Qt::CaseInsensitive) &&
- !name.contains("mic" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::VOLUME;
- if (name.contains("pc speaker" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::SPEAKER;
- if (name.contains("capture" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::RECMONITOR;
- if (name.contains("music" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::MIDI;
- if (name.contains("Synth" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::MIDI;
- if (name.contains("FM" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::MIDI;
- if (name.contains("headphone" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::HEADPHONE;
- if (name.contains("bass" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::BASS;
- if (name.contains("treble" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::TREBLE;
- if (name.contains("cd" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::CD;
- if (name.contains("video" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::VIDEO;
- if (name.contains("pcm" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::AUDIO;
- if (name.contains("Wave" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::AUDIO;
- if (name.contains("surround" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::SURROUND_BACK;
- if (name.contains("center" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::SURROUND_CENTERFRONT;
- if (name.contains("ac97" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::AC97;
- if (name.contains("coaxial" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::DIGITAL;
- if (name.contains("optical" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::DIGITAL;
- if (name.contains("iec958" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::DIGITAL;
- if (name.contains("digital" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::DIGITAL;
- if (name.contains("mic boost" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::MICROPHONE_BOOST;
- if (name.contains("Mic Front" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::MICROPHONE_FRONT;
- if (name.contains("Front Mic" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::MICROPHONE_FRONT;
- if (name.contains("mic" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::MICROPHONE;
- if (name.contains("lfe" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::SURROUND_LFE;
- if (name.contains("monitor" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::RECMONITOR;
- if (name.contains("3d" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::SURROUND;
- if (name.contains("side" , Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return MixDevice::SURROUND_BACK;
-
- return MixDevice::EXTERNAL;
-}
-
-int Mixer_ALSA::open()
-{
- int masterChosenQuality = 0;
- int err;
-
- snd_mixer_elem_t *elem;
- snd_mixer_selem_id_t *sid;
- bool USE_ALSO_ALLOCA = true; // TODO remove alloca() when adding "delete sid" in the destructor or close()
- if (USE_ALSO_ALLOCA) {
- snd_mixer_selem_id_alloca( &sid );
- }
-
- // Determine a card name
- if( m_devnum <= -1 || m_devnum > 31 )
- devName = "default";
- else
- devName = QString( "hw:%1" ).arg( m_devnum );
-
- // Open the card
- err = openAlsaDevice(devName);
- if ( err != 0 ) {
- return err;
- }
-
- _udi = KMixDeviceManager::instance()->getUDI_ALSA(m_devnum);
- if ( _udi.isEmpty() ) {
- QString msg("No UDI found for '");
- msg += devName;
- msg += "'. Hotplugging not possible";
- kWarning() << msg;
- }
- // Run a loop over all controls of the card
- unsigned int idx = 0;
- for ( elem = snd_mixer_first_elem( _handle ); elem; elem = snd_mixer_elem_next( elem ) ) {
- // If element is not active, just skip
- if ( ! snd_mixer_selem_is_active ( elem ) ) {
- continue;
- }
-
- /* --- Create basic control structures: snd_mixer_selem_id_t*, ID, ... --------- */
- // snd_mixer_selem_id_t*
- // I believe we must malloc it ourself (just guessing due to missing ALSA documentation)
- snd_mixer_selem_id_malloc ( &sid ); // !! Return code should be checked. Resource must be freed when unplugging card
- snd_mixer_selem_get_id( elem, sid );
- // Generate ID
- QString mdID("%1:%2");
- mdID = mdID.arg(snd_mixer_selem_id_get_name ( sid ) )
- .arg(snd_mixer_selem_id_get_index( sid ) );
- mdID.replace(' ','_'); // Any key/ID we use, must not uses spaces (rule)
-
- MixDevice::ChannelType ct = (MixDevice::ChannelType)identify( sid );
-
- /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
- Volume* volPlay = 0;
- Volume* volCapture = 0;
- QList<QString*> enumList;
-
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_is_enumerated(elem) ) {
- // --- Enumerated ---
- addEnumerated(elem, enumList);
- } else {
- volPlay = addVolume(elem, false);
- volCapture = addVolume(elem, true );
- }
-
-
- QString readableName;
- readableName = snd_mixer_selem_id_get_name( sid );
- int controlInstanceIndex = snd_mixer_selem_id_get_index( sid );
- if ( controlInstanceIndex > 0 ) {
- // Add a number to the control name, like "PCM 2", when the index is > 0
- QString idxString;
- idxString.setNum(1+controlInstanceIndex);
- readableName += ' ';
- readableName += idxString;
- }
-
- // There can be an Enum-Control with the same name as a regular control. So we append a ".[cp]enum" prefix to always create a unique ID
- QString finalMixdeviceID = mdID;
- if ( ! enumList.isEmpty() ) {
- if (snd_mixer_selem_is_enum_capture ( elem ) )
- finalMixdeviceID = mdID + ".cenum"; // capture enum
- else
- finalMixdeviceID = mdID + ".penum"; // playback enum
- }
-
- m_id2numHash[finalMixdeviceID] = idx;
- //kDebug() << "m_id2numHash[mdID] mdID=" << mdID << " idx=" << idx;
- mixer_elem_list.append( elem );
- mixer_sid_list.append( sid );
- idx++;
-
- MixDevice* mdNew = new MixDevice(_mixer, finalMixdeviceID, readableName, ct );
-
- if ( volPlay != 0) {
- mdNew->addPlaybackVolume(*volPlay);
- delete volPlay;
- }
- if ( volCapture != 0) {
- mdNew->addCaptureVolume (*volCapture);
- delete volCapture;
- }
- if ( !enumList.isEmpty()) {
- mdNew->addEnums(enumList);
- qDeleteAll(enumList); // clear temporary list
- }
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = mdNew->addToPool();
- m_mixDevices.append( md );
-
- // --- Recommended master ----------------------------------------
- if ( md->playbackVolume().hasVolume() ) {
- if ( mdID == "Master:0" && masterChosenQuality < 100 ) {
-// kDebug() << "Setting m_recommendedMaster to " << mdID;
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosenQuality = 100;
- } else if ( mdID == "PCM:0" && masterChosenQuality < 80) {
-// kDebug() << "Setting m_recommendedMaster to " << mdID;
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosenQuality = 80;
- } else if ( mdID == "Front:0" && masterChosenQuality < 60) {
-// kDebug() << "Setting m_recommendedMaster to " << mdID;
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosenQuality = 60;
- } else if ( mdID == "DAC:0" && masterChosenQuality < 50) {
-// kDebug() << "Setting m_recommendedMaster to " << mdID;
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosenQuality = 50;
- } else if ( mdID == "Headphone:0" && masterChosenQuality < 40) {
-// kDebug() << "Setting m_recommendedMaster to " << mdID;
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosenQuality = 40;
- } else if ( mdID == "Master Mono:0" && masterChosenQuality < 30) {
-// kDebug() << "Setting m_recommendedMaster to " << mdID;
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosenQuality = 30;
- }
- }
- } // for all elems
-
-
-
- m_isOpen = true; // return with success
-
- setupAlsaPolling(); // For updates
- return 0;
-}
-
-// warnOnce will make sure we only print the first ALSA device not found
-bool Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = true;
-/**
- * This opens a ALSA device for further interaction.
- * As this is "slightly" more complicated than calling ::open(), it is put in a separate method.
- */
-int Mixer_ALSA::openAlsaDevice(const QString& devName)
-{
- int err;
-
- QString probeMessage;
- probeMessage += "Trying ALSA Device '" + devName + "': ";
-
- if ( ( err = snd_ctl_open ( &ctl_handle, devName.toAscii().data(), 0 ) ) < 0 ) {
- if (Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce) {
- Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = false;
- kDebug() << probeMessage << "not found: snd_ctl_open err=" << snd_strerror(err);
- }
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- // Mixer name
- snd_ctl_card_info_t *hw_info;
- snd_ctl_card_info_alloca(&hw_info);
- if ( ( err = snd_ctl_card_info ( ctl_handle, hw_info ) ) < 0 ) {
- if (Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce) {
- Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = false;
- kDebug() << probeMessage << "not found: snd_ctl_card_info err=" << snd_strerror(err);
- }
- //_stateMessage = errorText( Mixer::ERR_READ );
- snd_ctl_close( ctl_handle );
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
- const char* mixer_card_name = snd_ctl_card_info_get_name( hw_info );
- //QString mixer_card_name_QString = mixer_card_name;
- registerCard(mixer_card_name);
-
-
- snd_ctl_close( ctl_handle );
-
- /* open mixer device */
- if ( ( err = snd_mixer_open ( &_handle, 0 ) ) < 0 ) {
- if (Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce) {
- Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = false;
- kDebug() << probeMessage << "not found: snd_mixer_open err=" << snd_strerror(err);
- }
- _handle = 0;
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN; // if we cannot open the mixer, we have no devices
- }
-
- if ( ( err = snd_mixer_attach ( _handle, devName.toAscii().data() ) ) < 0 ) {
- if (Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce) {
- Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = false;
- kDebug() << probeMessage << "not found: snd_mixer_attach err=" << snd_strerror(err);
- }
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- if ( ( err = snd_mixer_selem_register ( _handle, NULL, NULL ) ) < 0 ) {
- if (Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce) {
- Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = false;
- kDebug() << probeMessage << "not found: snd_mixer_selem_register err=" << snd_strerror(err);
- }
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- if ( ( err = snd_mixer_load ( _handle ) ) < 0 ) {
- if (Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce) {
- Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = false;
- kDebug() << probeMessage << "not found: snd_mixer_load err=" << snd_strerror(err);
- }
- close();
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- Mixer_ALSA::warnOnce = true;
- kDebug() << probeMessage << "found";
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* setup for select on stdin and the mixer fd */
-int Mixer_ALSA::setupAlsaPolling()
-{
- // --- Step 1: Retrieve FD's from ALSALIB
- int err;
- int countNew = 0;
- if ((countNew = snd_mixer_poll_descriptors_count(_handle)) < 0) {
- kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::poll() , snd_mixer_poll_descriptors_count() err=" << countNew << "\n";
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- //if ( countNew != m_sns.size() )
- if (true) {
- // Redo everything if count of FD's have changed (emulating alsamixer behaviour here)
- while (!m_sns.isEmpty())
- delete m_sns.takeFirst();
-
- free(m_fds);
- m_fds = (struct pollfd*)calloc(countNew, sizeof(struct pollfd));
- if (m_fds == NULL) {
- kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::poll() , calloc() = null" << "\n";
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
-
- if ((err = snd_mixer_poll_descriptors(_handle, m_fds, countNew)) < 0) {
- kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::poll() , snd_mixer_poll_descriptors_count() err=" << err << "\n";
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
- if (err != countNew) {
- kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::poll() , snd_mixer_poll_descriptors_count() err=" << err << " m_count=" << countNew << "\n";
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- // --- Step 2: Create QSocketNotifier's for the FD's
- //m_sns = new QSocketNotifier*[m_count];
- for ( int i = 0; i < countNew; ++i ) {
- //kDebug() << "socket " << i;
- QSocketNotifier* qsn = new QSocketNotifier(m_fds[i].fd, QSocketNotifier::Read);
- m_sns.append(qsn);
- connect(m_sns[i], SIGNAL(activated(int)), SLOT(readSetFromHW()), Qt::QueuedConnection);
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void Mixer_ALSA::addEnumerated(snd_mixer_elem_t *elem, QList<QString*>& enumList)
-{
- // --- get Enum names START ---
- int numEnumitems = snd_mixer_selem_get_enum_items(elem);
- if ( numEnumitems > 0 ) {
- // OK. no error
- for (int iEnum = 0; iEnum<numEnumitems; iEnum++ ) {
- char buffer[100];
- int ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_enum_item_name(elem, iEnum, 99, buffer);
- buffer[99] = 0; // protect from overflow
- if ( ret == 0 ) {
- QString* enumName = new QString(buffer); // these QString* items are deleted above (search fo "clear temporary list")
- enumList.append( enumName);
- } // enumName could be read successfully
- } // for all enum items of this device
- } else { // no error in reading enum list
- // 0 items or Error code => ignore this entry
- }
-}
-
-
-Volume* Mixer_ALSA::addVolume(snd_mixer_elem_t *elem, bool capture)
-{
- Volume* vol = 0;
- long maxVolume = 0, minVolume = 0;
-
- // Add volumes
- if ( !capture && snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_volume(elem) ) {
- snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume_range( elem, &minVolume, &maxVolume );
- } else if ( capture && snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_volume(elem) ) {
- snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume_range( elem, &minVolume, &maxVolume );
- }
-
-
- // Check if this control has at least one volume control
- bool hasVolume = snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_volume(elem) || snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_volume(elem);
-
- // Check if a appropriate switch is present (appropriate means, based o nthe "capture" parameer)
- bool hasCommonSwitch = snd_mixer_selem_has_common_switch ( elem );
-
- bool hasSwitch = hasCommonSwitch |
- (capture
- ? snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_switch ( elem )
- : snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_switch ( elem ));
-
- if ( hasVolume || hasSwitch ) {
- //kDebug() << "Add somthing with chn=" << chn << ", capture=" << capture;
- vol = new Volume( maxVolume, minVolume, hasSwitch, capture);
-
- // Add volumes
- if ( !capture && snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_volume(elem) ) {
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::LEFT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_RIGHT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::RIGHT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_CENTER)) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::CENTER));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_LEFT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::SURROUNDLEFT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_RIGHT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::SURROUNDRIGHT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_CENTER )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::REARCENTER));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_WOOFER )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::WOOFER));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_LEFT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::REARSIDELEFT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_RIGHT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::REARSIDERIGHT));
- } else if ( capture && snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_volume(elem) ) {
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::LEFT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_RIGHT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::RIGHT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_CENTER)) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::CENTER));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_LEFT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::SURROUNDLEFT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_RIGHT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::SURROUNDRIGHT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_CENTER )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::REARCENTER));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_WOOFER )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::WOOFER));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_LEFT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::REARSIDELEFT));
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_channel(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_RIGHT )) vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::REARSIDERIGHT));
- }
- }
-
- return vol;
-}
-
-
-void Mixer_ALSA::deinitAlsaPolling()
-{
- if ( m_fds )
- free( m_fds );
- m_fds = 0;
-
- while (!m_sns.isEmpty())
- delete m_sns.takeFirst();
-}
-
-int
-Mixer_ALSA::close()
-{
- // kDebug() << "close " << this;
-
- int ret=0;
- m_isOpen = false;
-
- if ( ctl_handle != 0) {
- //snd_ctl_close( ctl_handle );
- ctl_handle = 0;
- }
-
- if ( _handle != 0 ) {
- //kDebug() << "IN Mixer_ALSA::close()";
- snd_mixer_free ( _handle );
- if ( ( ret = snd_mixer_detach ( _handle, devName.toAscii().data() ) ) < 0 ) {
- kDebug() << "snd_mixer_detach err=" << snd_strerror(ret);
- }
- int ret2 = 0;
- if ( ( ret2 = snd_mixer_close ( _handle ) ) < 0 ) {
- kDebug() << "snd_mixer_close err=" << snd_strerror(ret2);
- if ( ret == 0 )
- ret = ret2; // no error before => use current error code
- }
-
- _handle = 0;
- //kDebug() << "OUT Mixer_ALSA::close()";
- }
-
- mixer_elem_list.clear();
- mixer_sid_list.clear();
- m_id2numHash.clear();
-
- deinitAlsaPolling();
-
- closeCommon();
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Resolve index to a control (snd_mixer_elem_t*)
- * @par idx Index to query. For any invalid index (including -1) returns a 0 control.
- */
-snd_mixer_elem_t* Mixer_ALSA::getMixerElem(int idx) {
- snd_mixer_elem_t* elem = 0;
- if ( ! m_isOpen )
- return elem; // unplugging guard
-
- if ( idx == -1 ) {
- return elem;
- }
- if ( int( mixer_sid_list.count() ) > idx ) {
- snd_mixer_selem_id_t * sid = mixer_sid_list[ idx ];
- // The next line (hopefully) only finds selem's, not elem's.
- elem = snd_mixer_find_selem(_handle, sid);
-
- if ( elem == 0 ) {
- // !! Check, whether the warning should be omitted. Probably
- // Route controls are non-simple elements.
- kDebug() << "Error finding mixer element " << idx;
- }
- }
- return elem;
-
-/*
- I would have liked to use the following trivial implementation instead of the
- code above. But it will also return elem's. which are not selem's. As there is
- no way to check an elem's type (e.g. elem->type == SND_MIXER_ELEM_SIMPLE), callers
- of getMixerElem() cannot check the type. :-(
- snd_mixer_elem_t* elem = mixer_elem_list[ devnum ];
- return elem;
- */
-}
-
-int Mixer_ALSA::id2num(const QString& id) {
- //kDebug() << "id2num() id=" << id;
- int num = -1;
- if ( m_id2numHash.contains(id) ) {
- num = m_id2numHash[id];
- }
- //kDebug() << "id2num() num=" << num;
- return num;
-}
-
-bool Mixer_ALSA::prepareUpdateFromHW() {
- if ( !m_fds || !m_isOpen )
- return false;
-
- setupAlsaPolling();
- // Poll on fds with 10ms timeout
- // Hint: alsamixer has an infinite timeout, but we cannot do this because we would block
- // the X11 event handling (Qt event loop) with this.
- int finished = poll(m_fds, m_sns.size(), 10);
-
- bool updated = false;
-
- if (finished > 0) {
- //kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::prepareUpdate() 5\n";
-
- unsigned short revents;
-
- if (snd_mixer_poll_descriptors_revents(_handle, m_fds, m_sns.size(), &revents) >= 0) {
- //kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::prepareUpdate() 6\n";
-
- if (revents & POLLNVAL) {
- /* Bug 127294 shows, that we receive POLLNVAL when the user
- unplugs an USB soundcard. Lets close the card. */
- kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::poll() , Error: poll() returns POLLNVAL\n";
- close(); // Card was unplugged (unplug, driver unloaded)
- return false;
- }
- if (revents & POLLERR) {
- kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::poll() , Error: poll() returns POLLERR\n";
- return false;
- }
- if (revents & POLLIN) {
- //kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::prepareUpdate() 7\n";
- snd_mixer_handle_events(_handle);
- updated = true;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::prepareUpdate() 8\n";
- return updated;
-}
-
-bool Mixer_ALSA::isRecsrcHW( const QString& id )
-{
- int devnum = id2num(id);
- bool isCurrentlyRecSrc = false;
- snd_mixer_elem_t *elem = getMixerElem( devnum );
-
- if ( !elem ) {
- return false;
- }
-
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_switch( elem ) ) {
- // Has a on-off switch
- // Yes, this element can be record source. But the user can switch it off, so lets see if it is switched on.
- int swLeft;
- int ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_switch( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT, &swLeft );
- if ( ret != 0 ) kDebug() << "snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_switch() failed 1\n";
-
- if (snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_switch_joined( elem ) ) {
- isCurrentlyRecSrc = (swLeft != 0);
-#ifdef ALSA_SWITCH_DEBUG
- kDebug() << "has_switch joined: #" << devnum << " >>> " << swLeft << " : " << isCurrentlyRecSrc;
-#endif
- } else {
- int swRight;
- snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_switch( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_RIGHT, &swRight );
- isCurrentlyRecSrc = ( (swLeft != 0) || (swRight != 0) );
-#ifdef ALSA_SWITCH_DEBUG
- kDebug() << "has_switch non-joined, state " << isCurrentlyRecSrc;
-#endif
- }
- } else {
- // Has no on-off switch
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_volume( elem ) ) {
- // Has a volume, but has no OnOffSwitch => We assume that this is a fixed record source (always on). (esken)
- isCurrentlyRecSrc = true;
-#ifdef ALSA_SWITCH_DEBUG
- kDebug() << "has_no_switch, state " << isCurrentlyRecSrc;
-#endif
- }
- }
-
- return isCurrentlyRecSrc;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Sets the ID of the currently selected Enum entry.
- * Warning: ALSA supports to have different enums selected on each channel
- * of the SAME snd_mixer_elem_t. KMix does NOT support that and
- * always sets both channels (0 and 1).
- */
-void Mixer_ALSA::setEnumIdHW(const QString& id, unsigned int idx) {
- //kDebug() << "Mixer_ALSA::setEnumIdHW() id=" << id << " , idx=" << idx << ") 1\n";
- int devnum = id2num(id);
- snd_mixer_elem_t *elem = getMixerElem( devnum );
-
- for (int i = 0; i <= SND_MIXER_SCHN_LAST; ++i) {
- int ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_enum_item(elem, (snd_mixer_selem_channel_id_t)i,idx);
- if (ret < 0 && i == 0) {
- // Log errors only for one channel. This should be enough, and another reason is that I also do not check which channels are supported at all.
- kError() << "Mixer_ALSA::setEnumIdHW(" << devnum << "), errno=" << ret << "\n";
- }
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the ID of the currently selected Enum entry.
- * Warning: ALSA supports to have different enums selected on each channel
- * of the SAME snd_mixer_elem_t. KMix does NOT support that and
- * always shows the value of the first channel.
- */
-unsigned int Mixer_ALSA::enumIdHW(const QString& id) {
- int devnum = id2num(id);
- snd_mixer_elem_t *elem = getMixerElem( devnum );
- unsigned int idx = 0;
-
- if ( elem != 0 && snd_mixer_selem_is_enumerated(elem) ) {
- int ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_enum_item(elem,SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT,&idx);
- if (ret < 0) {
- idx = 0;
- kError() << "Mixer_ALSA::enumIdHW(" << devnum << "), errno=" << ret << "\n";
- }
- }
- return idx;
-}
-
-
-int Mixer_ALSA::readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md )
-{
- Volume& volumePlayback = md->playbackVolume();
- Volume& volumeCapture = md->captureVolume();
- int devnum = id2num(id);
- int elem_sw;
- long vol;
-
- snd_mixer_elem_t *elem = getMixerElem( devnum );
- if ( !elem ) {
- return Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED;
- }
-
- vol = Volume::MNONE;
- // --- playback volume
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_volume( elem ) ) {
- if ( md->isVirtuallyMuted() ) {
- // Special code path for controls w/o physical mute switch. Doing it in all backends is not perfect,
- // but it saves a lot of code and removes a lot of complexity in the Volume and MixDevice classes.
-
- // Don't feed back the actual 0 volume back from the device to KMix. Just do nothing!
- } else {
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, volumePlayback.getVolumes() ) {
- int ret = 0;
- switch(vc.chid) {
- case Volume::LEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::RIGHT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_RIGHT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::CENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_CENTER, &vol); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDLEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_LEFT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDRIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_RIGHT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::REARCENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_CENTER , &vol); break;
- case Volume::WOOFER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_WOOFER , &vol); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDELEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_LEFT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDERIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_RIGHT , &vol); break;
- default: kDebug() << "FATAL: Unknown channel type for playback << " << vc.chid << " ... please report this"; break;
- }
- if ( ret != 0 ) {
- kDebug() << "readVolumeFromHW(" << devnum << ") [get_playback_volume] failed, errno=" << ret;
- } else {
- volumePlayback.setVolume( vc.chid, vol);
- //if (id== "Master:0" || id== "PCM:0" ) { kDebug() << "volumePlayback control=" << id << ", chid=" << i << ", vol=" << vol; }
- }
- }
- }
- } // has playback volume
-
- // --- playback switch
- // TODO: What about has_common_switch()
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_switch( elem ) ) {
- snd_mixer_selem_get_playback_switch( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT, &elem_sw );
- md->setMuted( elem_sw == 0 );
- }
-
- vol = Volume::MNONE;
- // --- capture volume
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_volume ( elem ) ) {
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, volumeCapture.getVolumes() ) {
- int ret = 0;
- switch(vc.chid) {
- case Volume::LEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::RIGHT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_RIGHT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::CENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_CENTER, &vol); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDLEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_LEFT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDRIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_RIGHT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::REARCENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_CENTER , &vol); break;
- case Volume::WOOFER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_WOOFER , &vol); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDELEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_LEFT , &vol); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDERIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_RIGHT , &vol); break;
- default: kDebug() << "FATAL: Unknown channel type for capture << " << vc.chid << " ... please report this"; break;
- }
- if ( ret != 0 ) {
- kDebug() << "readVolumeFromHW(" << devnum << ") [get_capture_volume] failed, errno=" << ret;
- } else {
- volumeCapture.setVolume( vc.chid, vol);
- }
- }
- } // has capture volume
-
- // --- capture switch
- // TODO: What about has_common_switch()
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_switch( elem ) ) {
- snd_mixer_selem_get_capture_switch( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT, &elem_sw );
- md->setRecSource( elem_sw == 1 );
-
- // Refresh the capture switch information of *all* controls of this card.
- // Doing it for all is necessary, because enabling one record source often
- // automatically disables another record source (due to the hardware design)
- foreach ( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, m_mixDevices ) {
- bool isRecsrc = isRecsrcHW( md->id() );
- // kDebug() << "Mixer::setRecordSource(): isRecsrcHW(" << md->id() << ") =" << isRecsrc;
- md->setRecSource( isRecsrc );
- }
-
- }
-
- // The state Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED is not implemented. It is not strictly required for
- // non-pollling backends.
- return Mixer::OK;
-}
-
-int Mixer_ALSA::writeVolumeToHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md )
-{
- Volume& volumePlayback = md->playbackVolume();
- Volume& volumeCapture = md->captureVolume();
-
- int devnum = id2num(id);
-
- snd_mixer_elem_t *elem = getMixerElem( devnum );
- if ( !elem ) {
- return 0;
- }
-
-
- // --- playback switch
- bool hasPlaybackSwitch = snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_switch( elem ) || snd_mixer_selem_has_common_switch ( elem );
- if (hasPlaybackSwitch) {
- int sw = 0;
- if (!md->isMuted())
- sw = !sw; // invert all bits
- snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_switch_all(elem, sw);
- }
-
-
- // --- playback volume
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_playback_volume( elem ) ) {
-// kDebug() << "phys=" << md->hasPhysicalMuteSwitch() << ", muted=" << md->isMuted();
- if ( md->isVirtuallyMuted() ) {
- // Special code path for controls w/o physical mute switch. Doing it in all backends is not perfect,
- // but it saves a lot of code and removes a lot of complexity in the Volume and MixDevice classes.
- int ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume_all( elem, (long)0);
- if ( ret != 0 )
- kDebug() << "writeVolumeToHW(" << devnum << ") [set_playback_volume] failed, errno=" << ret;
- } else {
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, volumePlayback.getVolumes() ) {
- int ret = 0;
- switch(vc.chid) {
- case Volume::LEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::RIGHT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_RIGHT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::CENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_CENTER, vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDLEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_LEFT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDRIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_RIGHT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::REARCENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_CENTER , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::WOOFER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_WOOFER , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDELEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_LEFT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDERIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_playback_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_RIGHT , vc.volume); break;
- default: kDebug() << "FATAL: Unknown channel type for playback << " << vc.chid << " ... please report this"; break;
- }
- if ( ret != 0 )
- kDebug() << "writeVolumeToHW(" << devnum << ") [set_playback_volume] failed, errno=" << ret;
- //if (id== "Master:0" || id== "PCM:0" ) { kDebug() << "volumePlayback control=" << id << ", chid=" << vc.chid << ", vol=" << vc.volume; }
- }
- }
- } // has playback volume
-
-
-
- // --- capture volume
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_volume ( elem ) ) {
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, volumeCapture.getVolumes() ) {
- int ret = 0;
- switch(vc.chid) {
- case Volume::LEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_LEFT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::RIGHT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_RIGHT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::CENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_FRONT_CENTER, vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDLEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_LEFT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::SURROUNDRIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_RIGHT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::REARCENTER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_REAR_CENTER , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::WOOFER : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_WOOFER , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDELEFT : ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_LEFT , vc.volume); break;
- case Volume::REARSIDERIGHT: ret = snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_volume( elem, SND_MIXER_SCHN_SIDE_RIGHT , vc.volume); break;
- default: kDebug() << "FATAL: Unknown channel type for capture << " << vc.chid << " ... please report this"; break;
- }
- if ( ret != 0 )
- kDebug() << "writeVolumeToHW(" << devnum << ") [set_capture_volume] failed, errno=" << ret;
- //if (id== "Master:0" || id== "PCM:0" ) { kDebug() << "volumecapture control=" << id << ", chid=" << i << ", vol=" << vc.volume; }
- }
- } // has capture volume
-
- // --- capture switch
- if ( snd_mixer_selem_has_capture_switch( elem ) ) {
- // Hint: snd_mixer_selem_has_common_switch() is already covered in the playback .
- // switch. This is probably enough. It would be helpful, if the ALSA project would
- // write documentation. Until then, I need to continue guessing semantics.
- int sw = 0;
- if ( md->isRecSource())
- sw = !sw; // invert all bits
- snd_mixer_selem_set_capture_switch_all( elem, sw );
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-QString Mixer_ALSA::errorText( int mixer_error )
-{
- QString l_s_errmsg;
- switch ( mixer_error ) {
- case Mixer::ERR_PERM: {
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("You do not have permission to access the alsa mixer device.\n" \
- "Please verify if all alsa devices are properly created.");
- break;
- }
- case Mixer::ERR_OPEN: {
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("Alsa mixer cannot be found.\n" \
- "Please check that the soundcard is installed and the\n" \
- "soundcard driver is loaded.\n" );
- break;
- }
- default: {
- l_s_errmsg = Mixer_Backend::errorText( mixer_error );
- break;
- }
- }
- return l_s_errmsg;
-}
-
-
-QString ALSA_getDriverName()
-{
- return "ALSA";
-}
-
-QString Mixer_ALSA::getDriverName()
-{
- return "ALSA";
-}
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2006-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "mixer_backend.h"
-
-#include <klocale.h>
-
-// for the "ERR_" declartions, #include mixer.h
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-
-#include <QTimer>
-
-#define POLL_RATE_SLOW 1500
-#define POLL_RATE_FAST 50
-
-
-#include "mixer_backend_i18n.cpp"
-
-Mixer_Backend::Mixer_Backend(Mixer *mixer, int device) :
-m_devnum (device) , m_isOpen(false), m_recommendedMaster(), _mixer(mixer), _pollingTimer(0), _cardInstance(1)
-
-{
- // In all cases create a QTimer. We will use it once as a singleShot(), even if something smart
- // like ::select() is possible (as in ALSA). And force to do an update.
- _readSetFromHWforceUpdate = true;
- _pollingTimer = new QTimer(); // will be started on open() and stopped on close()
- connect( _pollingTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(readSetFromHW()), Qt::QueuedConnection);
-
-}
-
-void Mixer_Backend::closeCommon()
-{
- freeMixDevices();
-}
-
-int Mixer_Backend::close()
-{
- kDebug() << "Implicit close on " << this << ". Please instead call closeCommon() and close() explicitly (in concrete Backend destructor)";
- // ^^^ Background. before the destructor runs, the C++ runtime changes the virtual pointers to point back
- // to the common base class. So what actually runs is not run Mixer_ALSA::close(), but this method.
- //
- // Comment: IMO this is totally stupid and insane behavior of C++, because you cannot simply cannot call
- // the overwritten (cleanup) methods in the destructor.
- return 0;
-}
-
-Mixer_Backend::~Mixer_Backend()
-{
- unregisterCard(this->getName());
- if (!m_mixDevices.isEmpty())
- {
- kDebug() << "Implicit close on " << this << ". Please instead call closeCommon() and close() explicitly (in concrete Backend destructor)";
- }
- delete _pollingTimer;
-}
-
-void Mixer_Backend::freeMixDevices()
-{
- foreach (std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, m_mixDevices)
- md->close();
-
- m_mixDevices.clear();
-}
-
-bool Mixer_Backend::openIfValid()
-{
- int ret = open();
- if (ret == 0 && (m_mixDevices.count() > 0 || _mixer->isDynamic()))
- {
- // Hint: _id is probably not yet perfectly set, as it requires the value from open() and an external
- // counter. Thus we start the Timer while _id is not properly set. But it will be done immediately
- // by the caller of this method.
- // Future directions: Do the counter calculation in the backend. It really belongs there, as it is part of
- // the PK calculation. Probably provide a standard implementation in Mixer_Backend itself. Also the
- // key should be an own class, like: MixerKey(QString backend, QString baseId, int cardInstance)
- if (needsPolling())
- {
- _pollingTimer->start(POLL_RATE_FAST);
- }
- else
- {
- // The initial state must be read manually
- QTimer::singleShot( POLL_RATE_FAST, this, SLOT(readSetFromHW()));
- }
- return true; // could be opened
- }
- else
- {
- //shutdown();
- return false; // could not open
- }
-}
-
-bool Mixer_Backend::isOpen() {
- return m_isOpen;
-}
-
-/**
- * Queries the backend driver whether there are new changes in any of the controls.
- * If you cannot find out for a backend, return "true" - this is also the default implementation.
- * @return true, if there are changes. Otherwise false is returned.
- */
-bool Mixer_Backend::prepareUpdateFromHW() {
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * The name of the Mixer this backend represents.
- * Often it is just a name/id for the kernel. so name and id are usually identical. Virtual/abstracting backends are
- * different, as they represent some distinct function like "Application streams" or "Capture Devices". Also backends
- * that do not have names might can to set ID and name different like i18n("SUN Audio") and "SUNAudio".
- */
-QString Mixer_Backend::getName() const
-{
- return m_mixerName;
-}
-
-/**
- * The id of the Mixer this backend represents. The default implementation simply returns the name.
- * Often it is just a name/id for the kernel. so name and id are usually identical. See also #Mixer_Backend::getName().
- * You must override this method if you want to set ID different from name.
- */
-QString Mixer_Backend::getId() const
-{
- return m_mixerName; // Backwards compatibility.
-}
-
-/**
- * After calling this, readSetFromHW() will do a complete update. This will
- * trigger emitting the appropriate signals like controlChanged().
- *
- * This method is useful, if you need to get a "refresh signal" - used at:
- * 1) Start of KMix - so that we can be sure an initial signal is emitted
- * 2) When reconstructing any MixerWidget (e.g. DockIcon after applying preferences)
- */
-void Mixer_Backend::readSetFromHWforceUpdate() const {
- _readSetFromHWforceUpdate = true;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * You can call this to retrieve the freshest information from the mixer HW.
- * This method is also called regularly by the mixer timer.
- */
-void Mixer_Backend::readSetFromHW()
-{
- bool updated = prepareUpdateFromHW();
- if ( (! updated) && (! _readSetFromHWforceUpdate) ) {
- // Some drivers (ALSA) are smart. We don't need to run the following
- // time-consuming update loop if there was no change
- kDebug(67100) << "Mixer::readSetFromHW(): smart-update-tick";
- return;
- }
-
- _readSetFromHWforceUpdate = false;
-
- int ret = Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED;
-
- foreach (std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, m_mixDevices )
- {
- //bool debugMe = (md->id() == "PCM:0" );
- bool debugMe = false;
- if (debugMe) kDebug() << "Old PCM:0 playback state" << md->isMuted()
- << ", vol=" << md->playbackVolume().getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL);
-
- int retLoop = readVolumeFromHW( md->id(), md );
- if (debugMe) kDebug() << "New PCM:0 playback state" << md->isMuted()
- << ", vol=" << md->playbackVolume().getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL);
- if (md->isEnum() )
- {
- /*
- * This could be reworked:
- * Plan: Read everything (incuding enum's) in readVolumeFromHW().
- * readVolumeFromHW() should then be renamed to readHW().
- */
- md->setEnumId( enumIdHW(md->id()) );
- }
-
- // Transition the outer return value with the value from this loop iteration
- if ( retLoop == Mixer::OK && ret == Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED )
- {
- // Unchanged => OK (Changed)
- ret = Mixer::OK;
- }
- else if ( retLoop != Mixer::OK && retLoop != Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED )
- {
- // If current ret from loop in not OK, then transition to that: ret (Something) => retLoop (Error)
- ret = retLoop;
- }
- }
-
- if ( ret == Mixer::OK )
- {
- // We explicitly exclude Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED and Mixer::ERROR_READ
- if ( needsPolling() )
- {
- // Upgrade polling frequency temporarily to be more smoooooth
- _pollingTimer->setInterval(POLL_RATE_FAST);
- QTime fastPollingEndsAt = QTime::currentTime ();
- fastPollingEndsAt = fastPollingEndsAt.addSecs(5);
- _fastPollingEndsAt = fastPollingEndsAt;
- //_fastPollingEndsAt = fastPollingEndsAt;
- kDebug() << "Start fast polling from " << QTime::currentTime() <<"until " << _fastPollingEndsAt;
- }
-
- ControlManager::instance().announce(_mixer->id(), ControlChangeType::Volume, QString("Mixer.fromHW"));
- }
-
- else
- {
- // This code path is entered on Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED and ERROR
- bool fastPollingEndsNow = (!_fastPollingEndsAt.isNull()) && _fastPollingEndsAt < QTime::currentTime ();
- if ( fastPollingEndsNow )
- {
- kDebug() << "End fast polling";
- _fastPollingEndsAt = QTime(); // NULL time
- _pollingTimer->setInterval(POLL_RATE_SLOW);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the MixDevice, that would qualify best as MasterDevice. The default is to return the
- * first device in the device list. Backends can override this (i.e. the ALSA Backend does so).
- * The users preference is NOT returned by this method - see the Mixer class for that.
- */
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> Mixer_Backend::recommendedMaster()
-{
- if ( m_recommendedMaster )
- {
- // Backend has set a recommended master. Thats fine. Using it.
- return m_recommendedMaster;
- }
- else if ( ! m_mixDevices.isEmpty() )
- {
- // Backend has NOT set a recommended master. Evil backend
- // => lets help out, using the first device (if exists)
- return m_mixDevices.at(0);
- }
- else
- {
- if ( !_mixer->isDynamic())
- // This should never ever happen, as KMix does NOT accept soundcards without controls
- kError(67100) << "Mixer_Backend::recommendedMaster(): returning invalid master. This is a bug in KMix. Please file a bug report stating how you produced this.";
- }
-
- // If we reach this code path, then obiously m_recommendedMaster == 0 (see above)
- return m_recommendedMaster;
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Sets the ID of the currently selected Enum entry.
- * This is a dummy implementation - if the Mixer backend
- * wants to support it, it must implement the driver specific
- * code in its subclass (see Mixer_ALSA.cpp for an example).
- */
-void Mixer_Backend::setEnumIdHW(const QString& , unsigned int) {
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the ID of the currently selected Enum entry.
- * This is a dummy implementation - if the Mixer backend
- * wants to support it, it must implement the driver specific
- * code in its subclass (see Mixer_ALSA.cpp for an example).
- */
-unsigned int Mixer_Backend::enumIdHW(const QString& ) {
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Move the stream to a new destination
- */
-bool Mixer_Backend::moveStream( const QString& id, const QString& destId ) {
- Q_UNUSED(id);
- Q_UNUSED(destId);
- return false;
-}
-
-
-QString Mixer_Backend::errorText(int mixer_error)
-{
- QString l_s_errmsg;
- switch (mixer_error)
- {
- case Mixer::ERR_PERM:
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix:You do not have permission to access the mixer device.\n" \
- "Please check your operating systems manual to allow the access.");
- break;
- case Mixer::ERR_WRITE:
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: Could not write to mixer.");
- break;
- case Mixer::ERR_READ:
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: Could not read from mixer.");
- break;
- case Mixer::ERR_OPEN:
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: Mixer cannot be found.\n" \
- "Please check that the soundcard is installed and that\n" \
- "the soundcard driver is loaded.\n");
- break;
- default:
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: Unknown error. Please report how you produced this error.");
- break;
- }
- return l_s_errmsg;
-}
-
-
-
-
-#include "moc_mixer_backend.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2006-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MIXER_BACKEND_H
-#define MIXER_BACKEND_H
-
-#include <QString>
-#include <QtCore/qdatetime.h>
-#include <QTimer>
-
-//#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/mixset.h"
-class Mixer;
-
-
-class Mixer_Backend : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-friend class Mixer;
-
-// The Mixer Backend's may only be accessed from the Mixer class.
-protected:
- Mixer_Backend(Mixer *mixer, int devnum);
- virtual ~Mixer_Backend();
-
- /**
- * Derived classes MUST implement this to open the mixer.
- *
- * @return a KMix error code (O=OK).
- */
- virtual int open() = 0;
- /**
- * Derived classes MUST implement this to close the mixer. Do not call this directly, but use shutdown() instead.
- * The method cannot be made pure virtual, as we use close() in the destructor, and C++ does not allow this.
- * http://stackoverflow.com/questions/99552/where-do-pure-virtual-function-call-crashes-come-from?lq=1
- *
- * @return a KMix error code (O=OK).
- */
- virtual int close(); // Not pure virtual. See comment!
-
- /**
- * Shutdown deinitializes this MixerBackend, freeing resources
- */
- void closeCommon();
-
- /**
- * Returns the driver name, e.g. "ALSA" or "OSS". This virtual method is for looking up the
- * driver name on instanciated objects.
- *
- * Please note, that there is also a static implementation of the driverName
- * (Because there is no "virtual static" in C++, I need the method twice).
- * The static implementation is for the Mixer Factory (who needs it *before* instanciating an object).
- * While it is not a member function, its implementation can still be found in the corresponding
- * Backend implementation. For example in mixer_oss.cpp there is a global function called OSS_getDriverName().
- */
- virtual QString getDriverName() = 0;
-
- /**
- * Opens the mixer, if it constitures a valid Device. You should return "false", when
- * the Mixer with the devnum given in the constructor is not supported by the Backend. The two
- * typical cases are:
- * (1) No such hardware installed
- * (2) The hardware exists, but has no mixer support (e.g. external soundcard with only mechanical volume knobs)
- * The implementation calls open(), checks the return code and whether the number of
- * supported channels is > 0. The device remains opened if it is valid, otherwise a close() is done.
- */
- bool openIfValid();
-
- /** @return true, if the Mixer is open (and thus can be operated) */
- bool isOpen();
-
- virtual bool prepareUpdateFromHW();
- void readSetFromHWforceUpdate() const;
-
- /// Volume Read
- virtual int readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> ) = 0;
- /// Volume Write
- virtual int writeVolumeToHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> ) = 0;
-
- /// Enums
- virtual void setEnumIdHW(const QString& id, unsigned int);
- virtual unsigned int enumIdHW(const QString& id);
-
- virtual bool moveStream( const QString& id, const QString& destId );
-
- // Future directions: Move media*() methods to MediaController class
- virtual int mediaPlay(QString ) { return 0; }; // implement in the backend if it supports it
- virtual int mediaPrev(QString ) { return 0; }; // implement in the backend if it supports it
- virtual int mediaNext(QString ) { return 0;}; // implement in the backend if it supports it
-
- /// Overwrite in the backend if the backend can see changes without polling
- virtual bool needsPolling() { return true; }
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> recommendedMaster();
-
- /**
- * Return a translated error text for the given error number.
- * Subclasses can override this method to produce platform
- * specific error descriptions.
- */
- virtual QString errorText(int mixer_error);
-
- /// Returns translated WhatsThis messages for a control.Translates from
- virtual QString translateKernelToWhatsthis(const QString &kernelName);
-
- // Return an Universal Device Identification (suitable for the OS, especially for Hotplug and Unplug events)
- virtual QString& udi() { return _udi; };
-
- int m_devnum;
- /**
- * User friendly name of the Mixer (e.g. "USB 7.1 Surround System"). If your mixer API gives you a usable name, use that name.
- */
- virtual QString getName() const;
- virtual QString getId() const;
- virtual int getCardInstance() const { return _cardInstance; }
-
- // All controls of this card
- MixSet m_mixDevices;
-
- /******************************************************************************************
- * Please don't access the next vars from the Mixer class (even though Mixer is a friend).
- * There are proper access methods for them.
- ******************************************************************************************/
- bool m_isOpen;
- // The MixDevice that would qualify best as MasterDevice (according to the taste of the Backend developer)
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> m_recommendedMaster;
- // The Mixer is stored her only for one reason: The backend creates the MixDevice's, and it has shown
- // that it is helpful if the MixDevice's know their corresponding Mixer. KMix lived 10 years without that,
- // but just believe me. It's *really* better, for example, you can put controls of different soundcards in
- // one View. That is very cool! Also the MDW doesn't need to store the Mixer any longer (MDW is a GUI element,
- // so that was 'wrong' anyhow
- Mixer* _mixer;
- QTimer* _pollingTimer;
- QString _udi; // Universal Device Identification
-
- mutable bool _readSetFromHWforceUpdate;
-
-signals:
- void controlChanged( void ); // TODO remove?
-
-protected:
- void freeMixDevices();
-
- QMap<QString,int> s_mixerNums;
-
- /**
- * Registers the card for this Backend and sets the card discriminator for the given card name.
- * The discriminator should always be 1, unless a second card with
- * the same name of a registered card was already registered. Default implementation will return 2, 3 and so on
- * for more cards. Subclasses can override this and return arbitrary ID's, but any ID that is not 1 will be
- * displayed to the user everywhere where a mixer name is shown, like in the tab name.
- *
- * For the background please see BKO-327471 and read the following info:
- * "Count mixer nums for every mixer name to identify mixers with equal names.
- * This is for creating persistent (reusable) primary keys, which can safely
- * be referenced (especially for config file access, so it is meant to be persistent!)."
- *
- *
- *
- * @param cardBaseName
- */
- void registerCard(QString cardBaseName)
- {
- m_mixerName = cardBaseName;
- int cardDiscriminator = 1 + s_mixerNums[cardBaseName];
- kDebug() << "cardBaseName=" << cardBaseName << ", cardDiscriminator=" << cardDiscriminator;
- _cardInstance = cardDiscriminator;
-// return cardDiscriminator;
- }
-
- /**
- * Unregisters the card of this Backend. The cardDiscriminator counter for this card name is reduced by 1.
- * See #registerCard() for more info.
- *
- * TODO This is not entirely correct. Example: If the first card (cardDiscrimiator == 1) is unpluggged, then
- * s_mixerNums["cardName"] is changed from 2 to 1. The next plug of registerCard("cardName") will use
- * cardDiscriminator == 2, but the card with taht discrimniator was not unplugged => BANG!!!
- *
- * @param cardBaseName
- */
- void unregisterCard(QString cardBaseName)
- {
- QMap<QString,int>::const_iterator it = s_mixerNums.constFind(cardBaseName);
- if (it != s_mixerNums.constEnd())
- {
- int beforeValue = it.value();
- int afterValue = beforeValue-1;
- if (beforeValue > 0)
- s_mixerNums[cardBaseName] = afterValue;
- kDebug() << "beforeValue=" << beforeValue << ", afterValue" << afterValue;
- }
- }
-
- int _cardInstance;
-
-
-protected slots:
- virtual void readSetFromHW();
-private:
- QTime _fastPollingEndsAt;
- QString m_mixerName;
-};
-
-typedef Mixer_Backend *getMixerFunc( Mixer* mixer, int device );
-typedef QString getDriverNameFunc( );
-
-struct MixerFactory
-{
- getMixerFunc *getMixer;
- getDriverNameFunc *getDriverName;
-};
-
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2006-2009 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-QString Mixer_Backend::translateKernelToWhatsthis(const QString &kernelName)
-{
- if (kernelName == "Mic:0") return i18n("Recording level of the microphone input.");
- else if (kernelName == "Master:0") return i18n("Controls the volume of the front speakers or all speakers (depending on your soundcard model). If you use a digital output, you might need to also use other controls like ADC or DAC. For headphones, soundcards often supply a Headphone control.");
- else if (kernelName == "PCM:0") return i18n("Most media, such as MP3s or Videos, are played back using the PCM channel. As such, the playback volume of such media is controlled by both this and the Master or Headphone channels.");
- else if (kernelName == "Headphone:0") return i18n("Controls the headphone volume. Some soundcards include a switch that must be manually activated to enable the headphone output.");
- else return i18n("---");
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/**
- * KMix -- MPRIS2 backend
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- */
-
-#include "mixer_mpris2.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-
-#include <QStringList>
-#include <QDBusReply>
-#include <QString>
-#include <qvariant.h>
-
-#include <KDebug>
-#include <KLocale>
-
-// Set the QDBUS_DEBUG env variable for debugging Qt DBUS calls.
-
-Mixer_Backend* MPRIS2_getMixer(Mixer *mixer, int device )
-{
- return new Mixer_MPRIS2(mixer, device );
-}
-
-Mixer_MPRIS2::Mixer_MPRIS2(Mixer *mixer, int device) : Mixer_Backend(mixer, device )
-{
-}
-
-
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::open()
-{
- if ( m_devnum != 0 )
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
-
- registerCard(i18n("Playback Streams"));
- _id = "Playback Streams";
- _mixer->setDynamic();
- return addAllRunningPlayersAndInitHotplug();
-}
-
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::close()
-{
- m_isOpen = false;
- closeCommon();
- qDeleteAll(controls);
- controls.clear();
- return 0;
-}
-
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::mediaPlay(QString id)
-{
- return mediaControl(id, "PlayPause");
-}
-
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::mediaPrev(QString id)
-{
- return mediaControl(id, "Previous");
-}
-
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::mediaNext(QString id)
-{
- return mediaControl(id, "Next");
-}
-
-/**
- * Sends a media control command to the given application.
- * @param applicationId The MPRIS applicationId
- * @returns Always 0. Hint: Currently nobody uses the return code
- */
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::mediaControl(QString applicationId, QString commandName)
-{
- MPrisControl* mad = controls.value(applicationId);
- if ( mad == 0 )
- return 0; // Might have disconnected recently => simply ignore command
-
- kDebug() << "Send " << commandName << " to id=" << applicationId;
- QDBusPendingReply<> repl2 = mad->playerIfc->asyncCall(commandName);
-
-
- QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watchMediaControlReply = new QDBusPendingCallWatcher(repl2, mad);
- connect(watchMediaControlReply, SIGNAL(finished(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)), this, SLOT(watcherMediaControl(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)));
-
- return 0; // Presume everything went well. Can't do more for ASYNC calls
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::watcherMediaControl(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher)
-{
- MPrisControl* mprisCtl = watcherHelperGetMPrisControl(watcher);
- if (mprisCtl == 0) {
- return; // Reply for unknown media player. Probably "unplugged" (or not yet plugged)
- }
-
- // Actually the code below in this method is more or less just debugging
- const QDBusMessage& msg = watcher->reply();
- QString id = mprisCtl->getId();
- QString busDestination = mprisCtl->getBusDestination();
- kDebug() << "Media control for id=" << id << ", path=" << msg.path() << ", interface=" << msg.interface() << ", busDestination" << busDestination;
-}
-
-/**
- * readVolumeFromHW() should be used only for hotplug (and even that should go away). Everything should operate via
- * the slot volumeChanged in the future.
- */
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::readVolumeFromHW( const QString& /*id*/, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> /*md*/)
-{
- // Everything is done by notifications => no code neccessary
- return Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * A slot that processes data from the MPrisControl that emit the signal.
- *
- * @param The emitting MPrisControl
- * @param newVolume The new volume
- */
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::playbackStateChanged(MPrisControl* mad, MediaController::PlayState playState)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = m_mixDevices.get(mad->getId());
- md->getMediaController()->setPlayState(playState);
- QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "announceGUI", Qt::QueuedConnection);
-// ControlManager::instance().announce(_mixer->id(), ControlChangeType::GUI, QString("MixerMPRIS2.playbackStateChanged"));
-}
-
-
-/**
- * A slot that processes data from the MPrisControl that emit the signal.
- *
- * @param The emitting MPrisControl
- * @param newVolume The new volume
- */
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::volumeChanged(MPrisControl* mad, double newVolume)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = m_mixDevices.get(mad->getId());
- int volInt = newVolume *100;
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugVolume)
- kDebug() << "changed" << volInt;
- volumeChangedInternal(md, volInt);
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::volumeChangedInternal(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, int volumePercentage)
-{
- if ( md->isVirtuallyMuted() && volumePercentage == 0) {
- // Special code path for virtual mute switches. Don't write back the volume if it is muted in the KMix GUI
- return;
- }
-
- Volume& vol = md->playbackVolume();
- vol.setVolume( Volume::LEFT, volumePercentage);
- md->setMuted(volumePercentage == 0);
- QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "announceVolume", Qt::QueuedConnection);
-// ControlManager::instance().announce(_mixer->id(), ControlChangeType::Volume, QString("MixerMPRIS2.volumeChanged"));
-}
-
-// The following is an example message for an incoming volume change:
-/*
-signal sender=:1.125 -> dest=(null destination) serial=503 path=/org/mpris/MediaPlayer2; interface=org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties; member=PropertiesChanged
- string "org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.Player"
- array [
- dict entry(
- string "Volume"
- variant double 0.81
- )
- ]
- array [
- ]
- */
-
-/**
- * @overload
- *
- * @param id
- * @param md
- * @return
- */
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::writeVolumeToHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md )
-{
- Volume& vol = md->playbackVolume();
- double volFloat = 0;
- if ( ! md->isMuted() ) {
- int volInt = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- volFloat = volInt/100.0;
- }
-
- QList<QVariant> arg;
- arg.append(QString("org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.Player"));
- arg.append(QString("Volume"));
- arg << QVariant::fromValue(QDBusVariant(volFloat));
-
- MPrisControl* mad = controls.value(id);
-
- QVariant v1 = QVariant(QString("org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.Player"));
- QVariant v2 = QVariant(QString("Volume"));
- QVariant v3 = QVariant::fromValue(QDBusVariant(volFloat));
-// QVariant v3 = QVariant(volFloat);
-
- // I don't care too much for the reply, as I won't receive a result. Thus fire-and-forget here.
- mad->propertyIfc->asyncCall("Set", v1, v2, v3);
- return 0;
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::setEnumIdHW(const QString&, unsigned int)
-{
- // no enums in MPRIS
-}
-
-unsigned int Mixer_MPRIS2::enumIdHW(const QString&)
-{
- // no enums in MPRIS
- return 0;
-}
-
-bool Mixer_MPRIS2::moveStream( const QString&, const QString& )
-{
- // not supported in MPRIS
- return false;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Adds all currently running players and then starts listening
- * for changes (new players, and disappearing players).<br>
- *
- * @return int
- **/
-int Mixer_MPRIS2::addAllRunningPlayersAndInitHotplug()
-{
- QDBusConnection dbusConn = QDBusConnection::sessionBus();
- if (! dbusConn.isConnected() ) {
- kError(67100) << "Cannot connect to the D-Bus session bus.\n"
- << "To start it, run:\n"
- <<"\teval `dbus-launch --auto-syntax`\n";
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- // Start listening for new Mediaplayers
- bool connected = dbusConn.connect("", QString("/org/freedesktop/DBus"), "org.freedesktop.DBus", "NameOwnerChanged", this, SLOT(newMediaPlayer(QString,QString,QString)) );
- if (!connected) {
- kWarning() << "MPRIS2 hotplug init failure. New Media Players will not be detected.";
- }
-
- /* Here is a small concurrency issue.
- * If new players appear between registeredServiceNames() below and the connect() above these players *might* show up doubled in KMix.
- * There is no simple solution (reversing could have the problem of not-adding), so we live for now with it.
- */
-
- /*
- * Bug 311189: Introspecting via "dbusConn.interface()->registeredServiceNames()" does not work too well.
- * Comment: I am not so sure that registeredServiceNames() is really an issue. It is more likely
- * in a later step, when talking to the probed apps. Still, I now do a hand crafted 3-line version of
- * registeredServiceNames() via "ListNames", so I can later more easily change to async.
- */
- QDBusInterface dbusIfc("org.freedesktop.DBus", "/org/freedesktop/DBus",
- "org.freedesktop.DBus", dbusConn);
- QDBusPendingReply<QStringList> repl = dbusIfc.asyncCall("ListNames");
- repl.waitForFinished();
-
- if (! repl.isValid() ) {
- kError() << "Invalid reply while listing Media Players. MPRIS2 players will not be available." << repl.error();
- return 1;
- }
-
- foreach (QString busDestination , repl.value() ) {
- if ( busDestination.startsWith("org.mpris.MediaPlayer2") ){
- addMprisControlAsync(busDestination);
- kDebug() << "MPRIS2: Attached media player on busDestination=" << busDestination;
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-QString Mixer_MPRIS2::busDestinationToControlId(const QString& busDestination)
-{
- const QString prefix = "org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.";
- if (! busDestination.startsWith(prefix)) {
- kWarning() << "Ignoring unsupported control, busDestination=" << busDestination;
- return QString();
- }
-
- return busDestination.mid(prefix.length());
-}
-
-/**
- * Asynchronously add the MPRIS control designated by the DBUS busDestination.
- * to the internal apps list.
- *
- * @param conn An open connection to the DBUS Session Bus
- * @param busDestination The DBUS busDestination, e.g. "org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.amarok"
- */
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::addMprisControlAsync(QString busDestination)
-{
- // -1- Create a MPrisControl. Its fields will be filled partially here, partially via ASYNC DUBUS replies
- QString id = busDestinationToControlId(busDestination);
- kDebug() << "Get control of busDestination=" << busDestination << "id=" << id;
-
- QDBusConnection conn = QDBusConnection::sessionBus();
- QDBusInterface *qdbiProps = new QDBusInterface(QString(busDestination), QString("/org/mpris/MediaPlayer2"), "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties", conn, this);
- QDBusInterface *qdbiPlayer = new QDBusInterface(QString(busDestination), QString("/org/mpris/MediaPlayer2"), "org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.Player", conn, this);
-
- // -2- Add the control to our official control list
- MPrisControl* mad = new MPrisControl(id, busDestination);
- mad->propertyIfc = qdbiProps;
- mad->playerIfc = qdbiPlayer;
- controls.insert(id, mad);
-
-
- /*
- * WTF: - asyncCall("Get", arg) : returns an error message (see below)
- * - asyncCallWithArgumentList("Get", arg) : returns an error message (see below)
- * - callWithArgumentList(QDBus::Block, "Get", arg) : works
- * - syncCall("Get", v1, v2) : works
- *
- * kmix(13543) Mixer_MPRIS2::addMPrisControl: (marok), msg2= QDBusMessage(type=Error, service=":1.44", error name="org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.UnknownMethod", error message="No such method 'Get' in interface 'org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties' at object path '/org/mpris/MediaPlayer2' (signature 'av')", signature="s", contents=("No such method 'Get' in interface 'org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties' at object path '/org/mpris/MediaPlayer2' (signature 'av')") ) , isValid= false , isFinished= true , isError= true
- *
- * This behavior is total counter-intuitive :-(((
- */
-
- // Create ASYNC DBUS queries for the new control. This effectively starts a chain of async DBUS commands.
- QVariant v1 = QVariant(QString("org.mpris.MediaPlayer2"));
- QVariant v2 = QVariant(QString("Identity"));
- QDBusPendingReply<QVariant > repl2 = mad->propertyIfc->asyncCall("Get", v1, v2);
- QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watchIdentity = new QDBusPendingCallWatcher(repl2, mad);
- connect(watchIdentity, SIGNAL(finished(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)), this, SLOT(watcherPlugControlId(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)));
-}
-
-MixDevice::ChannelType Mixer_MPRIS2::getChannelTypeFromPlayerId(const QString& id)
-{
- // TODO This hardcoded application list is a quick hack. It should be generalized.
- MixDevice::ChannelType ct = MixDevice::APPLICATION_STREAM;
- if (id.startsWith("amarok")) {
- ct = MixDevice::APPLICATION_AMAROK;
- } else if (id.startsWith("banshee")) {
- ct = MixDevice::APPLICATION_BANSHEE;
- } else if (id.startsWith("vlc")) {
- ct = MixDevice::APPLICATION_VLC;
- } else if (id.startsWith("xmms")) {
- ct = MixDevice::APPLICATION_XMM2;
- } else if (id.startsWith("tomahawk")) {
- ct = MixDevice::APPLICATION_TOMAHAWK;
- } else if (id.startsWith("clementine")) {
- ct = MixDevice::APPLICATION_CLEMENTINE;
- }
-
- return ct;
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::watcherInitialVolume(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher)
-{
- MPrisControl* mprisCtl = watcherHelperGetMPrisControl(watcher);
- if (mprisCtl == 0)
- return; // Reply for unknown media player. Probably "unplugged" (or not yet plugged)
-
- const QDBusMessage& msg = watcher->reply();
- QList<QVariant> repl = msg.arguments();
- if ( ! repl.isEmpty() ) {
- QDBusVariant dbusVariant = qvariant_cast<QDBusVariant>(repl.at(0));
- QVariant result2 = dbusVariant.variant();
- double volume = result2.toDouble();
- volumeChanged(mprisCtl, volume);
- }
-
- watcher->deleteLater();
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::watcherInitialPlayState(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher)
-{
- MPrisControl* mprisCtl = watcherHelperGetMPrisControl(watcher);
- if (mprisCtl == 0)
- return; // Reply for unknown media player. Probably "unplugged" (or not yet plugged)
-
- const QDBusMessage& msg = watcher->reply();
- QList<QVariant> repl = msg.arguments();
- if ( ! repl.isEmpty() ) {
- QDBusVariant dbusVariant = qvariant_cast<QDBusVariant>(repl.at(0));
- QVariant result2 = dbusVariant.variant();
- QString playbackStateString = result2.toString();
-
- MediaController::PlayState playState = Mixer_MPRIS2::mprisPlayStateString2PlayState(playbackStateString);
- playbackStateChanged(mprisCtl, playState);
- }
-
- watcher->deleteLater();
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Convenience method for the watcher*() methods.
- * Returns the MPrisControl that is parent of the given watcher, if the reply is valid. In this case you can
- * use the result and call watcher->deleteLater() after processing the result.
- *
- * Otherwise 0 is returned, and watcher->deleteLater() is called. <b>Important</b> You must call watcher->deleteLater()
- * yourself for the other (normal/good) case.
- *
- * @param watcher
- * @return
- */
-MPrisControl* Mixer_MPRIS2::watcherHelperGetMPrisControl(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher)
-{
- const QDBusMessage& msg = watcher->reply();
- if ( msg.type() == QDBusMessage::ReplyMessage ) {
- QObject* obj = watcher->parent();
- MPrisControl* mad = qobject_cast<MPrisControl*>(obj);
- if (mad != 0) {
- return mad;
- }
- kWarning() << "Ignoring unexpected Control Id. object=" << obj;
- } else if ( msg.type() == QDBusMessage::ErrorMessage ) {
- kError() << "ERROR in Media control operation, path=" << msg.path() << ", msg=" << msg;
- }
-
- watcher->deleteLater();
- return 0;
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::watcherPlugControlId(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher)
-{
- MPrisControl* mprisCtl = watcherHelperGetMPrisControl(watcher);
- if (mprisCtl == 0) {
- return; // Reply for unknown media player. Probably "unplugged" (or not yet plugged)
- }
-
- const QDBusMessage& msg = watcher->reply();
- QString id = mprisCtl->getId();
- QString busDestination = mprisCtl->getBusDestination();
- QString readableName = id; // Start with ID, but replace with reply (if exists)
-
- kDebug() << "Plugging id=" << id << ", busDestination" << busDestination << ", name= " << readableName;
-
- QList<QVariant> repl = msg.arguments();
- if ( ! repl.isEmpty() ) {
- // We have to do some very ugly casting from QVariant to QDBusVariant to QVariant. This API totally sucks.
- QDBusVariant dbusVariant = qvariant_cast<QDBusVariant>(repl.at(0));
- QVariant result2 = dbusVariant.variant();
- readableName = result2.toString();
-
-// kDebug() << "REPLY " << result2.type() << ": " << readableName;
-
- MixDevice::ChannelType ct = getChannelTypeFromPlayerId(id);
- MixDevice* mdNew = new MixDevice(_mixer, id, readableName, ct);
- // MPRIS2 doesn't support an actual mute switch. Mute is defined as volume = 0.0
- // Thus we won't add the playback switch
- Volume* vol = new Volume( 100, 0, false, false);
- vol->addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::LEFT)); // MPRIS is only one control ("Mono")
- MediaController* mediaContoller = mdNew->getMediaController();
- mediaContoller->addMediaPlayControl();
- mediaContoller->addMediaNextControl();
- mediaContoller->addMediaPrevControl();
- mdNew->setApplicationStream(true);
- mdNew->addPlaybackVolume(*vol);
-
- m_mixDevices.append( mdNew->addToPool() );
-
- delete vol; // vol is only temporary. mdNew has its own volume object. => delete
-
- QDBusConnection sessionBus = QDBusConnection::sessionBus();
- sessionBus.connect(busDestination, QString("/org/mpris/MediaPlayer2"), "org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties", "PropertiesChanged", mprisCtl, SLOT(onPropertyChange(QString,QVariantMap,QStringList)) );
- connect(mprisCtl, SIGNAL(volumeChanged(MPrisControl*,double)), this, SLOT(volumeChanged(MPrisControl*,double)) );
- connect(mprisCtl, SIGNAL(playbackStateChanged(MPrisControl*,MediaController::PlayState)), SLOT (playbackStateChanged(MPrisControl*,MediaController::PlayState)) );
-
- sessionBus.connect(busDestination, QString("/Player"), "org.freedesktop.MediaPlayer", "TrackChange", mprisCtl, SLOT(trackChangedIncoming(QVariantMap)) );
-
- // The following line is evil: mad->playerIfc->property("Volume") is in fact a synchronous call, and
- // sync calls are strictly forbidden, see bug 317926
- // volumeChanged(mad, mad->playerIfc->property("Volume").toDouble());
-
-
- // --- Query initial state --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- QVariant v1 = QVariant(QString("org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.Player"));
-
- QVariant v2 = QVariant(QString("Volume"));
- QDBusPendingReply<QVariant > repl2 = mprisCtl->propertyIfc->asyncCall("Get", v1, v2);
- QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcherOutgoing = new QDBusPendingCallWatcher(repl2, mprisCtl);
- connect(watcherOutgoing, SIGNAL(finished(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)), this, SLOT(watcherInitialVolume(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)));
-
- v2 = QVariant(QString("PlaybackStatus"));
- repl2 = mprisCtl->propertyIfc->asyncCall("Get", v1, v2);
- watcherOutgoing = new QDBusPendingCallWatcher(repl2, mprisCtl);
- connect(watcherOutgoing, SIGNAL(finished(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)), this, SLOT(watcherInitialPlayState(QDBusPendingCallWatcher *)));
-
- // Push notifyToReconfigureControls to stack, so it will not be executed synchronously
- announceControlListAsync(id);
- }
-
- watcher->deleteLater();
-}
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ASYNC announce slots, including convenience wrappers
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/**
- * Convenience wrapper to do the ASYNC call to #announceControlList()
- * @param
- */
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::announceControlListAsync(QString /*streamId*/)
-{
- // currently we do not use the streamId
- QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "announceControlList", Qt::QueuedConnection);
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::announceControlList()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().announce(_mixer->id(), ControlChangeType::ControlList, getDriverName());
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::announceGUI()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().announce(_mixer->id(), ControlChangeType::GUI, getDriverName());
-}
-
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::announceVolume()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().announce(_mixer->id(), ControlChangeType::Volume, getDriverName());
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/**
- * Handles the hotplug of new MPRIS2 enabled Media Players
- */
-void Mixer_MPRIS2::newMediaPlayer(QString name, QString oldOwner, QString newOwner)
-{
- if ( name.startsWith("org.mpris.MediaPlayer2") ) {
- if ( oldOwner.isEmpty() && !newOwner.isEmpty()) {
- kDebug() << "Mediaplayer registers: " << name;
- addMprisControlAsync(name);
- } else if ( !oldOwner.isEmpty() && newOwner.isEmpty()) {
- QString id = busDestinationToControlId(name);
- kDebug() << "Mediaplayer unregisters: " << name << " , id=" << id;
-
- // -1- Remove Mediaplayer connection
- if (controls.contains(id)) {
- const MPrisControl *control = controls.value(id);
- QObject::disconnect(control,0,0,0);
- controls.remove(id);
- }
-
- // -2- Remove MixDevice from internal list
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = m_mixDevices.get(id);
- if (md) {
- // We know about the player that is unregistering => remove internally
- md->close();
- m_mixDevices.removeById(id);
- announceControlListAsync(id);
- kDebug() << "MixDevice 4 useCount=" << md.use_count();
- }
- } else {
- kWarning() << "Mediaplayer has registered under a new name. This is currently not supported by KMix";
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * This slot is a simple proxy that enriches the DBUS signal with our data, which especially contains the id of the MixDevice.
- */
-void MPrisControl::trackChangedIncoming(QVariantMap /*msg*/)
-{
- kDebug() << "Track changed";
-}
-
-MediaController::PlayState Mixer_MPRIS2::mprisPlayStateString2PlayState(const QString& playbackStatus)
-{
- MediaController::PlayState playState = MediaController::PlayUnknown;
- if (playbackStatus == "Playing") {
- playState = MediaController::PlayPlaying;
- } else if (playbackStatus == "Stopped") {
- playState = MediaController::PlayStopped;
- } else if (playbackStatus == "Paused") {
- playState = MediaController::PlayPaused;
- }
-
- return playState;
-}
-
-/**
- * This slot is a simple proxy that enriches the DBUS signal with our data, which especially contains the id of the MixDevice.
- */
-void MPrisControl::onPropertyChange(QString /*ifc*/,QVariantMap msg ,QStringList /*sl*/)
-{
- QMap<QString, QVariant>::iterator v = msg.find("Volume");
- if (v != msg.end() ) {
- double volDouble = v.value().toDouble();
- kDebug(67100) << "volumeChanged incoming: vol=" << volDouble;
- emit volumeChanged( this, volDouble);
- }
-
- v = msg.find("PlaybackStatus");
- if (v != msg.end() ) {
- QString playbackStatus = v.value().toString();
- MediaController::PlayState playState = Mixer_MPRIS2::mprisPlayStateString2PlayState(playbackStatus);
- kDebug() << "PlaybackStatus is now " << playbackStatus;
-
- emit playbackStateChanged(this, playState);
- }
-}
-
-
-Mixer_MPRIS2::~Mixer_MPRIS2()
-{
- close();
-}
-
-MPrisControl::MPrisControl(QString id, QString busDestination)
- : propertyIfc(0)
- , playerIfc(0)
-{
- volume = 0;
- this->id = id;
- this->busDestination = busDestination;
- retrievedElems = MPrisControl::NONE;
-}
-
-MPrisControl::~MPrisControl()
-{
- delete propertyIfc;
- delete playerIfc;
-}
-
-QString Mixer_MPRIS2::getDriverName()
-{
- return "MPRIS2";
-}
-
-QString MPRIS2_getDriverName()
-{
- return "MPRIS2";
-}
-
-#include "moc_mixer_mpris2.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/**
- * KMix -- MPRIS2 backend
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef Mixer_MPRIS2_H
-#define Mixer_MPRIS2_H
-
-#include <QString>
-#include <QtDBus>
-#include <QDBusInterface>
-#include <QtDBus/qdbuspendingcall.h>
-#include <QMap>
-#include <QMutex>
-#include <QQueue>
-
-#include "mixer_backend.h"
-
-class MPrisControl : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- MPrisControl(QString id, QString busDestination);
- ~MPrisControl();
-
- enum DATA_ELEM
- {
- NONE = 0, NAME = 1, VOLUME = 2, ALL = 3
- };
-
- QDBusInterface* propertyIfc;
- QDBusInterface* playerIfc;
-
-
-private:
- QString id;
- QString busDestination;
- QString name;
- int volume;
-
- int retrievedElems;
-
-public:
- const QString& getId() const
- {
- return id;
- }
-
- const QString& getBusDestination() const
- {
- return busDestination;
- }
-
- const QString& getName() const
- {
- return name;
- }
-
- void setName(const QString& name)
- {
- retrievedElems |= MPrisControl::NAME;
- this->name = name;
- }
-
- int getVolume() const
- {
- return volume;
- }
-
- void setVolume(int volume)
- {
- retrievedElems |= MPrisControl::VOLUME;
- this->volume = volume;
- }
-
- bool isComplete()
- {
- return retrievedElems == MPrisControl::ALL;
- }
-
-
-
-public slots:
- void trackChangedIncoming(QVariantMap msg);
- void onPropertyChange(QString,QVariantMap,QStringList);
-
-signals:
- void volumeChanged(MPrisControl* mad, double);
- void playbackStateChanged(MPrisControl* mad, MediaController::PlayState);
-};
-
-class Mixer_MPRIS2 : public Mixer_Backend
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-// friend class Mixer_MPRIS2_Thread;
-
-public:
- Mixer_MPRIS2(Mixer *mixer, int device);
- virtual ~Mixer_MPRIS2();
- QString getDriverName();
- virtual QString getId() const { return _id; };
-
- virtual int open();
- virtual int close();
- virtual int readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> );
- virtual int writeVolumeToHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> );
- virtual void setEnumIdHW(const QString& id, unsigned int);
- virtual unsigned int enumIdHW(const QString& id);
- virtual bool moveStream( const QString& id, const QString& destId );
- virtual bool needsPolling() { return false; }
-
- virtual int mediaPlay(QString id);
- virtual int mediaPrev(QString id);
- virtual int mediaNext(QString id);
- virtual int mediaControl(QString id, QString command);
-
- static MediaController::PlayState mprisPlayStateString2PlayState(const QString& playbackStatus);
-
-public slots:
- void volumeChanged(MPrisControl *mad, double);
- void playbackStateChanged(MPrisControl* mad, MediaController::PlayState);
-
- void newMediaPlayer(QString name, QString oldOwner, QString newOwner);
- void addMprisControlAsync(QString arg1);
- void announceControlListAsync(QString streamId);
-
-private slots:
- // asynchronous announce call slots
- void announceControlList();
- void announceGUI();
- void announceVolume();
-
- // Async QDBusPendingCallWatcher's
- void watcherMediaControl(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher);
- void watcherPlugControlId(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher);
- void watcherInitialVolume(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher);
- void watcherInitialPlayState(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher);
-
-private:
- // Helpers for the watchers
- MPrisControl* watcherHelperGetMPrisControl(QDBusPendingCallWatcher* watcher);
-
-
-private:
-// void asyncAddMprisControl(QString busDestination);
-// void messageQueueThreadLoop();
- int addAllRunningPlayersAndInitHotplug();
- void volumeChangedInternal(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, int volumePercentage);
- QString busDestinationToControlId(const QString& busDestination);
- MixDevice::ChannelType getChannelTypeFromPlayerId(const QString& id);
-
- QMap<QString,MPrisControl*> controls;
- QString _id;
-};
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Christian Esken
- * esken@kde.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "mixer_oss.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/kmixdevicemanager.h"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-// Since we're guaranteed an OSS setup here, let's make life easier
-#if !defined(Q_OS_NETBSD) && !defined(Q_OS_OPENBSD)
- #include <sys/soundcard.h>
-#else
- #include <soundcard.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <QTimer>
-/*
- I am using a fixed MAX_MIXDEVS #define here.
- People might argue, that I should rather use the SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES
- #define used by OSS. But using this #define is not good, because it is
- evaluated during compile time. Compiling on one platform and running
- on another with another version of OSS with a different value of
- SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES is very bad. Because of this, usage of
- SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES should be discouraged.
-
- The #define below is only there for internal reasons.
- In other words: Don't play around with this value
- */
-#define MAX_MIXDEVS 32
-
-const char* MixerDevNames[32]={
- I18N_NOOP("Volume"), I18N_NOOP("Bass"), I18N_NOOP("Treble"),
- I18N_NOOP("Synth"), I18N_NOOP("Pcm"), I18N_NOOP("Speaker"),
- I18N_NOOP("Line"), I18N_NOOP("Microphone"), I18N_NOOP("CD"),
- I18N_NOOP("Mix"), I18N_NOOP("Pcm2"), I18N_NOOP("RecMon"),
- I18N_NOOP("IGain"), I18N_NOOP("OGain"), I18N_NOOP("Line1"),
- I18N_NOOP("Line2"), I18N_NOOP("Line3"), I18N_NOOP("Digital1"),
- I18N_NOOP("Digital2"), I18N_NOOP("Digital3"), I18N_NOOP("PhoneIn"),
- I18N_NOOP("PhoneOut"), I18N_NOOP("Video"), I18N_NOOP("Radio"),
- I18N_NOOP("Monitor"), I18N_NOOP("3D-depth"), I18N_NOOP("3D-center"),
- I18N_NOOP("unknown"), I18N_NOOP("unknown"), I18N_NOOP("unknown"),
- I18N_NOOP("unknown") , I18N_NOOP("unused")
-};
-
-const MixDevice::ChannelType MixerChannelTypes[32] = {
- MixDevice::VOLUME, MixDevice::BASS, MixDevice::TREBLE,
- MixDevice::MIDI, MixDevice::AUDIO, MixDevice::SPEAKER,
- MixDevice::EXTERNAL, MixDevice::MICROPHONE, MixDevice::CD,
- MixDevice::VOLUME, MixDevice::AUDIO, MixDevice::RECMONITOR,
- MixDevice::VOLUME, MixDevice::RECMONITOR, MixDevice::EXTERNAL,
- MixDevice::EXTERNAL, MixDevice::EXTERNAL, MixDevice::DIGITAL,
- MixDevice::DIGITAL, MixDevice::DIGITAL, MixDevice::EXTERNAL,
- MixDevice::EXTERNAL, MixDevice::VIDEO, MixDevice::EXTERNAL,
- MixDevice::EXTERNAL, MixDevice::VOLUME, MixDevice::VOLUME,
- MixDevice::UNKNOWN, MixDevice::UNKNOWN, MixDevice::UNKNOWN,
- MixDevice::UNKNOWN, MixDevice::UNKNOWN
-};
-
-Mixer_Backend* OSS_getMixer( Mixer* mixer, int device )
-{
- Mixer_Backend *l_mixer;
- l_mixer = new Mixer_OSS( mixer, device );
- return l_mixer;
-}
-
-Mixer_OSS::Mixer_OSS(Mixer* mixer, int device)
- : Mixer_Backend(mixer, device)
-{
- if (device == -1) {
- m_devnum = 0;
- }
- m_fd = -1; // point to an invalid FD
-}
-
-Mixer_OSS::~Mixer_OSS()
-{
- close();
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS::open()
-{
- QString finalDeviceName;
- finalDeviceName = deviceName( m_devnum );
- kDebug() << "OSS open() " << finalDeviceName;
- if ((m_fd= ::open( finalDeviceName.toAscii().data(), O_RDWR)) < 0) {
- if ( errno == EACCES ) {
- return Mixer::ERR_PERM;
- } else {
- finalDeviceName = deviceNameDevfs( m_devnum );
- if ((m_fd= ::open( finalDeviceName.toAscii().data(), O_RDWR)) < 0) {
- if ( errno == EACCES ) {
- return Mixer::ERR_PERM;
- } else {
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- _udi = KMixDeviceManager::instance()->getUDI_OSS(finalDeviceName);
- if ( _udi.isEmpty() ) {
- QString msg("No UDI found for '");
- msg += finalDeviceName;
- msg += "'. Hotplugging not possible";
- kDebug(67100) << msg;
- }
- int devmask, recmask, i_recsrc, stereodevs;
- // Mixer is open. Now define properties
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_DEVMASK, &devmask) == -1) {
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECMASK, &recmask) == -1) {
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC, &i_recsrc) == -1) {
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_STEREODEVS, &stereodevs) == -1) {
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- int idx = 0;
- while( devmask && idx < MAX_MIXDEVS ) {
- if( devmask & ( 1 << idx ) ) { // device active?
- Volume playbackVol( 100, 1, true, false );
- playbackVol.addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::LEFT));
- if ( stereodevs & ( 1 << idx ) ) {
- playbackVol.addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::RIGHT));
- }
-
- QString id;
- id.setNum(idx);
- MixDevice* md = new MixDevice(
- _mixer,
- id,
- i18n(MixerDevNames[idx]),
- MixerChannelTypes[idx]);
- md->addPlaybackVolume(playbackVol);
-
- // Tutorial: Howto add a simple capture switch
- if ( recmask & ( 1 << idx ) ) {
- // can be captured => add capture volume, with no capture volume
- Volume captureVol( 100, 1, true, true );
- md->addCaptureVolume(captureVol);
- }
-
- m_mixDevices.append( md->addToPool() );
- }
- idx++;
- }
-
-#if defined(SOUND_MIXER_INFO)
- struct mixer_info l_mix_info;
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_INFO, &l_mix_info) != -1) {
- registerCard(l_mix_info.name);
- } else
-#endif
- {
- registerCard("OSS Audio Mixer");
- }
-
- m_isOpen = true;
- return 0;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS::close()
-{
- _pollingTimer->stop();
- m_isOpen = false;
- int l_i_ret = ::close(m_fd);
- closeCommon();
- return l_i_ret;
-}
-
-
-QString Mixer_OSS::deviceName(int devnum)
-{
- switch (devnum) {
- case 0: {
- return QString("/dev/mixer");
- break;
- }
- default: {
- QString devname("/dev/mixer%1");
- return devname.arg(devnum);
- }
- }
-}
-
-QString Mixer_OSS::deviceNameDevfs(int devnum)
-{
- switch (devnum) {
- case 0: {
- return QString("/dev/sound/mixer");
- break;
- }
- default: {
- QString devname("/dev/sound/mixer");
- devname += ('0'+devnum);
- return devname;
- }
- }
-}
-
-QString Mixer_OSS::errorText(int mixer_error)
-{
- QString l_s_errmsg;
- switch (mixer_error) {
- case Mixer::ERR_PERM: {
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: You do not have permission to access the mixer device.\n" \
- "Login as root and do a 'chmod a+rw /dev/mixer*' to allow the access.");
- break;
- }
- case Mixer::ERR_OPEN: {
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: Mixer cannot be found.\n" \
- "Please check that the soundcard is installed and the\n" \
- "soundcard driver is loaded.\n" \
- "On Linux you might need to use 'insmod' to load the driver.\n" \
- "Use 'soundon' when using commercial OSS.");
- break;
- }
- default: {
- l_s_errmsg = Mixer_Backend::errorText(mixer_error);
- break;
- }
- }
- return l_s_errmsg;
-}
-
-
-void print_recsrc(int recsrc)
-{
- int i;
-
- QString msg;
- for (i = 0; i < SOUND_MIXER_NRDEVICES; i++) {
- if ((1 << i) & recsrc) {
- msg += '+';
- } else {
- msg += '.';
- }
- }
- kDebug() << msg;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS::setRecsrcToOSS( const QString& id, bool on )
-{
- int i_recsrc; //, oldrecsrc;
- int devnum = id2num(id);
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC, &i_recsrc) == -1) {
- errormsg(Mixer::ERR_READ);
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- // oldrecsrc = i_recsrc = on ?
- // (i_recsrc | (1 << devnum )) :
- // (i_recsrc & ~(1 << devnum ));
-
- // Change status of record source(s)
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_RECSRC, &i_recsrc) == -1) {
- errormsg (Mixer::ERR_WRITE);
- // don't return here. It is much better to re-read the capture switch states.
- }
-
- /* The following if {} patch was submitted by Tim McCormick <tim@pcbsd.org>. */
- /* Comment (cesken): This patch fixes an issue with mutual exclusive recording sources.
- Actually the kernel soundcard driver *could* "do the right thing" by examining the change
- (old-recsrc XOR new-recsrc), and knowing which sources are mutual exclusive.
- The OSS v3 API docs indicate that the behaviour is undefined for this case, and it is not
- clearly documented how and whether SOUND_MIXER_CAP_EXCL_INPUT is evaluated in the OSS driver.
- Evaluating that in the application (KMix) could help, but the patch will work independent
- on whether SOUND_MIXER_CAP_EXCL_INPUT is set or not.
-
- In any case this patch is a superb workaround for a shortcoming of the OSS v3 API.
- */
- // If the record source is supposed to be on, but wasn't set, explicitly
- // set the record source. Not all cards support multiple record sources.
- // As a result, we also need to do the read & write again.
- if (((i_recsrc & ( 1<<devnum)) == 0) && on) {
- // Setting the new device failed => Try to enable it *exclusively*
-
- // oldrecsrc = i_recsrc = 1 << devnum;
-
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_WRITE_RECSRC, &i_recsrc) == -1) {
- errormsg (Mixer::ERR_WRITE);
- }
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC, &i_recsrc) == -1) {
- errormsg(Mixer::ERR_READ);
- }
- }
-
- // Re-read status of record source(s). Just in case the hardware/driver has
- // some limitaton (like exclusive switches)
- int recsrcMask;
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC, &recsrcMask) == -1) {
- errormsg(Mixer::ERR_READ);
- } else {
- for(int i=0; i< m_mixDevices.count() ; i++ ) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = m_mixDevices[i];
- bool isRecsrc = ( (recsrcMask & ( 1<<devnum)) != 0 );
- md->setRecSource(isRecsrc);
- } // for all controls
- } // reading newrecsrcmask is OK
-
- return Mixer::OK;
-}
-
-
-int Mixer_OSS::id2num(const QString& id)
-{
- return id.toInt();
-}
-
-/**
- * Prints out a translated error text for the given error number on stderr
- */
-void Mixer_OSS::errormsg(int mixer_error)
-{
- QString l_s_errText;
- l_s_errText = errorText(mixer_error);
- kError() << l_s_errText << "\n";
-}
-
-
-int Mixer_OSS::readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md )
-{
- int ret = 0;
-
- // --- VOLUME ---
- Volume& vol = md->playbackVolume();
- int devnum = id2num(id);
-
-
- bool controlChanged = false;
-
- if ( vol.hasVolume() ) {
- int volume;
- if (ioctl(m_fd, MIXER_READ( devnum ), &volume) == -1) {
- /* Oops, can't read mixer */
- errormsg(Mixer::ERR_READ);
- ret = Mixer::ERR_READ;
- } else {
- int volLeft = (volume & 0x7f);
- int volRight = ((volume>>8) & 0x7f);
-
- // if ( md->id() == "0" )
- // kDebug() << md->id() << ": " << "volLeft=" << volLeft << ", volRight" << volRight;
-
- bool isMuted = volLeft==0 && ( vol.count() < 2 || volRight==0 ); // muted is "left and right muted" or "left muted when mono"
- md->setMuted( isMuted );
- if ( ! isMuted ) {
- // Muted is represented in OSS by value 0. We don't want to write the value 0 as a volume,
- // but instead we only mark it muted (see setMuted() above).
-
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, vol.getVolumes() ) {
- long volOld = 0;
- long volNew = 0;
- switch(vc.chid) {
- case Volume::LEFT: {
- volOld = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- volNew = volLeft;
- vol.setVolume( Volume::LEFT, volNew );
- break;
- }
- case Volume::RIGHT: {
- volOld = vol.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT);
- volNew = volRight;
- vol.setVolume( Volume::RIGHT, volNew );
- break;
- }
- default: {
- // not supported by OSSv3
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if ( volOld != volNew ) {
- controlChanged = true;
- //if ( md->id() == "0" ) kDebug() << "changed";
- }
- } // foreach
- } // muted
- }
- }
-
- // --- RECORD SWITCH ---
- //Volume& captureVol = md->captureVolume();
- int recsrcMask;
- if (ioctl(m_fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC, &recsrcMask) == -1) {
- ret = Mixer::ERR_READ;
- } else {
- bool isRecsrcOld = md->isRecSource();
- // test if device bit is set in record bit mask
- bool isRecsrc = ( (recsrcMask & ( 1<<devnum)) != 0 );
- md->setRecSource(isRecsrc);
- if ( isRecsrcOld != isRecsrc ) {
- controlChanged = true;
- }
- }
-
- if ( ret== 0) {
- if ( controlChanged ) {
- //kDebug() << "FINE! " << ret;
- return Mixer::OK;
- } else {
- return Mixer::OK_UNCHANGED;
- }
- } else {
- //kDebug() << "SHIT! " << ret;
- return ret;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-int Mixer_OSS::writeVolumeToHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md)
-{
- int volume;
- int devnum = id2num(id);
-
- Volume& vol = md->playbackVolume();
- if( md->isMuted() ) {
- volume = 0;
- } else {
- if ( vol.getVolumes().count() > 1 ) {
- volume = (vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT) + (vol.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT)<<8));
- } else {
- volume = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- }
- }
-
- if (ioctl(m_fd, MIXER_WRITE( devnum ), &volume) == -1) {
- return Mixer::ERR_WRITE;
- }
-
- setRecsrcToOSS( id, md->isRecSource() );
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-QString OSS_getDriverName()
-{
- return "OSS";
-}
-
-QString Mixer_OSS::getDriverName()
-{
- return "OSS";
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MIXER_OSS_H
-#define MIXER_OSS_H
-
-#include <QString>
-
-#include "mixer_backend.h"
-
-class Mixer_OSS : public Mixer_Backend
-{
-public:
- Mixer_OSS(Mixer *mixer, int device);
- virtual ~Mixer_OSS();
-
- virtual QString errorText(int mixer_error);
- virtual int readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> );
- virtual int writeVolumeToHW ( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> );
-
- virtual QString getDriverName();
-
-protected:
-
- virtual int open();
- virtual int close();
-
- virtual QString deviceName( int );
- virtual QString deviceNameDevfs( int );
-
-private:
- int m_fd;
- QString m_deviceName;
-
- int setRecsrcToOSS( const QString& id, bool on );
- void errormsg(int mixer_error);
- int id2num(const QString& id);
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Christian Esken
- * esken@kde.org
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
- */
-
-//OSS4 mixer backend for KMix by Yoper Team released under GPL v2 or later
-
-/* We're getting soundcard.h via mixer_oss4.h */
-#include "mixer_oss4.h"
-
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <QList>
-#include <QRegExp>
-
-Mixer_Backend* OSS4_getMixer(Mixer *mixer, int device)
-{
- Mixer_Backend *l_mixer;
- l_mixer = new Mixer_OSS4(mixer, device);
- return l_mixer;
-}
-
-Mixer_OSS4::Mixer_OSS4(Mixer *mixer, int device) : Mixer_Backend(mixer, device)
-{
- if ( device == -1 ) m_devnum = 0;
- m_numExtensions = 0;
- m_fd = -1;
- m_ossVersion = 0;
- m_modifyCounter = -1;
-}
-
-bool Mixer_OSS4::CheckCapture(oss_mixext *ext)
-{
- QString name = ext->extname;
- if ( ext->flags & MIXF_RECVOL || name.split('.').contains("in") )
- {
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-Mixer_OSS4::~Mixer_OSS4()
-{
- close();
-}
-
-//classifies mixexts according to their name, last classification wins
-MixDevice::ChannelType Mixer_OSS4::classifyAndRename(QString &name, int flags)
-{
- MixDevice::ChannelType cType = MixDevice::UNKNOWN;
- QStringList classes = name.split (QRegExp( QLatin1String( "[-,.]" ) ));
-
-
- if ( flags & MIXF_PCMVOL ||
- flags & MIXF_MONVOL ||
- flags & MIXF_MAINVOL )
- {
- cType = MixDevice::VOLUME;
- }
-
- for ( QStringList::Iterator it = classes.begin(); it != classes.end(); ++it )
- {
- if ( *it == "line" )
- {
- *it = "Line";
- cType = MixDevice::EXTERNAL;
-
- } else
- if ( *it == "mic" )
- {
- *it = "Microphone";
- cType = MixDevice::MICROPHONE;
- } else
- if ( *it == "vol" )
- {
- *it = "Volume";
- cType = MixDevice::VOLUME;
- } else
- if ( *it == "surr" )
- {
- *it = "Surround";
- cType = MixDevice::SURROUND;
- } else
- if ( *it == "bass" )
- {
- *it = "Bass";
- cType = MixDevice::BASS;
- } else
- if ( *it == "treble" )
- {
- *it = "Treble";
- cType = MixDevice::TREBLE;
- } else
- if ( (*it).startsWith ( "pcm" ) )
- {
- (*it).replace ( "pcm","PCM" );
- cType = MixDevice::AUDIO;
- } else
- if ( *it == "src" )
- {
- *it = "Source";
- } else
- if ( *it == "rec" )
- {
- *it = "Recording";
- } else
- if ( *it == "cd" )
- {
- *it = (*it).toUpper();
- cType = MixDevice::CD;
- }
- if ( (*it).startsWith("vmix") )
- {
- (*it).replace("vmix","Virtual Mixer");
- cType = MixDevice::VOLUME;
- } else
- if ( (*it).endsWith("vol") )
- {
- QCharRef ref = (*it)[0];
- ref = ref.toUpper();
- cType = MixDevice::VOLUME;
- } else
- if ( (*it).contains("speaker") )
- {
- QCharRef ref = (*it)[0];
- ref = ref.toUpper();
- cType = MixDevice::SPEAKER;
- } else
- if ( (*it).contains("center") && (*it).contains("lfe"))
- {
- QCharRef ref = (*it)[0];
- ref = ref.toUpper();
- cType = MixDevice::SURROUND_LFE;
- } else
- if ( (*it).contains("rear") )
- {
- QCharRef ref = (*it)[0];
- ref = ref.toUpper();
- cType = MixDevice::SURROUND_CENTERBACK;
- } else
- if ( (*it).contains("front") )
- {
- QCharRef ref = (*it)[0];
- ref = ref.toUpper();
- cType = MixDevice::SURROUND_CENTERFRONT;
- } else
- if ( (*it).contains("headphone") )
- {
- QCharRef ref = (*it)[0];
- ref = ref.toUpper();
- cType = MixDevice::HEADPHONE;
- }
- else
- {
- QCharRef ref = (*it)[0];
- ref = ref.toUpper();
- }
- }
- name = classes.join( QLatin1String( " " ));
- return cType;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS4::open()
-{
- if ( (m_fd= ::open("/dev/mixer", O_RDWR)) < 0 )
- {
- if ( errno == EACCES )
- return Mixer::ERR_PERM;
- else
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- /*
- * Intentionally not wrapped - some systems may not support this ioctl, and therefore
- * aren't OSSv4. No need to throw needless error messages at the user in that case.
- */
- if( ::ioctl (m_fd, OSS_GETVERSION, &m_ossVersion) < 0)
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
- if (m_ossVersion < 0x040000)
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- wrapIoctl( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_NRMIX, &m_numMixers) );
-
- if ( m_mixDevices.isEmpty() )
- {
- if ( m_devnum >= 0 && m_devnum < m_numMixers )
- {
- m_numExtensions = m_devnum;
- bool masterChosen = false;
- bool masterHeuristicAvailable = false;
- bool saveAsMasterHeuristc = false;
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> masterHeuristic;
-
- oss_mixext ext;
- ext.dev = m_devnum;
- oss_mixerinfo mi;
-
- mi.dev = m_devnum;
- if ( wrapIoctl( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIXERINFO, &mi) ) < 0 )
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- /* Mixer is disabled - this can happen, e.g. disconnected USB device */
- if (!mi.enabled)
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- ::close(m_fd);
- if ( (m_fd= ::open(mi.devnode, O_RDWR)) < 0 )
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- if ( wrapIoctl( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_NREXT, &m_numExtensions) ) < 0 )
- {
- //TO DO: more specific error handling here
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- if( m_numExtensions == 0 )
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- ext.ctrl = 0;
-
- //read MIXT_DEVROOT, return Mixer::NODEV on error
- if ( wrapIoctl ( ioctl( m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_EXTINFO, &ext) ) < 0 )
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
-
- oss_mixext_root *root = (oss_mixext_root *) ext.data;
- registerCard(root->name);
-
- for ( int i = 1; i < m_numExtensions; i++ )
- {
- bool isCapture = false;
-
- ext.dev = m_devnum;
- ext.ctrl = i;
-
- //wrapIoctl handles reinitialization, cancel loading on EIDRM
- if ( wrapIoctl( ioctl( m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_EXTINFO, &ext) ) == EIDRM )
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- QString name = ext.extname;
-
- //skip unreadable controls
- if ( ext.flags & MIXF_READABLE
-#ifndef MIXT_MUTE
- && (name.contains("mute"))
-#endif
-#ifdef MIXT_MUTE
- && (name.contains("mute") || ext.flags == MIXT_MUTE)
-#endif
- )
- {
- continue;
- }
- //skip all vmix controls with the exception of outvol
- else if ( name.contains("vmix") && ! name.contains("enable") )
- {
- //some heuristic in case we got no exported main volume control
- if( name.contains("outvol") && ext.type != MIXT_ONOFF )
- {
- saveAsMasterHeuristc = true;
- }
- else
- {
- continue;
- }
- }
-
-
- //fix for old legacy names, according to Hannu's suggestions
- if ( name.contains('_') )
- {
- name = name.section('_',1,1).toLower();
- }
-
- isCapture = CheckCapture (&ext);
- Volume::ChannelMask chMask = Volume::MNONE;
-
- MixDevice::ChannelType cType = classifyAndRename(name, ext.flags);
-
- if ( (ext.type == MIXT_STEREOSLIDER16 ||
- ext.type == MIXT_STEREOSLIDER ||
- ext.type == MIXT_MONOSLIDER16 ||
- ext.type == MIXT_MONOSLIDER ||
- ext.type == MIXT_SLIDER
- ) )
- {
- if ( ext.type == MIXT_STEREOSLIDER16 ||
- ext.type == MIXT_STEREOSLIDER
- )
- {
- chMask = Volume::ChannelMask(Volume::MLEFT|Volume::MRIGHT);
- }
- else
- {
- chMask = Volume::MLEFT;
- }
-
- Volume vol (ext.maxvalue, ext.minvalue, false, isCapture);
- vol.addVolumeChannels(chMask);
-
- MixDevice* md_ptr = new MixDevice(_mixer,
- QString::number(i),
- name,
- cType);
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = md_ptr->addToPool();
- m_mixDevices.append(md);
-
- if(isCapture)
- {
- md->addCaptureVolume(vol);
- }
- else
- {
- md->addPlaybackVolume(vol);
- }
-
- if( saveAsMasterHeuristc && ! masterHeuristicAvailable )
- {
- masterHeuristic = md;
- masterHeuristicAvailable = true;
- }
-
- if ( !masterChosen && ext.flags & MIXF_MAINVOL )
- {
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosen = true;
- }
- }
- else if ( ext.type == MIXT_HEXVALUE )
- {
- chMask = Volume::ChannelMask(Volume::MLEFT);
- Volume vol (ext.maxvalue, ext.minvalue, false, isCapture);
- vol.addVolumeChannels(chMask);
-
- MixDevice* md_ptr = new MixDevice(_mixer,
- QString::number(i),
- name,
- cType);
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = md_ptr->addToPool();
- m_mixDevices.append(md);
-
- if(isCapture)
- {
- md->addCaptureVolume(vol);
- }
- else
- {
- md->addPlaybackVolume(vol);
- }
-
- if ( !masterChosen && ext.flags & MIXF_MAINVOL )
- {
- m_recommendedMaster = md;
- masterChosen = true;
- }
- }
- else if ( ext.type == MIXT_ONOFF
-#ifdef MIXT_MUTE
- || ext.type == MIXT_MUTE
-#endif
- )
- {
- Volume vol(1, 0, true, isCapture);
-
- if (isCapture)
- vol.setSwitchType (Volume::CaptureSwitch);
- else if (ext.type == MIXT_ONOFF)
- {
- vol.setSwitchType (Volume::SpecialSwitch);
- }
-
- MixDevice* md_ptr = new MixDevice(_mixer,
- QString::number(i),
- name,
- cType);
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = md_ptr->addToPool();
- m_mixDevices.append(md);
-
- if(isCapture)
- {
- md->addCaptureVolume(vol);
- }
- else
- {
- md->addPlaybackVolume(vol);
- }
- }
- else if ( ext.type == MIXT_ENUM )
- {
- oss_mixer_enuminfo ei;
- ei.dev = m_devnum;
- ei.ctrl = i;
-
- if ( wrapIoctl( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_ENUMINFO, &ei) ) != -1 )
- {
- Volume vol(ext.maxvalue, ext.minvalue,
- false, isCapture);
- vol.addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(Volume::LEFT));
-
- MixDevice* md_ptr = new MixDevice (_mixer,
- QString::number(i),
- name,
- cType);
-
- QList<QString*> enumValuesRef;
- QString thisElement;
-
- for ( int j = 0; j < ei.nvalues; j++ )
- {
- thisElement = &ei.strings[ ei.strindex[j] ];
-
- if ( thisElement.isEmpty() )
- {
- thisElement = QString::number(j);
- }
- enumValuesRef.append( new QString(thisElement) );
- }
- md_ptr->addEnums(enumValuesRef);
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = md_ptr->addToPool();
- m_mixDevices.append(md);
- }
- }
-
- if ( ! masterChosen && masterHeuristicAvailable )
- {
- m_recommendedMaster = masterHeuristic;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- return -1;
- }
- }
- m_isOpen = true;
- return 0;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS4::close()
-{
- m_isOpen = false;
- int l_i_ret = ::close(m_fd);
- m_recommendedMaster.reset();
- closeCommon();
- return l_i_ret;
-}
-
-QString Mixer_OSS4::errorText(int mixer_error)
-{
- QString l_s_errmsg;
-
- switch( mixer_error )
- {
- case Mixer::ERR_PERM:
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: You do not have permission to access the mixer device.\n" \
- "Login as root and do a 'chmod a+rw /dev/mixer*' to allow the access.");
- break;
- case Mixer::ERR_OPEN:
- l_s_errmsg = i18n("kmix: Mixer cannot be found.\n" \
- "Please check that the soundcard is installed and the\n" \
- "soundcard driver is loaded.\n" \
- "On Linux you might need to use 'insmod' to load the driver.\n" \
- "Use 'soundon' when using OSS4 from 4front.");
- break;
- default:
- l_s_errmsg = Mixer_Backend::errorText(mixer_error);
- }
- return l_s_errmsg;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS4::id2num(const QString& id)
-{
- return id.toInt();
-}
-
-bool Mixer_OSS4::prepareUpdateFromHW()
-{
- oss_mixerinfo minfo;
-
- minfo.dev = -1;
- if ( wrapIoctl( ioctl(m_fd, SNDCTL_MIXERINFO, &minfo) ) < 0 )
- {
- kDebug(67100) << "Can't get mixerinfo from card!";
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!minfo.enabled)
- {
- // Mixer is disabled. Probably disconnected USB device or card is unavailable;
- kDebug(67100) << "Mixer for card is disabled!";
- close();
- return false;
- }
- if (minfo.modify_counter == m_modifyCounter) return false;
- else m_modifyCounter = minfo.modify_counter;
- return true;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS4::readVolumeFromHW(const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md)
-{
- oss_mixext extinfo;
- oss_mixer_value mv;
-
- extinfo.dev = m_devnum;
- extinfo.ctrl = id2num(id);
-
- if ( wrapIoctl( ioctl(m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_EXTINFO, &extinfo) ) < 0 )
- {
- //TO DO: more specific error handling
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- Volume &vol = (CheckCapture (&extinfo)) ? md->captureVolume() : md->playbackVolume();
- mv.dev = extinfo.dev;
- mv.ctrl = extinfo.ctrl;
- mv.timestamp = extinfo.timestamp;
-
- if ( wrapIoctl ( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_READ, &mv) ) < 0 )
- {
- /* Oops, can't read mixer */
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
- else
- {
- if ( md->isMuted() && extinfo.type != MIXT_ONOFF )
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- switch ( extinfo.type )
- {
-#ifdef MIXT_MUTE
- case MIXT_MUTE:
-#endif
- case MIXT_ONOFF:
- md->setMuted(mv.value != extinfo.minvalue);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_MONOSLIDER:
- vol.setVolume(Volume::LEFT, mv.value & 0xff);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_STEREOSLIDER:
- vol.setVolume(Volume::LEFT, mv.value & 0xff);
- vol.setVolume(Volume::RIGHT, ( mv.value >> 8 ) & 0xff);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_SLIDER:
- vol.setVolume(Volume::LEFT, mv.value);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_MONOSLIDER16:
- vol.setVolume(Volume::LEFT, mv.value & 0xffff);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_STEREOSLIDER16:
- vol.setVolume(Volume::LEFT, mv.value & 0xffff);
- vol.setVolume(Volume::RIGHT, ( mv.value >> 16 ) & 0xffff);
- break;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS4::writeVolumeToHW(const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md)
-{
- int volume = 0;
-
- oss_mixext extinfo;
- oss_mixer_value mv;
-
- extinfo.dev = m_devnum;
- extinfo.ctrl = id2num(id);
-
- if ( wrapIoctl( ioctl(m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_EXTINFO, &extinfo) ) < 0 )
- {
- //TO DO: more specific error handling
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "failed to read info for control " << id2num(id);
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- Volume &vol = (CheckCapture (&extinfo)) ? md->captureVolume() : md->playbackVolume();
-
- switch ( extinfo.type )
- {
-#ifdef MIXT_MUTE
- case MIXT_MUTE:
-#endif
- case MIXT_ONOFF:
- volume = (md->isMuted()) ? (extinfo.maxvalue) : (extinfo.minvalue);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_MONOSLIDER:
- volume = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_STEREOSLIDER:
- volume = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT) | ( vol.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT) << 8 );
- break;
-
- case MIXT_SLIDER:
- volume = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_MONOSLIDER16:
- volume = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- break;
-
- case MIXT_STEREOSLIDER16:
- volume = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT) | ( vol.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT) << 16 );
- break;
- default:
- return -1;
- }
-
- mv.dev = extinfo.dev;
- mv.ctrl = extinfo.ctrl;
- mv.timestamp = extinfo.timestamp;
- mv.value = volume - extinfo.minvalue;
-
- if ( wrapIoctl ( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_WRITE, &mv) ) < 0 )
- {
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "error writing to control" << extinfo.extname;
- return Mixer::ERR_WRITE;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-void Mixer_OSS4::setEnumIdHW(const QString& id, unsigned int idx)
-{
- oss_mixext extinfo;
- oss_mixer_value mv;
-
- extinfo.dev = m_devnum;
- extinfo.ctrl = id2num(id);
-
- if ( wrapIoctl ( ioctl(m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_EXTINFO, &extinfo) ) < 0 )
- {
- //TO DO: more specific error handling
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "failed to read info for control " << id2num(id);
- return;
- }
-
- if ( extinfo.type != MIXT_ENUM )
- {
- return;
- }
-
-
- //according to oss docs maxVal < minVal could be true - strange...
- unsigned int maxVal = (unsigned int) extinfo.maxvalue;
- unsigned int minVal = (unsigned int) extinfo.minvalue;
-
- if ( maxVal < minVal )
- {
- int temp;
- temp = maxVal;
- maxVal = minVal;
- minVal = temp;
- }
-
- if ( idx > maxVal || idx < minVal )
- idx = minVal;
-
- mv.dev = extinfo.dev;
- mv.ctrl = extinfo.ctrl;
- mv.timestamp = extinfo.timestamp;
- mv.value = idx;
-
- if ( wrapIoctl ( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_WRITE, &mv) ) < 0 )
- {
- /* Oops, can't write to mixer */
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "error writing to control" << extinfo.extname;
- }
-}
-
-unsigned int Mixer_OSS4::enumIdHW(const QString& id)
-{
- oss_mixext extinfo;
- oss_mixer_value mv;
-
- extinfo.dev = m_devnum;
- extinfo.ctrl = id2num(id);
-
- if ( wrapIoctl ( ioctl(m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_EXTINFO, &extinfo) ) < 0 )
- {
- //TO DO: more specific error handling
- //TO DO: check whether those return values are actually possible
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- if ( extinfo.type != MIXT_ENUM )
- {
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- mv.dev = extinfo.dev;
- mv.ctrl = extinfo.ctrl;
- mv.timestamp = extinfo.timestamp;
-
- if ( wrapIoctl ( ioctl (m_fd, SNDCTL_MIX_READ, &mv) ) < 0 )
- {
- /* Oops, can't read mixer */
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
- return mv.value;
-}
-
-int Mixer_OSS4::wrapIoctl(int ioctlRet)
-{
- switch( ioctlRet )
- {
- case EIO:
- {
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "A hardware level error occurred";
- break;
- }
- case EINVAL:
- {
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "Operation caused an EINVAL. You may have found a bug in kmix OSS4 module or in OSS4 itself";
- break;
- }
- case ENXIO:
- {
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "Operation index out of bounds or requested device does not exist - you likely found a bug in the kmix OSS4 module";
- break;
- }
- case EPERM:
- case EACCES:
- {
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << errorText ( Mixer::ERR_PERM );
- break;
- }
- case ENODEV:
- {
- kDebug ( 67100 ) << "kmix received an ENODEV error - are the OSS4 drivers loaded ?";
- break;
- }
- case EPIPE:
- case EIDRM:
- {
- reinitialize();
- }
-
- }
- return ioctlRet;
-}
-
-QString Mixer_OSS4::getDriverName()
-{
- return "OSS4";
-}
-
-QString OSS4_getDriverName()
-{
- return "OSS4";
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-
-#ifndef MIXER_OSS4_H
-#define MIXER_OSS4_H
-
-#include "mixer_backend.h"
-#include <sys/soundcard.h>
-
-class Mixer_OSS4 : public Mixer_Backend
-{
-public:
- Mixer_OSS4(Mixer* mixer, int device);
- virtual ~Mixer_OSS4();
-
- virtual QString errorText(int mixer_error);
- virtual QString getDriverName();
- virtual bool CheckCapture(oss_mixext *ext);
- virtual bool prepareUpdateFromHW();
- virtual int readVolumeFromHW(const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md);
- virtual int writeVolumeToHW(const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md );
- virtual void setEnumIdHW(const QString& id, unsigned int idx);
- virtual unsigned int enumIdHW(const QString& id);
-
-protected:
-
- MixDevice::ChannelType classifyAndRename(QString &name, int flags);
-
- int wrapIoctl(int ioctlRet);
-
- void reinitialize() { open(); close(); };
- virtual int open();
- virtual int close();
-
- int m_ossVersion;
- int m_fd;
- int m_numMixers;
- int m_numExtensions;
- int m_modifyCounter;
- QString m_deviceName;
-
-private:
- int id2num(const QString& id);
-};
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * 2000 Brian Hanson <bhanson@hotmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "mixer_sun.h"
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/file.h>
-#include <sys/audioio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include <sys/soundcard.h>
-#include <QTimer>
-//======================================================================
-// CONSTANT/ENUM DEFINITIONS
-//======================================================================
-
-//
-// Mixer Device Numbers
-//
-// Note: We can't just use the Sun port #defines because :
-// 1) Some logical devices don't correspond to ports (master&recmon)
-// 2) The play and record port definitions reuse the same values
-//
-enum MixerDevs
-{
- MIXERDEV_MASTER_VOLUME,
- MIXERDEV_INTERNAL_SPEAKER,
- MIXERDEV_HEADPHONE,
- MIXERDEV_LINE_OUT,
- MIXERDEV_RECORD_MONITOR,
- MIXERDEV_MICROPHONE,
- MIXERDEV_LINE_IN,
- MIXERDEV_CD,
- // Insert new devices before this marker
- MIXERDEV_END_MARKER
-};
-const int numDevs = MIXERDEV_END_MARKER;
-
-//
-// Device name strings
-//
-const char* MixerDevNames[] =
-{
- I18N_NOOP("Master Volume"),
- I18N_NOOP("Internal Speaker"),
- I18N_NOOP("Headphone"),
- I18N_NOOP("Line Out"),
- I18N_NOOP("Record Monitor"),
- I18N_NOOP("Microphone"),
- I18N_NOOP("Line In"),
- I18N_NOOP("CD")
-};
-
-//
-// Channel types (this specifies which icon to display)
-//
-const MixDevice::ChannelType MixerChannelTypes[] =
-{
- MixDevice::VOLUME, // MASTER_VOLUME
- MixDevice::AUDIO, // INTERNAL_SPEAKER
- MixDevice::EXTERNAL, // HEADPHONE (we really need an icon for this)
- MixDevice::EXTERNAL, // LINE_OUT
- MixDevice::RECMONITOR, // RECORD_MONITOR
- MixDevice::MICROPHONE, // MICROPHONE
- MixDevice::EXTERNAL, // LINE_IN
- MixDevice::CD // CD
-};
-
-//
-// Mapping from device numbers to Sun port mask values
-//
-const uint_t MixerSunPortMasks[] =
-{
- 0, // MASTER_VOLUME - no associated port
- AUDIO_SPEAKER,
- AUDIO_HEADPHONE,
- AUDIO_LINE_OUT,
- 0, // RECORD_MONITOR - no associated port
- AUDIO_MICROPHONE,
- AUDIO_LINE_IN,
- AUDIO_CD
-};
-
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION/METHOD DEFINITIONS
-//======================================================================
-
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : SUN_getMixer
-// DESCRIPTION : Creates and returns a new mixer object.
-//======================================================================
-Mixer_Backend* SUN_getMixer( Mixer *mixer, int devnum )
-{
- Mixer_Backend *l_mixer;
- l_mixer = new Mixer_SUN( mixer, devnum );
- return l_mixer;
-}
-
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::Mixer
-// DESCRIPTION : Class constructor.
-//======================================================================
-Mixer_SUN::Mixer_SUN(Mixer *mixer, int devnum) : Mixer_Backend(mixer, devnum)
-{
- if ( devnum == -1 )
- m_devnum = 0;
-}
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::Mixer
-// DESCRIPTION : Class destructor.
-//======================================================================
-Mixer_SUN::~Mixer_SUN()
-{
- close();
-}
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::open
-// DESCRIPTION : Initialize the mixer and open the hardware driver.
-//======================================================================
-int Mixer_SUN::open()
-{
- //
- // We don't support multiple devices
- //
- if ( m_devnum !=0 )
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
-
- //
- // Open the mixer hardware driver
- //
- QString audiodev(getenv("AUDIODEV"));
- if(audiodev.isNull())
- audiodev = "/dev/audio";
- audiodev += "ctl";
- _udi = audiodev; // use device name as UDI. Doesn't matter as we only use it for hotplugging/unplugging.
- if ( ( fd = ::open( audiodev.toAscii().data(), O_RDWR ) ) < 0 )
- {
- if ( errno == EACCES )
- return Mixer::ERR_PERM;
- else
- return Mixer::ERR_OPEN;
- }
- else
- {
- //
- // Mixer is open. Now define all of the mix devices.
- //
- int devmask, recmask, i_recsrc, stereodevs;
- // Mixer is open. Now define properties
- if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_DEVMASK, &devmask) == -1)
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECMASK, &recmask) == -1)
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_RECSRC, &i_recsrc) == -1)
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- if (ioctl(fd, SOUND_MIXER_READ_STEREODEVS, &stereodevs) == -1)
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
-
- for ( int idx = 0; idx < numDevs; idx++ )
- {
- Volume::ChannelMask chnmask = Volume::MLEFT;
- if ( stereodevs & ( 1 << idx ) ) chnmask = (Volume::ChannelMask)(chnmask|Volume::MRIGHT);
-
- Volume playbackVol( 100, 1, true, false );
- QString id;
- id.setNum(idx);
- MixDevice* md = new MixDevice( _mixer, id,
- QString(MixerDevNames[idx]), MixerChannelTypes[idx]);
- md->addPlaybackVolume(playbackVol);
- // Tutorial: Howto add a simple capture switch
- if ( recmask & ( 1 << idx ) ) {
- // can be captured => add capture volume, with no capture volume
- chnmask = Volume::MNONE;
- Volume captureVol( 100, 1, true, true );
- md->addCaptureVolume(captureVol);
- }
- m_mixDevices.append( md->addToPool() );
- }
-
- registerCard("SUN Audio Mixer");
- m_isOpen = true;
-
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::close
-// DESCRIPTION : Close the hardware driver.
-//======================================================================
-int Mixer_SUN::close()
-{
- _pollingTimer->stop();
- m_isOpen = false;
- int l_i_ret = ::close( fd );
- closeCommon();
- return l_i_ret;
-}
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::errorText
-// DESCRIPTION : Convert an error code enum to a text string.
-//======================================================================
-QString Mixer_SUN::errorText( int mixer_error )
-{
- QString errmsg;
- switch (mixer_error)
- {
- case Mixer::ERR_PERM:
- errmsg = i18n(
- "kmix: You do not have permission to access the mixer device.\n"
- "Ask your system administrator to fix /dev/audioctl to allow access."
- );
- break;
- default:
- errmsg = Mixer_Backend::errorText( mixer_error );
- }
- return errmsg;
-}
-
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::readVolumeFromHW
-// DESCRIPTION : Read the audio information from the driver.
-//======================================================================
-int Mixer_SUN::readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md )
-{
- audio_info_t audioinfo;
- int devnum = id2num(id);
- uint_t devMask = MixerSunPortMasks[devnum];
-
- Volume& volume = md->playbackVolume();
- //
- // Read the current audio information from the driver
- //
- if ( ioctl( fd, AUDIO_GETINFO, &audioinfo ) < 0 )
- {
- return( Mixer::ERR_READ );
- }
- else
- {
- //
- // Extract the appropriate fields based on the requested device
- //
- switch ( devnum )
- {
- case MIXERDEV_MASTER_VOLUME :
- //volume.setSwitchActivated( audioinfo.output_muted );
- GainBalanceToVolume( audioinfo.play.gain,
- audioinfo.play.balance,
- volume );
- break;
-
- case MIXERDEV_RECORD_MONITOR :
- md->setMuted(false);
- volume.setAllVolumes( audioinfo.monitor_gain );
- break;
-
- case MIXERDEV_INTERNAL_SPEAKER :
- case MIXERDEV_HEADPHONE :
- case MIXERDEV_LINE_OUT :
- md->setMuted( (audioinfo.play.port & devMask) ? false : true );
- GainBalanceToVolume( audioinfo.play.gain,
- audioinfo.play.balance,
- volume );
- break;
-
- case MIXERDEV_MICROPHONE :
- case MIXERDEV_LINE_IN :
- case MIXERDEV_CD :
- md->setMuted( (audioinfo.record.port & devMask) ? false : true );
- GainBalanceToVolume( audioinfo.record.gain,
- audioinfo.record.balance,
- volume );
- break;
-
- default :
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::writeVolumeToHW
-// DESCRIPTION : Write the specified audio settings to the hardware.
-//======================================================================
-int Mixer_SUN::writeVolumeToHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md )
-{
- uint_t gain;
- uchar_t balance;
- uchar_t mute;
-
- Volume& volume = md->playbackVolume();
- int devnum = id2num(id);
- //
- // Convert the Volume(left vol, right vol) to the Gain/Balance Sun uses
- //
- VolumeToGainBalance( volume, gain, balance );
- mute = md->isMuted() ? 1 : 0;
-
- //
- // Read the current audio settings from the hardware
- //
- audio_info_t audioinfo;
- if ( ioctl( fd, AUDIO_GETINFO, &audioinfo ) < 0 )
- {
- return( Mixer::ERR_READ );
- }
-
- //
- // Now, based on the devnum that we are writing to, update the appropriate
- // volume field and twiddle the appropriate bitmask to enable/mute the
- // device as necessary.
- //
- switch ( devnum )
- {
- case MIXERDEV_MASTER_VOLUME :
- audioinfo.play.gain = gain;
- audioinfo.play.balance = balance;
- audioinfo.output_muted = mute;
- break;
-
- case MIXERDEV_RECORD_MONITOR :
- audioinfo.monitor_gain = gain;
- // no mute or balance for record monitor
- break;
-
- case MIXERDEV_INTERNAL_SPEAKER :
- case MIXERDEV_HEADPHONE :
- case MIXERDEV_LINE_OUT :
- audioinfo.play.gain = gain;
- audioinfo.play.balance = balance;
- if ( mute )
- audioinfo.play.port &= ~MixerSunPortMasks[devnum];
- else
- audioinfo.play.port |= MixerSunPortMasks[devnum];
- break;
-
- case MIXERDEV_MICROPHONE :
- case MIXERDEV_LINE_IN :
- case MIXERDEV_CD :
- audioinfo.record.gain = gain;
- audioinfo.record.balance = balance;
- if ( mute )
- audioinfo.record.port &= ~MixerSunPortMasks[devnum];
- else
- audioinfo.record.port |= MixerSunPortMasks[devnum];
- break;
-
- default :
- return Mixer::ERR_READ;
- }
-
- //
- // Now that we've updated the audioinfo struct, write it back to the hardware
- //
- if ( ioctl( fd, AUDIO_SETINFO, &audioinfo ) < 0 )
- {
- return( Mixer::ERR_WRITE );
- }
- else
- {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::isRecsrcHW
-// DESCRIPTION : Returns true if the specified device is a record source.
-//======================================================================
-
-// isRecsrcHW() is not supported any longer. You must set the state in the MixDevice in readVolumeFromHW() or writeVolumeFromHW() appropriately
-
-//bool Mixer_SUN::isRecsrcHW( isRecsrcHW(const QString& id )
-//{
-// int devnum = id2num(id);
-// switch ( devnum )
-// {
-// case MIXERDEV_MICROPHONE :
-// case MIXERDEV_LINE_IN :
-// case MIXERDEV_CD :
-// return true;
-//
-// default :
-// return false;
-// }
-//}
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::VolumeToGainBalance
-// DESCRIPTION : Converts a Volume(left vol + right vol) into the
-// Gain/Balance values used by Sun.
-//======================================================================
-void Mixer_SUN::VolumeToGainBalance( Volume& volume, uint_t& gain, uchar_t& balance )
-{
- if ( ( volume.count() == 1 ) ||
- ( volume.getVolume(Volume::LEFT) == volume.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT) ) )
- {
- gain = volume.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- balance = AUDIO_MID_BALANCE;
- }
- else
- {
- if ( volume.getVolume(Volume::LEFT) > volume.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT) )
- {
- gain = volume.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- balance = AUDIO_LEFT_BALANCE +
- ( AUDIO_MID_BALANCE - AUDIO_LEFT_BALANCE ) *
- volume.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT) / volume.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- }
- else
- {
- gain = volume.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT);
- balance = AUDIO_RIGHT_BALANCE -
- ( AUDIO_RIGHT_BALANCE - AUDIO_MID_BALANCE ) *
- volume.getVolume(Volume::LEFT) / volume.getVolume(Volume::RIGHT);
- }
- }
-}
-
-//======================================================================
-// FUNCTION : Mixer::GainBalanceToVolume
-// DESCRIPTION : Converts Gain/Balance returned by Sun driver to the
-// Volume(left vol + right vol) format used by kmix.
-//======================================================================
-void Mixer_SUN::GainBalanceToVolume( uint_t& gain, uchar_t& balance, Volume& volume )
-{
- if ( volume.count() == 1 )
- {
- volume.setVolume( Volume::LEFT, gain );
- }
- else
- {
- if ( balance <= AUDIO_MID_BALANCE )
- {
- volume.setVolume( Volume::LEFT, gain );
- volume.setVolume( Volume::RIGHT, gain *
- ( balance - AUDIO_LEFT_BALANCE ) /
- ( AUDIO_MID_BALANCE - AUDIO_LEFT_BALANCE ) );
- }
- else
- {
- volume.setVolume( Volume::RIGHT, gain );
- volume.setVolume( Volume::LEFT, gain *
- ( AUDIO_RIGHT_BALANCE - balance ) /
- ( AUDIO_RIGHT_BALANCE - AUDIO_MID_BALANCE ) );
- }
- }
-}
-
-int Mixer_SUN::id2num(const QString& id)
-{
- return id.toInt();
-}
-
-QString SUN_getDriverName() {
- return "SUNAudio";
-}
-
-QString Mixer_SUN::getDriverName()
-{
- return "SUNAudio";
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * 2000 Brian Hanson <bhanson@hotmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MIXER_SUN_H
-#define MIXER_SUN_H
-
-#include <QString>
-
-#include "mixer_backend.h"
-
-class Mixer_SUN : public Mixer_Backend
-{
-public:
- Mixer_SUN(Mixer *mixer, int devnum);
- virtual ~Mixer_SUN();
-
- virtual QString errorText(int mixer_error);
- virtual int readVolumeFromHW( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> );
- virtual int writeVolumeToHW ( const QString& id, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> );
-
- virtual QString getDriverName();
-
-protected:
- virtual int open();
- virtual int close();
-
- void VolumeToGainBalance( Volume& volume, uint_t& gain, uchar_t& balance );
- void GainBalanceToVolume( uint_t& gain, uchar_t& balance, Volume& volume );
-
- int fd;
-
-private:
- int id2num(const QString& id);
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-<ui version="4.0" stdsetdef="1" >
- <author>Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de></author>
- <class>ColorWidget</class>
- <widget class="QWidget" name="ColorWidget" >
- <property name="geometry" >
- <rect>
- <x>0</x>
- <y>0</y>
- <width>272</width>
- <height>305</height>
- </rect>
- </property>
- <layout class="QVBoxLayout" >
- <property name="margin" >
- <number>0</number>
- </property>
- <item>
- <widget class="QCheckBox" name="customColors" >
- <property name="text" >
- <string>&Use custom colors</string>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item>
- <widget class="QGroupBox" name="activeColors" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="title" >
- <string>Active</string>
- </property>
- <layout class="QGridLayout" >
- <property name="margin" >
- <number>0</number>
- </property>
- <item row="2" column="1" >
- <widget class="KColorButton" name="activeBack" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string/>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="1" column="0" >
- <widget class="QLabel" name="TextLabel3" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string>&Silent:</string>
- </property>
- <property name="buddy" stdset="0" >
- <cstring>activeLow</cstring>
- </property>
- <property name="wordWrap" >
- <bool>false</bool>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="1" column="1" >
- <widget class="KColorButton" name="activeLow" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string/>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="0" column="1" >
- <widget class="KColorButton" name="activeHigh" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="sizePolicy" >
- <sizepolicy>
- <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
- <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
- <horstretch>1</horstretch>
- <verstretch>0</verstretch>
- </sizepolicy>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string/>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="0" column="0" >
- <widget class="QLabel" name="labelLoad" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string>&Loud:</string>
- </property>
- <property name="buddy" stdset="0" >
- <cstring>activeHigh</cstring>
- </property>
- <property name="wordWrap" >
- <bool>false</bool>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="2" column="0" >
- <widget class="QLabel" name="TextLabel4" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string>&Background:</string>
- </property>
- <property name="buddy" stdset="0" >
- <cstring>activeBack</cstring>
- </property>
- <property name="wordWrap" >
- <bool>false</bool>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- </layout>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item>
- <widget class="QGroupBox" name="mutedColors" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="title" >
- <string>Muted</string>
- </property>
- <layout class="QGridLayout" >
- <property name="margin" >
- <number>0</number>
- </property>
- <item row="0" column="0" >
- <widget class="QLabel" name="TextLabel6" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string>Lou&d:</string>
- </property>
- <property name="buddy" stdset="0" >
- <cstring>mutedHigh</cstring>
- </property>
- <property name="wordWrap" >
- <bool>false</bool>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="2" column="0" >
- <widget class="QLabel" name="TextLabel8" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string>Backgrou&nd:</string>
- </property>
- <property name="buddy" stdset="0" >
- <cstring>mutedBack</cstring>
- </property>
- <property name="wordWrap" >
- <bool>false</bool>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="1" column="0" >
- <widget class="QLabel" name="TextLabel7" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string>Silen&t:</string>
- </property>
- <property name="buddy" stdset="0" >
- <cstring>mutedLow</cstring>
- </property>
- <property name="wordWrap" >
- <bool>false</bool>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="0" column="1" >
- <widget class="KColorButton" name="mutedHigh" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="sizePolicy" >
- <sizepolicy>
- <hsizetype>1</hsizetype>
- <vsizetype>0</vsizetype>
- <horstretch>1</horstretch>
- <verstretch>0</verstretch>
- </sizepolicy>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string/>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="1" column="1" >
- <widget class="KColorButton" name="mutedLow" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string/>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item row="2" column="1" >
- <widget class="KColorButton" name="mutedBack" >
- <property name="enabled" >
- <bool>true</bool>
- </property>
- <property name="text" >
- <string/>
- </property>
- </widget>
- </item>
- </layout>
- </widget>
- </item>
- <item>
- <spacer name="spacer5" >
- <property name="sizeHint" >
- <size>
- <width>20</width>
- <height>20</height>
- </size>
- </property>
- <property name="sizeType" >
- <enum>Expanding</enum>
- </property>
- <property name="orientation" >
- <enum>Vertical</enum>
- </property>
- </spacer>
- </item>
- </layout>
- </widget>
- <tabstops>
- <tabstop>customColors</tabstop>
- <tabstop>activeHigh</tabstop>
- <tabstop>activeLow</tabstop>
- <tabstop>activeBack</tabstop>
- <tabstop>mutedHigh</tabstop>
- <tabstop>mutedLow</tabstop>
- <tabstop>mutedBack</tabstop>
- </tabstops>
- <includes>
- <include location="global" >klocale.h</include>
- <include location="global" >kseparator.h</include>
- </includes>
- <connections>
- <connection>
- <sender>customColors</sender>
- <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
- <receiver>activeColors</receiver>
- <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
- </connection>
- <connection>
- <sender>customColors</sender>
- <signal>toggled(bool)</signal>
- <receiver>mutedColors</receiver>
- <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot>
- </connection>
- </connections>
-</ui>
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- Copyright (C) 2012 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-
-#include <QtCore/qlist.h>
-
-#include <KDebug>
-
-
-ControlManager ControlManager::instanceSingleton;
-
-ControlManager& ControlManager::instance()
-{
- return instanceSingleton;
-}
-
-ControlManager::ControlManager()
-{
- listenersChanged = false;
-}
-
-/**
- * Announce a change for one or all mixers.
- *
- * @param mixerId The mixerId. Use an empty QString() to announce a change for all mixers
- * @param changeType A bit array of ControlChangeType flags
- * @param sourceId Only for logging
- *
- */
-void ControlManager::announce(QString mixerId, ControlChangeType::Type changeType, QString sourceId)
-{
-
- bool listenersModified = false;
- QSet<Listener*> processedListeners;
- do
- {
- listenersModified = false;
- QList<Listener>::iterator it;
- for (it = listeners.begin(); it != listeners.end(); ++it)
- {
- Listener& listener = *it;
- bool mixerIsOfInterest = listener.getMixerId().isEmpty() || mixerId.isEmpty()
- || listener.getMixerId() == mixerId;
-
- bool listenerAlreadyProcesed = processedListeners.contains(&listener);
- if ( listenerAlreadyProcesed )
- {
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- kDebug() << "Skipping already processed listener";
- continue;
- }
- if (mixerIsOfInterest && listener.getChangeType() == changeType)
- {
- bool success = QMetaObject::invokeMethod(listener.getTarget(), "controlsChange", Qt::DirectConnection,
- Q_ARG(int, changeType));
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- {
- kDebug() << "Listener " << listener.getSourceId() <<" is interested in " << mixerId
- << ", " << ControlChangeType::toString(changeType);
- }
-
- if (!success)
- {
- kError() << "Listener Failed to send to " << listener.getTarget()->metaObject()->className();
- }
- processedListeners.insert(&listener);
- if (listenersChanged)
- {
- // The invokeMethod() above has changed the listeners => my Iterator is invalid => restart loop
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- kDebug() << "Listeners modified => restart loop";
- listenersChanged = false;
- listenersModified = true;
- break; // break inner loop => restart via outer loop
- }
-
- }
- }
- }
- while ( listenersModified);
-
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- {
- kDebug()
- << "Announcing " << ControlChangeType::toString(changeType) << " for "
- << (mixerId.isEmpty() ? "all cards" : mixerId) << " by " << sourceId;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Adds a listener for the given mixerId and changeType.
- * Listeners are informed about all corresponding changes via a signal.
- * Listeners are not informed about changes that originate from oneself (according to sourceId).
- *
- * @param mixerId The id of the Mixer you are interested in
- * @param changetType The changeType of interest
- * @param target The QObject, where the notification signal is sent to. It must implement the SLOT controlChanged(QString mixerId, ControlChangeType::Type changeType).
- * @param sourceId Only for logging
- */
-void ControlManager::addListener(QString mixerId, ControlChangeType::Type changeType, QObject* target, QString sourceId)
-{
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- {
- kDebug()
- << "Listening to " << ControlChangeType::toString(changeType) << " for "
- << (mixerId.isEmpty() ? "all cards" : mixerId) << " by " << sourceId << ". Announcements are sent to "
- << target;
- }
-
- for ( ControlChangeType::Type ct = ControlChangeType::TypeFirst; ct != ControlChangeType::TypeLast; ct = (ControlChangeType::Type)(ct << 1))
- {
- if ( changeType & ct )
- {
- // Add all listeners.
- Listener listener = Listener(mixerId, ct, target, sourceId);
- listeners.append(listener);
- listenersChanged = true;
- }
- }
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- {
- kDebug()
- << "We now have" << listeners.size() << "listeners";
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Removes all listeners of the given target.
- * @param target The QObject that was used to register via addListener()
- */
-void ControlManager::removeListener(QObject* target)
-{
- ControlManager::instance().removeListener(target, target->metaObject()->className());
-}
-
-/**
- * Removes all listeners of the given target.
- * @param target The QObject that was used to register via addListener()
- * @param sourceId Optional: Only for logging
- */
-void ControlManager::removeListener(QObject* target, QString sourceId)
-{
- QMutableListIterator<Listener> it(listeners);
- while ( it.hasNext())
- {
- Listener& listener = it.next();
- if (listener.getTarget() == target)
- {
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- kDebug()
- << "Stop Listening of " << listener.getSourceId() << " requested by " << sourceId << " from " << target;
- it.remove();
- // Hint: As we have actual objects no explicit delete is needed
- listenersChanged = true;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(ControlChangeType::Type type, QObject *obj)
-{
- kWarning() << "Unexpected type " << type << " received by " << obj->metaObject()->className();
-}
-
-void ControlManager::shutdownNow()
-{
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- kDebug() << "Shutting down ControlManager";
- QList<Listener>::iterator it;
- for (it = listeners.begin(); it != listeners.end(); ++it)
- {
- Listener& listener = *it;
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- kDebug()
- << "Listener still connected. Closing it. source=" << listener.getSourceId() << "listener="
- << listener.getTarget()->metaObject()->className();
- }
-}
-
-#include "moc_ControlManager.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) 2012 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
-*/
-
-#ifndef CONTROLMANAGER_H
-#define CONTROLMANAGER_H
-
-#include <QObject>
-#include <QString>
-
-
-// typedef int ControlChangeType;
-// enum ControlChangeType {
-// Volume, // Volume or Switch change (Mute or Capture Switch, or Enum)
-// ControlList, // Control added or deleted
-// GUI // Visual changes, like "split channel" OR "show labels"
-// };
-
-class ControlChangeType: QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- enum Type
- {
- None = 0, //
- TypeFirst = 1,
- Volume = 1, // Volume or Switch change (Mute or Capture Switch, or Enum)
- ControlList = 2, // Control added or deleted
- GUI = 4, // Visual changes, like "split channel" OR "show labels"
- MasterChanged = 8 // Master (global or local) has changed
- ,
- TypeLast = 16
- };
-
- static QString toString(Type changeType)
- {
- QString ret;
- bool needsSeparator = false;
- for (ControlChangeType::Type ct = ControlChangeType::TypeFirst; ct != ControlChangeType::TypeLast; ct =
- (ControlChangeType::Type) (ct << 1))
- {
- if (changeType & ct)
- {
- if (needsSeparator)
- ret.append('|');
- switch (ct)
- {
- case Volume:
- ret.append("Volume");
- break;
- case ControlList:
- ret.append("ControlList");
- break;
- case GUI:
- ret.append("GUI");
- break;
- case MasterChanged:
- ret.append("MasterChange");
- break;
- default:
- ret.append("Invalid");
- break;
- }
-
- needsSeparator = true;
- }
- }
-
- return ret;
-
- };
-
- static ControlChangeType::Type fromInt(int type)
- {
- switch ( type )
- {
- case 1: return Volume;
- case 2: return ControlList;
- case 4: return GUI;
- case 8: return MasterChanged;
- default: return None;
- }
- };
-
-};
-
-class Listener
-{
-public:
- Listener(const QString mixerId, ControlChangeType::Type changeType, QObject* target, QString& sourceId)
- {
- this->mixerId = mixerId;
- this->controlChangeType = changeType;
- // target is bit dangerous, as it might get deleted.
- this->target = target;
- this->sourceId = sourceId;
- }
-
- const QString& getMixerId() { return mixerId; };
- ControlChangeType::Type& getChangeType() { return controlChangeType; };
- QObject* getTarget() { return target; };
- const QString& getSourceId() { return sourceId; };
-
-private:
- QString mixerId;
- ControlChangeType::Type controlChangeType;
- QObject* target;
- QString sourceId;
-
-
-};
-
-class ControlManager
-{
-public:
- static ControlManager& instance();
-
- void announce(QString mixerId, ControlChangeType::Type changeType, QString sourceId);
- void addListener(QString mixerId, ControlChangeType::Type changeType, QObject* target, QString sourceId);
- void removeListener(QObject* target);
- void removeListener(QObject* target, QString sourceId);
-
- static void warnUnexpectedChangeType(ControlChangeType::Type type, QObject *obj);
- void shutdownNow();
-
-private:
- ControlManager();
- static ControlManager instanceSingleton;
- QList<Listener> listeners;
- bool listenersChanged;
-};
-
-#endif // CONTROLMANAGER_H
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (c) The KMix Authors
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "ControlPool.h"
-
-#include <QString>
-#include <QMap>
-
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> ControlPool::TheEmptyDevice; // = std::shared_ptr<MixDevice>(ControlPool::TheEmptyDevicePtr);
-
-ControlPool::ControlPool()
-{
- pool = new QMap<QString, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> >();
-}
-
-ControlPool* ControlPool::_instance = 0;
-
-ControlPool* ControlPool::instance()
-{
- if ( _instance == 0 )
- ControlPool::_instance = new ControlPool();
-
- return ControlPool::_instance;
-}
-
-/**
- * Adds a Control to the pool, and returns it wrapped in QSharedPointer.
- * if the Control was already in the Pool, the existing Control is returned
- *
- * @param key A key, unique over all controls of all cards, e.g. "Master:0@ALSA::Creative_XFI:0"
- * @param mixDevice
- * @return
- */
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> ControlPool::add(const QString& key, MixDevice* md)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> controlFromPool(get(key));
- if ( controlFromPool.get() != 0)
- {
- kDebug() << "----ControlPool already cached key=" << key;
- return controlFromPool;
- }
-
- // else: Add the control to the pool
- kDebug() << "----ControlPool add key=" << key;
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> mdShared(md);
- pool->insert(key, mdShared);
- return mdShared;
-
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Retrieves a Control from the pool as QSharedPointer. If the Control is not
- * in the pool, a QSharedPointer that points to null (0) is returned.
- *
- * @param key
- * @return The Control wrapped in QSharedPointer. If not found, a QSharedPointer that points to null.
- */
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> ControlPool::get(const QString& key)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> mixDeviceShared = pool->value(key, TheEmptyDevice);
- return mixDeviceShared;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (c) The KMix Authors
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef CONTROL_POOL_H
-#define CONTROL_POOL_H
-
-#include <memory>
-
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-class ControlPool
-{
-
-public:
- static ControlPool* instance();
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> add(const QString& key, MixDevice* mixDevice);
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> get(const QString& key);
-
-
-private:
- ControlPool();
- virtual ~ControlPool() {};
-
-
- QMap<QString, std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > *pool;
- static ControlPool* _instance;
- static std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> TheEmptyDevice;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- Copyright (C) 2012 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#include "GlobalConfig.h"
-
-// instanceObj must be created "late", so we can refer to the correct application config file kmixrc instead of kderc.
-GlobalConfig* GlobalConfig::instanceObj;
-
-GlobalConfig::GlobalConfig() :
- KConfigSkeleton()
-{
- setCurrentGroup("Global");
- // General
- addItemBool("Tickmarks", data.showTicks, true);
- addItemBool("Labels", data.showLabels, true);
- ItemString* is = addItemString("Orientation", data.orientationMainGUIString, "Vertical");
- kDebug() << is->name() << is->value();
- addItemString("Orientation.TrayPopup", data.orientationTrayPopupString, QLatin1String("Vertical"));
-
- // Sound Menu
- addItemBool("showOSD", data.showOSD, true);
- addItemBool("AllowDocking", data.showDockWidget, true);
-
-// addItemBool("TrayVolumeControl", data.trayVolumePopupEnabled, true); // removed support in KDE4.13. Always active!
-
- // Startup
- addItemBool("AutoStart", data.allowAutostart, true);
- addItemBool("startkdeRestore", data.startkdeRestore, true);
-
- // Debug options: Not in dialog
- addItemBool("Debug.ControlManager", data.debugControlManager, false);
- addItemBool("Debug.GUI", data.debugGUI, false);
- addItemBool("Debug.Volume", data.debugVolume, false);
-
- readConfig();
-}
-
-// --- Special READ/WRITE ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void GlobalConfig::usrReadConfig()
-{
-// kDebug() << "or=" << data.orientationMainGUIString;
- // Convert orientation strings to Qt::Orientation
- data.convertOrientation();
-}
-
-//void GlobalConfig::usrWriteConfig()
-//{
-// // TODO: Is this any good? When is usrWriteConfig() called? Hopefully BEFORE actually writing. Otherwise
-// // I must move this code to #setToplevelOrientation() and #setTraypopupOrientation().
-//}
-
-Qt::Orientation GlobalConfigData::getToplevelOrientation()
-{
- return toplevelOrientation;
-}
-
-Qt::Orientation GlobalConfigData::getTraypopupOrientation()
-{
- return traypopupOrientation;
-}
-
-/**
- * Converts the orientation strings to Qt::Orientation
- */
-void GlobalConfigData::convertOrientation()
-{
- toplevelOrientation = stringToOrientation(orientationMainGUIString);
- traypopupOrientation = stringToOrientation(orientationTrayPopupString);
-}
-
-void GlobalConfigData::setToplevelOrientation(Qt::Orientation orientation)
-{
- toplevelOrientation = orientation;
- orientationMainGUIString = orientationToString(toplevelOrientation);
-}
-
-void GlobalConfigData::setTraypopupOrientation(Qt::Orientation orientation)
-{
- traypopupOrientation = orientation;
- orientationTrayPopupString = orientationToString(traypopupOrientation);
-}
-
-Qt::Orientation GlobalConfigData::stringToOrientation(QString& orientationString)
-{
- return orientationString == "Horizontal" ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical;
-}
-
-QString GlobalConfigData::orientationToString(Qt::Orientation orientation)
-{
- return orientation == Qt::Horizontal ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical";
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- Copyright (C) 2012 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef GLOBALCONFIG_H
-#define GLOBALCONFIG_H
-
-#include <QtCore/qnamespace.h>
-#include <QSet>
-
-#include <KConfigSkeleton>
-#include <KDebug>
-
-class GlobalConfigData
-{
- friend class GlobalConfig;
-
-public:
- // Hint: We are using the standard 1-arg constructor as copy constructor
-
- bool showTicks;
- bool showLabels;
- bool showOSD;
-
- // Startup
- bool allowAutostart;
- bool showDockWidget;
- bool startkdeRestore;
-
- // Debug options
- bool debugControlManager;
- bool debugGUI;
- bool debugVolume;
-
- Qt::Orientation getToplevelOrientation();
- Qt::Orientation getTraypopupOrientation();
-
- void setToplevelOrientation(Qt::Orientation orientation);
- void setTraypopupOrientation(Qt::Orientation orientation);
-
-private:
- QString orientationMainGUIString;
- QString orientationTrayPopupString;
- // The following two values are only converted/cached date from the former fields.
- Qt::Orientation toplevelOrientation;
- Qt::Orientation traypopupOrientation;
-
- void convertOrientation();
- Qt::Orientation stringToOrientation(QString& orientationString);
- QString orientationToString(Qt::Orientation orientation);
-
-};
-
-class GlobalConfig: public KConfigSkeleton
-{
-private:
- static GlobalConfig* instanceObj;
-
-public:
- static GlobalConfig& instance()
- {
- return *instanceObj;
- }
- ;
-
- /**
- * Call this init method when your app core is properly initialized.
- * It is very important that KGlobal is initialized then. Otherwise KGlobal::config() could return a reference to
- * the "kderc" config instead of the actual application config "kmixrc" or "kmixctrlrc".
- *
- */
- static void init()
- {
- instanceObj = new GlobalConfig();
- }
- ;
-
- GlobalConfigData data;
- void setMixersForSoundmenu(QSet<QString> mixersForSoundmenu)
- {
- this->mixersForSoundmenu = mixersForSoundmenu;
- }
- ;
- QSet<QString> getMixersForSoundmenu()
- {
- return mixersForSoundmenu;
- }
- ;
-
-protected:
- QSet<QString> mixersForSoundmenu;
-
-private:
-
- GlobalConfig();
- /**
- * @Override
- */
- virtual void usrReadConfig();
- /**
- * @Override
- */
-// virtual void usrWriteConfig();
-};
-
-#endif // GLOBALCONFIG_H
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * MasterControl.cpp
- *
- * Created on: 02.01.2011
- * Author: kde
- */
-
-#include "MasterControl.h"
-
-MasterControl::MasterControl()
-{
-}
-
-MasterControl::~MasterControl()
-{
-}
-
-QString MasterControl::getCard() const
-{
- return card;
-}
-
-QString MasterControl::getControl() const
-{
- return control;
-}
-
-void MasterControl::set(QString card, QString control)
-{
- this->card = card;
- this->control = control;
-}
-
-bool MasterControl::isValid()
-{
- if ( control.isEmpty() || card.isEmpty() )
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * MasterControl.h
- *
- * Created on: 02.01.2011
- * Author: kde
- */
-
-#ifndef MASTERCONTROL_H_
-#define MASTERCONTROL_H_
-
-#include <QString>
-
-class MasterControl
-{
-public:
- MasterControl();
- virtual ~MasterControl();
- QString getCard() const;
- QString getControl() const;
- void set(QString card, QString control);
-
- bool isValid();
-
-private:
- QString card;
- QString control;
-
-};
-
-#endif /* MASTERCONTROL_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2014 The KMix authors. Maintainer: Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-/*
- * MediaController.cpp
- *
- * Created on: 17.12.2013
- * Author: chris
- */
-
-#include "core/MediaController.h"
-
-#include <KDebug>
-
-MediaController::MediaController(QString controlId) :
- id(controlId), playState(PlayUnknown)
-{
- mediaPlayControl = false;
- mediaNextControl = false;
- mediaPrevControl = false;
-}
-
-MediaController::~MediaController()
-{
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns whether this device has at least one media player control.
- * @return
- */
-bool MediaController::hasControls()
-{
- return mediaPlayControl | mediaNextControl | mediaPrevControl;
-}
-
-MediaController::PlayState MediaController::getPlayState()
-{
- return playState;
-}
-
-void MediaController::setPlayState(PlayState playState)
-{
- this->playState = playState;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2014 The KMix authors. Maintainer: Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-/*
- * MediaController.h
- *
- * Created on: 17.12.2013
- * Author: chris
- */
-
-#ifndef MEDIACONTROLLER_H_
-#define MEDIACONTROLLER_H_
-
-#include <QString>
-
-/**
- * A MediaController controls exactly one Media Player. You can think of it as a single control, like PCM.
- */
-class MediaController
-{
-public:
- enum PlayState { PlayPaused, PlayPlaying, PlayStopped, PlayUnknown };
-
- MediaController(QString);
- virtual ~MediaController();
-
- void addMediaPlayControl() { mediaPlayControl = true; };
- void addMediaNextControl() { mediaNextControl = true; };
- void addMediaPrevControl() { mediaPrevControl = true; };
- bool hasMediaPlayControl() { return mediaPlayControl; };
- bool hasMediaNextControl() { return mediaNextControl; };
- bool hasMediaPrevControl() { return mediaPrevControl; };
- bool hasControls();
-
-
- MediaController::PlayState getPlayState();
- void setPlayState(PlayState playState);
-
- bool canSkipNext();
- bool canSkipPrevious();
-
-private:
- QString id;
- PlayState playState;
-
- bool mediaPlayControl;
- bool mediaNextControl;
- bool mediaPrevControl;
-};
-
-#endif /* MEDIACONTROLLER_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2006-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "core/kmixdevicemanager.h"
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-#include <iostream>
-
-#include <QRegExp>
-#include <QString>
-
-
-#include <solid/device.h>
-#include <solid/devicenotifier.h>
-#include <solid/audiointerface.h>
-
-KMixDeviceManager* KMixDeviceManager::s_KMixDeviceManager = 0;
-
-KMixDeviceManager::KMixDeviceManager()
-{
-}
-
-KMixDeviceManager::~KMixDeviceManager()
-{
-}
-
-KMixDeviceManager* KMixDeviceManager::instance()
-{
- if ( s_KMixDeviceManager == 0 ) {
- s_KMixDeviceManager = new KMixDeviceManager();
- }
- return s_KMixDeviceManager;
-}
-
-void KMixDeviceManager::initHotplug()
-{
- connect (Solid::DeviceNotifier::instance(), SIGNAL(deviceAdded(QString)), SLOT(pluggedSlot(QString)) );
- connect (Solid::DeviceNotifier::instance(), SIGNAL(deviceRemoved(QString)), SLOT(unpluggedSlot(QString)) );
-}
-
-QString KMixDeviceManager::getUDI_ALSA(int num)
-{
- QList<Solid::Device> dl = Solid::Device::listFromType(Solid::DeviceInterface::AudioInterface);
-
- QString numString;
- numString.setNum(num);
- bool found = false;
- QString udi;
- QString devHandle;
- foreach ( const Solid::Device &device, dl )
- {
- // std::cout << "Coldplug udi = '" << device.udi().toUtf8().data() << "'\n";
- // LEAK audiohw leaks, but Solid does not document whether it is its own or "my" Object.
- const Solid::AudioInterface *audiohw = device.as<Solid::AudioInterface>();
- if (audiohw != 0)
- {
- if (audiohw->deviceType() & ( Solid::AudioInterface::AudioControl))
- {
- switch (audiohw->driver())
- {
- case Solid::AudioInterface::Alsa:
- devHandle = audiohw->driverHandle().toList().first().toString();
- if ( numString == devHandle )
- {
- found = true;
- udi = device.udi();
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- } // driver type
- } // is an audio control
-
- // If I delete audiohw, kmix crashes. If I do not, there is a definite leak according to valgrind:
-// ==24561== 4,958 (1,200 direct, 3,758 indirect) bytes in 25 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 1,882 of 1,918
-// ==24561== at 0x4C27D49: operator new(unsigned long) (in /usr/lib64/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-amd64-linux.so)
-// ==24561== by 0x5665462: ??? (in /usr/lib64/libsolid.so.4.11.3)
-// ==24561== by 0x565EC57: ??? (in /usr/lib64/libsolid.so.4.11.3)
-// ==24561== by 0x563610B: Solid::Device::asDeviceInterface(Solid::DeviceInterface::Type const&) const (in /usr/lib64/libsolid.so.4.11.3)
-// ==24561== by 0x4EB7DA6: Solid::AudioInterface const* Solid::Device::as<Solid::AudioInterface>() const (device.h:254)
-// ==24561== by 0x4EB6F6F: KMixDeviceManager::getUDI_ALSA(int) (kmixdevicemanager.cpp:70)
-// ==24561== by 0x4E6C809: Mixer_ALSA::open() (mixer_alsa9.cpp:139)
-// ==24561== by 0x4E6334E: Mixer_Backend::openIfValid() (mixer_backend.cpp:84)
-// ==24561== by 0x4EBD4F9: Mixer::openIfValid(int) (mixer.cpp:268)
-// ==24561== by 0x4EB5F10: MixerToolBox::possiblyAddMixer(Mixer*) (mixertoolbox.cpp:310)
-// ==24561== by 0x4EB57AE: MixerToolBox::initMixerInternal(MixerToolBox::MultiDriverMode, QList<QString>, QString&) (mixertoolbox.cpp:165)
-// ==24561== by 0x4EB52B6: MixerToolBox::initMixer(MixerToolBox::MultiDriverMode, QList<QString>, QString&) (mixertoolbox.cpp:85)
-// ==24561== by 0x4EB5267: MixerToolBox::initMixer(bool, QList<QString>, QString&) (mixertoolbox.cpp:80)
-// ==24561== by 0x4E7ED75: KMixWindow::KMixWindow(bool) (kmix.cpp:96)
-// ==24561== by 0x4E8A7CF: KMixApp::newInstance() (KMixApp.cpp:112)
-// ==24561== by 0x5B30A7E: KUniqueApplication::Private::_k_newInstanceNoFork() (in /usr/lib64/libkdeui.so.5.11.3)
-// ==24561== by 0x774A11D: QObject::event(QEvent*) (in /usr/lib64/libQtCore.so.4.8.5)
-// ==24561== by 0x61338A2: QApplication::event(QEvent*) (in /usr/lib64/libQtGui.so.4.8.5)
-// ==24561== by 0x612E8AB: QApplicationPrivate::notify_helper(QObject*, QEvent*) (in /usr/lib64/libQtGui.so.4.8.5)
-// ==24561== by 0x6134E6F: QApplication::notify(QObject*, QEvent*) (in /usr/lib64/libQtGui.so.4.8.5)
-
- // The data seems to be "static" device info from Solid, so I will leave it alone.
-// delete audiohw;
- }
- if (found)
- {
- break;
- }
- } // foreach
- return udi;
-}
-
-QString KMixDeviceManager::getUDI_OSS(const QString& devname)
-{
- QList<Solid::Device> dl = Solid::Device::listFromType(Solid::DeviceInterface::AudioInterface);
-
- bool found = false;
- QString udi;
- QString devHandle;
- foreach ( const Solid::Device &device, dl )
- {
-// std::cout << "Coldplug udi = '" << device.udi().toUtf8().data() << "'\n";
- const Solid::AudioInterface *audiohw = device.as<Solid::AudioInterface>();
- if (audiohw && (audiohw->deviceType() & ( Solid::AudioInterface::AudioControl))) {
- switch (audiohw->driver()) {
- case Solid::AudioInterface::OpenSoundSystem:
- devHandle = audiohw->driverHandle().toString();
-// std::cout << ">>> Coldplugged OSS ='" << devHandle.toUtf8().data() << "'\n";
- if ( devname == devHandle ) {
- found = true;
-// std::cout << ">>> Match!!! Coldplugged OSS ='" << devHandle.toUtf8().data() << "'\n";
- udi = device.udi();
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- } // driver type
- } // is an audio control
- if ( found) break;
- } // foreach
- return udi;
-}
-
-
-void KMixDeviceManager::pluggedSlot(const QString& udi) {
-// std::cout << "Plugged udi='" << udi.toUtf8().data() << "'\n";
- Solid::Device device(udi);
- Solid::AudioInterface *audiohw = device.as<Solid::AudioInterface>();
- if (audiohw && (audiohw->deviceType() & ( Solid::AudioInterface::AudioControl))) {
- QString dev;
- QRegExp devExpr( QLatin1String( "^\\D+(\\d+)$" ));
- switch (audiohw->driver()) {
- case Solid::AudioInterface::Alsa:
- if ( _hotpluggingBackend == "ALSA" || _hotpluggingBackend == "*" ) {
- dev = audiohw->driverHandle().toList().first().toString();
- emit plugged("ALSA", udi, dev);
- }
- break;
- case Solid::AudioInterface::OpenSoundSystem:
- if ( _hotpluggingBackend == "OSS" || _hotpluggingBackend == "*" ) {
- dev = audiohw->driverHandle().toString();
- if ( devExpr.indexIn(dev) > -1 ) {
- dev = devExpr.cap(1); // Get device number from device name (e.g "/dev/mixer1" or "/dev/sound/mixer2")
- }
- else {
- dev = '0'; // "/dev/mixer" or "/dev/sound/mixer"
- }
- emit plugged("OSS", udi, dev);
- }
- break;
- default:
- kError(67100) << "Plugged UNKNOWN Audio device (ignored)";
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-void KMixDeviceManager::unpluggedSlot(const QString& udi) {
-// std::cout << "Unplugged udi='" << udi.toUtf8().data() << "'\n";
-// Solid::Device device(udi);
- // At this point the device has already been unplugged by the user. Solid doesn't know anything about the
- // device except the UDI (not even device.as<Solid::AudioInterface>() is possible). Thus I'll forward any
- // unplugging action (could e.g. also be HID or mass storage). The receiver of the signal has to deal with it,
- // but a simple UDI matching is enough.
- emit unplugged(udi);
-
-}
-
-
-#include "moc_kmixdevicemanager.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2006-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef kmixdevicemanager_h
-#define kmixdevicemanager_h
-
-#include <QObject>
-
-class KMixDeviceManager : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
- public:
- static KMixDeviceManager* instance();
- void initHotplug();
- void setHotpluggingBackends(const QString& backendName) { _hotpluggingBackend = backendName; } ;
- QString getUDI_ALSA(int num);
- QString getUDI_OSS(const QString& devname);
-
- signals:
- void plugged( const char* driverName, const QString& udi, QString& dev);
- void unplugged( const QString& udi);
-
- private:
- KMixDeviceManager();
- ~KMixDeviceManager();
- QString _hotpluggingBackend;
-
- private slots:
- void pluggedSlot(const QString&);
- void unpluggedSlot(const QString&);
-
- private:
- static KMixDeviceManager* s_KMixDeviceManager;
-};
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-#include <qregexp.h>
-
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-
-#include "core/ControlPool.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "dbus/dbuscontrolwrapper.h"
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-static const QString channelTypeToIconName( MixDevice::ChannelType type )
-{
- switch (type) {
- case MixDevice::AUDIO:
- return "mixer-pcm";
- case MixDevice::BASS:
- case MixDevice::SURROUND_LFE: // "LFE" SHOULD have an own icon
- return "mixer-lfe";
- case MixDevice::CD:
- return "mixer-cd";
- case MixDevice::EXTERNAL:
- return "mixer-line";
- case MixDevice::MICROPHONE:
- return "mixer-microphone";
- case MixDevice::MIDI:
- return "mixer-midi";
- case MixDevice::RECMONITOR:
- return "mixer-capture";
- case MixDevice::TREBLE:
- return "mixer-pcm-default";
- case MixDevice::UNKNOWN:
- return "mixer-front";
- case MixDevice::VOLUME:
- return "mixer-master";
- case MixDevice::VIDEO:
- return "mixer-video";
- case MixDevice::SURROUND:
- case MixDevice::SURROUND_BACK:
- return "mixer-surround";
- case MixDevice::SURROUND_CENTERFRONT:
- case MixDevice::SURROUND_CENTERBACK:
- return "mixer-surround-center";
- case MixDevice::HEADPHONE:
- return "mixer-headset";
- case MixDevice::DIGITAL:
- return "mixer-digital";
- case MixDevice::AC97:
- return "mixer-ac97";
- case MixDevice::SPEAKER:
- return "mixer-pc-speaker";
- case MixDevice::MICROPHONE_BOOST:
- return "mixer-microphone-boost";
- case MixDevice::MICROPHONE_FRONT_BOOST:
- return "mixer-microphone-front-boost";
- case MixDevice::MICROPHONE_FRONT:
- return "mixer-microphone-front";
- case MixDevice::KMIX_COMPOSITE:
- return "mixer-line";
-
- case MixDevice::APPLICATION_AMAROK:
- return "amarok";
- case MixDevice::APPLICATION_BANSHEE:
- return "media-player-banshee";
- case MixDevice::APPLICATION_XMM2:
- return "xmms";
- case MixDevice::APPLICATION_TOMAHAWK:
- return "tomahawk";
- case MixDevice::APPLICATION_CLEMENTINE:
- return "application-x-clementine";
- case MixDevice::APPLICATION_VLC:
- return "vlc";
-
- case MixDevice::APPLICATION_STREAM:
- return "mixer-pcm";
-
- }
- return "mixer-front";
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Constructs a MixDevice. A MixDevice represents one channel or control of
- * the mixer hardware. A MixDevice has a type (e.g. PCM), a descriptive name
- * (for example "Master" or "Headphone" or "IEC 958 Output"),
- * can have a volume level (2 when stereo), can be recordable and muted.
- * The ChannelType tells which kind of control the MixDevice is.
- */
-MixDevice::MixDevice( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, const QString& name, ChannelType type )
-{
- init(mixer, id, name, channelTypeToIconName(type), (MixSet*)0);
-}
-
-MixDevice::MixDevice( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, const QString& name, const QString& iconName, MixSet* moveDestinationMixSet )
-{
- init(mixer, id, name, iconName, moveDestinationMixSet);
-}
-
-void MixDevice::init( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, const QString& name, const QString& iconName, MixSet* moveDestinationMixSet )
-{
- _artificial = false;
- _applicationStream = false;
- _dbusControlWrapper = 0; // will be set in addToPool()
- _mixer = mixer;
- _id = id;
- _enumCurrentId = 0;
-
- mediaController = new MediaController(_id);
- if( name.isEmpty() )
- _name = i18n("unknown");
- else
- _name = name;
- if ( iconName.isEmpty() )
- _iconName = "mixer-front";
- else
- _iconName = iconName;
- _moveDestinationMixSet = moveDestinationMixSet;
- if ( _id.contains(' ') ) {
- // The key is used in the config file. IdbusControlWrappert MUST NOT contain spaces
- kError(67100) << "MixDevice::setId(\"" << id << "\") . Invalid key - it must not contain spaces";
- _id.replace(' ', '_');
- }
-// kDebug(67100) << "MixDevice::init() _id=" << _id;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * When a MixDevice shall be finally discarded, you must use this method to free its resources.
- * You must not use this MixDevice after calling close().
- * <br>
- * The necessity stems from a memory leak due to object cycle (MixDevice<->DBusControlWrapper), so the reference
- * counting std::shared_ptr has no chance to clean up. See Bug 309464 for background information.
- */
-void MixDevice::close()
-{
- delete _dbusControlWrapper;
- _dbusControlWrapper = 0;
-}
-
-
-MediaController* MixDevice::getMediaController()
-{
- return mediaController;
-}
-
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> MixDevice::addToPool()
-{
-// kDebug() << "id=" << _mixer->id() << ":" << _id;
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> thisSharedPtr(this);
- // std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> thisSharedPtr = ControlPool::instance()->add(fullyQualifiedId, this);
- _dbusControlWrapper = new DBusControlWrapper( thisSharedPtr, dbusPath() );
- return thisSharedPtr;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Changes the internal state of this MixDevice.
- * It does not commit the change to the hardware.
- *
- * You might want to call something like m_mixdevice->mixer()->commitVolumeChange(m_mixdevice); after calling this method.
- */
-void MixDevice::increaseOrDecreaseVolume(bool decrease, Volume::VolumeTypeFlag volumeType)
-{
- bool debugme = false;
-// bool debugme = id() == "PCM:0" ;
- if (volumeType & Volume::Playback)
- {
- Volume& volP = playbackVolume();
- long inc = volP.volumeStep(decrease);
-
- if (debugme)
- kDebug() << ( decrease ? "decrease by " : "increase by " ) << inc ;
-
- if (!decrease && isMuted())
- {
- // increasing from muted state: unmute and start with a low volume level
- if (debugme)
- kDebug() << "set all to " << inc << "muted old=" << isMuted();
-
- setMuted(false);
- volP.setAllVolumes(inc);
- }
- else
- {
- volP.changeAllVolumes(inc);
- if (debugme)
- kDebug() << (decrease ? "decrease by " : "increase by ") << inc;
- }
- }
-
- if (volumeType & Volume::Capture)
- {
- if (debugme)
- kDebug() << "VolumeType=" << volumeType << " c";
-
- Volume& volC = captureVolume();
- long inc = volC.volumeStep(decrease);
- volC.changeAllVolumes(inc);
- }
-
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the name of the config group
- * @param Prefix of the group, e.g. "View_ALSA_USB_01"
- * @returns The config group name in the format "prefix.mixerId,controlId"
- */
-QString MixDevice::configGroupName(QString prefix)
-{
- QString devgrp = QString("%1.%2.%3").arg(prefix).arg(mixer()->id()).arg(id());
- return devgrp;
-}
-
-
-QString MixDevice::getFullyQualifiedId()
-{
- QString fqId = QString("%1@%2").arg(_id).arg(_mixer->id());
- return fqId;
-}
-
-void MixDevice::addPlaybackVolume(Volume &playbackVol)
-{
- // Hint: "_playbackVolume" gets COPIED from "playbackVol", because the copy-constructor actually copies the volume levels.
- _playbackVolume = playbackVol;
- _playbackVolume.setSwitchType(Volume::PlaybackSwitch);
-}
-
-void MixDevice::addCaptureVolume (Volume &captureVol)
-{
- _captureVolume = captureVol;
- _captureVolume.setSwitchType(Volume::CaptureSwitch);
-}
-
-void MixDevice::addEnums(QList<QString*>& ref_enumList)
-{
- if ( ref_enumList.count() > 0 ) {
- int maxEnumId = ref_enumList.count();
- for (int i=0; i<maxEnumId; i++ ) {
- // we have an enum. Lets set the names of the enum items in the MixDevice
- // the enum names are assumed to be static!
- _enumValues.append( *(ref_enumList.at(i)) );
- }
- }
- _enumCurrentId = 0; // default is first entry (used if we don't get a value via backend or volume restore)
-}
-
-
-MixDevice::~MixDevice()
-{
- _enumValues.clear(); // The QString's inside will be auto-deleted, as they get unref'ed
- delete _dbusControlWrapper;
-}
-
-Volume& MixDevice::playbackVolume()
-{
- return _playbackVolume;
-}
-
-Volume& MixDevice::captureVolume()
-{
- return _captureVolume;
-}
-
-
-void MixDevice::setEnumId(int enumId)
-{
- if ( enumId < _enumValues.count() ) {
- _enumCurrentId = enumId;
- }
-}
-
-unsigned int MixDevice::enumId()
-{
- return _enumCurrentId;
-}
-
-QList<QString>& MixDevice::enumValues() {
- return _enumValues;
-}
-
-
-const QString& MixDevice::id() const {
- return _id;
-}
-
-const QString MixDevice::dbusPath() {
- QString controlPath = _id;
- controlPath.replace(QRegExp("[^a-zA-Z0-9_]"), "_");
- controlPath.replace(QLatin1String("//"), QLatin1String("/"));
-
- if ( controlPath.endsWith( '/' ) )
- {
- controlPath.chop(1);
- }
-
- return _mixer->dbusPath() + '/' + controlPath;
-}
-
-
-bool MixDevice::isMuted() { return ! _playbackVolume.isSwitchActivated(); }
-/**
- * Returns whether this MixDevice is virtually muted. Only MixDevice objects w/o a physical switch can be muted virtually.
- */
-bool MixDevice::isVirtuallyMuted()
-{
- return !hasPhysicalMuteSwitch() && isMuted();
-}
-void MixDevice::setMuted(bool mute) { _playbackVolume.setSwitch(!mute); }
-void MixDevice::toggleMute() { setMuted( _playbackVolume.isSwitchActivated()); }
-bool MixDevice::hasMuteSwitch() { return playbackVolume().hasVolume() || playbackVolume().hasSwitch(); }
-bool MixDevice::hasPhysicalMuteSwitch() { return playbackVolume().hasSwitch(); }
-bool MixDevice::isRecSource() { return ( _captureVolume.hasSwitch() && _captureVolume.isSwitchActivated() ); }
-bool MixDevice::isNotRecSource() { return ( _captureVolume.hasSwitch() && !_captureVolume.isSwitchActivated() ); }
-void MixDevice::setRecSource(bool value) { _captureVolume.setSwitch( value ); }
-bool MixDevice::isEnum() { return ( ! _enumValues.empty() ); }
-
-int MixDevice::mediaPlay() { return mixer()->mediaPlay(_id); }
-int MixDevice::mediaPrev() { return mixer()->mediaPrev(_id); }
-int MixDevice::mediaNext() { return mixer()->mediaNext(_id); }
-
-bool MixDevice::operator==(const MixDevice& other) const
-{
- return ( _id == other._id );
-}
-
-void MixDevice::setControlProfile(ProfControl* control)
-{
- _profControl = control;
-}
-
-ProfControl* MixDevice::controlProfile() {
- return _profControl;
-}
-
-/**
- * This method is currently only called on "kmixctrl --restore"
- *
- * Normally we have a working _volume object already, which is very important,
- * because we need to read the minimum and maximum volume levels.
- * (Another solution would be to "equip" volFromConfig with maxInt and minInt values).
- */
-bool MixDevice::read( KConfig *config, const QString& grp )
-{
- if ( _mixer->isDynamic() || isArtificial() ) {
- kDebug(67100) << "MixDevice::read(): This MixDevice does not permit volume restoration (i.e. because it is handled lower down in the audio stack). Ignoring.";
- return false;
- }
-
- QString devgrp = QString("%1.Dev%2").arg(grp).arg(_id);
- KConfigGroup cg = config->group( devgrp );
- //kDebug(67100) << "MixDevice::read() of group devgrp=" << devgrp;
-
- readPlaybackOrCapture(cg, false);
- readPlaybackOrCapture(cg, true );
-
- bool mute = cg.readEntry("is_muted", false);
- setMuted( mute );
-
- bool recsrc = cg.readEntry("is_recsrc", false);
- setRecSource( recsrc );
-
- int enumId = cg.readEntry("enum_id", -1);
- if ( enumId != -1 ) {
- setEnumId( enumId );
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-void MixDevice::readPlaybackOrCapture(const KConfigGroup& config, bool capture)
-{
- Volume& volume = capture ? captureVolume() : playbackVolume();
-
- for ( Volume::ChannelID chid=Volume::CHIDMIN; chid<= Volume::CHIDMAX; )
- {
- QString volstr = getVolString(chid,capture);
- if ( config.hasKey(volstr) ) {
- volume.setVolume(chid, config.readEntry(volstr, 0));
- } // if saved channel exists
- chid = (Volume::ChannelID)( 1 + (int)chid); // ugly
- } // for all channels
-}
-
-/**
- * called on "kmixctrl --save" and from the GUI's (currently only on exit)
- */
-bool MixDevice::write( KConfig *config, const QString& grp )
-{
- if (_mixer->isDynamic() || isArtificial()) {
- kDebug(67100) << "MixDevice::write(): This MixDevice does not permit volume saving (i.e. because it is handled lower down in the audio stack). Ignoring.";
- return false;
- }
-
- QString devgrp = QString("%1.Dev%2").arg(grp).arg(_id);
- KConfigGroup cg = config->group(devgrp);
- // kDebug(67100) << "MixDevice::write() of group devgrp=" << devgrp;
-
- writePlaybackOrCapture(cg, false);
- writePlaybackOrCapture(cg, true );
-
- cg.writeEntry("is_muted" , isMuted() );
- cg.writeEntry("is_recsrc", isRecSource() );
- cg.writeEntry("name", _name);
- if ( isEnum() ) {
- cg.writeEntry("enum_id", enumId() );
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-void MixDevice::writePlaybackOrCapture(KConfigGroup& config, bool capture)
-{
- Volume& volume = capture ? captureVolume() : playbackVolume();
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, volume.getVolumes() )
- {
- config.writeEntry(getVolString(vc.chid,capture) , (int)vc.volume);
- } // for all channels
-
-}
-
-QString MixDevice::getVolString(Volume::ChannelID chid, bool capture)
-{
- QString volstr (Volume::ChannelNameForPersistence[chid]);
- if ( capture ) volstr += "Capture";
- return volstr;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the playback volume level in percent. If the volume is muted, 0 is returned.
- * If the given MixDevice contains no playback volume, the capture volume isd used
- * instead, and 0 is returned if capturing is disabled for the given MixDevice.
- *
- * @returns The volume level in percent
- */
-int MixDevice::getUserfriendlyVolumeLevel()
-{
- MixDevice* md = this;
- bool usePlayback = md->playbackVolume().hasVolume();
- Volume& vol = usePlayback ? md->playbackVolume() : md->captureVolume();
- bool isActive = usePlayback ? !md->isMuted() : md->isRecSource();
- int val = isActive ? vol.getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL) : 0;
- return val;
-}
-
-
-#include "moc_mixdevice.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef MixDevice_h
-#define MixDevice_h
-
-#include <memory>
-
-//KMix
-#include "core/MediaController.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-class Mixer;
-class MixSet;
-class ProfControl;
-class DBusControlWrapper;
-
-// KDE
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kconfiggroup.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QList>
-#include <QObject>
-#include <QString>
-
-/**
- * This is the abstraction of a single control of a sound card, e.g. the PCM control. A control
- * can contain the 5 following subcontrols: playback-volume, capture-volume, playback-switch,
- * capture-switch and enumeration.
-
- The class is called MixDevice for historical reasons. Today it is just the Synonym for "Control".
-
- Design hint: In the past I (esken) considered merging the MixDevice and Volume classes.
- I finally decided against it, as it seems better to have the MixDevice being the container
- for the embedded subcontrol(s). These could be either Volume, Enum or some virtual MixDevice.
- */
-class MixDevice : public QObject
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- // For each ChannelType a special icon exists
- enum ChannelType { AUDIO = 1,
- BASS,
- CD,
- EXTERNAL,
- MICROPHONE,
- MIDI,
- RECMONITOR,
- TREBLE,
- UNKNOWN,
- VOLUME,
- VIDEO,
- SURROUND,
- HEADPHONE,
- DIGITAL,
- AC97,
- SURROUND_BACK,
- SURROUND_LFE,
- SURROUND_CENTERFRONT,
- SURROUND_CENTERBACK,
- SPEAKER,
- MICROPHONE_BOOST,
- MICROPHONE_FRONT_BOOST,
- MICROPHONE_FRONT,
- KMIX_COMPOSITE,
-
- APPLICATION_STREAM,
- // Some specific applications
- APPLICATION_AMAROK,
- APPLICATION_BANSHEE,
- APPLICATION_XMM2,
- APPLICATION_TOMAHAWK,
- APPLICATION_CLEMENTINE,
- // Hint: VLC still has compatibility problems:
- // 2.0 is not detected
- // 2.2-nightly has volume issues (total overdrive)
- APPLICATION_VLC,
- };
-
- enum SwitchType { OnOff, Mute, Capture, Activator };
-
- /**
- * Constructor for a MixDevice.
- * After having constructed a MixDevice, you <b>must</b> add it to the ControlPool
- * by calling addToPool(). You may then <b>not</b> delete this object.
- *
- * @par mixer The mixer this control belongs to
- * @par id Defines the ID, e.g. used in looking up the keys in kmixrc. Also it is used heavily inside KMix as unique key.
- * It is advised to set a nice name, like 'PCM:2', which would mean
- * "2nd PCM device of the sound card". The ID's may NOT contain whitespace.
- * The Creator (normally the backend) MUST pass distinct ID's for each MixDevices of one card.
- *
- * Virtual Controls (controls not created by a backend) are prefixed with "KMix::", e.g.
- * "KMix::RecSelector:0"
- * @par name is the readable name. This one is presented to the user in the GUI
- * @par type The control type. It is only used to find an appropriate icon
- */
- MixDevice( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, const QString& name, ChannelType type );
- MixDevice( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, const QString& name, const QString& iconName = "", MixSet* moveDestinationMixSet = 0 );
- ~MixDevice();
-
- void close();
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> addToPool();
-
- const QString& iconName() const { return _iconName; }
-
- void addPlaybackVolume(Volume &playbackVol);
- void addCaptureVolume (Volume &captureVol);
- void addEnums (QList<QString*>& ref_enumList);
-
- // Media controls. New for KMix 4.0
- MediaController* getMediaController();
- // TODO move all media player controls to the MediaController class
- int mediaPlay();
- int mediaPrev();
- int mediaNext();
-
- // Returns a user readable name of the control.
- QString readableName() { return _name; }
- // Sets a user readable name for the control.
- void setReadableName(QString& name) { _name = name; }
-
- QString configGroupName(QString prefix);
-
- /**
- * Returns an ID of this MixDevice, as passed in the constructor. The Creator (normally the backend)
- * MUST ensure that all MixDevices's of one card have unique ID's.
- * The ID is used through the whole KMix application (including the config file) for identifying controls.
- */
-
- const QString& id() const;
- QString getFullyQualifiedId();
-
- /**
- * Returns the DBus path for this MixDevice
- */
- const QString dbusPath();
-
- // Returns the associated mixer
- Mixer* mixer() { return _mixer; }
-
- // operator==() is used currently only for duplicate detection with QList's contains() method
- bool operator==(const MixDevice& other) const;
-
- // Methods for handling the switches. This methods are useful, because the Switch in the Volume object
- // is an abstract concept. It places no interpretation on the meaning of the switch (e.g. does "switch set" mean
- // "mute on", or does it mean "playback on", or "Capture active", or ...
- virtual bool isMuted();
- virtual bool isVirtuallyMuted();
- virtual void setMuted(bool value);
- virtual bool hasMuteSwitch();
- virtual void toggleMute();
- virtual bool isRecSource();
- virtual bool isNotRecSource();
- virtual void setRecSource(bool value);
- virtual bool isEnum();
- /**
- * Returns whether this is an application stream.
- */
- virtual bool isApplicationStream() const { return _applicationStream; };
- /**
- * Mark this MixDevice as application stream
- */
- void setApplicationStream(bool applicationStream) { _applicationStream = applicationStream; }
-
- bool isMovable() const
- {
- return (0 != _moveDestinationMixSet);
- }
- MixSet *getMoveDestinationMixSet() const
- {
- return _moveDestinationMixSet;
- }
-
- bool isArtificial() const
- {
- return _artificial;
- }
- void setArtificial(bool artificial)
- {
- _artificial = artificial;
- }
-
- void setControlProfile(ProfControl* control);
- ProfControl* controlProfile();
-
- virtual Volume& playbackVolume();
- virtual Volume& captureVolume();
-
- void setEnumId(int);
- unsigned int enumId();
- QList<QString>& enumValues();
-
- bool hasPhysicalMuteSwitch();
-
- bool read( KConfig *config, const QString& grp );
- bool write( KConfig *config, const QString& grp );
- int getUserfriendlyVolumeLevel();
-
- void increaseOrDecreaseVolume(bool decrease, Volume::VolumeTypeFlag volumeType);
-
-protected:
- void init( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, const QString& name, const QString& iconName, MixSet* moveDestinationMixSet );
-
-private:
- QString getVolString(Volume::ChannelID chid, bool capture);
- Mixer *_mixer;
- Volume _playbackVolume;
- Volume _captureVolume;
- int _enumCurrentId;
- QList<QString> _enumValues; // A MixDevice, that is an ENUM, has these _enumValues
-
- DBusControlWrapper *_dbusControlWrapper;
- MediaController* mediaController;
-
- // A virtual control. It will not be saved/restored and/or doesn't get shortcuts
- // Actually we discriminate those "virtual" controls in artificial controls and dynamic controls:
- // Type Shortcut Restore
- // Artificial: yes no Virtual::GlobalMaster or Virtual::CaptureGroup_3 (controls that are constructed artificially from other controls)
- // Dynamic : no no Controls that come and go, like Pulse Stream controls
- bool _artificial;
- MixSet *_moveDestinationMixSet;
- QString _iconName;
- bool _applicationStream;
-
- QString _name; // Channel name
- QString _id; // Primary key, used as part in config file keys
- ProfControl *_profControl;
-
- void readPlaybackOrCapture(const KConfigGroup& config, bool capture);
- void writePlaybackOrCapture(KConfigGroup& config, bool capture);
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2010 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "core/mixdevicecomposite.h"
-
-
-
-const long MixDeviceComposite::VolMax = 10000;
-
-MixDeviceComposite::MixDeviceComposite( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, QList<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> >& mds, const QString& name, ChannelType type ) :
- MixDevice( mixer, id, name, type ) // this will use doNotRestore == true
-{
- setArtificial(true);
- _compositePlaybackVolume = new Volume( MixDeviceComposite::VolMax, 0, true, false);
- _compositePlaybackVolume->addVolumeChannel(Volume::LEFT);
- _compositePlaybackVolume->addVolumeChannel(Volume::RIGHT);
-
- QListIterator<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > it(mds);
- while ( it.hasNext()) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = it.next();
- _mds.append(md);
- }
-}
-
-
-MixDeviceComposite::~MixDeviceComposite()
-{
- while ( ! _mds.empty() ) {
- _mds.removeAt(0);
- }
- delete _compositePlaybackVolume;
-// delete _compositeCaptureVolume;
-}
-
-
-
-Volume& MixDeviceComposite::playbackVolume()
-{
- return *_compositePlaybackVolume;
-}
-
-// Volume& MixDeviceComposite::captureVolume()
-// {
-// return *_compositeCaptureVolume;
-// }
-
-
-void MixDeviceComposite::update()
-{
- long volAvg;
- volAvg = calculateVolume( Volume::PlaybackVT );
- _compositePlaybackVolume->setAllVolumes(volAvg);
- volAvg = calculateVolume( Volume::CaptureVT );
-// _compositeCaptureVolume->setAllVolumes(volAvg);
-
-}
-
-long MixDeviceComposite::calculateVolume(Volume::VolumeType vt)
-{
- QListIterator<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > it(_mds);
- long volSum = 0;
- int volCount = 0;
- while ( it.hasNext())
- {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = it.next();
-
- Volume& vol = ( vt == Volume::CaptureVT ) ? md->captureVolume() : md->playbackVolume();
- if (vol.hasVolume() && (vol.maxVolume() != 0) ) {
- qreal normalizedVolume =
- ( vol.getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL) * MixDeviceComposite::VolMax )
- / vol.maxVolume();
- volSum += normalizedVolume;
- ++volCount;
- }
- }
- if ( volCount == 0 )
- return 0;
- else
- return (volSum/volCount);
-}
-
-
-bool MixDeviceComposite::isMuted()
-{
- bool isMuted = false;
- QListIterator<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > it(_mds);
- while ( it.hasNext()) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = it.next();
- isMuted |= md->isMuted();
- if ( isMuted ) break; // Enough. It can't get more true :-)
- }
- return isMuted;
-}
-
-
-
-void MixDeviceComposite::setMuted(bool value)
-{
- QListIterator<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > it(_mds);
- while ( it.hasNext()) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = it.next();
- md->setMuted(value);
- }
-}
-
-bool MixDeviceComposite::isRecSource()
-{
- bool isRecSource = false;
- QListIterator<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > it(_mds);
- while ( it.hasNext()) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = it.next();
- isRecSource |= md->isRecSource();
- if ( isRecSource ) break; // Enough. It can't get more true :-)
- }
- return isRecSource;
-}
-
-
-void MixDeviceComposite::setRecSource(bool value)
-{
- QListIterator<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > it(_mds);
- while ( it.hasNext()) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = it.next();
- md->setRecSource(value);
- }
-}
-
-
-bool MixDeviceComposite::isEnum()
-{
- bool isEnum = true;
- QListIterator<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > it(_mds);
- while ( it.hasNext()) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = it.next();
- isEnum &= md->isEnum();
- if ( ! isEnum ) break; // Enough. It can't get more false :-)
- }
- return isEnum;
-}
-
-#include "moc_mixdevicecomposite.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef MixDeviceComposite_h
-#define MixDeviceComposite_h
-
-//KMix
-class Mixer;
-class MixSet;
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-// KDE
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kconfiggroup.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QList>
-#include <QObject>
-#include <QString>
-
-
-// !!! This SHOULD be subclassed (MixDeviceVolume, MixDeviceEnum).
-// The isEnum() works out OK as a workaround, but it is insane
-// in the long run.
-// Additionally there might be Implementations for virtual MixDevice's, e.g.
-// MixDeviceRecselector, MixDeviceCrossfader.
-// I am not sure if a MixDeviceBalancing would work out.
-
-/**
- * This is the abstraction of a single control of a sound card, e.g. the PCM control. A control
- * can contain the 5 following subcontrols: playback-volume, capture-volume, playback-switch,
- * capture-switch and enumeration.
-
- The class is called MixDevice for historical reasons. Today it is just the Synonym for "Control".
-
- Design hint: In the past I (esken) considered merging the MixDevice and Volume classes.
- I finally decided against it, as it seems better to have the MixDevice being the container
- for the embedded subcontrol(s). These could be either Volume, Enum or some virtual MixDevice.
- */
-class MixDeviceComposite : public MixDevice
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
-
- /**
- * Constructor:
- * @par mixer The mixer this control belongs to
- * @par id Defines the ID, e.g. used in looking up the keys in kmixrc. Also it is used heavily inside KMix as unique key.
- * It is advised to set a nice name, like 'PCM:2', which would mean
- * "2nd PCM device of the sound card". The ID's may NOT contain whitespace.
- * The Creator (normally the backend) MUST pass distinct ID's for each MixDevices of one card.
- *
- * Virtual Controls (controls not created by a backend) are prefixed with "KMix::", e.g.
- * "KMix::RecSelector:0"
- * @par name is the readable name. This one is presented to the user in the GUI
- * @par type The control type. It is only used to find an appropriate icon
- */
- MixDeviceComposite( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, QList<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> >& mds, const QString& name, ChannelType type );
-// MixDevice( Mixer* mixer, const QString& id, const QString& name, const QString& iconName = "", bool doNotRestore = false, MixSet* moveDestinationMixSet = 0 );
- ~MixDeviceComposite();
-
-
-
- // Methods for handling the switches. This methods are useful, because the Sswitch in the Volume object
- // is an abstract concept. It places no interpration on the meaning of the switch (e.g. does "switch set" mean
- // "mute on", or does it mean "playback on".
- virtual bool isMuted();
- virtual void setMuted(bool value);
- virtual bool isRecSource();
- virtual void setRecSource(bool value);
- virtual bool isEnum();
-
- // Refresh the composite from its components
- void update();
-
- virtual Volume& playbackVolume();
- //virtual Volume& captureVolume();
-
-private:
- long calculateVolume(Volume::VolumeType vt);
-
- QList<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > _mds;
-
- static const long VolMax;
-
- Volume* _compositePlaybackVolume;
- // Volume* _compositeCaptureVolume;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken - esken@kde.org
- * 2002 Helio Chissini de Castro - helio@conectiva.com.br
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kglobal.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-#include "backends/mixer_backend.h"
-#include "backends/kmix-backends.cpp"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-/**
- * Some general design hints. Hierachy is Mixer->MixDevice->Volume
- */
-
-QList<Mixer *> Mixer::s_mixers;
-MasterControl Mixer::_globalMasterCurrent;
-MasterControl Mixer::_globalMasterPreferred;
-
-int Mixer::numDrivers()
-{
- MixerFactory *factory = g_mixerFactories;
- int num = 0;
- while( factory->getMixer!=0 )
- {
- num++;
- factory++;
- }
-
- return num;
-}
-
-/*
- * Returns a reference of the current mixer list.
- */
-QList<Mixer *>& Mixer::mixers()
-{
- return s_mixers;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns whether there is at least one dynamic mixer active.
- * @returns true, if at least one dynamic mixer is active
- */
-bool Mixer::dynamicBackendsPresent()
-{
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers() )
- {
- if ( mixer->isDynamic() )
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-Mixer::Mixer( QString& ref_driverName, int device )
- : m_balance(0), _mixerBackend(0L), m_dynamic(false)
-{
- _mixerBackend = 0;
- int driverCount = numDrivers();
- for (int driver=0; driver<driverCount; driver++ ) {
- QString driverName = Mixer::driverName(driver);
- if ( driverName == ref_driverName ) {
- // driver found => retrieve Mixer factory for that driver
- getMixerFunc *f = g_mixerFactories[driver].getMixer;
- if( f!=0 ) {
- _mixerBackend = f( this, device );
- readSetFromHWforceUpdate(); // enforce an initial update on first readSetFromHW()
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-
-Mixer::~Mixer() {
- // Close the mixer. This might also free memory, depending on the called backend method
- close();
- delete _mixerBackend;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Find a Mixer. If there is no mixer with the given id, 0 is returned
- */
-Mixer* Mixer::findMixer( const QString& mixer_id)
-{
- Mixer *mixer = 0;
- int mixerCount = Mixer::mixers().count();
- for ( int i=0; i<mixerCount; ++i)
- {
- if ( ((Mixer::mixers())[i])->id() == mixer_id )
- {
- mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- break;
- }
- }
- return mixer;
-}
-
-
-///**
-// * Set the card instance. Usually this will be 1, but if there is
-// * more than one card with the same name install, then you need
-// * to use 2, 3, ...
-// */
-//void Mixer::setCardInstance(int cardInstance)
-//{
-// _cardInstance = cardInstance;
-// recreateId();
-// // DBusMixerWrapper must be called after recreateId(), as it uses the id
-// new DBusMixerWrapper(this, dbusPath());
-//}
-
-/**
- * Set the final ID of this Mixer.
- * <br>Warning: This method is VERY fragile, because it is requires information that we have very late,
- * especially the _cardInstance. We only know the _cardInstance, when we know the ID of the _mixerBackend->getId().
- * OTOH, the Mixer backend needs the _cardInstance during construction of its MixDevice instances.
- *
- * This means, we need the _cardInstance during construction of the Mixer, but we only know it after its constructed.
- * Actually its a design error. The _cardInstance MUST be set and managed by the backend.
- *
- * The current solution works but is very hacky - cardInstance is a parameter of openIfValid().
- *
- */
-void Mixer::recreateId()
-{
- /* As we use "::" and ":" as separators, the parts %1,%2 and %3 may not
- * contain it.
- * %1, the driver name is from the KMix backends, it does not contain colons.
- * %2, the mixer name, is typically coming from an OS driver. It could contain colons.
- * %3, the mixer number, is a number: it does not contain colons.
- */
- QString mixerName = _mixerBackend->getId();
- mixerName.replace(':','_');
- QString primaryKeyOfMixer = QString("%1::%2:%3")
- .arg(getDriverName())
- .arg(mixerName)
- .arg(getCardInstance());
- // The following 3 replaces are for not messing up the config file
- primaryKeyOfMixer.replace(']','_');
- primaryKeyOfMixer.replace('[','_'); // not strictly necessary, but lets play safe
- primaryKeyOfMixer.replace(' ','_');
- primaryKeyOfMixer.replace('=','_');
- _id = primaryKeyOfMixer;
- kDebug() << "Early _id=" << _id;
-}
-
-const QString Mixer::dbusPath()
-{
- // _id needs to be fixed from the very beginning, as the MixDevice construction uses MixDevice::dbusPath().
- // So once the first MixDevice is created, this must return the correct value
- if (_id.isEmpty())
- {
- // Bug 308014: This a rather dirty hack, but it will guarantee that _id is definitely set.
- // Even the _cardInstance is set at default value during construction of the MixDevice instances
- recreateId();
- }
-
-// kDebug() << "Late _id=" << _id;
-// kDebug() << "handMade=" << QString("/Mixers/" + getDriverName() + "." + _mixerBackend->getId()).replace(" ", "x").replace(".", "_");
-
- // mixerName may contain arbitrary characters, so replace all that are not allowed to be be part of a DBUS path
- QString cardPath = _id;
- cardPath.replace(QRegExp("[^a-zA-Z0-9_]"), "_");
- cardPath.replace(QLatin1String("//"), QLatin1String("/"));
-
- return QString("/Mixers/" + cardPath);
-}
-
-void Mixer::volumeSave( KConfig *config )
-{
- // kDebug(67100) << "Mixer::volumeSave()";
- _mixerBackend->readSetFromHW();
- QString grp("Mixer");
- grp.append(id());
- _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices.write( config, grp );
-}
-
-void Mixer::volumeLoad( KConfig *config )
-{
- QString grp("Mixer");
- grp.append(id());
- if ( ! config->hasGroup(grp) ) {
- // no such group. Volumes (of this mixer) were never saved beforehand.
- // Thus don't restore anything (also see Bug #69320 for understanding the real reason)
- return; // make sure to bail out immediately
- }
-
- // else restore the volumes
- if ( ! _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices.read( config, grp ) ) {
- // Some mixer backends don't support reading the volume into config
- // files, so bail out early if that's the case.
- return;
- }
-
- // set new settings
- for(int i=0; i<_mixerBackend->m_mixDevices.count() ; i++ )
- {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices[i];
- if ( md.get() == 0 )
- continue;
-
- _mixerBackend->writeVolumeToHW( md->id(), md );
- if ( md->isEnum() )
- _mixerBackend->setEnumIdHW( md->id(), md->enumId() );
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Opens the mixer.
- * Also, starts the polling timer, for polling the Volumes from the Mixer.
- *
- * @param cardId The cardId Usually this will be 1, but if there is
- * more than one card with the same name install, then you need
- * to use 2, 3, ...
- *
- * @return true, if Mixer could be opened.
- */
-bool Mixer::openIfValid()
-{
- if (_mixerBackend == 0 )
- {
- // if we did not instantiate a suitable Backend, then Mixer is invalid
- return false;
- }
-
- bool ok = _mixerBackend->openIfValid();
- if ( ok )
- {
- recreateId();
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> recommendedMaster = _mixerBackend->recommendedMaster();
- if ( recommendedMaster.get() != 0 )
- {
- QString recommendedMasterStr = recommendedMaster->id();
- setLocalMasterMD( recommendedMasterStr );
- kDebug() << "Mixer::open() detected master: " << recommendedMaster->id();
- }
- else
- {
- if ( !m_dynamic )
- kError(67100) << "Mixer::open() no master detected.";
- QString noMaster = "---no-master-detected---";
- setLocalMasterMD(noMaster); // no master
- }
- // cesken: The following connect() looks mighty strange. I removed it on 2013-12-18
- //connect( _mixerBackend, SIGNAL(controlChanged()), SIGNAL(controlChanged()) );
- new DBusMixerWrapper(this, dbusPath());
- }
-
- return ok;
-}
-
-/**
- * Closes the mixer.
- */
-void Mixer::close()
-{
- if ( _mixerBackend != 0)
- _mixerBackend->closeCommon();
-}
-
-
-/* ------- WRAPPER METHODS. START ------------------------------ */
-unsigned int Mixer::size() const
-{
- return _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices.count();
-}
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> Mixer::operator[](int num)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices.at( num );
- return md;
-}
-
-MixSet& Mixer::getMixSet()
-{
- return _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the driver name, that handles this Mixer.
- */
-QString Mixer::getDriverName()
-{
- QString driverName = _mixerBackend->getDriverName();
-// kDebug(67100) << "Mixer::getDriverName() = " << driverName << "\n";
- return driverName;
-}
-
-bool Mixer::isOpen() const {
- if ( _mixerBackend == 0 )
- return false;
- else
- return _mixerBackend->isOpen();
-}
-
-void Mixer::readSetFromHWforceUpdate() const {
- _mixerBackend->readSetFromHWforceUpdate();
-}
-
- /// Returns translated WhatsThis messages for a control.Translates from
-QString Mixer::translateKernelToWhatsthis(const QString &kernelName)
-{
- return _mixerBackend->translateKernelToWhatsthis(kernelName);
-}
-
-/* ------- WRAPPER METHODS. END -------------------------------- */
-
-int Mixer::balance() const {
- return m_balance;
-}
-
-void Mixer::setBalance(int balance)
-{
- if( balance == m_balance ) {
- // balance unchanged => return
- return;
- }
-
- m_balance = balance;
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> master = getLocalMasterMD();
- if ( master.get() == 0 )
- {
- // no master device available => return
- return;
- }
-
- Volume& volP = master->playbackVolume();
- setBalanceInternal(volP);
- Volume& volC = master->captureVolume();
- setBalanceInternal(volC);
-
- _mixerBackend->writeVolumeToHW( master->id(), master );
- emit newBalance( volP );
-}
-
-void Mixer::setBalanceInternal(Volume& vol)
-{
- //_mixerBackend->readVolumeFromHW( master->id(), master );
-
- int left = vol.getVolume(Volume::LEFT);
- int right = vol.getVolume( Volume::RIGHT );
- int refvol = left > right ? left : right;
- if( m_balance < 0 ) // balance left
- {
- vol.setVolume( Volume::LEFT, refvol);
- vol.setVolume( Volume::RIGHT, (m_balance * refvol) / 100 + refvol );
- }
- else
- {
- vol.setVolume( Volume::LEFT, -(m_balance * refvol) / 100 + refvol );
- vol.setVolume( Volume::RIGHT, refvol);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns a name suitable for a human user to read (on a label, ...)
- */
-QString Mixer::readableName()
-{
- return readableName(false);
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns a name suitable for a human user to read, possibly with quoted ampersand. The latter is required by
- * some GUI elements like QRadioButton or when used as a Tab label, as '&' introduces an accelerator there.
- *
- * @param ampersandQuoted
- * @return
- */
-QString Mixer::readableName(bool ampersandQuoted)
-{
- QString finalName = _mixerBackend->getName();
- if (ampersandQuoted)
- finalName.replace('&', "&&");
-
- if ( getCardInstance() > 1)
- finalName = finalName.append(" %1").arg(getCardInstance());
-
-// kDebug() << "name=" << _mixerBackend->getName() << "instance=" << getCardInstance() << ", finalName" << finalName;
- return finalName;
-}
-
-
-QString Mixer::getBaseName()
-{
- return _mixerBackend->getName();
-}
-
-/**
- * Queries the Driver Factory for a driver.
- * @par driver Index number. 0 <= driver < numDrivers()
- */
-QString Mixer::driverName( int driver )
-{
- getDriverNameFunc *f = g_mixerFactories[driver].getDriverName;
- if( f!=0 )
- return f();
- else
- return "unknown";
-}
-
-/* obsoleted by setInstance()
-void Mixer::setID(QString& ref_id)
-{
- _id = ref_id;
-}
-*/
-
-QString& Mixer::id()
-{
- return _id;
-}
-
-QString& Mixer::udi(){
- return _mixerBackend->udi();
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the global master, which is shown in the dock area and which is accessible via the
- * DBUS masterVolume() method.
- *
- * The parameters are taken over as-is, this means without checking for validity.
- * This allows the User to define a master card that is not always available
- * (e.g. it is an USB hotplugging device). Also you can set the master at any time you
- * like, e.g. after reading the KMix configuration file and before actually constructing
- * the Mixer instances (hint: this method is static!).
- *
- * @param ref_card The card id
- * @param ref_control The control id. The corresponding control must be present in the card.
- * @param preferred Whether this is the preferred master (auto-selected on coldplug and hotplug).
- */
-void Mixer::setGlobalMaster(QString ref_card, QString ref_control, bool preferred)
-{
- kDebug() << "ref_card=" << ref_card << ", ref_control=" << ref_control << ", preferred=" << preferred;
- _globalMasterCurrent.set(ref_card, ref_control);
- if ( preferred )
- _globalMasterPreferred.set(ref_card, ref_control);
- kDebug() << "Mixer::setGlobalMaster() card=" <<ref_card<< " control=" << ref_control;
-}
-
-Mixer* Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixerNoFalback()
-{
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers())
- {
- if ( mixer != 0 && mixer->id() == _globalMasterCurrent.getCard() )
- return mixer;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-Mixer* Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer()
-{
- Mixer *mixer = getGlobalMasterMixerNoFalback();
- if ( mixer == 0 && Mixer::mixers().count() > 0 ) {
- mixer = Mixer::mixers()[0]; // produce fallback
- }
- //kDebug() << "Mixer::masterCard() returns " << mixer->id();
- return mixer;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Return the preferred global master.
- * If there is no preferred global master, returns the current master instead.
- */
-MasterControl& Mixer::getGlobalMasterPreferred()
-{
- if ( _globalMasterPreferred.isValid() ) {
- kDebug() << "Returning preferred master";
- return _globalMasterPreferred;
- }
- else {
- kDebug() << "Returning current master";
- return _globalMasterCurrent;
- }
-}
-
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD()
-{
- return getGlobalMasterMD(true);
-}
-
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD(bool fallbackAllowed)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> mdRet;
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> firstDevice;
- Mixer *mixer = fallbackAllowed ?
- Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer() : Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixerNoFalback();
-
- if ( mixer == 0 )
- return mdRet;
-
- foreach (std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, mixer->_mixerBackend->m_mixDevices )
- {
- if ( md.get() == 0 )
- continue; // invalid
-
- firstDevice=md;
- if ( md->id() == _globalMasterCurrent.getControl() )
- {
- mdRet = md;
- break; // found
- }
- }
- if ( mdRet.get() == 0 )
- {
- //For some sound cards when using pulseaudio the mixer id is not proper hence returning the first device as master channel device
- //This solves the bug id:290177 and problems stated in review #105422
- kDebug() << "Mixer::masterCardDevice() returns 0 (no globalMaster), returning the first device";
- mdRet=firstDevice;
- }
-
- return mdRet;
-}
-
-
-
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> Mixer::getLocalMasterMD()
-{
- return find( _masterDevicePK );
-}
-
-void Mixer::setLocalMasterMD(QString &devPK)
-{
- _masterDevicePK = devPK;
-}
-
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> Mixer::find(const QString& mixdeviceID)
-{
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> mdRet;
-
- foreach (std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices )
- {
- if ( md.get() == 0 )
- continue; // invalid
- if ( md->id() == mixdeviceID )
- {
- mdRet = md;
- break; // found
- }
- }
-
- return mdRet;
-}
-
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> Mixer::getMixdeviceById( const QString& mixdeviceID )
-{
- kDebug() << "id=" << mixdeviceID << "md=" << _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices.get(mixdeviceID).get()->id();
- return _mixerBackend->m_mixDevices.get(mixdeviceID);
-// std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md;
-// int num = _mixerBackend->id2num(mixdeviceID);
-// if ( num!=-1 && num < (int)size() )
-// {
-// md = (*this)[num];
-// }
-// return md;
-}
-
-/**
- Call this if you have a *reference* to a Volume object and have modified that locally.
- Pass the MixDevice associated to that Volume to this method for writing back
- the changed value to the mixer.
- Hint: Why do we do it this way?
- - It is fast (no copying of Volume objects required)
- - It is easy to understand ( read - modify - commit )
-*/
-void Mixer::commitVolumeChange(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md)
-{
- _mixerBackend->writeVolumeToHW(md->id(), md);
- if (md->isEnum())
- {
- _mixerBackend->setEnumIdHW(md->id(), md->enumId());
- }
- if (md->captureVolume().hasSwitch())
- {
- // Make sure to re-read the hardware, because setting capture might have failed.
- // This is due to exclusive capture groups.
- // If we wouldn't do this, KMix might show a Capture Switch disabled, but
- // in reality the capture switch is still on.
- //
- // We also cannot rely on a notification from the driver (SocketNotifier), because
- // nothing has changed, and so there s nothing to notify.
- _mixerBackend->readSetFromHWforceUpdate();
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- kDebug()
- << "committing a control with capture volume, that might announce: " << md->id();
- _mixerBackend->readSetFromHW();
- }
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugControlManager)
- kDebug()
- << "committing announces the change of: " << md->id();
-
- // We announce the change we did, so all other parts of KMix can pick up the change
- ControlManager::instance().announce(md->mixer()->id(), ControlChangeType::Volume,
- QString("Mixer.commitVolumeChange()"));
-}
-
-// @dbus, used also in kmix app
-void Mixer::increaseVolume( const QString& mixdeviceID )
-{
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(mixdeviceID, false);
-}
-
-// @dbus
-void Mixer::decreaseVolume( const QString& mixdeviceID )
-{
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(mixdeviceID, true);
-}
-
-/**
- * Increase or decrease all playback and capture channels of the given control.
- * This method is very similar to MDWSlider::increaseOrDecreaseVolume(), but it will
- * NOT auto-unmute.
- *
- * @param mixdeviceID The control name
- * @param decrease true for decrease. false for increase
- */
-void Mixer::increaseOrDecreaseVolume( const QString& mixdeviceID, bool decrease )
-{
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md= getMixdeviceById( mixdeviceID );
- if (md.get() != 0)
- {
- Volume& volP=md->playbackVolume();
- if ( volP.hasVolume() )
- {
- volP.changeAllVolumes(volP.volumeStep(decrease));
- }
-
- Volume& volC=md->captureVolume();
- if ( volC.hasVolume() )
- {
- volC.changeAllVolumes(volC.volumeStep(decrease));
- }
-
- _mixerBackend->writeVolumeToHW(mixdeviceID, md);
- }
- ControlManager::instance().announce(md->mixer()->id(), ControlChangeType::Volume, QString("Mixer.increaseOrDecreaseVolume()"));
-
- /************************************************************
- It is important, not to implement this method like this:
- int vol=volume(mixdeviceID);
- setVolume(mixdeviceID, vol-5);
- It creates too big rounding errors. If you don't believe me, then
- do a decreaseVolume() and increaseVolume() with "vol.maxVolume() == 31".
- ***********************************************************/
-}
-
-
-void Mixer::setDynamic ( bool dynamic )
-{
- m_dynamic = dynamic;
-}
-
-bool Mixer::isDynamic()
-{
- return m_dynamic;
-}
-
-bool Mixer::moveStream( const QString id, const QString& destId )
-{
- // We should really check that id is within our md's....
- bool ret = _mixerBackend->moveStream( id, destId );
- ControlManager::instance().announce(QString(), ControlChangeType::ControlList, QString("Mixer.moveStream()"));
- return ret;
-}
-
-#include "moc_mixer.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- * 1996-2000 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * Sven Fischer <herpes@kawo2.rwth-aachen.de>
- * 2002 - Helio Chissini de Castro <helio@conectiva.com.br>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef RANDOMPREFIX_MIXER_H
-#define RANDOMPREFIX_MIXER_H
-
-#include <QList>
-#include <QObject>
-#include <QString>
-
-#include "core/volume.h"
-#include "backends/mixer_backend.h"
-#include "core/MasterControl.h"
-#include "mixset.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "dbus/dbusmixerwrapper.h"
-
-class Volume;
-class KConfig;
-
-class Mixer : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- /**
- * Status for Mixer operations.
- *
- * OK_UNCHANGED is a apecial variant of OK. It must be implemented by
- * backends that use needsPolling() == true. See Mixer_OSS.cpp for an
- * example. Rationale is that we need a proper change check: Otherwise
- * the DBUS Session Bus is massively spammed. Also quite likely the Mixer
- * GUI might get updated all the time.
- *
- */
- enum MixerError { OK=0, ERR_PERM=1, ERR_WRITE, ERR_READ,
- ERR_OPEN, OK_UNCHANGED };
-
-
- Mixer( QString& ref_driverName, int device );
- virtual ~Mixer();
-
- static int numDrivers();
- QString getDriverName();
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> find(const QString& devPK);
- static Mixer* findMixer( const QString& mixer_id);
-
- void volumeSave( KConfig *config );
- void volumeLoad( KConfig *config );
-
- /// Tells the number of the mixing devices
- unsigned int size() const;
-
- /// Returns a pointer to the mix device with the given number
- // TODO remove this method. Only used by ViewDockAreaPopup: dockMD = (*mixer)[0];
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> operator[](int val_i_num);
-
- /// Returns a pointer to the mix device whose type matches the value
- /// given by the parameter and the array MixerDevNames given in
- /// mixer_oss.cpp (0 is Volume, 4 is PCM, etc.)
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> getMixdeviceById( const QString& deviceID );
-
- /// Open/grab the mixer for further intraction
- bool openIfValid();
-
- /// Returns whether the card is open/operational
- bool isOpen() const;
-
- /// Close/release the mixer
- virtual void close();
-
- /// Reads balance
- int balance() const;
-
- /// Returns a detailed state message after errors. Only for diagnostic purposes, no i18n.
- QString& stateMessage() const;
-
- /**
- * Returns the name of the card/chip/hardware, as given by the driver. The name is NOT instance specific,
- * so if you install two identical soundcards, two of them will deliver the same mixerName().
- * Use this method if you need an instance-UNspecific name, e.g. for finding an appropriate
- * mixer layout for this card, or as a prefix for constructing instance specific ID's like in id().
- */
- virtual QString getBaseName();
-
- /// Wrapper to Mixer_Backend
- QString translateKernelToWhatsthis(const QString &kernelName);
-
- /// Return the name of the card/chip/hardware, which is suitable for humans
- QString readableName();
- QString readableName(bool ampersandQuoted);
-
- // Returns the name of the driver, e.g. "OSS" or "ALSA0.9"
- static QString driverName(int num);
-
- /**
- * Returns an unique ID of the Mixer. It currently looks like "<soundcard_descr>::<hw_number>:<driver>"
- */
- QString& id();
-
- int getCardInstance() const { return _mixerBackend->getCardInstance(); }
-
- /// Returns an Universal Device Identifaction of the Mixer. This is an ID that relates to the underlying operating system.
- // For OSS and ALSA this is taken from Solid (actually HAL). For Solaris this is just the device name.
- // Examples:
- // ALSA: /org/freedesktop/Hal/devices/usb_device_d8c_1_noserial_if0_sound_card_0_2_alsa_control__1
- // OSS: /org/freedesktop/Hal/devices/usb_device_d8c_1_noserial_if0_sound_card_0_2_oss_mixer__1
- // Solaris: /dev/audio
- QString& udi();
-
- // Returns a DBus path for this mixer
- // Used also by MixDevice to bind to this path
- const QString dbusPath();
-
- static QList<Mixer*> & mixers();
-
- /******************************************
- The KMix GLOBAL master card. Please note that KMix and KMixPanelApplet can have a
- different MasterCard's at the moment (but actually KMixPanelApplet does not read/save this yet).
- At the moment it is only used for selecting the Mixer to use in KMix's DockIcon.
- ******************************************/
- static void setGlobalMaster(QString ref_card, QString ref_control, bool preferred);
- static std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> getGlobalMasterMD();
- static std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> getGlobalMasterMD(bool fallbackAllowed);
- static Mixer* getGlobalMasterMixer();
- static Mixer* getGlobalMasterMixerNoFalback();
- static MasterControl& getGlobalMasterPreferred();
-
- /******************************************
- The recommended master of this Mixer.
- ******************************************/
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> getLocalMasterMD();
- void setLocalMasterMD(QString&);
-
- /// get the actual MixSet
- MixSet& getMixSet();
-
- /// DBUS oriented methods
- virtual void increaseVolume( const QString& mixdeviceID );
- virtual void decreaseVolume( const QString& mixdeviceID );
-
- /// Says if we are dynamic (e.g. widgets can come and go)
- virtual void setDynamic( bool dynamic = true );
- virtual bool isDynamic();
-
- static bool dynamicBackendsPresent();
-
- virtual bool moveStream( const QString id, const QString& destId );
-
- virtual int mediaPlay(QString id) { return _mixerBackend->mediaPlay(id); };
- virtual int mediaPrev(QString id) { return _mixerBackend->mediaPrev(id); };
- virtual int mediaNext(QString id) { return _mixerBackend->mediaNext(id); };
-
-
- void commitVolumeChange( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md );
-
-public slots:
- void readSetFromHWforceUpdate() const;
- virtual void setBalance(int balance); // sets the m_balance (see there)
-
-signals:
- void newBalance(Volume& );
- void controlChanged(void); // TODO remove?
-
-protected:
- int m_balance; // from -100 (just left) to 100 (just right)
- static QList<Mixer*> s_mixers;
-
-private:
- void setBalanceInternal(Volume& vol);
- void recreateId();
- void increaseOrDecreaseVolume( const QString& mixdeviceID, bool decrease );
-
- Mixer_Backend *_mixerBackend;
- QString _id;
- QString _masterDevicePK;
- static MasterControl _globalMasterCurrent;
- static MasterControl _globalMasterPreferred;
-
- bool m_dynamic;
-
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-#include <QDir>
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <QString>
-
-//#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kstandarddirs.h>
-
-#include "core/kmixdevicemanager.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-
-
-MixerToolBox* MixerToolBox::s_instance = 0;
-QRegExp MixerToolBox::s_ignoreMixerExpression( QLatin1String( "Modem" ));
-//KLocale* MixerToolBox::s_whatsthisLocale = 0;
-
-/***********************************************************************************
- Attention:
- This MixerToolBox is linked to the KMix Main Program, the KMix Applet and kmixctrl.
- As we do not want to link in more than necessary to kmixctrl, you are asked
- not to put any GUI classes in here.
- In the case where it is unavoidable, please put them in KMixToolBox.
- ***********************************************************************************/
-
-MixerToolBox* MixerToolBox::instance()
-{
- if ( s_instance == 0 ) {
- s_instance = new MixerToolBox();
-// if ( s_ignoreMixerExpression.isEmpty() )
-// s_ignoreMixerExpression.setPattern("Modem");
- }
- return s_instance;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Scan for Mixers in the System. This is the method that implicitely fills the
- * list of Mixer's, which is accessible via the static Mixer::mixer() method.
- *
- * This is run only once during the initialization phase of KMix. It has the following tasks:
- * 1) Coldplug scan, to fill the initial mixer list
- * 2) Rember UDI's, to match them when unplugging a device
- * 3) Find out, which Backend to use (plugin events of other Backends are ignored).
- *
- * @deprecated TODO this method has to go away. Migrate to MultiDriverMode enum
- *
- * @par multiDriverMode Whether the Mixer scan should try more all backendends.
- * 'true' means to scan all backends. 'false' means: After scanning the
- * current backend the next backend is only scanned if no Mixers were found yet.
- * @par backendList Activated backends (typically a value from the kmixrc or a default)
- * @par ref_hwInfoString Here a descripitive text of the scan is returned (Hardware Information)
- */
-void MixerToolBox::initMixer(bool multiDriverModeBool, QList<QString> backendList, QString& ref_hwInfoString)
-{
- MultiDriverMode multiDriverMode = multiDriverModeBool ? MULTI : SINGLE_PLUS_MPRIS2;
- initMixer(multiDriverMode, backendList, ref_hwInfoString);
-}
-
-void MixerToolBox::initMixer(MultiDriverMode multiDriverMode, QList<QString> backendList, QString& ref_hwInfoString)
-{
- initMixerInternal(multiDriverMode, backendList, ref_hwInfoString);
- if ( Mixer::mixers().isEmpty() )
- initMixerInternal(multiDriverMode, QList<QString>(), ref_hwInfoString); // try again without filter
-}
-
-
-/**
- *
- */
-void MixerToolBox::initMixerInternal(MultiDriverMode multiDriverMode, QList<QString> backendList, QString& ref_hwInfoString)
-{
- bool useBackendFilter = ( ! backendList.isEmpty() );
- bool backendMprisFound = false; // only for SINGLE_PLUS_MPRIS2
- bool regularBackendFound = false; // only for SINGLE_PLUS_MPRIS2
-
- kDebug() << "multiDriverMode=" << multiDriverMode << ", backendList=" << backendList;
-
- // Find all mixers and initialize them
- int drvNum = Mixer::numDrivers();
-
- int driverWithMixer = -1;
- bool multipleDriversActive = false;
-
- QString driverInfo = "";
- QString driverInfoUsed = "";
-
- for( int drv1=0; drv1<drvNum; drv1++ )
- {
- QString driverName = Mixer::driverName(drv1);
- if ( driverInfo.length() > 0 ) {
- driverInfo += " + ";
- }
- driverInfo += driverName;
- }
- /* Run a loop over all drivers. The loop will terminate after the first driver which
- has mixers. And here is the reason:
- - If you run ALSA with ALSA-OSS-Emulation enabled, mixers will show up twice: once
- as native ALSA mixer, once as OSS mixer (emulated by ALSA). This is bad and WILL
- confuse users. So it is a design decision that we can compile in multiple drivers
- but we can run only one driver.
- - For special usage scenarios, people will still want to run both drivers at the
- same time. We allow them to hack their Config-File, where they can enable a
- multi-driver mode.
- - Another remark: For KMix3.0 or so, we should allow multiple-driver, for allowing
- addition of special-use drivers, e.g. an Jack-Mixer-Backend, or a CD-Rom volume Backend.
- */
-
- bool autodetectionFinished = false;
- for( int drv=0; drv<drvNum; drv++ )
- {
- if ( autodetectionFinished )
- {
- // inner loop indicates that we are finished => sane exit from outer loop
- break;
- }
-
- QString driverName = Mixer::driverName(drv);
- kDebug(67100) << "Looking for mixers with the : " << driverName << " driver";
- if ( useBackendFilter && ! backendList.contains(driverName) )
- {
- kDebug() << "Skipping " << driverName << " (filtered)";
- continue;
- }
-
-
- bool regularBackend = driverName != "MPRIS2";
- if (regularBackend && regularBackendFound)
- {
- // Only accept one regular backend => skip this one
- continue;
- }
-
- bool drvInfoAppended = false;
- // The "19" below is just a "silly" number:
- // (Old: The loop will break as soon as an error is detected - e.g. on 3rd loop when 2 soundcards are installed)
- // New: We don't try be that clever anymore. We now blindly scan 20 cards, as the clever
- // approach doesn't work for the one or other user (e.g. hotplugging might create holes in the list of soundcards).
- int devNumMax = 19;
- for( int dev=-1; dev<=devNumMax; dev++ )
- {
- Mixer *mixer = new Mixer( driverName, dev );
- bool mixerAccepted = possiblyAddMixer(mixer);
-
- /* Lets decide if the autoprobing shall end.
- * If the user has configured a backend filter, we will use that as a plain list to obey. It overrides the
- * multiDriverMode.
- */
- if ( ! useBackendFilter )
- {
- bool foundSomethingAndLastControlReached = dev == devNumMax && ! Mixer::mixers().isEmpty();
- switch ( multiDriverMode )
- {
- case SINGLE:
- // In Single-Driver-mode we only need to check after we reached devNumMax
- if ( foundSomethingAndLastControlReached )
- autodetectionFinished = true; // highest device number of driver and a Mixer => finished
- break;
-
- case MULTI:
- // In multiDriver mode we scan all devices, so we will simply continue
- break;
-
- case SINGLE_PLUS_MPRIS2:
- if ( driverName == "MPRIS2" )
- {
- backendMprisFound = true;
- }
- else
- {
- // same check as in SINGLE
- if ( foundSomethingAndLastControlReached )
- regularBackendFound = true;
- }
-
- if ( backendMprisFound && regularBackendFound )
- autodetectionFinished = true; // highest device number of driver and a Mixer => finished
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Using backend filter. This is a plain list to obey.
- // Simply continue (and filter at the start of the loop).
- }
-
- if ( mixerAccepted )
- {
- kDebug(67100) << "Success! Found a mixer with the : " << driverName << " driver";
- // append driverName (used drivers)
- if ( !drvInfoAppended )
- {
- drvInfoAppended = true;
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 1)
- driverInfoUsed += " + ";
- driverInfoUsed += driverName;
- }
-
- // Check whether there are mixers in different drivers, so that the user can be warned
- if ( !multipleDriversActive )
- {
- if ( driverWithMixer == -1 )
- {
- // Aha, this is the very first detected device
- driverWithMixer = drv;
- }
- else if ( driverWithMixer != drv )
- {
- // Got him: There are mixers in different drivers
- multipleDriversActive = true;
- }
- } // !multipleDriversActive
- } // mixerAccepted
-
- } // loop over sound card devices of current driver
-
- if (autodetectionFinished) {
- break;
- }
- } // loop over soundcard drivers
-
-
- // Add a master device (if we haven't defined one yet)
- if ( !Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD(false) ) {
- // We have no master card yet. This actually only happens when there was
- // not one defined in the kmixrc.
- // So lets just set the first card as master card.
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 0 ) {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> master = Mixer::mixers().first()->getLocalMasterMD();
- if ( master ) {
- QString controlId = master->id();
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster( Mixer::mixers().first()->id(), controlId, true);
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- // setGlobalMaster was already set after reading the configuration.
- // So we must make the local master consistent
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- QString mdID = md->id();
- md->mixer()->setLocalMasterMD(mdID);
- }
-
-
-
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() == 0 )
- {
- // If there was no mixer found, we assume, that hotplugging will take place
- // on the preferred driver (this is always the first in the backend list).
- driverInfoUsed = Mixer::driverName(0);
- }
-
- ref_hwInfoString = i18n("Sound drivers supported:");
- ref_hwInfoString.append(" ").append( driverInfo ).append( "\n").append(i18n("Sound drivers used:")) .append(" ").append(driverInfoUsed);
-
- if ( multipleDriversActive )
- {
- // this will only be possible by hacking the config-file, as it will not be officially supported
- ref_hwInfoString.append("\n").append(i18n("Experimental multiple-Driver mode activated"));
- QString allDrivermatch("*");
- KMixDeviceManager::instance()->setHotpluggingBackends(allDrivermatch);
- }
- else {
- KMixDeviceManager::instance()->setHotpluggingBackends(driverInfoUsed);
- }
-
- kDebug(67100) << ref_hwInfoString << "\nTotal number of detected Mixers: " << Mixer::mixers().count();
- //kDebug(67100) << "OUT MixerToolBox::initMixer()";
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Opens and adds a mixer to the KMix wide Mixer array, if the given Mixer is valid.
- * Otherwise the Mixer is deleted.
- * This method can be used for adding "static" devices (at program start) and also for hotplugging.
- *
- * @arg mixer
- * @returns true if the Mixer was added
- */
-bool MixerToolBox::possiblyAddMixer(Mixer *mixer)
-{
- if ( mixer->openIfValid() )
- {
- if ( (!s_ignoreMixerExpression.isEmpty()) && mixer->id().contains(s_ignoreMixerExpression) )
- {
- // This Mixer should be ignored (default expression is "Modem").
- // next 3 lines are duplicated code
- delete mixer;
- mixer = 0;
- return false;
- }
- else
- {
- Mixer::mixers().append( mixer );
- kDebug(67100) << "Added card " << mixer->id();
-
- emit mixerAdded(mixer->id()); // TODO should we still use this, as we now have our publish/subscribe notification system?
- return true;
- }
- } // valid
- else
- {
- delete mixer;
- mixer = 0;
- return false;
- } // invalid
-}
-
-/* This allows to set an expression form Mixers that should be ignored.
- The default is "Modem", because most people don't want to control the modem volume. */
-void MixerToolBox::setMixerIgnoreExpression(const QString& ignoreExpr)
-{
- s_ignoreMixerExpression.setPattern(ignoreExpr);
-}
-
-QString MixerToolBox::mixerIgnoreExpression() const
-{
- return s_ignoreMixerExpression.pattern( );
-}
-
-void MixerToolBox::removeMixer(Mixer *par_mixer)
-{
- for (int i=0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); ++i) {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- if ( mixer == par_mixer ) {
- kDebug(67100) << "Removing card " << mixer->id();
- Mixer::mixers().removeAt(i);
- delete mixer;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- * Clean up and free all resources of all found Mixers, which were found in the initMixer() call
- */
-void MixerToolBox::deinitMixer()
-{
- //kDebug(67100) << "IN MixerToolBox::deinitMixer()";
- int mixerCount = Mixer::mixers().count();
- for ( int i=0; i<mixerCount; ++i)
- {
- Mixer* mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- //kDebug(67100) << "MixerToolBox::deinitMixer() Remove Mixer";
- mixer->close();
- delete mixer;
- }
- Mixer::mixers().clear();
- // kDebug(67100) << "OUT MixerToolBox::deinitMixer()";
-}
-
-
-/*
-KLocale* MixerToolBox::whatsthisControlLocale()
-{
- if ( s_whatsthisLocale == 0 ) {
- s_whatsthisLocale = new KLocale("kmix-controls");
- }
- return s_whatsthisLocale;
-}
-*/
-
-
-#include "moc_mixertoolbox.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef MIXERTOOLBOX_H
-#define MIXERTOOLBOX_H
-
-#include <qobject.h>
-#include <qlist.h>
-#include <QMap>
-#include <QRegExp>
-#include <QString>
-
-class Mixer;
-
-/**
- * This toolbox contains various static methods that are shared throughout KMix.
- * It only contains no-GUI code. The shared with-GUI code is in KMixToolBox
- * The reason, why it is not put in a common base class is, that the classes are
- * very different and cannot be changed (e.g. KPanelApplet) without major headache.
- */
-class MixerToolBox : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
- enum MultiDriverMode { SINGLE, SINGLE_PLUS_MPRIS2, MULTI };
-
- public:
- static MixerToolBox* instance();
- void initMixer(bool, QList<QString> backendList, QString&);
- void initMixer(MultiDriverMode, QList<QString> backendList, QString&);
- void initMixerInternal(MultiDriverMode, QList<QString> backendList, QString&);
- void deinitMixer();
- bool possiblyAddMixer(Mixer *mixer);
- void removeMixer(Mixer *mixer);
- void setMixerIgnoreExpression(const QString& ignoreExpr);
- QString mixerIgnoreExpression() const;
-
- //static KLocale* whatsthisControlLocale();
-
- signals:
- void mixerAdded(QString mixerID);
-
- private:
- static MixerToolBox* s_instance;
- static QRegExp s_ignoreMixerExpression;
-
- //static KLocale* s_whatsthisLocale;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-//KMix
-#include "mixset.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-// KDE
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kconfiggroup.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QString>
-
-
-MixSet::~MixSet()
-{
- clear();
-}
-
-bool MixSet::read( KConfig *config, const QString& grp )
-{
- kDebug(67100) << "MixSet::read() of group " << grp;
- KConfigGroup group = config->group(grp);
- m_name = group.readEntry( "name", m_name );
-
- bool have_success = false, have_fail = false;
- foreach ( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, *this)
- {
- if ( md->read( config, grp ) )
- have_success = true;
- else
- have_fail = true;
- }
- return have_success && !have_fail;
-}
-
-bool MixSet::write( KConfig *config, const QString& grp )
-{
- kDebug(67100) << "MixSet::write() of group " << grp;
- KConfigGroup conf = config->group(grp);
- conf.writeEntry( "name", m_name );
-
- bool have_success = false, have_fail = false;
- foreach ( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, *this)
- {
- if ( md->write( config, grp ) )
- have_success = true;
- else
- have_fail = true;
- }
- return have_success && !have_fail;
-}
-
-void MixSet::setName( const QString &name )
-{
- m_name = name;
-}
-
-std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> MixSet::get(QString id)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> mdRet;
-
- foreach ( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, *this)
- {
- if ( md->id() == id )
- {
- mdRet = md;
- break;
- }
- }
- return mdRet;
-}
-
-void MixSet::removeById(QString id)
-{
- for (int i=0; i < count() ; i++ )
- {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = operator[](i);
- if ( md->id() == id )
- {
- removeAt(i);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef MixSet_h
-#define MixSet_h
-
-#include <QList>
-
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-class MixSet : public QList <std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> >
-{
- public:
- ~MixSet();
-
- bool read( KConfig *config, const QString& grp );
- bool write( KConfig *config, const QString& grp );
-
- QString name() { return m_name; }
- void setName( const QString &name );
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> get(QString id);
-
- void removeById(QString id);
-
- private:
- QString m_name;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_VERSION
-#define APP_VERSION "4.5"
-#define KMIX_CONFIG_VERSION 3
-#endif // APP_VERSION
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-// for operator<<()
-#include <iostream>
-
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocalizedstring.h>
-#include <qmath.h>
-
-float Volume::VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR = 20;
-float Volume::VOLUME_PAGESTEP_DIVISOR = 10;
-
-
-int Volume::_channelMaskEnum[9] =
-{ MLEFT, MRIGHT, MCENTER,
- MWOOFER,
- MSURROUNDLEFT, MSURROUNDRIGHT,
- MREARSIDELEFT, MREARSIDERIGHT,
- MREARCENTER
-};
-
-QString Volume::ChannelNameReadable[9] =
-{
-// "Left", "Right",
-// "Center", "Subwoofer",
-// "Surround Left", "Surround Right",
-// "Side Left", "Side Right",
-// "Rear Center"
-
- i18nc("Channel name", "Left"), i18nc("Channel name", "Right"),
- i18nc("Channel name", "Center"), i18nc("Channel name", "Subwoofer"),
- i18nc("Channel name", "Surround Left"), i18nc("Channel name", "Surround Right"),
- i18nc("Channel name", "Side Left"), i18nc("Channel name", "Side Right"),
- i18nc("Channel name", "Rear Center")
-
-};
-
-char Volume::ChannelNameForPersistence[9][30] = {
- "volumeL", "volumeR",
- "volumeCenter", "volumeWoofer",
- "volumeSurroundL", "volumeSurroundR",
- "volumeSideL", "volumeSideR",
- "volumeRearCenter"
-};
-
-// Forbidden/private. Only here because if there is no CaptureVolume we need the values initialized
-// And also QMap requires it.
-Volume::Volume()
-{
- _minVolume = 0;
- _maxVolume = 0;
- _hasSwitch = false;
- _switchActivated = false;
- _switchType = None;
- _isCapture = false;
- _chmask = MNONE;
-}
-
-/**
- * Do not use. Only implicitely required for QMap.
- *
- * @deprecated Do not use
- */
-VolumeChannel::VolumeChannel()
-{
- volume = 0;
- chid = Volume::NOCHANNEL;
-}
-
-VolumeChannel::VolumeChannel(Volume::ChannelID chid)
-{
- volume = 0;
- this->chid = chid;
-}
-
-Volume::Volume(long maxVolume, long minVolume, bool hasSwitch, bool isCapture )
-{
- init((ChannelMask)0, maxVolume, minVolume, hasSwitch, isCapture );
-}
-
-/**
- * @deprecated
- */
-void Volume::addVolumeChannels(ChannelMask chmask)
-{
- for ( Volume::ChannelID chid=Volume::CHIDMIN; chid<= Volume::CHIDMAX; )
- {
- if ( chmask & Volume::_channelMaskEnum[chid] )
- {
- addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel(chid));
- }
- chid = (Volume::ChannelID)( 1 + (int)chid); // ugly
- } // for all channels
-}
-
-void Volume::addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel vc)
-{
- _volumesL.insert(vc.chid, vc);
- // Add the correpsonnding "muted version" of the chnnel.
-// VolumeChannel* zeroChannel = new VolumeChannel(vc.chid);
-// zeroChannel->volume = 0;
-// _volumesMuted.insert(zeroChannel->chid, *zeroChannel); // TODO remove _volumesMuted
-}
-
-
-
-void Volume::init( ChannelMask chmask, long maxVolume, long minVolume, bool hasSwitch, bool isCapture)
-{
- _chmask = chmask;
- _maxVolume = maxVolume;
- _minVolume = minVolume;
- _hasSwitch = hasSwitch;
- _isCapture = isCapture;
- //_muted = false;
- // Presume that the switch is active. This will always work:
- // a) Physical switches will be updated after start from the hardware.
- // b) Emulated virtual/switches will not receive updates from the hardware, so they shouldn't disable the channels.
- _switchActivated = true;
-}
-
-QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel> Volume::getVolumesWhenActive() const
-{
- return _volumesL;
-}
-
-QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel> Volume::getVolumes() const
-{
- return _volumesL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the absolute change to do one "step" for this volume. This is similar to a page step in a slider,
- * namely a fixed percentage of the range.
- * One step is the percentage given by 100/VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR. The
- * default VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR is 20, so default change is 5% of the volumeSpan().
- *
- * This method guarantees a minimum absolute change of 1, zero is never returned.
- *
- * It is NOT verified, that such a volume change would actually be possible. You might hit the upper or lower bounds
- * of the volume range.
- *
- *
- * @param decrease true, if you want a volume step that decreases the volume by one page step
- * @return The volume step. It will be negative if you have used decrease==true
- *
- */
-long Volume::volumeStep(bool decrease)
-{
- long inc = volumeSpan() / Volume::VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR;
- if ( inc == 0 ) inc = 1;
- if ( decrease ) inc *= -1;
- return inc;
-}
-
-
-// @ compatibility
-void Volume::setAllVolumes(long vol)
-{
- long int finalVol = volrange(vol);
- QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel>::iterator it = _volumesL.begin();
- while (it != _volumesL.end())
- {
- it.value().volume = finalVol;
- //it.value().unmutedVolume= finalVol;
- ++it;
- }
-}
-
-void Volume::changeAllVolumes( long step )
-{
- QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel>::iterator it = _volumesL.begin();
- while (it != _volumesL.end())
- {
- long int finalVol = volrange(it.value().volume + step);
- it.value().volume = finalVol;
-// it.value().unmutedVolume= finalVol;
- ++it;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Sets the volume for the given Channel
- * @ compatibility
- */
-void Volume::setVolume( ChannelID chid, long vol)
-{
- QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel>::iterator it = _volumesL.find(chid);
- if ( it != _volumesL.end())
- {
- it.value().volume = vol;
- //it.value().unmutedVolume = vol;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Copy the volume elements contained in v to this Volume object.
- */
-// void Volume::setVolume(const Volume &v)
-// {
-// foreach (VolumeChannel vc, _volumesL )
-// {
-// ChannelID chid = vc.chid;
-// v.getVolumes()[chid].volume = vc.volume;
-// //v.getVolumes()[chid].unmutedVolume = vc.volume;
-// }
-// }
-
- void Volume::setSwitch( bool active )
- {
- _switchActivated = active;
-
-// if ( isCapture() )
-// return;
-//
- // for playback volumes we will not only do the switch, but also set the volume to 0
-// QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel>::iterator it = _volumesL.begin();
-// if ( active )
-// {
-// while (it != _volumesL.end())
-// {
-// VolumeChannel& vc = it.value();
-// vc.volume = vc.unmutedVolume;
-// ++it;
-// }
-// }
-// else
-// {
-// while (it != _volumesL.end())
-// {
-// VolumeChannel& vc = it.value();
-// vc.unmutedVolume = vc.volume;
-// vc.volume = 0;
-// ++it;
-// }
-// }
- }
-
-long Volume::maxVolume() {
- return _maxVolume;
-}
-
-long Volume::minVolume() {
- return _minVolume;
-}
-
-long Volume::volumeSpan() {
- return _maxVolume - _minVolume + 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the volume of the given channel.
- */
-long Volume::getVolume(ChannelID chid)
-{
- return _volumesL.value(chid).volume;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the volume of the given channel. If this Volume is inactive (switched off), 0 is returned.
- */
-long Volume::getVolumeForGUI(ChannelID chid)
-{
- if (! isSwitchActivated() )
- return 0;
-
- return _volumesL.value(chid).volume;
-}
-
-qreal Volume::getAvgVolume(ChannelMask chmask)
-{
- int avgVolumeCounter = 0;
- long long sumOfActiveVolumes = 0;
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, _volumesL )
- {
- if (Volume::_channelMaskEnum[vc.chid] & chmask )
- {
- sumOfActiveVolumes += vc.volume;
- ++avgVolumeCounter;
- }
- }
- if (avgVolumeCounter != 0) {
- qreal sumOfActiveVolumesQreal = sumOfActiveVolumes;
- sumOfActiveVolumesQreal /= avgVolumeCounter;
- return sumOfActiveVolumesQreal;
- }
- else
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-int Volume::getAvgVolumePercent(ChannelMask chmask)
-{
- qreal volume = getAvgVolume(chmask);
- // min=-100, max=200 => volSpan = 301
- // volume = -50 => volShiftedToZero = -50+min = 50
- qreal volSpan = volumeSpan();
- qreal volShiftedToZero = volume - _minVolume;
- qreal percentReal = ( volSpan == 0 ) ? 0 : ( 100 * volShiftedToZero ) / ( volSpan - 1);
- int percent = qRound(percentReal);
- //kDebug() << "volSpan=" << volSpan << ", volume=" << volume << ", volShiftedToPositive=" << volShiftedToZero << ", percent=" << percent;
-
- return percent;
-}
-
-int Volume::count() {
- return getVolumes().count();
-}
-
-/**
- * returns a "sane" volume level. This means, it is a volume level inside the
- * valid bounds
- */
-long Volume::volrange( long vol )
-{
- if ( vol < _minVolume ) {
- return _minVolume;
- }
- else if ( vol < _maxVolume ) {
- return vol;
- }
- else {
- return _maxVolume;
- }
-}
-
-
-std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const Volume& vol) {
- os << "(";
-
- bool first = true;
- foreach ( const VolumeChannel vc, vol.getVolumes() )
- {
- if ( !first ) os << ",";
- else first = false;
- os << vc.volume;
- } // all channels
- os << ")";
-
- os << " [" << vol._minVolume << "-" << vol._maxVolume;
- if ( vol._switchActivated ) { os << " : switch active ]"; } else { os << " : switch inactive ]"; }
-
- return os;
-}
-
-QDebug operator<<(QDebug os, const Volume& vol) {
- os << "(";
- bool first = true;
- foreach ( VolumeChannel vc, vol.getVolumes() )
- {
- if ( !first ) os << ",";
- else first = false;
- os << vc.volume;
- } // all channels
- os << ")";
-
- os << " [" << vol._minVolume << "-" << vol._maxVolume;
- if ( vol._switchActivated ) { os << " : switch active ]"; } else { os << " : switch inactive ]"; }
-
- return os;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef RADOMPREFIX_VOLUME_H
-#define RADOMPREFIX_VOLUME_H
-
-#include <fstream>
-
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-#include <QList>
-#include <QMap>
-
-class VolumeChannel;
-
-
-class Volume
-{
-
-friend class MixDevice;
-
- public:
- // Channel definition:
- // For example a 2.0 system just has MLEFT and MRIGHT.
- // A 5.1 system adds MCENTER, MWOOFER, MSURROUNDLEFT and MSURROUNDRIGHT.
- // A 7.1 system furthermore adds MREARLEFT and MREARRIGHT.
- enum ChannelMask { MNONE = 0,
-
- MLEFT = 1, MRIGHT = 2, MCENTER = 4,
- MMAIN = 3, MFRONT = 7,
-
- MWOOFER = 8,
-
- // SURROUND (4.0 or 4.1 or in higher - like 5.1)
- MSURROUNDLEFT = 0x10, MSURROUNDRIGHT = 0x20,
- // MSURROUND
- MSURROUND = 0x30,
-
- // REARSIDE (Usually only in 7.1)
- MREARSIDELEFT = 0x40, MREARSIDERIGHT = 0x80,
- // REARCENTER (Usually only in 6.1)
- MREARCENTER = 0x100,
- // MREAR
- MREAR = 0x1C0,
-
- MALL=0xFFFF };
-
-
- enum ChannelID { NOCHANNEL =-1, CHIDMIN = 0,
- LEFT = 0, RIGHT = 1, CENTER = 2,
-
- WOOFER = 3,
-
- SURROUNDLEFT = 4, SURROUNDRIGHT = 5,
-
- REARSIDELEFT = 6, REARSIDERIGHT = 7,
-
- REARCENTER = 8,
-
- CHIDMAX = 8 };
-
- static char ChannelNameForPersistence[9][30];
- static QString ChannelNameReadable[9];
-
- enum VolumeType { PlaybackVT = 0 , CaptureVT = 1 };
-
- enum VolumeTypeFlag { Playback = 1, Capture = 2, Both = 3 };
-
- // regular constructor (old, deprecsted)
- //Volume( ChannelMask chmask, long maxVolume, long minVolume, bool hasSwitch, bool isCapture );
- // regular constructor
- Volume(long maxVolume, long minVolume, bool hasSwitch, bool isCapture );
- void addVolumeChannel(VolumeChannel ch);
- /// @Deprecated
- void addVolumeChannels(ChannelMask chmask);
-
- // Set all volumes as given by vol
- void setAllVolumes(long vol);
- // Set all volumes to the ones given in vol
-// void setVolume(const Volume &vol );
- // Set volumes as specified by the channel mask
- //void setVolume( const Volume &vol, ChannelMask chmask);
- void setVolume( ChannelID chid, long volume);
-
- // Increase or decrease all volumes by step
- void changeAllVolumes( long step );
-
- long getVolume(ChannelID chid);
- long getVolumeForGUI(ChannelID chid);
- qreal getAvgVolume(ChannelMask chmask);
- int getAvgVolumePercent(ChannelMask chmask);
-
- //long operator[](int);
- long maxVolume();
- long minVolume();
- /**
- * The number of valid volume levels, mathematically: maxVolume - minVolume + 1
- */
- long volumeSpan();
- int count();
-
- bool hasSwitch() const
- {
- return _hasSwitch;
- };
- bool hasVolume() const { return (_maxVolume != _minVolume); }
- /**
- * Returns whether this is a playback or capture volume.
- *
- * @return true, if it is a capture volume
- */
- bool isCapture() const
- {
- return _isCapture;
- }
-
- // Some playback switches control playback, and some are special.
- // ALSA doesn't differentiate between playback, OnOff and special, so users can add this information in the profile.
- // It is only used for GUI things, like showing a "Mute" text or tooltip
- // Capture is not really used, and has only been added for completeness and future extensibility.
- enum SwitchType { None, PlaybackSwitch, CaptureSwitch, OnSwitch, OffSwitch, SpecialSwitch };
- void setSwitchType(SwitchType type) { _switchType = type; }
- Volume::SwitchType switchType() { return _switchType; }
-
- friend std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const Volume& vol);
- friend QDebug operator<<(QDebug os, const Volume& vol);
-
- // _channelMaskEnum[] and the following elements moved to public seection. operator<<() could not
- // access it, when private. Strange, as operator<<() is declared friend.
- static int _channelMaskEnum[9];
- QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel> getVolumes() const;
- QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel> getVolumesWhenActive() const;
- long volumeStep(bool decrease);
-
- static float VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR; // The divisor for defining volume control steps (for mouse-wheel, DBUS and Normal step for Sliders )
- static float VOLUME_PAGESTEP_DIVISOR; // The divisor for defining volume control steps (page-step for sliders)
-
-protected:
- long _chmask;
- QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel> _volumesL;
-// QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel> _volumesMuted;
-
- long _minVolume;
- long _maxVolume;
- // setSwitch() and isSwitchActivated() are tricky. No regular class (incuding the Backends) shall use
- // these functions. Our friend class MixDevice will handle that gracefully for us.
- void setSwitch( bool active );
- bool isSwitchActivated() const // TODO rename to isActive()
- {
- return _switchActivated;
- };
-
-
-private:
- // constructor for dummy volumes
- Volume();
-
- void init( ChannelMask chmask, long maxVolume, long minVolume, bool hasSwitch, bool isCapture);
-
- long volrange( long vol );
-
- bool _hasSwitch;
- bool _switchActivated;
- SwitchType _switchType;
- bool _isCapture;
-};
-
-class VolumeChannel
-{
-public:
- VolumeChannel();
- /**
- * Construct a channel for the given channel id.
- *
- * @param chid
- */
- VolumeChannel(Volume::ChannelID chid);
-
- long volume;
- Volume::ChannelID chid;
-};
-
-std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const Volume& vol);
-QDebug operator<<(QDebug os, const Volume& vol);
-
-#endif // RADOMPREFIX_VOLUME
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dbuscontrolwrapper.h"
-#include "controladaptor.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-DBusControlWrapper::DBusControlWrapper(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> parent, const QString& path)
- : QObject(0)
-{
-// kDebug() << "QDBusConnection for control created" << path;
- m_md = parent;
- new ControlAdaptor( this );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject( path, this );
-}
-
-DBusControlWrapper::~DBusControlWrapper()
-{
-}
-
-QString DBusControlWrapper::id()
-{
- return m_md->id();
-}
-
-QString DBusControlWrapper::readableName()
-{
- return m_md->readableName();
-}
-
-QString DBusControlWrapper::iconName()
-{
- return m_md->iconName();
-}
-
-void DBusControlWrapper::setVolume(int percentage)
-{
- Volume& volP = m_md->playbackVolume();
- Volume& volC = m_md->captureVolume();
- volP.setAllVolumes( volP.minVolume() + ((percentage * volP.volumeSpan()) / 100) );
- volC.setAllVolumes( volC.minVolume() + ((percentage * volC.volumeSpan()) / 100) );
- m_md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_md );
-}
-
-int DBusControlWrapper::volume()
-{
- Volume &useVolume = (m_md->playbackVolume().count() != 0) ? m_md->playbackVolume() : m_md->captureVolume();
- return useVolume.getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL);
-}
-
-void DBusControlWrapper::increaseVolume()
-{
- m_md->mixer()->increaseVolume(m_md->id());
-}
-
-void DBusControlWrapper::decreaseVolume()
-{
- m_md->mixer()->decreaseVolume(m_md->id());
-}
-
-long DBusControlWrapper::absoluteVolumeMin()
-{
- Volume &useVolume = (m_md->playbackVolume().count() != 0) ? m_md->playbackVolume() : m_md->captureVolume();
- return useVolume.minVolume();
-}
-
-long DBusControlWrapper::absoluteVolumeMax()
-{
- Volume &useVolume = (m_md->playbackVolume().count() != 0) ? m_md->playbackVolume() : m_md->captureVolume();
- return useVolume.maxVolume();
-}
-
-void DBusControlWrapper::setAbsoluteVolume(long absoluteVolume)
-{
- m_md->playbackVolume().setAllVolumes( absoluteVolume );
- m_md->captureVolume().setAllVolumes( absoluteVolume );
- m_md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_md );
-}
-
-long DBusControlWrapper::absoluteVolume()
-{
- Volume &useVolume = (m_md->playbackVolume().count() != 0) ? m_md->playbackVolume() : m_md->captureVolume();
- qreal avgVol= useVolume.getAvgVolume( Volume::MALL );
- long avgVolRounded = avgVol <0 ? avgVol-.5 : avgVol+.5;
- return avgVolRounded;
-}
-
-void DBusControlWrapper::setMute(bool muted)
-{
- m_md->setMuted( muted );
- m_md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_md );
-}
-
-void DBusControlWrapper::toggleMute()
-{
- m_md->toggleMute();
- m_md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_md );
-}
-
-bool DBusControlWrapper::canMute()
-{
- return m_md->hasMuteSwitch();
-}
-
-bool DBusControlWrapper::isMuted()
-{
- return m_md->isMuted();
-}
-
-bool DBusControlWrapper::isRecordSource()
-{
- return m_md->isRecSource();
-}
-
-void DBusControlWrapper::setRecordSource(bool on)
-{
- m_md->setRecSource(on);
- m_md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_md );
-}
-
-bool DBusControlWrapper::hasCaptureSwitch()
-{
- return m_md->captureVolume().hasSwitch();
-}
-
-#include "moc_dbuscontrolwrapper.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef DBUS_CONTROL_WRAPPER_H
-#define DBUS_CONTROL_WRAPPER_H
-
-#include <QObject>
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-class DBusControlWrapper : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- Q_PROPERTY(QString id READ id)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString readableName READ readableName)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString iconName READ iconName)
- Q_PROPERTY(int volume READ volume WRITE setVolume)
- Q_PROPERTY(long absoluteVolume READ absoluteVolume WRITE setAbsoluteVolume)
- Q_PROPERTY(long absoluteVolumeMin READ absoluteVolumeMin)
- Q_PROPERTY(long absoluteVolumeMax READ absoluteVolumeMax)
- Q_PROPERTY(bool mute READ isMuted WRITE setMute)
- Q_PROPERTY(bool recordSource READ isRecordSource WRITE setRecordSource)
- Q_PROPERTY(bool canMute READ canMute)
- Q_PROPERTY(bool hasCaptureSwitch READ hasCaptureSwitch)
-
- public:
- DBusControlWrapper(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> parent, const QString& path);
- ~DBusControlWrapper();
-
- void increaseVolume();
- void decreaseVolume();
- void toggleMute();
- private:
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> m_md;
-
- QString id();
- QString readableName();
- QString iconName();
-
- void setVolume(int percentage);
- int volume();
-
- void setAbsoluteVolume(long absoluteVolume);
- long absoluteVolumeMin();
- long absoluteVolumeMax();
- long absoluteVolume();
-
- bool canMute();
- void setMute(bool muted);
- bool isMuted();
-
- bool hasCaptureSwitch();
- void setRecordSource(bool on);
- bool isRecordSource();
-};
-
-#endif /* DBUS_MIXER_WRAPPER_H */
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dbusmixerwrapper.h"
-
-#include <QStringList>
-
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-#include "dbus/dbusmixsetwrapper.h"
-#include "mixeradaptor.h"
-
-DBusMixerWrapper::DBusMixerWrapper(Mixer* parent, const QString& path)
- : QObject(parent)
- , m_dbusPath(path)
-{
- m_mixer = parent;
- new MixerAdaptor( this );
- kDebug() << "Create QDBusConnection for object " << path;
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject( path, this );
-
- ControlManager::instance().addListener(
- m_mixer->id(),
- (ControlChangeType::Type)(ControlChangeType::ControlList | ControlChangeType::Volume),
- this,
- QString("DBusMixerWrapper.%1").arg(m_mixer->id())
- );
- if (DBusMixSetWrapper::instance())
- DBusMixSetWrapper::instance()->signalMixersChanged();
-}
-
-DBusMixerWrapper::~DBusMixerWrapper()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().removeListener(this);
- kDebug() << "Remove QDBusConnection for object " << m_dbusPath;
- if (DBusMixSetWrapper::instance())
- DBusMixSetWrapper::instance()->signalMixersChanged();
-}
-
-void DBusMixerWrapper::controlsChange(int changeType)
-{
- ControlChangeType::Type type = ControlChangeType::fromInt(changeType);
- switch (type )
- {
- case ControlChangeType::ControlList:
- createDeviceWidgets();
- break;
-
- case ControlChangeType::Volume:
- refreshVolumeLevels();
- break;
-
- default:
- ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(type, this);
- break;
- }
-}
-
-
-QString DBusMixerWrapper::driverName()
-{
- return m_mixer->getDriverName();
-}
-
-QStringList DBusMixerWrapper::controls()
-{
- QStringList result;
- foreach ( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, m_mixer->getMixSet() )
- {
- result.append( md->dbusPath() );
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-QString DBusMixerWrapper::masterControl()
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = m_mixer->getLocalMasterMD();
- // XXX: Since empty object path is invalid, using "/"
- return md ? md->dbusPath() : QString("/");
-}
-
-bool DBusMixerWrapper::isOpened()
-{
- return m_mixer->isOpen();
-}
-
-int DBusMixerWrapper::balance()
-{
- return m_mixer->balance();
-}
-
-void DBusMixerWrapper::setBalance(int balance)
-{
- m_mixer->setBalance(balance);
-}
-
-QString DBusMixerWrapper::readableName()
-{
- return m_mixer->readableName();
-}
-
-QString DBusMixerWrapper::id()
-{
- return m_mixer->id();
-}
-
-QString DBusMixerWrapper::udi()
-{
- return m_mixer->udi();
-}
-
-void DBusMixerWrapper::refreshVolumeLevels()
-{
- QDBusMessage signal = QDBusMessage::createSignal( m_dbusPath,
- "org.kde.KMix.Mixer", "controlChanged" );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().send( signal );
-}
-
-void DBusMixerWrapper::createDeviceWidgets()
-{
- QDBusMessage signal = QDBusMessage::createSignal( m_dbusPath,
- "org.kde.KMix.Mixer", "changed" );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().send( signal );
-}
-
-#include "moc_dbusmixerwrapper.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef DBUSMIXERWRAPPER_H
-#define DBUSMIXERWRAPPER_H
-
-#include <QObject>
-#include <QStringList>
-
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-class DBusMixerWrapper : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- Q_PROPERTY(QString driverName READ driverName)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString masterControl READ masterControl)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString readableName READ readableName)
- Q_PROPERTY(bool opened READ isOpened)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString id READ id)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString udi READ udi)
- Q_PROPERTY(int balance READ balance WRITE setBalance)
- Q_PROPERTY(QStringList controls READ controls)
-
- public:
- DBusMixerWrapper(Mixer* parent, const QString& path);
- ~DBusMixerWrapper();
- QString driverName();
-
- QStringList controls();
- QString masterControl();
-
- bool isOpened();
- QString readableName();
- QString id();
- QString udi();
-
- int balance();
- void setBalance(int balance);
- public slots:
- void controlsChange(int changeType);
- private:
- void createDeviceWidgets();
- void refreshVolumeLevels();
- Mixer *m_mixer;
- QString m_dbusPath;
-};
-
-#endif /* DBUSMIXERWRAPPER_H */
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dbusmixsetwrapper.h"
-
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "mixsetadaptor.h"
-
-DBusMixSetWrapper* DBusMixSetWrapper::instanceSingleton;
-
-void DBusMixSetWrapper::initialize(QObject* parent, const QString& path)
-{
- /* This should not happen! */
- if (instanceSingleton)
- delete instanceSingleton;
- instanceSingleton = new DBusMixSetWrapper(parent, path);
-}
-
-DBusMixSetWrapper* DBusMixSetWrapper::instance() {
- return instanceSingleton;
-}
-
-DBusMixSetWrapper::DBusMixSetWrapper(QObject* parent, const QString& path)
- : QObject(parent)
- , m_dbusPath( path )
-{
- new MixSetAdaptor( this );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject( m_dbusPath, this );
-
- ControlManager::instance().addListener(
- QString(),
- ControlChangeType::MasterChanged,
- this,
- QString("DBusMixSetWrapper"));
-}
-
-DBusMixSetWrapper::~DBusMixSetWrapper()
-{
-}
-
-void DBusMixSetWrapper::controlsChange(int changeType)
-{
- ControlChangeType::Type type = ControlChangeType::fromInt(changeType);
- switch (type)
- {
- case ControlChangeType::MasterChanged:
- signalMasterChanged();
- break;
- default:
- ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(type, this);
- }
-}
-
-QStringList DBusMixSetWrapper::mixers() const
-{
- QStringList result;
- Q_FOREACH(Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers())
- result.append( mixer->dbusPath() );
- return result;
-}
-
-QString DBusMixSetWrapper::currentMasterMixer() const
-{
- Mixer* masterMixer = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer();
- return masterMixer ? masterMixer->id() : QString();
-}
-
-QString DBusMixSetWrapper::currentMasterControl() const
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> masterControl = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- return masterControl ? masterControl->id() : QString();
-}
-
-QString DBusMixSetWrapper::preferredMasterMixer() const
-{
- return Mixer::getGlobalMasterPreferred().getCard();
-}
-
-QString DBusMixSetWrapper::preferredMasterControl() const
-{
- return Mixer::getGlobalMasterPreferred().getControl();
-}
-
-void DBusMixSetWrapper::setCurrentMaster(const QString &mixer, const QString &control)
-{
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster(mixer, control, false);
-}
-
-void DBusMixSetWrapper::setPreferredMaster(const QString &mixer, const QString &control)
-{
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster(mixer, control, true);
-}
-
-void DBusMixSetWrapper::signalMixersChanged()
-{
- QDBusMessage signal = QDBusMessage::createSignal( m_dbusPath,
- "org.kde.KMix.MixSet", "mixersChanged" );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().send( signal );
-}
-
-void DBusMixSetWrapper::signalMasterChanged()
-{
- QDBusMessage signal = QDBusMessage::createSignal( m_dbusPath,
- "org.kde.KMix.MixSet", "masterChanged" );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().send( signal );
-}
-
-#include "moc_dbusmixsetwrapper.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef DBUSMIXSETWRAPPER_H
-#define DBUSMIXSETWRAPPER_H
-
-#include <QStringList>
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-class DBusMixSetWrapper : public QObject
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- Q_PROPERTY(QStringList mixers READ mixers)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString currentMasterMixer READ currentMasterMixer)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString currentMasterControl READ currentMasterControl)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString preferredMasterMixer READ preferredMasterMixer)
- Q_PROPERTY(QString preferredMasterControl READ preferredMasterControl)
- public:
- static void initialize(QObject* parent, const QString& path);
- static DBusMixSetWrapper* instance();
-
- DBusMixSetWrapper(QObject* parent, const QString& path);
- ~DBusMixSetWrapper();
-
- void signalMixersChanged();
- void signalMasterChanged();
- public slots:
- QStringList mixers() const;
-
- QString currentMasterMixer() const;
- QString currentMasterControl() const;
- QString preferredMasterMixer() const;
- QString preferredMasterControl() const;
- void setCurrentMaster(const QString &mixer, const QString &control);
- void setPreferredMaster(const QString &mixer, const QString &control);
- void controlsChange(int changeType);
- private:
- static DBusMixSetWrapper* instanceSingleton;
-
- QString m_dbusPath;
-};
-
-#endif /* DBUSMIXSETWRAPPER_H */
+++ /dev/null
-<!DOCTYPE node PUBLIC "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Object Introspection 1.0//EN"
-"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/introspect.dtd">
-<node>
- <interface name="org.kde.KMix.Control">
- <property access="read" name="id" type="s"/>
- <property access="read" name="readableName" type="s"/>
- <property access="read" name="iconName" type="s"/>
- <property access="readwrite" name="mute" type="b"/>
- <property access="read" name="canMute" type="b"/>
- <property access="readwrite" name="recordSource" type="b"/>
- <property access="read" name="hasCaptureSwitch" type="b"/>
- <property access="readwrite" name="volume" type="i"/>
- <property access="readwrite" name="absoluteVolume" type="i"/>
- <property access="read" name="absoluteVolumeMin" type="i"/>
- <property access="read" name="absoluteVolumeMax" type="i"/>
- <method name="increaseVolume"/>
- <method name="decreaseVolume"/>
- <method name="toggleMute"/>
- </interface>
-</node>
+++ /dev/null
-<!DOCTYPE node PUBLIC "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Object Introspection 1.0//EN"
-"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/introspect.dtd">
-<node>
- <interface name="org.kde.KMix.Mixer">
- <property access="read" type="s" name="driverName"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="masterControl"/>
- <property access="read" type="b" name="opened"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="readableName"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="id"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="udi"/>
- <property access="readwrite" type="i" name="balance"/>
- <property access="read" type="as" name="controls"/>
- <signal name="controlChanged"/>
- <signal name="changed"/>
- </interface>
-</node>
+++ /dev/null
-<!DOCTYPE node PUBLIC "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Object Introspection 1.0//EN"
-"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/introspect.dtd">
-<node>
- <interface name="org.kde.KMix.MixSet">
- <property access="read" type="as" name="mixers"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="currentMasterMixer"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="currentMasterControl"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="preferredMasterMixer"/>
- <property access="read" type="s" name="preferredMasterControl"/>
- <method name="setCurrentMaster">
- <arg name="mixer" type="s" direction="in"/>
- <arg name="control" type="s" direction="in"/>
- </method>
- <method name="setPreferredMaster">
- <arg name="mixer" type="s" direction="in"/>
- <arg name="control" type="s" direction="in"/>
- </method>
- <signal name="mixersChanged"/>
- <signal name="masterChanged"/>
- </interface>
-</node>
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/dialogaddview.h"
-
-#include <qbuttongroup.h>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <qscrollarea.h>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QHBoxLayout>
-
-#include <kcombobox.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-
-QStringList DialogAddView::viewNames;
-QStringList DialogAddView::viewIds;
-
-
-DialogAddView::DialogAddView(QWidget* parent, Mixer *mixer )
- : KDialog( parent )
-{
- // TODO 000 Adding View for MPRIS2 is broken. We need at least a dummy XML GUI Profile. Also the
- // fixed list below is plain wrong. Actually we should get the Profile list from either the XML files or
- // from the backend. The latter is probably easier for now.
- if ( viewNames.isEmpty() )
- {
- // initialize static list. Later this list could be generated from the actually installed profiles
- viewNames.append(i18n("All controls"));
- viewNames.append(i18n("Only playback controls"));
- viewNames.append(i18n("Only capture controls"));
-
- viewIds.append("default");
- viewIds.append("playback");
- viewIds.append("capture");
- }
-
- setCaption( i18n( "Add View" ) );
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 0 )
- setButtons( Ok|Cancel );
- else {
- setButtons( Cancel );
- }
- setDefaultButton( Ok );
- _layout = 0;
- m_vboxForScrollView = 0;
- m_scrollableChannelSelector = 0;
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView = 0;
- createWidgets(mixer); // Open with Mixer Hardware #0
-
-}
-
-DialogAddView::~DialogAddView()
-{
- delete _layout;
- delete m_vboxForScrollView;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create basic widgets of the Dialog.
- */
-void DialogAddView::createWidgets(Mixer *ptr_mixer)
-{
- m_mainFrame = new QFrame( this );
- setMainWidget( m_mainFrame );
- _layout = new QVBoxLayout(m_mainFrame);
- _layout->setMargin(0);
-
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 1 ) {
- // More than one Mixer => show Combo-Box to select Mixer
- // Mixer widget line
- QHBoxLayout* mixerNameLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
- _layout->addItem( mixerNameLayout );
- mixerNameLayout->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
-
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("Select mixer:"), m_mainFrame );
- mixerNameLayout->addWidget(qlbl);
- qlbl->setFixedHeight(qlbl->sizeHint().height());
-
- m_cMixer = new KComboBox( false, m_mainFrame);
- m_cMixer->setObjectName( QLatin1String( "mixerCombo" ) );
- m_cMixer->setFixedHeight(m_cMixer->sizeHint().height());
- connect( m_cMixer, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(createPageByID(int)) );
-
- for( int i =0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); i++ )
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- m_cMixer->addItem( mixer->readableName() );
- } // end for all_Mixers
- // Make the current Mixer the current item in the ComboBox
- int findIndex = m_cMixer->findText( ptr_mixer->readableName() );
- if ( findIndex != -1 ) m_cMixer->setCurrentIndex( findIndex );
-
-
- m_cMixer->setToolTip( i18n("Current mixer" ) );
- mixerNameLayout->addWidget(m_cMixer);
-
- } // end if (more_than_1_Mixer)
-
-
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 0 ) {
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("Select the design for the new view:"), m_mainFrame );
- _layout->addWidget(qlbl);
-
- createPage();
- connect( this, SIGNAL(okClicked()) , this, SLOT(apply()) );
- }
- else {
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("No sound card is installed or currently plugged in."), m_mainFrame );
- _layout->addWidget(qlbl);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Create RadioButton's for the Mixer with number 'mixerId'.
- * @par mixerId The Mixer, for which the RadioButton's should be created.
- */
-void DialogAddView::createPageByID(int mixerId)
-{
- //kDebug(67100) << "DialogAddView::createPage()";
- QString selectedMixerName = m_cMixer->itemText(mixerId);
- for( int i =0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); i++ )
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- if ( mixer->readableName() == selectedMixerName ) {
- createPage();
- break;
- }
- } // for
-}
-
-/**
- * Create RadioButton's for the Mixer with number 'mixerId'.
- * @par mixerId The Mixer, for which the RadioButton's should be created.
- * TODO: The mixer's backend MUST be inspected to find out the supported profiles.
- */
-void DialogAddView::createPage()
-{
- /** --- Reset page -----------------------------------------------
- * In case the user selected a new Mixer via m_cMixer, we need
- * to remove the stuff created on the last call.
- */
- // delete the VBox. This should automatically remove all contained QRadioButton's.
- delete m_vboxForScrollView;
- delete m_scrollableChannelSelector;
- delete m_buttonGroupForScrollView;
- enableButton(Ok, false);
-
-
- /** Reset page end -------------------------------------------------- */
-
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView = new QButtonGroup(this); // invisible QButtonGroup
-
- m_scrollableChannelSelector = new QScrollArea(m_mainFrame);
- _layout->addWidget(m_scrollableChannelSelector);
-
- m_vboxForScrollView = new KVBox();
-
-
- for( int i=0; i<viewNames.size(); ++i )
- {
- // Create a RadioButton for each view type
- QString name = viewNames.at(i);
- name.replace('&', "&&"); // Quoting the '&' needed, to prevent QRadioButton creating an accelerator
- QRadioButton* qrb = new QRadioButton( name, m_vboxForScrollView);
- connect( qrb, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(profileRbtoggled(bool)) );
-
- qrb->setObjectName(viewIds.at(i)); // The object name is used as ID here: see apply()
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView->addButton(qrb);
- }
-
- m_scrollableChannelSelector->setWidget(m_vboxForScrollView);
- m_vboxForScrollView->show(); // show() is necessary starting with the second call to createPage()
-}
-
-
-void DialogAddView::profileRbtoggled(bool selected)
-{
- if ( selected)
- enableButton(Ok, true);
-}
-
-void DialogAddView::apply()
-{
- Mixer *mixer = 0;
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() == 1 ) {
- // only one mixer => no combo box => take first entry
- mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[0];
- }
- else if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 1 ) {
- // find mixer that is currently active in the ComboBox
- QString selectedMixerName = m_cMixer->itemText(m_cMixer->currentIndex());
-
- for( int i =0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); i++ )
- {
- mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- if ( mixer->readableName() == selectedMixerName ) {
- mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- break;
- }
- } // for
- }
-
- QAbstractButton* button = m_buttonGroupForScrollView->checkedButton();
- if ( button != 0 ) {
- QString viewName = button->objectName();
- if ( mixer == 0 ) {
- kError(67100) << "DialogAddView::createPage(): Invalid Mixer (mixer=0)";
- return; // can not happen
- }
- else {
- kDebug() << "We should now create a new view " << viewName << " for mixer " << mixer->id();
- resultMixerId = mixer->id();
- resultViewName = viewName;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#include "moc_dialogaddview.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef DIALOGADDVIEW_H
-#define DIALOGADDVIEW_H
-
-#include <QButtonGroup>
-#include <QStringList>
-class KComboBox;
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <QScrollArea>
-#include <kvbox.h>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-
-#include <kdialog.h>
-
-class Mixer;
-
-class DialogAddView : public KDialog
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- DialogAddView(QWidget* parent, Mixer*);
- ~DialogAddView();
-
- QString getresultViewName() { return resultViewName; }
- QString getresultMixerId() { return resultMixerId; }
-
- public slots:
- void apply();
-
- private:
- void createWidgets(Mixer*);
- void createPage();
- QVBoxLayout* _layout;
- KComboBox* m_cMixer;
- QScrollArea* m_scrollableChannelSelector;
- KVBox *m_vboxForScrollView;
- QButtonGroup *m_buttonGroupForScrollView;
- QFrame *m_mainFrame;
- static QStringList viewNames;
- static QStringList viewIds;
-
- QString resultViewName;
- QString resultMixerId;
-
- private slots:
- void createPageByID(int mixerId);
- void profileRbtoggled(bool selected);
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/dialogchoosebackends.h"
-
-#include <qbuttongroup.h>
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QSet>
-#include <qscrollarea.h>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QHBoxLayout>
-
-#include <kcombobox.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-/**
- * Creates a dialog to choose mixers from. All currently known mixers will be shown, and the given mixerID's
- * will be preselected.
- *
- * @param mixerIds A set of preselected mixer ID's
- * @param noButtons is a migration option. When DialogChooseBackends has been integrated as a Tab, it will be removed.
- */
-DialogChooseBackends::DialogChooseBackends(QWidget* parent, const QSet<QString>& mixerIds)
- : QWidget(parent), modified(false)
-{
-// setCaption( i18n( "Select Mixers" ) );
-// setButtons( None );
-
- _layout = 0;
- m_vboxForScrollView = 0;
- m_scrollableChannelSelector = 0;
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView = 0;
- createWidgets(mixerIds);
-
-}
-
-DialogChooseBackends::~DialogChooseBackends()
-{
- delete _layout;
- delete m_vboxForScrollView;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create basic widgets of the Dialog.
- */
-void DialogChooseBackends::createWidgets(const QSet<QString>& mixerIds)
-{
- m_mainFrame = this;
-// m_mainFrame = new QFrame( this );
-// setMainWidget( m_mainFrame );
- _layout = new QVBoxLayout(m_mainFrame);
- _layout->setMargin(0);
-
- if ( !Mixer::mixers().isEmpty() )
- {
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("Select the Mixers to display in the sound menu"), m_mainFrame );
- _layout->addWidget(qlbl);
-
- createPage(mixerIds);
- }
- else
- {
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("No sound card is installed or currently plugged in."), m_mainFrame );
- _layout->addWidget(qlbl);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Create RadioButton's for the Mixer with number 'mixerId'.
- * @par mixerId The Mixer, for which the RadioButton's should be created.
- */
-void DialogChooseBackends::createPage(const QSet<QString>& mixerIds)
-{
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView = new QButtonGroup(this); // invisible QButtonGroup
- m_scrollableChannelSelector = new QScrollArea(m_mainFrame);
-
- _layout->addWidget(m_scrollableChannelSelector);
-
- m_vboxForScrollView = new KVBox();
-
- bool hasMixerFilter = !mixerIds.isEmpty();
- kDebug() << "MixerIds=" << mixerIds;
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers())
- {
- QCheckBox* qrb = new QCheckBox(mixer->readableName(true), m_vboxForScrollView);
- qrb->setObjectName(mixer->id());// The object name is used as ID here: see getChosenBackends()
- connect(qrb, SIGNAL(stateChanged(int)), SLOT(backendsModifiedSlot()));
- checkboxes.append(qrb);
- bool mixerShouldBeShown = !hasMixerFilter || mixerIds.contains(mixer->id());
- qrb->setChecked(mixerShouldBeShown);
- }
-
- m_scrollableChannelSelector->setWidget(m_vboxForScrollView);
- m_vboxForScrollView->show(); // show() is necessary starting with the second call to createPage()
-}
-
-QSet<QString> DialogChooseBackends::getChosenBackends()
-{
- QSet<QString> newMixerList;
- foreach ( QCheckBox* qcb, checkboxes)
- {
- if (qcb->isChecked())
- {
- newMixerList.insert(qcb->objectName());
- kDebug() << "apply found " << qcb->objectName();
- }
- }
- kDebug() << "New list is " << newMixerList;
- return newMixerList;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns whether there were any modifications (activation/deactivation) and resets the flag.
- * @return
- */
-bool DialogChooseBackends::getAndResetModifyFlag()
-{
- bool modifiedOld = modified;
- modified = false;
- return modifiedOld;
-}
-
-bool DialogChooseBackends::getModifyFlag()
-{
- return modified;
-}
-
-void DialogChooseBackends::backendsModifiedSlot()
-{
- modified = true;
- emit backendsModified();
-}
-
-#include "moc_dialogchoosebackends.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef DIALOGCHOOSEBACKENDS_H
-#define DIALOGCHOOSEBACKENDS_H
-
-#include <QButtonGroup>
-
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <QList>
-#include <QScrollArea>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-
-class KComboBox;
-#include <kdialog.h>
-#include <kvbox.h>
-
-class Mixer;
-
-class DialogChooseBackends: public QWidget
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-public:
- DialogChooseBackends(QWidget* parent, const QSet<QString>& backends);
- ~DialogChooseBackends();
-
- QSet<QString> getChosenBackends();
- bool getAndResetModifyFlag();
- bool getModifyFlag();
-
-signals:
- void backendsModified();
-
-private:
- void createWidgets(const QSet<QString>& backends);
- void createPage(const QSet<QString>& backends);
- QVBoxLayout* _layout;
- QScrollArea* m_scrollableChannelSelector;
- KVBox *m_vboxForScrollView;
- QButtonGroup *m_buttonGroupForScrollView;
- QList<QCheckBox*> checkboxes;
- QWidget *m_mainFrame;
- bool modified;
-
-private slots:
- void backendsModifiedSlot();
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/dialogselectmaster.h"
-
-#include <qbuttongroup.h>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <qscrollarea.h>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QHBoxLayout>
-
-#include <kcombobox.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-DialogSelectMaster::DialogSelectMaster( Mixer *mixer, QWidget *parent )
- : KDialog( parent )
-{
- setCaption( i18n( "Select Master Channel" ) );
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 0 )
- setButtons( Ok|Cancel );
- else {
- setButtons( Cancel );
- }
- setDefaultButton( Ok );
- _layout = 0;
- m_vboxForScrollView = 0;
- m_scrollableChannelSelector = 0;
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView = 0;
- createWidgets(mixer); // Open with Mixer Hardware #0
-
-}
-
-DialogSelectMaster::~DialogSelectMaster()
-{
- delete _layout;
- delete m_vboxForScrollView;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create basic widgets of the Dialog.
- */
-void DialogSelectMaster::createWidgets(Mixer *ptr_mixer)
-{
- m_mainFrame = new QFrame( this );
- setMainWidget( m_mainFrame );
- _layout = new QVBoxLayout(m_mainFrame);
- _layout->setMargin(0);
-
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 1 ) {
- // More than one Mixer => show Combo-Box to select Mixer
- // Mixer widget line
- QHBoxLayout* mixerNameLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
- _layout->addItem( mixerNameLayout );
- mixerNameLayout->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
-
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("Current mixer:"), m_mainFrame );
- mixerNameLayout->addWidget(qlbl);
- qlbl->setFixedHeight(qlbl->sizeHint().height());
-
- m_cMixer = new KComboBox( false, m_mainFrame);
- m_cMixer->setObjectName( QLatin1String( "mixerCombo" ) );
- m_cMixer->setFixedHeight(m_cMixer->sizeHint().height());
- connect( m_cMixer, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(createPageByID(int)) );
-
- for( int i =0; i<Mixer::mixers().count(); i++ )
- {
- Mixer *mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[i];
- m_cMixer->addItem( mixer->readableName(), mixer->id() );
- } // end for all_Mixers
- // Make the current Mixer the current item in the ComboBox
- int findIndex = m_cMixer->findData( ptr_mixer->id() );
- if ( findIndex != -1 ) m_cMixer->setCurrentIndex( findIndex );
-
-
- m_cMixer->setToolTip( i18n("Current mixer" ) );
- mixerNameLayout->addWidget(m_cMixer);
-
- } // end if (more_than_1_Mixer)
-
-
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 0 ) {
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("Select the channel representing the master volume:"), m_mainFrame );
- _layout->addWidget(qlbl);
-
- createPage(ptr_mixer);
- connect( this, SIGNAL(okClicked()) , this, SLOT(apply()) );
- }
- else {
- QLabel *qlbl = new QLabel( i18n("No sound card is installed or currently plugged in."), m_mainFrame );
- _layout->addWidget(qlbl);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Create RadioButton's for the Mixer with number 'mixerId'.
- * @par mixerId The Mixer, for which the RadioButton's should be created.
- */
-void DialogSelectMaster::createPageByID(int mixerId)
-{
- QString mixer_id = m_cMixer->itemData(mixerId).toString();
- Mixer * mixer = Mixer::findMixer(mixer_id);
-
- if ( mixer != NULL )
- createPage(mixer);
-}
-
-/**
- * Create RadioButton's for the Mixer with number 'mixerId'.
- * @par mixerId The Mixer, for which the RadioButton's should be created.
- */
-void DialogSelectMaster::createPage(Mixer* mixer)
-{
-
- /** --- Reset page -----------------------------------------------
- * In case the user selected a new Mixer via m_cMixer, we need
- * to remove the stuff created on the last call.
- */
- // delete the VBox. This should automatically remove all contained QRadioButton's.
- delete m_vboxForScrollView;
- delete m_scrollableChannelSelector;
- delete m_buttonGroupForScrollView;
-
- /** Reset page end -------------------------------------------------- */
-
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView = new QButtonGroup(this); // invisible QButtonGroup
- //m_buttonGroupForScrollView->hide();
-
- m_scrollableChannelSelector = new QScrollArea(m_mainFrame);
-
-// m_scrollableChannelSelector->viewport()->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Background);
- _layout->addWidget(m_scrollableChannelSelector);
-
- m_vboxForScrollView = new KVBox(); //m_scrollableChannelSelector->viewport()
-
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> master = mixer->getLocalMasterMD();
- QString masterKey = ( master.get() != 0 ) ? master->id() : "----noMaster---"; // Use non-matching name as default
-
- const MixSet& mixset = mixer->getMixSet();
- MixSet& mset = const_cast<MixSet&>(mixset);
- for( int i=0; i< mset.count(); ++i )
- {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = mset[i];
- // Create a RadioButton for each MixDevice (excluding Enum's)
- if ( md->playbackVolume().hasVolume() )
- {
-// kDebug(67100) << "DialogSelectMaster::createPage() mset append qrb";
- QString mdName = md->readableName();
- mdName.replace('&', "&&"); // Quoting the '&' needed, to prevent QRadioButton creating an accelerator
- QRadioButton* qrb = new QRadioButton(mdName, m_vboxForScrollView);
- qrb->setObjectName(md->id()); // The object name is used as ID here: see apply()
- m_buttonGroupForScrollView->addButton(qrb); //(qrb, md->num());
- qrb->setChecked(md->id() == masterKey); // preselect the current master
- }
- }
-
- m_scrollableChannelSelector->setWidget(m_vboxForScrollView);
- m_vboxForScrollView->show(); // show() is necessary starting with the second call to createPage()
-}
-
-
-void DialogSelectMaster::apply()
-{
- Mixer *mixer = 0;
- if ( Mixer::mixers().count() == 1 ) {
- // only one mxier => no combo box => take first entry
- mixer = (Mixer::mixers())[0];
- }
- else if ( Mixer::mixers().count() > 1 ) {
- // find mixer that is currently active in the ComboBox
- int idx = m_cMixer->currentIndex();
- QString mixer_id = m_cMixer->itemData(idx).toString();
- mixer = Mixer::findMixer(mixer_id);
- }
-
- if ( mixer == 0 )
- return; // User must have unplugged everything
-
- QAbstractButton* button = m_buttonGroupForScrollView->checkedButton();
- if ( button != 0 )
- {
- QString control_id = button->objectName();
- mixer->setLocalMasterMD( control_id );
- Mixer::setGlobalMaster(mixer->id(), control_id, true);
- ControlManager::instance().announce(mixer->id(), ControlChangeType::MasterChanged, QString("Select Master Dialog"));
- }
-}
-
-#include "moc_dialogselectmaster.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef DIALOGSELECTMASTER_H
-#define DIALOGSELECTMASTER_H
-
-#include <QButtonGroup>
-class KComboBox;
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-#include <QScrollArea>
-#include <kvbox.h>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-
-#include <kdialog.h>
-
-class Mixer;
-
-class DialogSelectMaster : public KDialog
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- DialogSelectMaster(Mixer * = 0, QWidget *parent = 0);
- ~DialogSelectMaster();
-
- public slots:
- void apply();
-
- private:
- void createWidgets(Mixer*);
- void createPage(Mixer*);
- QVBoxLayout* _layout;
- KComboBox* m_cMixer;
- QScrollArea* m_scrollableChannelSelector;
- KVBox *m_vboxForScrollView;
- QButtonGroup *m_buttonGroupForScrollView;
- //QStringList m_mixerPKs;
- QFrame *m_mainFrame;
-
- private slots:
- void createPageByID(int mixerId);
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "dialogviewconfiguration.h"
-
-#include <algorithm>
-
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QPushButton>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QScrollArea>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QGridLayout>
-
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kdialog.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kvbox.h>
-
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-DialogViewConfigurationItem::DialogViewConfigurationItem(QListWidget *parent) :
- QListWidgetItem(parent)
-{
- kDebug() << "DialogViewConfigurationItem() default constructor";
- refreshItem();
-}
-
-
-
-DialogViewConfigurationItem::DialogViewConfigurationItem(QListWidget *parent, QString id, bool shown, QString name, int splitted, const QString& iconName) :
- QListWidgetItem(parent), _id(id), _shown(shown), _name(name), _splitted(splitted), _iconName(iconName)
-{
- refreshItem();
-}
-
-void DialogViewConfigurationItem::refreshItem()
-{
- setFlags((flags() | Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled) & ~Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled);
- setText(_name);
- setIcon(KIconLoader::global()->loadIcon( _iconName, KIconLoader::Small, KIconLoader::SizeSmallMedium ) );
- setData(Qt::ToolTipRole, _id); // a hack. I am giving up to do it right
- setData(Qt::DisplayRole, _name);
-}
-
-/**
- * Serializer. Used for DnD.
- */
-static QDataStream & operator<< ( QDataStream & s, const DialogViewConfigurationItem & item ) {
- s << item._id;
- s << item._shown;
- s << item._name;
- s << item._splitted;
- s << item._iconName;
- //kDebug() << "<< serialize << " << s;
- return s;
-}
-
-/**
- * Deserializer. Used for DnD.
- */
-static QDataStream & operator>> ( QDataStream & s, DialogViewConfigurationItem & item ) {
- QString id;
- s >> id;
- item._id = id;
- bool shown;
- s >> shown;
- item._shown = shown;
- QString name;
- s >> name;
- item._name = name;
- int splitted;
- s >> splitted;
- item._splitted = splitted;
- QString iconName;
- s >> iconName;
- item._iconName = iconName;
- //kDebug() << ">> deserialize >> " << id << name << iconName;
- return s;
-}
-
-DialogViewConfigurationWidget::DialogViewConfigurationWidget(QWidget *parent)
- : QListWidget(parent),
- m_activeList(true)
-{
- setDragDropMode(QAbstractItemView::DragDrop);
- setDropIndicatorShown(true);
- setAcceptDrops(true);
-setSelectionMode(QAbstractItemView::SingleSelection);
-setDragEnabled(true);
-viewport()->setAcceptDrops(true);
-setAlternatingRowColors(true);
-
-}
-
-
-
-QMimeData* DialogViewConfigurationWidget::mimeData(const QList<QListWidgetItem*> items) const
-{
- if (items.isEmpty())
- return 0;
- QMimeData* mimedata = new QMimeData();
-
- DialogViewConfigurationItem* item = 0;
- QByteArray data;
- {
- QDataStream stream(&data, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
- // we only support single selection
- item = static_cast<DialogViewConfigurationItem *>(items.first());
- stream << *item;
- }
-
- bool active = isActiveList();
- mimedata->setData("application/x-kde-action-list", data);
- mimedata->setData("application/x-kde-source-treewidget", active ? "active" : "inactive");
-
- return mimedata;
-}
-
-bool DialogViewConfigurationWidget::dropMimeData(int index, const QMimeData * mimeData, Qt::DropAction /*action*/)
-{
- const QByteArray data = mimeData->data("application/x-kde-action-list");
- if (data.isEmpty())
- return false;
- QDataStream stream(data);
- const bool sourceIsActiveList = mimeData->data("application/x-kde-source-treewidget") == "active";
-
- DialogViewConfigurationItem* item = new DialogViewConfigurationItem(0); // needs parent, use this temporarily
- stream >> *item;
- item->refreshItem();
- emit dropped(this, index, item, sourceIsActiveList);
- return true;
-}
-
-DialogViewConfiguration::DialogViewConfiguration( QWidget*, ViewBase& view)
- : KDialog( 0),
- _view(view)
-{
- setCaption( i18n( "Configure Channels" ) );
- setButtons( Ok|Cancel );
- setDefaultButton( Ok );
- frame = new QWidget( this );
- frame->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding,QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding);
-
- setMainWidget( frame );
-
- // The _layout will hold two items: The title and the Drag-n-Drop area
- _layout = new QVBoxLayout(frame );
- _layout->setMargin( 0 );
- _layout->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
-
- // --- HEADER ---
- qlb = new QLabel( i18n("Configuration of the channels. Drag icon to update."), frame );
- _layout->addWidget(qlb);
-
- _glayout = new QGridLayout();
- _layout->addLayout(_glayout);
-
- _qlw = 0;
- _qlwInactive = 0;
- createPage();
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Drop an item from one list to the other
- */
-void DialogViewConfiguration::slotDropped ( DialogViewConfigurationWidget* list, int index, DialogViewConfigurationItem* item, bool sourceIsActiveList )
-{
-//kDebug() << "dropped item (index" << index << "): " << item->_id << item->_shown << item->_name << item->_splitted << item->_iconName;
-
- if ( list == _qlw ) {
- //DialogViewConfigurationItem* after = index > 0 ? static_cast<DialogViewConfigurationItem *>(list->item(index-1)) : 0;
-
- //kDebug() << "after" << after->text() << after->internalTag();
- if ( sourceIsActiveList ) {
- // has been dragged within the active list (moved).
- _qlw->insertItem ( index, item );
- //moveActive(item, after);
- } else {
- // dragged from the inactive list to the active list
- _qlw->insertItem ( index, item );
- //insertActive(item, after, true);
- }
- }
- else if ( list == _qlwInactive ) {
- // has been dragged to the inactive list -> remove from the active list.
- //removeActive(item);
- _qlwInactive->insertItem ( index, item );
- }
-
-}
-
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::addSpacer(int row, int col)
-{
- QWidget *dummy = new QWidget();
- dummy->setFixedWidth(4);
- _glayout->addWidget(dummy,row,col);
-}
-
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::moveSelection(DialogViewConfigurationWidget* from, DialogViewConfigurationWidget* to)
-{
- foreach ( QListWidgetItem* item, from->selectedItems() )
- {
- QListWidgetItem *clonedItem = item->clone();
- to->addItem ( clonedItem );
- to->setCurrentItem(clonedItem);
- delete item;
- }
-}
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::moveSelectionToActiveList()
-{
- moveSelection(_qlwInactive, _qlw);
-}
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::moveSelectionToInactiveList()
-{
- moveSelection(_qlw, _qlwInactive);
-}
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::selectionChangedActive()
-{
-// bool activeIsNotEmpty = _qlw->selectedItems().isEmpty();
- moveRightButton->setEnabled(! _qlw->selectedItems().isEmpty());
- moveLeftButton->setEnabled(false);
-}
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::selectionChangedInactive()
-{
- moveLeftButton->setEnabled(! _qlwInactive->selectedItems().isEmpty());
- moveRightButton->setEnabled(false);
-}
-
-/**
- * Create basic widgets of the Dialog.
- */
-void DialogViewConfiguration::createPage()
-{
- QList<QWidget *> &mdws = _view._mdws;
-
- QLabel *l1 = new QLabel( i18n("Visible channels") );
- _glayout->addWidget(l1,0,0);
-
- QLabel *l2 = new QLabel( i18n("Available channels") );
- _glayout->addWidget(l2,0,6);
-
- _qlwInactive = new DialogViewConfigurationWidget(frame);
- _qlwInactive->setDragDropMode(QAbstractItemView::DragDrop);
- _qlwInactive->setActiveList(false);
- _glayout->addWidget(_qlwInactive,1,6);
- connect(_qlwInactive, SIGNAL(dropped(DialogViewConfigurationWidget*,int,DialogViewConfigurationItem*,bool)),
- this , SLOT(slotDropped(DialogViewConfigurationWidget*,int,DialogViewConfigurationItem*,bool)));
-
- addSpacer(1,1);
- const KIcon& icon = KIcon( QLatin1String( "arrow-left" ));
- moveLeftButton = new QPushButton(icon, "");
- moveLeftButton->setEnabled(false);
- _glayout->addWidget(moveLeftButton,1,2);
- connect(moveLeftButton, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), SLOT(moveSelectionToActiveList()));
- addSpacer(1,3);
-
- const KIcon& icon2 = KIcon( QLatin1String( "arrow-right" ));
- moveRightButton = new QPushButton(icon2, "");
- moveRightButton->setEnabled(false);
- _glayout->addWidget(moveRightButton,1,4);
- connect(moveRightButton, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), SLOT(moveSelectionToInactiveList()));
- addSpacer(1,5);
-
- _qlw = new DialogViewConfigurationWidget(frame);
- _glayout->addWidget(_qlw,1,0);
- connect(_qlw , SIGNAL(dropped(DialogViewConfigurationWidget*,int,DialogViewConfigurationItem*,bool)),
- this , SLOT(slotDropped(DialogViewConfigurationWidget*,int,DialogViewConfigurationItem*,bool)));
-
- // --- CONTROLS IN THE GRID ------------------------------------
- //QPalette::ColorRole bgRole;
- for ( int i=0; i<mdws.count(); ++i )
- {
- //if ( i%2 == 0) bgRole = QPalette::Base; else bgRole = QPalette::AlternateBase;
- QWidget *qw = mdws[i];
- if ( qw->inherits("MixDeviceWidget") ) {
- MixDeviceWidget *mdw = static_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(qw);
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = mdw->mixDevice();
- QString mdName = md->readableName();
-
- int splitted = -1;
- if ( ! md->isEnum() ) {
- splitted = ( md->playbackVolume().count() > 1) || ( md->captureVolume().count() > 1 ) ;
- }
-
- //kDebug() << "add DialogViewConfigurationItem: " << mdName << " visible=" << mdw->isVisible() << "splitted=" << splitted;
- if ( mdw->isVisible() ) {
- new DialogViewConfigurationItem(_qlw, md->id(), mdw->isVisible(), mdName, splitted, mdw->mixDevice()->iconName());
- }
- else {
- new DialogViewConfigurationItem(_qlwInactive, md->id(), mdw->isVisible(), mdName, splitted, mdw->mixDevice()->iconName());
- }
-
-/*
- if ( ! md->isEnum() && ( ( md->playbackVolume().count() > 1) || ( md->captureVolume().count() > 1) ) ) {
- cb = new QCheckBox( "", vboxForScrollView ); // split
- cb->setBackgroundRole(bgRole);
- cb->setAutoFillBackground(true);
- _qSplitCB.append(cb);
- cb->setChecked( ! mdw->isStereoLinked() );
- grid->addWidget(cb,1+i,1);
- }
- else {
- _qSplitCB.append(0);
- }
-*/
- /*
- if ( ! md->isEnum() && ( md->playbackVolume().count() + md->captureVolume().count() >0 ) ) {
- cb = new QCheckBox( "", vboxForScrollView ); // limit
- cb->setBackgroundRole(bgRole);
- cb->setAutoFillBackground(true);
- _qLimitCB.append(cb);
- grid->addWidget(cb,1+i,2);
- }
- else {
- */
- //_qLimitCB.append(0);
- /*}*/
- } // is not enum
- } // for all MDW's
-
-
- connect(_qlwInactive, SIGNAL(itemSelectionChanged()),
- this , SLOT(selectionChangedInactive()));
- connect(_qlw, SIGNAL(itemSelectionChanged()),
- this , SLOT(selectionChangedActive()));
-
-// scrollArea->updateGeometry();
- updateGeometry();
- connect( this, SIGNAL(okClicked()) , this, SLOT(apply()) );
-}
-
-DialogViewConfiguration::~DialogViewConfiguration()
-{
-}
-
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::apply()
-{
- // --- We have a 3-Step Apply of the Changes -------------------------------
-
- // -1- Update view and profile *****************************************
- GUIProfile* prof = _view.guiProfile();
- GUIProfile::ControlSet& oldControlset = prof->getControls();
- GUIProfile::ControlSet newControlset;
-
- QAbstractItemModel* model;
- model = _qlw->model();
- prepareControls(model, true, oldControlset, newControlset);
- model = _qlwInactive->model();
- prepareControls(model, false, oldControlset, newControlset);
-
- // -2- Copy all mandatory "catch-all" controls form the old to the new ControlSet *******
- foreach ( ProfControl* pctl, oldControlset)
- {
- if ( pctl->isMandatory() ) {
- ProfControl* newCtl = new ProfControl(*pctl);
- newCtl->show = "full"; // The user has selected controls => mandatory controls are now only necessary in extended or full mode
- newControlset.push_back(newCtl);
- }
- }
-
- prof->setControls(newControlset);
- prof->finalizeProfile();
- prof->setDirty();
-
- // --- Step 3: Tell the view, that it has changed (probably it needs some "polishing" ---
- if ( _view.getMixers().size() == 1 )
- ControlManager::instance().announce(_view.getMixers().first()->id(), ControlChangeType::ControlList, QString("View Configuration Dialog"));
- else
- ControlManager::instance().announce(QString(), ControlChangeType::ControlList, QString("View Configuration Dialog"));
-}
-
-void DialogViewConfiguration::prepareControls(QAbstractItemModel* model, bool isActiveView, GUIProfile::ControlSet& oldCtlSet, GUIProfile::ControlSet& newCtlSet)
-{
- int numRows = model->rowCount();
- for (int row = 0; row < numRows; ++row) {
- // -1- Extract the value from the model ***************************
- QModelIndex index = model->index(row, 0);
- QVariant vdci;
- vdci = model->data(index, Qt::ToolTipRole); // TooltipRole stores the ID (well, thats not really clean design, but it works)
- QString ctlId = vdci.toString();
-
-
- // -2- Find the mdw, und update it **************************
- foreach ( QWidget *qw, _view._mdws )
- {
- MixDeviceWidget *mdw = qobject_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(qw);
- if ( !mdw ) {
- continue;
- }
-
- if ( mdw->mixDevice()->id() == ctlId ) {
- mdw->setVisible(isActiveView);
- break;
- } // mdw was found
- } // find mdw
-
-
- // -3- Insert it in the new ControlSet **************************
-// kDebug() << "Should add to new ControlSet: " << ctlId;
- foreach ( ProfControl* control, oldCtlSet)
- {
- //kDebug() << " checking " << control->id;
- QRegExp idRegexp(control->id);
- if ( ctlId.contains(idRegexp) ) {
- // found. Create a copy
- ProfControl* newCtl = new ProfControl(*control);
- newCtl->id = '^' + ctlId + '$'; // Replace the (possible generic) regexp by the actual ID
- // We have made this an an actual control. As it is derived (from e.g. ".*") it is NOT mandatory.
- newCtl->setMandatory(false);
- newCtl->setVisible(isActiveView);
- newCtlSet.push_back(newCtl);
-// kDebug() << "Added to new ControlSet (done): " << newCtl->id;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-#include "moc_dialogviewconfiguration.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef DIALOGVIEWCONFIGURATION_H
-#define DIALOGVIEWCONFIGURATION_H
-
-// QT
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QGridLayout>
-#include <QHBoxLayout>
-#include <qlist.h>
-#include <QListWidget>
-#include <QScrollArea>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-
-// QT DND
-#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-#include <QMimeData>
-
-// KDE
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kdialog.h>
-
-// KMix
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "viewbase.h"
-
-class DialogViewConfigurationItem : public QListWidgetItem
-{
- friend class QDataStream;
-
-
- public:
- DialogViewConfigurationItem( QListWidget *parent);
- DialogViewConfigurationItem( QListWidget *parent, QString id, bool shown, QString name, int splitted, const QString& iconName );
-
- void refreshItem();
- public:
- QString _id;
- bool _shown;
- QString _name;
- int _splitted;
- QString _iconName;
-};
-
-class DialogViewConfigurationWidget : public QListWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-public:
- DialogViewConfigurationWidget(QWidget *parent=0);
-
- void setActiveList(bool isActiveList) {
- m_activeList = isActiveList;
- }
- bool isActiveList() const { return m_activeList; };
-
- Q_SIGNALS:
- void dropped(DialogViewConfigurationWidget* list, int index, DialogViewConfigurationItem* item, bool sourceIsActiveList);
-
-protected:
- virtual QMimeData* mimeData(const QList<QListWidgetItem*> items) const;
- virtual bool dropMimeData(int index, const QMimeData * mimeData, Qt::DropAction action);
-
- virtual Qt::DropActions supportedDropActions() const
- {
- //kDebug() << "supportedDropActions!";
- return Qt::MoveAction;
- }
- virtual QStringList mimeTypes() const
- {
- //kDebug() << "mimeTypes!";
- return QStringList() << "application/x-kde-action-list";
- }
-
- // Skip internal dnd handling in QListWidget ---- how is one supposed to figure this out
- // without reading the QListWidget code !?
- virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* ev) {
- QAbstractItemView::dropEvent(ev);
- }
-
-private:
- bool m_activeList;
-};
-
-
-class DialogViewConfiguration : public KDialog
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- DialogViewConfiguration(QWidget* parent, ViewBase& view);
- ~DialogViewConfiguration();
-
-
- // QSize sizeHint() const;
- public slots:
- void apply();
-
- private slots:
- void slotDropped(DialogViewConfigurationWidget* list, int index, DialogViewConfigurationItem* item, bool sourceIsActiveList );
-
- void moveSelectionToActiveList();
- void moveSelectionToInactiveList();
- void selectionChangedActive();
- void selectionChangedInactive();
-
- private:
- //void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event);
- void prepareControls(QAbstractItemModel* model, bool isActiveView, GUIProfile::ControlSet& oldCtlSet, GUIProfile::ControlSet& newCtlSet);
- void createPage();
- void addSpacer(int row, int col);
- void moveSelection(DialogViewConfigurationWidget* from, DialogViewConfigurationWidget* to);
- QVBoxLayout* _layout;
- ViewBase& _view;
- QWidget * frame;
- QGridLayout *_glayout;
-
- QLabel* qlb;
- QPushButton* moveLeftButton;
- QPushButton* moveRightButton;
-
- DialogViewConfigurationWidget *_qlw;
- DialogViewConfigurationWidget *_qlwInactive;
-};
-
-
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2006-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QDir>
-#include <qxml.h>
-#include <QString>
-
-// System
-#include <iostream>
-#include <utility>
-
-// KDE
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kstandarddirs.h>
-
-// KMix
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
-
-QMap<QString, GUIProfile*> GUIProfile::s_profiles;
-QString const GUIProfile::PNameSimple("simple");
-QString const GUIProfile::PNameExtended("extended");
-QString const GUIProfile::PNameAll("all");
-QString const GUIProfile::PNameCustom("custom");
-
-bool SortedStringComparator::operator()(const std::string& s1, const std::string& s2) const {
- return ( s1 < s2 );
-}
-
-/**
- * Product comparator for sorting:
- * We want the comparator to sort ascending by Vendor. "Inside" the Vendors, we sort by Product Name.
- */
-bool ProductComparator::operator()(const ProfProduct* p1, const ProfProduct* p2) const {
- if ( p1->vendor < p2->vendor ) {
- return ( true );
- }
- else if ( p1->vendor > p2->vendor ) {
- return ( false );
- }
- else if ( p1->productName < p2->productName ) {
- return ( true );
- }
- else if ( p1->productName > p2->productName ) {
- return ( false );
- }
- else {
- /**
- * We reach this point, if vendor and product name is identical.
- * Actually we don't care about the order then, so we decide that "p1" comes first.
- *
- * (Hint: As this is a set comparator, the return value HERE doesn't matter that
- * much. But if we would decide later to change this Comparator to be a Map Comparator,
- * we must NOT return a "0" for identity - this would lead to non-insertion on insert())
- */
- return true;
- }
-}
-
-GUIProfile::GUIProfile()
-{
- _dirty = false;
- _driverVersionMin = 0;
- _driverVersionMax = 0;
- _generation = 1;
-}
-
-GUIProfile::~GUIProfile()
-{
- kWarning() << "Thou shalt not delete any GUI profile. This message is only OK, when quitting KMix";
- qDeleteAll(_controls);
- qDeleteAll(_products);
-}
-
-/**
- * Clears the GUIProfile cache. You must only call this
- * before termination of the application, as GUIProfile instances are used in other classes, especially the views.
- * There is no need to call this in non-GUI applications like kmixd and kmixctrl.
- */
-void GUIProfile::clearCache()
-{
- qDeleteAll(s_profiles);
- s_profiles.clear();
-}
-
-
-
-
-void GUIProfile::setId(const QString& id)
-{
- _id = id;
-}
-
-QString GUIProfile::getId() const
-{
- return _id;
-}
-
-bool GUIProfile::isDirty() const {
- return _dirty;
-}
-
-void GUIProfile::setDirty() {
- _dirty = true;
-}
-
-/**
- * Build a profile name. Suitable to use as primary key and to build filenames.
- * @arg mixer The mixer
- * @arg profileName The profile name (e.g. "capture", "playback", "my-cool-profile", or "any"
- * @return The profile name
- */
-QString GUIProfile::buildProfileName(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName, bool ignoreCard)
-{
- QString fname;
- fname += mixer->getDriverName();
- if (!ignoreCard) {
- fname += ".%1.%2";
- fname = fname.arg(mixer->getBaseName()).arg(mixer->getCardInstance());
- }
- fname += '.' + profileName;
-
- fname.replace(' ','_');
- return fname;
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate a readable profile name (for presenting to the user).
- * Hint: Currently used as Tab label.
- */
-QString GUIProfile::buildReadableProfileName(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName)
-{
- QString fname;
- fname += mixer->getBaseName();
- if ( mixer->getCardInstance() > 1 ) {
- fname += " %1";
- fname = fname.arg(mixer->getCardInstance());
- }
- if ( profileName != "default" ) {
- fname += ' ' + profileName;
- }
-
- kDebug() << fname;
- return fname;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the GUIProfile for the given ID (= "fullyQualifiedName").
- * If not found 0 is returned. There is no try to load it.
- *
- * @returns The loaded GUIProfile for the given ID
- */
-GUIProfile* GUIProfile::find(QString id)
-{
- // Not thread safe (due to non-atomic contains()/get()
- if ( s_profiles.contains(id) )
- {
- return s_profiles[id];
- }
- else
- {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Finds the correct profile for the given mixer.
- * If already loaded from disk, returns the cached version.
- * Otherwise load profile from disk: Priority: Card specific profile, Card unspecific profile
- *
- * @arg mixer The mixer
- * @arg profileName The profile name (e.g. "ALSA.X-Fi.default", or "OSS.intel-cha51.playback")
- * A special case is "", which means that a card specific name should be generated.
- * @arg profileNameIsFullyQualified If true, an exact match will be searched. Otherwise it is a simple name like "playback" or "capture"
- * @arg ignoreCardName If profileName not fully qualified, this is used in building the requestedProfileName
- * @return GUIProfile* The loaded GUIProfile, or 0 if no profile matched. Hint: if you use allowFallback==true, this should never return 0.
- */
-GUIProfile* GUIProfile::find(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName, bool profileNameIsFullyQualified, bool ignoreCardName)
-{
- GUIProfile* guiprof = 0;
-
- if ( mixer == 0 || profileName.isEmpty() )
- return 0;
-
- if ( mixer->isDynamic() ) {
- kDebug(67100) << "GUIProfile::find() Not loading GUIProfile for Dynamic Mixer";
- return 0;
- }
-
- QString requestedProfileName;
- QString fullQualifiedProfileName;
- if ( profileNameIsFullyQualified ) {
- requestedProfileName = profileName;
- fullQualifiedProfileName = profileName;
- }
- else {
- requestedProfileName = buildProfileName(mixer, profileName, ignoreCardName);
- fullQualifiedProfileName = buildProfileName(mixer, profileName, false);
- }
-
- if ( s_profiles.contains(fullQualifiedProfileName) ) {
- guiprof = s_profiles.value(fullQualifiedProfileName); // Cached
- }
- else {
- guiprof = loadProfileFromXMLfiles(mixer, requestedProfileName); // Load from XML ###Card specific profile###
- if ( guiprof != 0 ) {
- guiprof->_mixerId = mixer->id();
- guiprof->setId(fullQualifiedProfileName); // this one contains some soundcard id (basename + instance)
-
- if ( guiprof->getName().isEmpty() ) {
- // If the profile didn't contain a name then lets define one
- guiprof->setName(buildReadableProfileName(mixer,profileName)); // The caller can rename this if he likes
- guiprof->setDirty();
- }
-
- if ( requestedProfileName != fullQualifiedProfileName) {
- // This is very important!
- // When the final profileName (fullQualifiedProfileName) is different from
- // what we have loaded (requestedProfileName, e.g. "default"), we MUST
- // set the profile dirty, so it gets saved. Otherwise we would write the
- // fullQualifiedProfileName in the kmixrc, and will not find it on the next
- // start of KMix.
- guiprof->setDirty();
- }
- addProfile(guiprof);
- }
- }
-
- return guiprof;
-}
-
-/*
- * Add the profile to the internal list of profiles (Profile caching).
- */
-void GUIProfile::addProfile(GUIProfile* guiprof)
-{
- // Possible TODO: Delete old mapped GUIProfile, if it exists. Otherwise we might leak one GUIProfile instance
- // per unplug/plug sequence. Its quite likely possible that currently no Backend leads to a
- // leak: This is because they either don't hotplug cards (PulseAudio, MPRIS2), or they ship
- // a XML gui profile (so the Cached version is retrieved, and addProfile() is not called).
-
- s_profiles[guiprof->getId()] = guiprof;
- kDebug() << "I have added" << guiprof->getId() << "; Number of profiles is now " << s_profiles.size() ;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
- * Loads a GUI Profile from disk (xml profile file).
- * It tries to load the Soundcard specific file first (a).
- * If it doesn't exist, it will load the default profile corresponding to the soundcard driver (b).
- */
-GUIProfile* GUIProfile::loadProfileFromXMLfiles(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName)
-{
- GUIProfile* guiprof = 0;
- QString fileName = createNormalizedFilename(profileName);
- QString fileNameFQ = KStandardDirs::locate("appdata", fileName );
-
- if ( ! fileNameFQ.isEmpty() ) {
- guiprof = new GUIProfile();
- if ( guiprof->readProfile(fileNameFQ) && ( guiprof->match(mixer) > 0) ) {
- // loaded
- }
- else {
- delete guiprof; // not good (e.g. Parsing error => drop this profile silently)
- guiprof = 0;
- }
- }
- else {
- kDebug() << "Ignore file " <<fileName<< " (does not exist)";
- }
- return guiprof;
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns a fallback GUIProfile. You can call this if the backends ships no profile files.
- * The returned GUIProfile is also added to the static Map of all GUIProfile instances.
- */
-GUIProfile* GUIProfile::fallbackProfile(Mixer *mixer)
-{
- // -1- Get name
- QString fullQualifiedProfileName = buildProfileName(mixer, QString("default"), false);
-
- GUIProfile *fallback = new GUIProfile();
-
- // -2- Fill details
- ProfProduct* prd = new ProfProduct();
- prd->vendor = mixer->getDriverName();
- prd->productName = mixer->readableName();
- prd->productRelease = "1.0";
- fallback->_products.insert(prd);
-
- static QString matchAll(".*");
- static QString matchAllSctl(".*");
- ProfControl* ctl = new ProfControl(matchAll, matchAllSctl);
- //ctl->regexp = matchAll; // make sure id matches the regexp
- ctl->setMandatory(true);
- fallback->_controls.push_back(ctl);
-
- fallback->_soundcardDriver = mixer->getDriverName();
- fallback->_soundcardName = mixer->readableName();
-
- fallback->finalizeProfile();
-
- fallback->_mixerId = mixer->id();
- fallback->setId(fullQualifiedProfileName); // this one contains some soundcard id (basename + instance)
- fallback->setName(buildReadableProfileName(mixer, QString("default"))); // The caller can rename this if he likes
- fallback->setDirty();
-
- /* -3- Add the profile to the static list
- * Hint: This looks like a memory leak, as we never remove profiles from memory while KMix runs.
- * Especially with application streams it looks suspicious. But please be aware that this method is only
- * called for soundcard hotplugs, and not on stream hotplugs. At least it is supposed to be like that.
- *
- * Please also see the docs at addProfile(), they also address the possible memory leakage.
- */
- addProfile(fallback);
-
- return fallback;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Fill the profile with the data from the given XML profile file.
- * @par ref_fileName: Full qualified filename (with path).
- * @return bool True, if the profile was successfully created. False if not (e.g. parsing error).
- */
-bool GUIProfile::readProfile(const QString& ref_fileName)
-{
- QXmlSimpleReader *xmlReader = new QXmlSimpleReader();
- kDebug() << "Read profile:" << ref_fileName ;
- QFile xmlFile( ref_fileName );
- QXmlInputSource source( &xmlFile );
- GUIProfileParser* gpp = new GUIProfileParser(this);
- xmlReader->setContentHandler(gpp);
- bool ok = xmlReader->parse( source );
-
- //std::cout << "Raw Profile: " << *this;
- if ( ok ) {
- ok = finalizeProfile();
- } // Read OK
- else {
- // !! this error message about faulty profiles should probably be surrounded with i18n()
- kError(67100) << "ERROR: The profile '" << ref_fileName<< "' contains errors, and is not used.";
- }
- delete gpp;
- delete xmlReader;
-
- return ok;
-}
-
-const QString GUIProfile::createNormalizedFilename(const QString& profileId)
-{
- QString profileIdNormalized(profileId);
- profileIdNormalized.replace(':', '.');
-
- QString fileName("profiles/");
- fileName = fileName + profileIdNormalized + ".xml";
- return fileName;
- }
-
-bool GUIProfile::writeProfile()
-{
- bool ret = false;
- QString profileId = getId();
- QString fileName = createNormalizedFilename(profileId);
- QString fileNameFQ = KStandardDirs::locateLocal("appdata", fileName, true );
-
- kDebug() << "Write profile:" << fileNameFQ ;
- QFile f(fileNameFQ);
- if ( f.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QFile::Truncate) )
- {
- QTextStream out(&f);
- out << *this;
- f.close();
- ret = true;
- }
-
- if ( ret ) {
- _dirty = false;
- }
- return ret;
-}
-
-/** This is now empty. It can be removed */
-bool GUIProfile::finalizeProfile() const
-{
- bool ok = true;
- return ok;
-}
-
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void GUIProfile::setControls(ControlSet& newControlSet)
-{
- qDeleteAll(_controls);
- _controls = newControlSet;
-}
-
-const GUIProfile::ControlSet& GUIProfile::getControls() const
-{
- return _controls;
-}
-
-GUIProfile::ControlSet& GUIProfile::getControls()
-{
- return _controls;
-}
-
-void GUIProfile::addProduct(ProfProduct* prd)
-{
- _products.insert(prd);
-}
-
-// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/**
- * Returns how good the given Mixer matches this GUIProfile.
- * A value between 0 (not matching at all) and MAXLONG (perfect match) is returned.
- *
- * Here is the current algorithm:
- *
- * If the driver doesn't match, 0 is returned. (OK)
- * If the card-name ... (OK)
- * is "*", this is worth 1 point
- * doesn't match, 0 is returned.
- * matches, this is worth 500 points.
- *
- * If the "card type" ...
- * is empty, this is worth 0 points. !!! not implemented yet
- * doesn't match, 0 is returned. !!! not implemented yet
- * matches , this is worth 500 points. !!! not implemented yet
- *
- * If the "driver version" doesn't match, 0 is returned. !!! not implemented yet
- * If the "driver version" matches, this is worth ...
- * 4000 unlimited <=> "*:*"
- * 6000 toLower-bound-limited <=> "toLower-bound:*"
- * 6000 upper-bound-limited <=> "*:upper-bound"
- * 8000 upper- and toLower-bound limited <=> "toLower-bound:upper-bound"
- * or 10000 points (upper-bound=toLower-bound=bound <=> "bound:bound"
- *
- * The Profile-Generation is added to the already achieved points. (done)
- * The maximum gain is 900 points.
- * Thus you can create up to 900 generations (0-899) without "overriding"
- * the points gained from the "driver version" or "card-type".
- *
- * For example: card-name="*" (1), card-type matches (1000),
- * driver version "*:*" (4000), Profile-Generation 4 (4).
- * Sum: 1 + 1000 + 4000 + 4 = 5004
- *
- * @todo Implement "card type" match value
- * @todo Implement "version" match value (must be in backends as well)
- */
-unsigned long GUIProfile::match(Mixer* mixer) {
- unsigned long matchValue = 0;
- if ( _soundcardDriver != mixer->getDriverName() ) {
- return 0;
- }
- if ( _soundcardName == "*" ) {
- matchValue += 1;
- }
- else if ( _soundcardName != mixer->getBaseName() ) {
- return 0; // card name does not match
- }
- else {
- matchValue += 500; // card name matches
- }
-
- // !!! we don't check current for the driver version.
- // So we assign simply 4000 points for now.
- matchValue += 4000;
- if ( _generation < 900 ) {
- matchValue += _generation;
- }
- else {
- matchValue += 900;
- }
- return matchValue;
-}
-
-QString xmlify(QString raw);
-
-QString xmlify(QString raw)
-{
-// kDebug() << "Before: " << raw;
- raw = raw.replace('&', "&");
- raw = raw.replace('<', "<");
- raw = raw.replace('>', ">");
- raw = raw.replace("'", "'");
- raw = raw.replace("\"", """);
-// kDebug() << "After : " << raw;
- return raw;
-}
-
-
-QTextStream& operator<<(QTextStream &os, const GUIProfile& guiprof)
-{
-// kDebug() << "ENTER QTextStream& operator<<";
- os << "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"utf-8\"?>";
- os << endl << endl;
-
- os << "<soundcard driver=\"" << xmlify(guiprof._soundcardDriver).toUtf8().constData() << "\""
- << " version = \"" << guiprof._driverVersionMin << ":" << guiprof._driverVersionMax << "\"" << endl
- << " name = \"" << xmlify(guiprof._soundcardName).toUtf8().constData() << "\"" << endl
- << " type = \"" << xmlify(guiprof._soundcardType).toUtf8().constData() << "\"" << endl
- << " generation = \"" << guiprof._generation << "\"" << endl
- << ">" << endl << endl ;
-
- os << "<profile id=\"" << xmlify(guiprof._id) << "\" name=\"" << xmlify(guiprof._name) << "\"/>" << endl;
-
- for ( GUIProfile::ProductSet::const_iterator it = guiprof._products.begin(); it != guiprof._products.end(); ++it)
- {
- ProfProduct* prd = *it;
- os << "<product vendor=\"" << xmlify(prd->vendor).toUtf8().constData() << "\" name=\"" << xmlify(prd->productName).toUtf8().constData() << "\"";
- if ( ! prd->productRelease.isNull() ) {
- os << " release=\"" << xmlify(prd->productRelease).toUtf8().constData() << "\"";
- }
- if ( ! prd->comment.isNull() ) {
- os << " comment=\"" << xmlify(prd->comment).toUtf8().constData() << "\"";
- }
- os << " />" << endl;
- } // for all products
- os << endl;
-
- foreach ( ProfControl* profControl, guiprof.getControls() )
- {
- os << "<control id=\"" << xmlify(profControl->id).toUtf8().constData() << "\"" ;
- if ( !profControl->name.isNull() && profControl->name != profControl->id ) {
- os << " name=\"" << xmlify(profControl->name).toUtf8().constData() << "\"" ;
- }
- os << " subcontrols=\"" << xmlify( profControl->renderSubcontrols().toUtf8().constData()) << "\"" ;
- os << " show=\"" << xmlify(profControl->show).toUtf8().constData() << "\"" ;
- if ( profControl->isMandatory() ) {
- os << " mandatory=\"true\"";
- }
- if ( profControl->isSplit() ) {
- os << " split=\"true\"";
- }
- os << " />" << endl;
- } // for all controls
- os << endl;
-
- os << "</soundcard>" << endl;
-// kDebug() << "EXIT QTextStream& operator<<";
- return os;
-}
-
-std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const GUIProfile& guiprof) {
- os << "Soundcard:" << std::endl
- << " Driver=" << guiprof._soundcardDriver.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl
- << " Driver-Version min=" << guiprof._driverVersionMin
- << " max=" << guiprof._driverVersionMax << std::endl
- << " Card-Name=" << guiprof._soundcardName.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl
- << " Card-Type=" << guiprof._soundcardType.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl
- << " Profile-Generation=" << guiprof._generation
- << std::endl;
-
- os << "Profile:" << std::endl
- << " Id=" << guiprof._id.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl
- << " Name=" << guiprof._name.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl;
-
- for ( GUIProfile::ProductSet::const_iterator it = guiprof._products.begin(); it != guiprof._products.end(); ++it)
- {
- ProfProduct* prd = *it;
- os << "Product:\n Vendor=" << prd->vendor.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl << " Name=" << prd->productName.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl;
- if ( ! prd->productRelease.isNull() ) {
- os << " Release=" << prd->productRelease.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl;
- }
- if ( ! prd->comment.isNull() ) {
- os << " Comment = " << prd->comment.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl;
- }
- } // for all products
-
- foreach ( ProfControl* profControl, guiprof.getControls() )
- {
-// ProfControl* profControl = *it;
- os << "Control:\n ID=" << profControl->id.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl;
- if ( !profControl->name.isNull() && profControl->name != profControl->id ) {
- os << " Name = " << profControl->name.toUtf8().constData() << std::endl;
- }
- os << " Subcontrols=" << profControl->renderSubcontrols().toUtf8().constData() << std::endl;
- if ( profControl->isMandatory() ) {
- os << " mandatory=\"true\"" << std::endl;
- }
- if ( profControl->isSplit() ) {
- os << " split=\"true\"" << std::endl;
- }
- } // for all controls
-
- return os;
-}
-
-ProfControl::ProfControl(QString& id, QString& subcontrols ) :
- _mandatory(false), _split(false) {
- d = new ProfControlPrivate();
- this->show = "simple";
- this->id = id;
- setSubcontrols(subcontrols);
-}
-
-ProfControl::ProfControl(const ProfControl &profControl) :
- _mandatory(false), _split(false) {
- d = new ProfControlPrivate();
- id = profControl.id;
- name = profControl.name;
-
- _useSubcontrolPlayback = profControl._useSubcontrolPlayback;
- _useSubcontrolCapture = profControl._useSubcontrolCapture;
- _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch = profControl._useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch;
- _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch = profControl._useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch;
- _useSubcontrolEnum = profControl._useSubcontrolEnum;
- d->subcontrols = profControl.d->subcontrols;
-
- name = profControl.name;
- show = profControl.show;
- backgroundColor = profControl.backgroundColor;
- switchtype = profControl.switchtype;
- _mandatory = profControl._mandatory;
- _split = profControl._split;
-}
-
-ProfControl::~ProfControl() {
- delete d;
-}
-
-void ProfControl::setVisible(bool visible)
-{
- show = visible ? GUIProfile::PNameSimple : GUIProfile::PNameExtended;
-}
-
-void ProfControl::setSubcontrols(QString sctls)
-{
- d->subcontrols = sctls;
-
- _useSubcontrolPlayback = false;
- _useSubcontrolCapture = false;
- _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch = false;
- _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch = false;
- _useSubcontrolEnum = false;
-
- QStringList qsl = sctls.split( ',', QString::SkipEmptyParts, Qt::CaseInsensitive);
- foreach (const QString &sctl, qsl) {
- //kDebug() << "setSubcontrols found: " << sctl.toLocal8Bit().constData();
- if ( sctl == "pvolume" ) _useSubcontrolPlayback = true;
- else if ( sctl == "cvolume" ) _useSubcontrolCapture = true;
- else if ( sctl == "pswitch" ) _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch = true;
- else if ( sctl == "cswitch" ) _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch = true;
- else if ( sctl == "enum" ) _useSubcontrolEnum = true;
- else if ( sctl == "*" || sctl == ".*") {
- _useSubcontrolCapture = true;
- _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch = true;
- _useSubcontrolPlayback = true;
- _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch = true;
- _useSubcontrolEnum = true;
- }
- else kWarning() << "Ignoring unknown subcontrol type '" << sctl << "' in profile";
- }
-}
-
-QString ProfControl::renderSubcontrols()
-{
- QString sctlString;
- if ( _useSubcontrolPlayback && _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch && _useSubcontrolCapture && _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch && _useSubcontrolEnum ) {
- return QString("*");
- }
- else {
- if ( _useSubcontrolPlayback ) {
- sctlString += "pvolume,";
- }
- if ( _useSubcontrolCapture ) {
- sctlString += "cvolume,";
- }
- if ( _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch ) {
- sctlString += "pswitch,";
- }
- if ( _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch ) {
- sctlString += "cswitch,";
- }
- if ( _useSubcontrolEnum ) {
- sctlString += "enum,";
- }
- if ( sctlString.length() > 0 ) {
- sctlString.chop(1);
- }
- return sctlString;
- }
-}
-
-
-// ### PARSER START ################################################
-
-
-GUIProfileParser::GUIProfileParser(GUIProfile* ref_gp) : _guiProfile(ref_gp)
-{
- _scope = GUIProfileParser::NONE; // no scope yet
-}
-
-bool GUIProfileParser::startDocument()
-{
- _scope = GUIProfileParser::NONE; // no scope yet
- return true;
-}
-
-bool GUIProfileParser::startElement( const QString& ,
- const QString& ,
- const QString& qName,
- const QXmlAttributes& attributes )
-{
- switch ( _scope ) {
- case GUIProfileParser::NONE:
- /** we are reading the "top level" ***************************/
- if ( qName.toLower() == "soundcard" ) {
- _scope = GUIProfileParser::SOUNDCARD;
- addSoundcard(attributes);
- }
- else {
- // skip unknown top-level nodes
- std::cerr << "Ignoring unsupported element '" << qName.toUtf8().constData() << "'" << std::endl;
- }
- // we are accepting <soundcard> only
- break;
-
- case GUIProfileParser::SOUNDCARD:
- if ( qName.toLower() == "product" ) {
- // Defines product names under which the chipset/hardware is sold
- addProduct(attributes);
- }
- else if ( qName.toLower() == "control" ) {
- addControl(attributes);
- }
- else if ( qName.toLower() == "profile" ) {
- addProfileInfo(attributes);
- }
- else {
- std::cerr << "Ignoring unsupported element '" << qName.toUtf8().constData() << "'" << std::endl;
- }
- // we are accepting <product>, <control> and <tab>
-
- break;
-
- } // switch()
- return true;
-}
-
-bool GUIProfileParser::endElement( const QString&, const QString&, const QString& qName )
-{
- if ( qName == "soundcard" ) {
- _scope = GUIProfileParser::NONE; // should work out OK, as we don't nest soundcard entries
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-void GUIProfileParser::addSoundcard(const QXmlAttributes& attributes) {
-/*
- std::cout << "Soundcard: ";
- printAttributes(attributes);
-*/
- QString driver = attributes.value("driver");
- QString version = attributes.value("version");
- QString name = attributes.value("name");
- QString type = attributes.value("type");
- QString generation = attributes.value("generation");
- if ( !driver.isNull() && !name.isNull() ) {
- _guiProfile->_soundcardDriver = driver;
- _guiProfile->_soundcardName = name;
- if ( type.isNull() ) {
- _guiProfile->_soundcardType = "";
- }
- else {
- _guiProfile->_soundcardType = type;
- }
- if ( version.isNull() ) {
- _guiProfile->_driverVersionMin = 0;
- _guiProfile->_driverVersionMax = 0;
- }
- else {
- std::pair<QString,QString> versionMinMax;
- splitPair(version, versionMinMax, ':');
- _guiProfile->_driverVersionMin = versionMinMax.first.toULong();
- _guiProfile->_driverVersionMax = versionMinMax.second.toULong();
- }
- if ( type.isNull() ) { type = ""; };
- if ( generation.isNull() ) {
- _guiProfile->_generation = 0;
- }
- else {
- // Hint: If the conversion fails, _generation will be assigned 0 (which is fine)
- _guiProfile->_generation = generation.toUInt();
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-
-
-void GUIProfileParser::addProfileInfo(const QXmlAttributes& attributes) {
- QString name = attributes.value("name");
- QString id = attributes.value("id");
-
- _guiProfile->setId(id);
- _guiProfile->setName(name);
-}
-
-void GUIProfileParser::addProduct(const QXmlAttributes& attributes) {
- /*
- std::cout << "Product: ";
- printAttributes(attributes);
- */
- QString vendor = attributes.value("vendor");
- QString name = attributes.value("name");
- QString release = attributes.value("release");
- QString comment = attributes.value("comment");
- if ( !vendor.isNull() && !name.isNull() ) {
- // Adding a product makes only sense if we have at least vendor and product name
- ProfProduct *prd = new ProfProduct();
- prd->vendor = vendor;
- prd->productName = name;
- prd->productRelease = release;
- prd->comment = comment;
-
- _guiProfile->addProduct(prd);
- }
-}
-
-void GUIProfileParser::addControl(const QXmlAttributes& attributes) {
- /*
- std::cout << "Control: ";
- printAttributes(attributes);
- */
- QString id = attributes.value("id");
- QString subcontrols = attributes.value("subcontrols");
- QString name = attributes.value("name");
- QString show = attributes.value("show");
- QString background = attributes.value("background");
- QString switchtype = attributes.value("switchtype");
- QString mandatory = attributes.value("mandatory");
- QString split = attributes.value("split");
- bool isMandatory = false;
-
- if ( !id.isNull() ) {
- // We need at least an "id". We can set defaults for the rest, if undefined.
- if ( subcontrols.isNull() || subcontrols.isEmpty() ) {
- subcontrols = '*'; // for compatibility reasons, we interpret an empty string as match-all (aka "*")
- }
- if ( name.isNull() ) {
- // ignore. isNull() will be checked by all users.
- }
- if ( ! mandatory.isNull() && mandatory == "true" ) {
- isMandatory = true;
- }
- if ( !background.isNull() ) {
- // ignore. isNull() will be checked by all users.
- }
- if ( !switchtype.isNull() ) {
- // ignore. isNull() will be checked by all users.
- }
-
- ProfControl *profControl = new ProfControl(id, subcontrols);
- if ( show.isNull() ) { show = '*'; }
-
- profControl->name = name;
- profControl->show = show;
- profControl->setBackgroundColor( background );
- profControl->setSwitchtype(switchtype);
- profControl->setMandatory(isMandatory);
-
- if ( !split.isNull() && split=="true") {
- profControl->setSplit(true);
- }
- _guiProfile->getControls().push_back(profControl);
- } // id != null
-}
-
-void GUIProfileParser::printAttributes(const QXmlAttributes& attributes) {
- if ( attributes.length() > 0 ) {
- for ( int i = 0 ; i < attributes.length(); i++ ) {
- std::cout << attributes.qName(i).toUtf8().constData() << ":"<< attributes.value(i).toUtf8().constData() << " , ";
- }
- std::cout << std::endl;
- }
-}
-
-void GUIProfileParser::splitPair(const QString& pairString, std::pair<QString,QString>& result, char delim)
-{
- int delimPos = pairString.indexOf(delim);
- if ( delimPos == -1 ) {
- // delimiter not found => use an empty String for "second"
- result.first = pairString;
- result.second = "";
- }
- else {
- // delimiter found
- result.first = pairString.mid(0,delimPos);
- result.second = pairString.left(delimPos+1);
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2006-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef _GUIPROFILE_H_
-#define _GUIPROFILE_H_
-
-class Mixer;
-
-#include <qxml.h>
-#include <QColor>
-#include <QTextStream>
-#include <QString>
-
-#include <string>
-#include <map>
-#include <set>
-#include <vector>
-#include <ostream>
-
-#include <KDebug>
-
-struct SortedStringComparator
-{
- bool operator()(const std::string&, const std::string&) const;
-};
-
-
-struct ProfProduct
-{
- QString vendor;
- QString productName;
- // In case the vendor ships different products under the same productName
- QString productRelease;
- QString comment;
-};
-
-class ProfControlPrivate
-{
-public:
- // List of controls, e.g: "rec:1-2,recswitch"
- // THIS IS RAW DATA AS LOADED FROM THE PROFILE. DO NOT USE IT, except for debugging.
- QString subcontrols;
-
-};
-
-class ProfControl
-{
-public:
- ProfControl(QString& id, QString& subcontrols);
- ProfControl(const ProfControl &ctl); // copy constructor
- ~ProfControl();
- // ID as returned by the Mixer Backend, e.g. Master:0
- QString id;
-
- void setSubcontrols(QString sctls);
- bool useSubcontrolPlayback() {return _useSubcontrolPlayback;};
- bool useSubcontrolCapture() {return _useSubcontrolCapture;};
- bool useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch() {return _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch;};
- bool useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch() {return _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch;};
- bool useSubcontrolEnum() {return _useSubcontrolEnum;};
- QString renderSubcontrols();
-
- QString getBackgroundColor() const { return backgroundColor; }
- void setBackgroundColor(QString& backgroundColor) { this->backgroundColor = backgroundColor; }
- QString getSwitchtype() const { return switchtype; }
- void setSwitchtype(QString switchtype) { this->switchtype = switchtype; }
-
- // Visible name for the User ( if name.isNull(), id will be used - And in the future a default lookup table will be consulted ).
- // Because the name is visible, some kind of i18n() should be used.
- QString name;
-
- void setVisible(bool);
- // show or hide (contains the GUI type: simple, extended, all)
- // Future direction: Make "show" private
- QString show;
-
- bool isMandatory() const
- {
- return _mandatory;
- }
-
- void setMandatory(bool _mandatory)
- {
- this->_mandatory = _mandatory;
- }
- void setSplit ( bool split ) {
- _split = split;
- }
- bool isSplit() const {
- return _split;
- }
-
-private:
- // The following are the deserialized values of _subcontrols
- bool _useSubcontrolPlayback;
- bool _useSubcontrolCapture;
- bool _useSubcontrolPlaybackSwitch;
- bool _useSubcontrolCaptureSwitch;
- bool _useSubcontrolEnum;
-
- // For applying custom colors
- QString backgroundColor;
- // For defining the switch type when it is not a standard palyback or capture switch
- QString switchtype;
-
- bool _mandatory; // A mandatory control must be included in all GUIProfile copies
-
- ProfControlPrivate *d;
- bool _split; // true if this widget is to show two sliders
-};
-
-
-struct ProductComparator
-{
- bool operator()(const ProfProduct*, const ProfProduct*) const;
-};
-
-class GUIProfile
-{
-public:
- typedef std::set<ProfProduct*, ProductComparator> ProductSet;
- typedef QList<ProfControl*> ControlSet;
-
- static const QString PNameSimple;
- static const QString PNameExtended;
- static const QString PNameAll;
- static const QString PNameCustom;
-
-private:
- static QMap<QString, GUIProfile*>& getProfiles() { return s_profiles; }
- // Loading
- static QString buildProfileName(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName, bool ignoreCard);
- static QString buildReadableProfileName(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName);
-
- static GUIProfile* loadProfileFromXMLfiles(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName);
- static void addProfile(GUIProfile* guiprof);
- static const QString createNormalizedFilename(const QString& profileId);
-
- static QMap<QString, GUIProfile*> s_profiles;
-
-
-public:
- GUIProfile();
- virtual ~GUIProfile();
-
- static void clearCache();
-
- bool readProfile(const QString& ref_fileNamestring);
- bool finalizeProfile() const;
- bool writeProfile();
-
- bool isDirty() const;
- void setDirty();
-
- void setId(const QString& id);
- QString getId() const;
- QString getMixerId() const { return _mixerId; }
-
-
- unsigned long match(Mixer* mixer);
- friend std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const GUIProfile& vol);
- friend QTextStream& operator<<(QTextStream &outStream, const GUIProfile& guiprof);
-
-
-
- static GUIProfile* find(Mixer* mixer, QString profileName, bool profileNameIsFullyQualified, bool ignoreCardName);
- static GUIProfile* find(QString id);
- static GUIProfile* selectProfileFromXMLfiles(Mixer*, QString preferredProfile);
- static GUIProfile* fallbackProfile(Mixer*);
-
- // --- Getters and setters ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- const ControlSet& getControls() const;
- ControlSet& getControls();
- void setControls(ControlSet& newControlSet);
-
- QString getName() const { return _name; }
- void setName(QString _name) { this->_name = _name; }
-
- void addProduct(ProfProduct*);
-
-
- // --- The values from the <soundcard> tag: No getters and setters for them (yet) -----------------------------
- QString _soundcardDriver;
- // The driver version: 1000*1000*MAJOR + 1000*MINOR + PATCHLEVEL
- unsigned long _driverVersionMin;
- unsigned long _driverVersionMax;
- QString _soundcardName;
- QString _soundcardType;
- unsigned long _generation;
-
-private:
- ControlSet _controls;
- ProductSet _products;
-
- QString _id;
- QString _name;
- QString _mixerId;
- bool _dirty;
-};
-
-std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const GUIProfile& vol);
-QTextStream& operator<<(QTextStream &outStream, const GUIProfile& guiprof);
-
-class GUIProfileParser : public QXmlDefaultHandler
-{
-public:
- GUIProfileParser(GUIProfile* ref_gp);
- // Enumeration for the scope
- enum ProfileScope { NONE, SOUNDCARD };
-
- bool startDocument();
- bool startElement( const QString&, const QString&, const QString& , const QXmlAttributes& );
- bool endElement( const QString&, const QString&, const QString& );
-
-private:
- void addControl(const QXmlAttributes& attributes);
- void addProduct(const QXmlAttributes& attributes);
- void addSoundcard(const QXmlAttributes& attributes);
- void addProfileInfo(const QXmlAttributes& attributes);
- void printAttributes(const QXmlAttributes& attributes);
- void splitPair(const QString& pairString, std::pair<QString,QString>& result, char delim);
-
- ProfileScope _scope;
- GUIProfile* _guiProfile;
-};
-
-#endif //_GUIPROFILE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- * Copyright (C) 2001 Preston Brown <pbrown@kde.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/kmixdockwidget.h"
-
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kmenu.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kwindowsystem.h>
-#include <kactioncollection.h>
-#include <ktoggleaction.h>
-
-#include <QDBusConnection>
-#include <QDBusConnectionInterface>
-#include <QDesktopWidget>
-#include <QApplication>
-#include <QTextDocument>
-
-#include "apps/kmix.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-#include "gui/dialogselectmaster.h"
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-#include "gui/viewdockareapopup.h"
-
-
-//#define FEATURE_UNITY_POPUP true
-
-KMixDockWidget::KMixDockWidget(KMixWindow* parent)
- : KStatusNotifierItem(parent)
- , _oldToolTipValue(-1)
- , _oldPixmapType('-')
- , _kmixMainWindow(parent)
-{
- setToolTipIconByName("kmix");
- setTitle(i18n( "Volume Control"));
- setCategory(Hardware);
- setStatus(Active);
-
- // TODO Unity / Gnome only support one type of activation (left-click == right-click)
- // So we should show here the ViewDockAreaPopup instead of the menu:
- //bool onlyOneMouseButtonAction = onlyHaveOneMouseButtonAction();
-
- createMenuActions();
-
- connect(this, SIGNAL(scrollRequested(int,Qt::Orientation)), this, SLOT(trayWheelEvent(int,Qt::Orientation)));
- connect(this, SIGNAL(secondaryActivateRequested(QPoint)), this, SLOT(dockMute()));
-
- // For bizarre reasons, we wrap the ViewDockAreaPopup in a KMenu. Must relate to how KStatusNotifierItem works.
- _dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper = new KMenu(parent);
- _volWA = new QWidgetAction(_dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper);
- _dockView = new ViewDockAreaPopup(_dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper, "dockArea", 0, QString("no-guiprofile-yet-in-dock"), parent);
- _volWA->setDefaultWidget(_dockView);
- _dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper->addAction(_volWA);
- connect(contextMenu(), SIGNAL(aboutToShow()), this, SLOT(contextMenuAboutToShow()));
-
- ControlManager::instance().addListener(
- QString(), // All mixers (as the Global master Mixer might change)
- (ControlChangeType::Type) (ControlChangeType::Volume | ControlChangeType::MasterChanged), this,
- QString("KMixDockWidget"));
-
- // Refresh in all cases. When there is no Golbal Master we still need
- // to initialize correctly (e.g. for showin 0% or hiding it)
- refreshVolumeLevels();
-}
-
-KMixDockWidget::~KMixDockWidget()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().removeListener(this);
- // Note: deleting _volWA also deletes its associated ViewDockAreaPopup (_referenceWidget) and prevents the
- // action to be left with a dangling pointer.
- // cesken: I adapted the patch from https://bugs.kde.org/show_bug.cgi?id=220621#c27 to branch /branches/work/kmix
- delete _volWA;
-}
-
-void KMixDockWidget::controlsChange(int changeType)
-{
- ControlChangeType::Type type = ControlChangeType::fromInt(changeType);
- switch (type )
- {
- case ControlChangeType::MasterChanged:
- // Notify the main window, as it might need to update the visibiliy of the dock icon.
-// _kmixMainWindow->updateDocking();
-// _kmixMainWindow->saveConfig();
- refreshVolumeLevels();
- actionCollection()->action(QLatin1String("select_master"))->setEnabled(Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer() != 0);
- break;
-
- case ControlChangeType::Volume:
- refreshVolumeLevels();
- break;
-
- default:
- ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(type, this);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Updates all visual parts of the volume, namely tooltip and pixmap
- */
-void KMixDockWidget::refreshVolumeLevels()
-{
- setVolumeTip();
- updatePixmap();
-}
-
-/**
- * Creates the right-click menu
- */
-void KMixDockWidget::createMenuActions()
-{
- QMenu *menu = contextMenu();
- if ( menu == 0)
- return; // We do not use a menu
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if ( md.get() != 0 && md->hasMuteSwitch() ) {
- // Put "Mute" selector in context menu
- KToggleAction *action = actionCollection()->add<KToggleAction>( "dock_mute" );
- updateDockMuteAction(action);
- action->setText( i18n( "M&ute" ) );
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(dockMute()));
- menu->addAction( action );
- }
-
- // Put "Select Master Channel" dialog in context menu
- QAction *action = actionCollection()->addAction( "select_master" );
- action->setText( i18n("Select Master Channel...") );
- action->setEnabled(Mixer::getGlobalMasterMixer() != 0);
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), _kmixMainWindow, SLOT(slotSelectMaster()));
- menu->addAction( action );
-
- //Context menu entry to access media settings
- menu->addAction(_kmixMainWindow->actionCollection()->action("launch_kdesoundsetup"));
-}
-
-void
-KMixDockWidget::setVolumeTip()
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- QString tip;
- int virtualToolTipValue = 0;
-
- if ( md.get() == 0 )
- {
- tip = i18n("Mixer cannot be found"); // !! text could be reworked
- virtualToolTipValue = -2;
- }
- else
- {
- // Playback volume will be used for the DockIcon if available.
- // This heuristic is "good enough" for the DockIcon for now.
- int val = md->getUserfriendlyVolumeLevel();
- tip += "<font size=\"+1\">" + i18n( "Volume at %1%", val ) + "</font>";
- if ( md->isMuted() )
- tip += i18n( " (Muted)" );
- tip += QString( "<br/><font size=\"-1\">%1<br/>%2</font>" )
- .arg( Qt::escape(md->mixer()->readableName()) ).arg( Qt::escape(md->readableName()) );
-
- // create a new "virtual" value. With that we see "volume changes" as well as "muted changes"
- virtualToolTipValue = val;
- if ( md->isMuted() )
- virtualToolTipValue += 10000;
- }
-
- // The actual updating is only done when the "toolTipValue" was changed (to avoid flicker)
- if ( virtualToolTipValue != _oldToolTipValue )
- {
- // changed (or completely new tooltip)
- setToolTipTitle(tip);
- }
- _oldToolTipValue = virtualToolTipValue;
-}
-
-
-void KMixDockWidget::updatePixmap()
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
-
- char newPixmapType;
- if ( !md )
- {
- // no such control => error
- newPixmapType = 'e';
- }
- else
- {
- int percentage = md->getUserfriendlyVolumeLevel();
- if ( percentage <= 0 ) newPixmapType = '0'; // Hint: also muted, and also negative-values
- else if ( percentage < 25 ) newPixmapType = '1';
- else if ( percentage < 75 ) newPixmapType = '2';
- else newPixmapType = '3';
- }
-
- if ( newPixmapType != _oldPixmapType ) {
- // Pixmap must be changed => do so
- switch ( newPixmapType ) {
- case 'e': setIconByName( "kmixdocked_error" ); break;
- case 'm':
- case '0': setIconByName( "audio-volume-muted" ); break;
- case '1': setIconByName( "audio-volume-low" ); break;
- case '2': setIconByName( "audio-volume-medium" ); break;
- case '3': setIconByName( "audio-volume-high" ); break;
- }
- }
-
- _oldPixmapType = newPixmapType;
-}
-
-/**
- * Called whenever the icon gets "activated". Usually when its clicked.
- * @overload
- * @param pos
- */
-void KMixDockWidget::activate(const QPoint &pos)
-{
- QWidget* dockAreaPopup = _dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper; // TODO Refactor to use _referenceWidget directly
- if (dockAreaPopup->isVisible())
- {
- dockAreaPopup->hide();
- return;
- }
-
- _dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper->removeAction(_volWA);
- delete _volWA;
- _volWA = new QWidgetAction(_dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper);
- _dockView = new ViewDockAreaPopup(_dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper, "dockArea", 0, QString("no-guiprofile-yet-in-dock"),
- _kmixMainWindow);
- _volWA->setDefaultWidget(_dockView);
- _dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper->addAction(_volWA);
-
- //_dockView->show(); // TODO cesken check: this should be automatic
- // Showing, to hopefully get the geometry manager started. We need width and height below. Also
- // vdesktop->availableGeometry(dockAreaPopup) needs to know on which screen the widget will be shown.
-// dockAreaPopup->show();
- _dockView->adjustSize();
- dockAreaPopup->adjustSize();
-
- int x = pos.x() - dockAreaPopup->width() / 2;
- if (x < 0)
- x = pos.x();
- int y = pos.y() - dockAreaPopup->height() / 2;
- if (y < 0)
- y = pos.y();
-
- // Now handle Multihead displays. And also make sure that the dialog is not
- // moved out-of-the screen on the right (see Bug 101742).
- const QDesktopWidget* vdesktop = QApplication::desktop();
- const QRect& vScreenSize = vdesktop->availableGeometry(dockAreaPopup);
-
- if ((x + dockAreaPopup->width()) > (vScreenSize.width() + vScreenSize.x()))
- {
- // move horizontally, so that it is completely visible
- x = vScreenSize.width() + vScreenSize.x() - dockAreaPopup->width() - 1;
- kDebug()
- << "Multihead: (case 1) moving to" << vScreenSize.x() << "," << vScreenSize.y();
- }
- else if (x < vScreenSize.x())
- {
- // horizontally out-of bound
- x = vScreenSize.x();
- kDebug() << "Multihead: (case 2) moving to" << vScreenSize.x() << "," << vScreenSize.y();
- }
-
- if ((y + dockAreaPopup->height()) > (vScreenSize.height() + vScreenSize.y()))
- {
- // move horizontally, so that it is completely visible
- y = vScreenSize.height() + vScreenSize.y() - dockAreaPopup->height() - 1;
- kDebug() << "Multihead: (case 3) moving to" << vScreenSize.x() << "," << vScreenSize.y();
- }
- else if (y < vScreenSize.y())
- {
- // horizontally out-of bound
- y = vScreenSize.y();
- kDebug() << "Multihead: (case 4) moving to" << vScreenSize.x() << "," << vScreenSize.y();
- }
-
-
- KWindowSystem::setType(dockAreaPopup->winId(), NET::Dock);
- KWindowSystem::setState(dockAreaPopup->winId(), NET::KeepAbove | NET::SkipTaskbar | NET::SkipPager);
- dockAreaPopup->show();
- dockAreaPopup->move(x, y);
-}
-
-
-void
-KMixDockWidget::trayWheelEvent(int delta,Qt::Orientation wheelOrientation)
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if ( md.get() == 0 )
- return;
-
-
- Volume &vol = ( md->playbackVolume().hasVolume() ) ? md->playbackVolume() : md->captureVolume();
- // bko313579 Do not use "delta", as that is setting more related to documents (Editor, Browser). KMix should
- // simply always use its own VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR as a base for percentage change.
- bool decrease = delta < 0;
- if (wheelOrientation == Qt::Horizontal) // Reverse horizontal scroll: bko228780
- decrease = !decrease;
- long cv = vol.volumeStep(decrease);
-
- bool isInactive = vol.isCapture() ? !md->isRecSource() : md->isMuted();
- kDebug() << "Operating on capture=" << vol.isCapture() << ", isInactive=" << isInactive;
- if ( cv > 0 && isInactive)
- {
- // increasing from muted state: unmute and start with a low volume level
- if ( vol.isCapture())
- md->setRecSource(true);
- else
- md->setMuted(false);
- vol.setAllVolumes(cv);
- }
- else
- vol.changeAllVolumes(cv);
-
- md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange(md);
- refreshVolumeLevels();
-}
-
-
-void
-KMixDockWidget::dockMute()
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if ( md )
- {
- md->toggleMute();
- md->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( md );
- refreshVolumeLevels();
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns whether the running Desktop only supports one Mouse Button
- * Hint: Unity / Gnome only support one type of activation (left-click == right-click).
- */
-bool KMixDockWidget::onlyHaveOneMouseButtonAction()
-{
- QDBusConnection connection = QDBusConnection::sessionBus();
- bool unityIsRunnig = (connection.interface()->isServiceRegistered("com.canonical.Unity.Panel.Service"));
- // Possibly implement other detectors, like for Gnome 3 or Gnome 2
- return unityIsRunnig;
-
-}
-
-void KMixDockWidget::contextMenuAboutToShow()
-{
- // Enable/Disable "Muted" menu item
- KToggleAction *dockMuteAction = static_cast<KToggleAction*>(actionCollection()->action("dock_mute"));
- updateDockMuteAction(dockMuteAction);
-}
-
-void KMixDockWidget::updateDockMuteAction ( KToggleAction* dockMuteAction )
-{
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- if ( md && dockMuteAction != 0 )
- {
- Volume& vol = md->playbackVolume().hasVolume() ? md->playbackVolume() : md->captureVolume();
- bool isInactive = vol.isCapture() ? !md->isRecSource() : md->isMuted();
- bool hasSwitch = vol.isCapture() ? vol.hasSwitch() : md->hasMuteSwitch();
- dockMuteAction->setEnabled( hasSwitch );
- dockMuteAction->setChecked( isInactive );
- }
-}
-
-#include "moc_kmixdockwidget.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- * Copyright (C) 2003 Sven Leiber <s.leiber@web.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef KMIXDOCKWIDGET_H
-#define KMIXDOCKWIDGET_H
-
-#include <QString>
-#include <QWidgetAction>
-
-class KToggleAction;
-#include <kstatusnotifieritem.h>
-
-class KMixWindow;
-class Mixer;
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-class ViewDockAreaPopup;
-class Volume;
-
-class KMixDockWidget : public KStatusNotifierItem
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
- friend class KMixWindow;
-
- public:
- explicit KMixDockWidget(KMixWindow *parent);
- virtual ~KMixDockWidget();
-
- void setErrorPixmap();
- void ignoreNextEvent();
- void update();
-
- public slots:
- void setVolumeTip();
- void updatePixmap();
- void activate(const QPoint &pos);
- void controlsChange(int changeType);
-
- protected:
- void createMenuActions();
- void toggleMinimizeRestore();
-
- private:
- ViewDockAreaPopup *_dockView;
- KMenu *_dockAreaPopupMenuWrapper;
- QWidgetAction *_volWA;
- int _oldToolTipValue;
- char _oldPixmapType;
- KMixWindow* _kmixMainWindow;
-
- bool onlyHaveOneMouseButtonAction();
- void refreshVolumeLevels();
- void updateDockMuteAction ( KToggleAction* dockMuteAction );
-
- private slots:
- void dockMute();
- void trayWheelEvent(int delta,Qt::Orientation);
- void contextMenuAboutToShow();
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/kmixerwidget.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-#include <QString>
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qapplication.h> // for QApplication::revsreseLayout()
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-
-// KDE
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kconfiggroup.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kglobal.h>
-#include <kicon.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <ktabwidget.h>
-
-// KMix
-#include "apps/kmix.h"
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "gui/kmixtoolbox.h"
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-#include "gui/viewsliders.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-
-
-/**
- This widget is embedded in the KMix Main window. Each Hardware Card is visualized by one KMixerWidget.
- KMixerWidget contains
- a TabBar with n Tabs (at least one per soundcard). These contain View's with sliders, switches and other GUI elements visualizing the Mixer)
-*/
-KMixerWidget::KMixerWidget( Mixer *mixer,
- QWidget * parent, ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags, QString guiprofId,
- KActionCollection* actionCollection )
- : QWidget( parent ), _mixer(mixer),
- m_topLayout(0), _guiprofId(guiprofId),
- _actionCollection(actionCollection)
-{
- createLayout(vflags);
-}
-
-KMixerWidget::~KMixerWidget()
-{
- foreach (ViewBase *view, _views)
- {
- delete view;
- }
- _views.clear();
-}
-
-/**
- * Creates the widgets as described in the KMixerWidget constructor
- */
-void KMixerWidget::createLayout(ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags)
-{
- // delete old objects
- delete m_topLayout;
-
- // create main layout
- m_topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
- m_topLayout->setSpacing( 3 );
- m_topLayout->setObjectName( QLatin1String( "m_topLayout" ) );
-
- /*******************************************************************
- * Now the main GUI is created.
- * 1) Select a (GUI) profile, which defines which controls to show on which Tab
- * 2a) Create the Tab's and the corresponding Views
- * 2b) Create device widgets
- * 2c) Add Views to Tab
- ********************************************************************/
- GUIProfile* guiprof = getGuiprof();
- if ( guiprof != 0 )
- {
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugGUI)
- kDebug() << "Add a view " << _guiprofId;
- ViewSliders* view = new ViewSliders( this, guiprof->getId(), _mixer, vflags, _guiprofId, _actionCollection );
- possiblyAddView(view);
- }
- show();
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Add the given view, if it is valid - it must have controls or at least have the chance to gain some (dynamic views)
- * @param vbase
- * @return true, if the view was added
- */
-bool KMixerWidget::possiblyAddView(ViewBase* vbase)
-{
- if ( ! vbase->isValid() ) {
- delete vbase;
- return false;
- }
- else {
- m_topLayout->addWidget(vbase);
- _views.push_back(vbase);
- connect( vbase, SIGNAL(toggleMenuBar()), parentWidget(), SLOT(toggleMenuBar()) );
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugGUI)
- kDebug() << "CONNECT ViewBase count " << vbase->getMixers().size();
- return true;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Returns the current View. Normally we have only one View, so we always return the first view.
- * This method is only here for one reason: We can plug in an action in the main menu for the view, so that
- * 99,99% of all users will be well served. Those who hack their own XML Profile to contain more than one view
- must use the context menu for configuring the additional views.
- */
-ViewBase* KMixerWidget::currentView()
-{
- return _views.empty() ? 0 : _views[0];
-}
-
-
-void KMixerWidget::setIcons( bool on )
-{
-const std::vector<ViewBase*>::const_iterator viewsEnd = _views.end();
- for ( std::vector<ViewBase*>::const_iterator it = _views.begin(); it != viewsEnd; ++it) {
- ViewBase* mixerWidget = *it;
- mixerWidget->setIcons(on);
- } // for all tabs
-}
-
-
-void KMixerWidget::loadConfig( KConfig *config )
-{
- const std::vector<ViewBase*>::const_iterator viewsEnd = _views.end();
- for ( std::vector<ViewBase*>::const_iterator it = _views.begin(); it != viewsEnd; ++it) {
- ViewBase* view = *it;
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugVolume)
- kDebug(67100) << "KMixerWidget::loadConfig()" << view->id();
- view->load(config);
- view->configurationUpdate();
- } // for all tabs
-}
-
-
-
-void KMixerWidget::saveConfig(KConfig *config)
-{
- const std::vector<ViewBase*>::const_iterator viewsEnd = _views.end();
- for (std::vector<ViewBase*>::const_iterator it = _views.begin(); it != viewsEnd; ++it)
- {
- ViewBase* view = *it;
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugVolume)
- kDebug(67100)
- << "KMixerWidget::saveConfig()" << view->id();
- view->save(config);
- } // for all tabs
-}
-
-
-void KMixerWidget::toggleMenuBarSlot() {
- emit toggleMenuBar();
-}
-
-#include "moc_kmixerwidget.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef KMIXERWIDGET_H
-#define KMIXERWIDGET_H
-
-#include <vector>
-
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <QString>
-
-
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-
-// QT
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-
-// KDE
-class KActionCollection;
-class KConfig;
-//class KTabWidget;
-
-// KMix
-class GUIProfile;
-class ProfTab;
-class Mixer;
-#include "viewbase.h"
-// KMix experimental
-
-
-class KMixerWidget : public QWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
- public:
- explicit KMixerWidget( Mixer *mixer,
- QWidget *parent, ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags, QString guiprofId, KActionCollection* coll = 0 );
- ~KMixerWidget();
-
- Mixer *mixer() { return _mixer; }
- ViewBase* currentView();
- GUIProfile* getGuiprof() { return GUIProfile::find(_guiprofId); };
-
-
- signals:
- void toggleMenuBar();
-
- public slots:
- void setIcons( bool on );
- void toggleMenuBarSlot();
-
- void saveConfig( KConfig *config );
- void loadConfig( KConfig *config );
-
- private:
- Mixer *_mixer;
- QVBoxLayout *m_topLayout; // contains TabWidget
- QString _guiprofId;
- std::vector<ViewBase*> _views;
- KActionCollection* _actionCollection; // -<- applciations wide action collection
-
- void createLayout(ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags);
- bool possiblyAddView(ViewBase* vbase);
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- * Copyright (C) 2001 Preston Brown <pbrown@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/kmixprefdlg.h"
-
-#include <qbuttongroup.h>
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <qradiobutton.h>
-//#include <QtGlobal>
-
-#include <kapplication.h>
-#include <KConfig>
-#include <KGlobal>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <KStandardDirs>
-
-#include "gui/kmixerwidget.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-
-KMixPrefDlg* KMixPrefDlg::instance = 0;
-
-KMixPrefDlg* KMixPrefDlg::getInstance()
-{
- return instance;
-}
-
-KMixPrefDlg* KMixPrefDlg::createInstance(QWidget *parent, GlobalConfig& config)
-{
- if (instance == 0)
- {
- instance = new KMixPrefDlg(parent, config);
- }
- return instance;
-
-}
-
-KMixPrefDlg::KMixPrefDlg(QWidget *parent, GlobalConfig& config) :
- KConfigDialog(parent, i18n("Configure"), &config), dialogConfig(config)
-
-{
- setFaceType(KPageDialog::List);
- //setCaption(i18n("Configure"));
- setButtons(Ok | Cancel | Apply);
-
- setDefaultButton(Ok);
-
- dvc = 0;
-
- // general buttons
- m_generalTab = new QFrame(this);
- m_controlsTab = new QFrame(this);
- m_startupTab = new QFrame(this);
-
- createStartupTab();
- createGeneralTab();
- createControlsTab();
- updateWidgets(); // I thought KConfigDialog would call this, but I saw during a gdb session that it does not do so.
-
- showButtonSeparator(true);
-
- generalPage = addPage(m_generalTab, i18n("General"), "configure");
- startupPage = addPage(m_startupTab, i18n("Start"), "preferences-system-login");
- soundmenuPage = addPage(m_controlsTab, i18n("Sound Menu"), "audio-volume-high");
-}
-
-KMixPrefDlg::~KMixPrefDlg()
-{
-}
-
-/**
- * Switches to a specific page and shows it.
- * @param page
- */
-void KMixPrefDlg::switchToPage(KMixPrefPage page)
-{
- switch (page)
- {
- case PrefGeneral:
- setCurrentPage(generalPage);
- break;
- case PrefSoundMenu:
- setCurrentPage(soundmenuPage);
- break;
- case PrefStartup:
- setCurrentPage(startupPage);
- break;
- default:
- kWarning() << "Tried to activated unknown preferences page" << page;
- break;
- }
- show();
-}
-
-
-// --- TABS --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void KMixPrefDlg::createStartupTab()
-{
- QBoxLayout* layoutStartupTab = new QVBoxLayout(m_startupTab);
- layoutStartupTab->setMargin(0);
- layoutStartupTab->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
-
- QLabel* label = new QLabel(i18n("Startup"), m_startupTab);
- layoutStartupTab->addWidget(label);
-
- m_onLogin = new QCheckBox(i18n("Restore volumes on login"), m_startupTab);
- addWidgetToLayout(m_onLogin, layoutStartupTab, 10, i18n("Restore all volume levels and switches."), "startkdeRestore");
-
- dynamicControlsRestoreWarning = new QLabel(
- i18n("Dynamic controls from MPRIS2 will not be restored."), m_startupTab);
- dynamicControlsRestoreWarning->setEnabled(false);
- addWidgetToLayout(dynamicControlsRestoreWarning, layoutStartupTab, 10, "", "");
-
- allowAutostart = new QCheckBox(i18n("Autostart"), m_startupTab);
- addWidgetToLayout(allowAutostart, layoutStartupTab, 10,
- i18n("Enables the KMix autostart service (kmix_autostart.desktop)"), "AutoStart");
-
-
- allowAutostartWarning = new QLabel(
- i18n("Autostart can not be enabled, as the autostart file kmix_autostart.desktop is not installed."),
- m_startupTab);
- addWidgetToLayout(allowAutostartWarning, layoutStartupTab, 10, "", "");
- layoutStartupTab->addStretch();
-}
-
-void KMixPrefDlg::createOrientationGroup(const QString& labelSliderOrientation, QGridLayout* orientationLayout, int row, KMixPrefDlgPrefOrientationType prefType)
-{
- QButtonGroup* orientationGroup = new QButtonGroup(m_generalTab);
- orientationGroup->setExclusive(true);
- QLabel* qlb = new QLabel(labelSliderOrientation, m_generalTab);
-
- QRadioButton* qrbHor = new QRadioButton(i18n("&Horizontal"), m_generalTab);
- QRadioButton* qrbVert = new QRadioButton(i18n("&Vertical"), m_generalTab);
-
- if (prefType == TrayOrientation)
- {
- _rbTraypopupHorizontal = qrbHor;
- _rbTraypopupVertical = qrbVert;
- orientationGroup->setObjectName("Orientation.TrayPopup");
- }
- else
- {
- _rbHorizontal = qrbHor;
- _rbVertical = qrbVert;
- orientationGroup->setObjectName("Orientation");
- }
-
- // Add both buttons to button group
- orientationGroup->addButton(qrbHor);
- orientationGroup->addButton(qrbVert);
- // Add both buttons and label to layout
- orientationLayout->addWidget(qlb, row, 0);
- orientationLayout->addWidget(qrbHor, row, 1);
- orientationLayout->addWidget(qrbVert, row, 2);
-
- connect(qrbHor, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(updateButtons()));
- connect(qrbVert, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(updateButtons()));
-
- connect(this, SIGNAL(applyClicked()), SLOT(kmixConfigHasChangedEmitter()));
- connect(this, SIGNAL(okClicked()), SLOT(kmixConfigHasChangedEmitter()));
-
-// connect(qrbHor, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(settingsChangedSlot()));
-// connect(qrbVert, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(settingsChangedSlot()));
-}
-
-void KMixPrefDlg::createGeneralTab()
-{
- QBoxLayout* layout = new QVBoxLayout(m_generalTab);
- layout->setMargin(0);
- layout->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
-
- // --- Visual ---------------------------------------------------------
- QLabel* label2 = new QLabel(i18n("Visual"), m_generalTab);
- layout->addWidget(label2);
-
- // [CONFIG]
- m_showTicks = new QCheckBox(i18n("Show &tickmarks"), m_generalTab);
- addWidgetToLayout(m_showTicks, layout, 10, i18n("Enable/disable tickmark scales on the sliders"), "Tickmarks");
-
- m_showLabels = new QCheckBox(i18n("Show &labels"), m_generalTab);
- addWidgetToLayout(m_showLabels, layout, 10, i18n("Enables/disables description labels above the sliders"),
- "Labels");
-
- // [CONFIG]
- m_showOSD = new QCheckBox(i18n("Show On Screen Display (&OSD)"), m_generalTab);
- addWidgetToLayout(m_showOSD, layout, 10, "", "showOSD");
-
-
- // [CONFIG] Slider orientation (main window)
- QGridLayout* orientationGrid = new QGridLayout();
- layout->addItem(orientationGrid);
-
- createOrientationGroup(i18n("Slider orientation: "), orientationGrid, 0, KMixPrefDlg::MainOrientation);
-
- // Slider orientation (tray popup). We use an extra setting
- QBoxLayout* orientation2Layout = new QHBoxLayout();
- layout->addItem(orientation2Layout);
- createOrientationGroup(i18n("Slider orientation (System tray volume control):"), orientationGrid, 1, KMixPrefDlg::TrayOrientation);
-
- // Push everything above to the top
- layout->addStretch();
-}
-
-void KMixPrefDlg::createControlsTab()
-{
- layoutControlsTab = new QVBoxLayout(m_controlsTab);
- layoutControlsTab->setMargin(0);
- layoutControlsTab->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
- m_dockingChk = new QCheckBox(i18n("&Dock in system tray"), m_controlsTab);
-
- addWidgetToLayout(m_dockingChk, layoutControlsTab, 10, i18n("Docks the mixer into the KDE system tray"),
- "AllowDocking");
-
- replaceBackendsInTab();
-}
-
-
-
-// --- Helper --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/**
- * Register widget with correct name for KConfigDialog, then add it to the given layout
- *
- * @param widget
- * @param layout
- * @param spacingBefore
- * @param toopTipText
- * @param objectName
- */
-void KMixPrefDlg::addWidgetToLayout(QWidget* widget, QBoxLayout* layout, int spacingBefore, QString tooltip, QString kconfigName)
-{
- if (!kconfigName.isEmpty())
- {
- // Widget to be registered for KConfig
- widget->setObjectName("kcfg_" + kconfigName);
- }
-
- if ( !tooltip.isEmpty() )
- {
- widget->setToolTip(tooltip);
- }
-
- QBoxLayout *l = new QHBoxLayout();
- l->addSpacing(spacingBefore);
- l->addWidget(widget);
- layout->addItem(l);
-}
-
-// --- KConfigDialog CUSTOM WIDGET management ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/**
- * Update Widgets from config.
- * <p>
- * Hint: this get internally called by KConfigdialog on initialization and reset.
- */
-void KMixPrefDlg::updateWidgets()
-{
- kDebug() << "";
- bool toplevelHorizontal = dialogConfig.data.getToplevelOrientation() == Qt::Horizontal;
- _rbHorizontal->setChecked(toplevelHorizontal);
- _rbVertical->setChecked(!toplevelHorizontal);
-
- bool trayHorizontal = dialogConfig.data.getTraypopupOrientation() == Qt::Horizontal;
- _rbTraypopupHorizontal->setChecked(trayHorizontal);
- _rbTraypopupVertical->setChecked(!trayHorizontal);
-}
-
-/**
- * Updates config from the widgets. And emits the signal kmixConfigHasChanged().
- * <p>
- * Hint: this get internally called by KConfigDialog after pressing the OK or Apply button.
- */
-void KMixPrefDlg::updateSettings()
-{
- Qt::Orientation toplevelOrientation = _rbHorizontal->isChecked() ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical;
- kDebug() << "toplevelOrientation" << toplevelOrientation << ", _rbHorizontal->isChecked()" << _rbHorizontal->isChecked();
- dialogConfig.data.setToplevelOrientation(toplevelOrientation);
-
- Qt::Orientation trayOrientation = _rbTraypopupHorizontal->isChecked() ? Qt::Horizontal : Qt::Vertical;
- kDebug() << "trayOrientation" << trayOrientation << ", _rbTraypopupHorizontal->isChecked()" << _rbTraypopupHorizontal->isChecked();
- dialogConfig.data.setTraypopupOrientation(trayOrientation);
-
- // Announcing MasterChanged, as the sound menu (aka ViewDockAreaPopup) primarily shows master volume(s).
- // In any case, ViewDockAreaPopup treats MasterChanged and ControlList the same, so it is better to announce
- // the "smaller" change.
- bool modified = dvc->getAndResetModifyFlag();
- if (modified)
- {
- GlobalConfig::instance().setMixersForSoundmenu(dvc->getChosenBackends());
- ControlManager::instance().announce(QString(), ControlChangeType::MasterChanged, QString("Select Backends Dialog"));
- }
-}
-
-void KMixPrefDlg::kmixConfigHasChangedEmitter()
-{
- emit(kmixConfigHasChanged());
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Returns whether the custom widgets (orientation checkboxes) has changed.
- * <p>
- * Hint: this get internally called by KConfigDialog from updateButtons().
- * @return
- */
-bool KMixPrefDlg::hasChanged()
-{
- bool orientationFromConfigIsHor = dialogConfig.data.getToplevelOrientation() == Qt::Horizontal;
- bool orientationFromWidgetIsHor = _rbHorizontal->isChecked();
- kDebug() << "Orientation MAIN fromConfig=" << (orientationFromConfigIsHor ? "Hor" : "Vert") << ", fromWidget=" << (orientationFromWidgetIsHor ? "Hor" : "Vert");
-
- bool changed = orientationFromConfigIsHor ^ orientationFromWidgetIsHor;
- if (!changed)
- {
- bool orientationFromConfigIsHor = dialogConfig.data.getTraypopupOrientation() == Qt::Horizontal;
- orientationFromWidgetIsHor = _rbTraypopupHorizontal->isChecked();
- kDebug() << "Orientation TRAY fromConfig=" << (orientationFromConfigIsHor ? "Hor" : "Vert") << ", fromWidget=" << (orientationFromWidgetIsHor ? "Hor" : "Vert");
-
- changed = orientationFromConfigIsHor ^ orientationFromWidgetIsHor;
- }
- if (!changed)
- {
- changed = dvc->getModifyFlag();
- }
-
- kDebug() << "hasChanged=" << changed;
-
- return changed;
-}
-
-
-void KMixPrefDlg::showEvent(QShowEvent * event)
-{
- // -1- Replace widgets ------------------------------------------------------------
- // Hotplug can change mixers or backends => recreate tab
- replaceBackendsInTab();
-
- // -2- Change visibility and enable status (of the new widgets) ----------------------
-
- // As GUI can change, the warning will only been shown on demand
- dynamicControlsRestoreWarning->setVisible(Mixer::dynamicBackendsPresent());
-
- QString autostartConfigFilename = KGlobal::dirs()->findResource("autostart", QString("kmix_autostart.desktop"));
- kDebug()
- << "autostartConfigFilename = " << autostartConfigFilename;
- bool autostartFileExists = !autostartConfigFilename.isNull();
-
- //allowAutostartWarning->setEnabled(autostartFileExists);
- allowAutostartWarning->setVisible(!autostartFileExists);
- allowAutostart->setEnabled(autostartFileExists);
-
- KDialog::showEvent(event);
-}
-
-
-void KMixPrefDlg::replaceBackendsInTab()
-{
- if (dvc != 0)
- {
- layoutControlsTab->removeWidget(dvc);
- delete dvc;
- }
-
- QSet<QString> backendsFromConfig = GlobalConfig::instance().getMixersForSoundmenu();
- dvc = new DialogChooseBackends(0, backendsFromConfig);
- connect(dvc, SIGNAL(backendsModified()), SLOT(updateButtons()));
-
- dvc->show();
- layoutControlsTab->addWidget(dvc);
-
- // Push everything above to the top
- layoutControlsTab->addStretch();
-}
-
-
-
-
-#include "moc_kmixprefdlg.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef KMIXPREFDLG_H
-#define KMIXPREFDLG_H
-
-#include <kconfigdialog.h>
-#include <kdialog.h>
-
-class KMixPrefWidget;
-
-#include <QBoxLayout>
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QFrame>
-#include <QGridLayout>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QRadioButton>
-#include <QShowEvent>
-#include <QWidget>
-
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "gui/dialogchoosebackends.h"
-
-
-class KMixPrefDlg: public KConfigDialog
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- enum KMixPrefPage
- {
- PrefGeneral, PrefSoundMenu, PrefStartup
- };
-
- static KMixPrefDlg* createInstance(QWidget *parent, GlobalConfig& config);
- static KMixPrefDlg* getInstance();
- void switchToPage(KMixPrefPage page);
-
-signals:
- void kmixConfigHasChanged();
-
-private slots:
- void kmixConfigHasChangedEmitter();
-
-protected:
- void showEvent(QShowEvent * event);
- /**
- * Orientation is not supported by default => implement manually
- * @Override
- */
- void updateWidgets();
- /**
- * Orientation is not supported by default => implement manually
- * @Override
- */
- void updateSettings();
-
- bool hasChanged();
-
-private:
- static KMixPrefDlg* instance;
-
- KMixPrefDlg(QWidget *parent, GlobalConfig& config);
- virtual ~KMixPrefDlg();
-
- enum KMixPrefDlgPrefOrientationType
- {
- MainOrientation, TrayOrientation
- };
-
- GlobalConfig& dialogConfig;
-
- void addWidgetToLayout(QWidget* widget, QBoxLayout* layout, int spacingBefore, QString tooltip, QString kconfigName);
-
- void createStartupTab();
- void replaceBackendsInTab();
- void createGeneralTab();
- void createControlsTab();
- void createOrientationGroup(const QString& labelSliderOrientation, QGridLayout* orientationLayout, int row, KMixPrefDlgPrefOrientationType type);
-
- QFrame *m_generalTab;
- QFrame *m_startupTab;
- QFrame *m_controlsTab;
-
- QCheckBox *m_dockingChk;
- QLabel *dynamicControlsRestoreWarning;
- QCheckBox *m_showTicks;
- QCheckBox *m_showLabels;
- QCheckBox* m_showOSD;
- QCheckBox *m_onLogin;
- QCheckBox *allowAutostart;
- QLabel *allowAutostartWarning;
-
- QBoxLayout *layoutControlsTab;
- DialogChooseBackends* dvc;
-
- QRadioButton *_rbVertical;
- QRadioButton *_rbHorizontal;
- QRadioButton *_rbTraypopupVertical;
- QRadioButton *_rbTraypopupHorizontal;
-
- KPageWidgetItem* generalPage;
- KPageWidgetItem* soundmenuPage;
- KPageWidgetItem* startupPage;
-};
-
-#endif // KMIXPREFDLG_H
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/kmixtoolbox.h"
-
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <QString>
-
-//#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kglobalaccel.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <knotification.h>
-
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "mdwslider.h"
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "viewbase.h"
-
-// TODO KMixToolbox is rather superfluous today, as there is no "KMix Applet" any more, and it was probably always bad style.
-// I only have to think what to do with KMixToolBox::notification()
-
-/***********************************************************************************
- KMixToolbox contains several GUI relevant methods that are shared between the
- KMix Main Program, and the KMix Applet.
- kmixctrl - as not non-GUI application - does NOT link to KMixToolBox.
-
- This means: Shared GUI stuff goes into the KMixToolBox class , non-GUI stuff goes
- into the MixerToolBox class.
- ***********************************************************************************/
-void KMixToolBox::setIcons(QList<QWidget *> &mdws, bool on ) {
- for (int i=0; i < mdws.count(); ++i ){
- QWidget *mdw = mdws[i];
- if ( mdw->inherits("MixDeviceWidget") ) { // -<- play safe here
- static_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(mdw)->setIcons( on );
- }
- }
-}
-
-void KMixToolBox::setLabels(QList<QWidget *> &mdws, bool on ) {
- for (int i=0; i < mdws.count(); ++i ){
- QWidget *mdw = mdws[i];
- if ( mdw->inherits("MixDeviceWidget") ) { // -<- play safe here
- static_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(mdw)->setLabeled( on );
- }
- }
-}
-
-void KMixToolBox::setTicks(QList<QWidget *> &mdws, bool on ) {
- for (int i=0; i < mdws.count(); ++i ){
- QWidget *mdw = mdws[i];
- if ( mdw->inherits("MixDeviceWidget") ) { // -<- play safe here
- static_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(mdw)->setTicks( on );
- }
- }
-}
-
-void KMixToolBox::notification(const char *notificationName, const QString &text,
- const QStringList &actions, QObject *receiver,
- const char *actionSlot)
-{
- KNotification *notification = new KNotification();
- notification->setEventID(notificationName);
- notification->setText(text);
- if (!actions.isEmpty() && receiver && actionSlot) {
- notification->setActions(actions);
- QObject::connect(notification, SIGNAL(activated(uint)), receiver, actionSlot);
- }
- notification->send();
-}
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef KMIXTOOLBOX_H
-#define KMIXTOOLBOX_H
-
-#include "qlist.h"
-#include "qwidget.h"
-
-
-
-/**
- * This toolbox contains various static methods that are shared throughout KMix.
- * The reason, why it is not put in a common base class is, that the classes are
- * very different and cannot be changed (e.g. KPanelApplet) without major headache.
- */
-
-class KMixToolBox {
- public:
- static void setIcons (QList<QWidget *> &mdws, bool on );
- static void setLabels (QList<QWidget *> &mdws, bool on );
- static void setTicks (QList<QWidget *> &mdws, bool on );
-
- static void notification(const char *notificationName, const QString &text, const QStringList &actions = QStringList(), QObject *receiver = 0, const char *actionSlot = 0);
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/ksmallslider.h"
-
-// For INT_MAX
-#include <limits.h>
-
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <qpainter.h>
-#include <QColor>
-#include <qbrush.h>
-#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-#include <qstyle.h>
-#include <QtGui/qstyleoption.h>
-
-#include "kglobalsettings.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-
-KSmallSlider::KSmallSlider( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep,
- int value, Qt::Orientation orientation,
- QWidget *parent, const char * /*name*/ )
- : QAbstractSlider( parent )
-{
- init();
- setOrientation(orientation);
- setRange(minValue, maxValue);
- setSingleStep(1);
- setPageStep(pageStep);
- setValue(value);
- setTracking(true);
-}
-
-void KSmallSlider::init()
-{
- grayed = false;
- setFocusPolicy( Qt::TabFocus );
-
- colHigh = QColor(0,255,0);
- colLow = QColor(255,0,0);
- colBack = QColor(0,0,0);
-
- grayHigh = QColor(255,255,255);
- grayLow = QColor(128,128,128);
- grayBack = QColor(0,0,0);
-}
-
-int KSmallSlider::positionFromValue( int v ) const
-{
- return positionFromValue( v, available() );
-}
-
-int KSmallSlider::valueFromPosition( int p ) const
-{
- if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) {
- // Coordiante System starts at TopLeft, but the slider values increase from Bottom to Top
- // Thus "revert" the position
- int avail = available();
- return valueFromPosition( avail - p, avail );
- }
- else {
- // Horizontal everything is fine. Slider values match with Coordinate System
- return valueFromPosition( p, available() );
- }
-}
-
-/* postionFromValue() discontinued in in Qt4 => taken from Qt3 */
-int KSmallSlider::positionFromValue( int logical_val, int span ) const
-{
- if ( span <= 0 || logical_val < minimum() || maximum() <= minimum() )
- return 0;
- if ( logical_val > maximum() )
- return span;
-
- uint range = maximum() - minimum();
- uint p = logical_val - minimum();
-
- if ( range > (uint)INT_MAX/4096 ) {
- const int scale = 4096*2;
- return ( (p/scale) * span ) / (range/scale);
- // ### the above line is probably not 100% correct
- // ### but fixing it isn't worth the extreme pain...
- } else if ( range > (uint)span ) {
- return (2*p*span + range) / (2*range);
- } else {
- uint div = span / range;
- uint mod = span % range;
- return p*div + (2*p*mod + range) / (2*range);
- }
- //equiv. to (p*span)/range + 0.5
- // no overflow because of this implicit assumption:
- // span <= 4096
-}
-
-/* valueFromPositon() discontinued in in Qt4 => taken from Qt3 */
-int KSmallSlider::valueFromPosition( int pos, int span ) const
-{
- if ( span <= 0 || pos <= 0 )
- return minimum();
- if ( pos >= span )
- return maximum();
-
- uint range = maximum() - minimum();
-
- if ( (uint)span > range )
- return minimum() + (2*pos*range + span) / (2*span);
- else {
- uint div = range / span;
- uint mod = range % span;
- return minimum() + pos*div + (2*pos*mod + span) / (2*span);
- }
- // equiv. to minimum() + (pos*range)/span + 0.5
- // no overflow because of this implicit assumption:
- // pos <= span < sqrt(INT_MAX+0.0625)+0.25 ~ sqrt(INT_MAX)
-}
-
-
-void KSmallSlider::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * )
-{
- update();
- //QWidget::resizeEvent( ev );
-}
-
-// Returns the really available space for the slider. If there is no space, 0 is returned;
-int KSmallSlider::available() const
-{
- int available = 0;
- if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical) {
- available = height();
- }
- else {
- available = width();
- }
- if ( available > 1 ) {
- available -= 2;
- }
- else {
- available = 0;
- }
- return available;
-}
-
-
-
-namespace
-{
-
-void gradient( QPainter &p, bool hor, const QRect &rect, const QColor &ca, const QColor &cb, int /*ncols*/)
-{
- int rDiff, gDiff, bDiff;
- int rca, gca, bca, rcb, gcb, bcb;
-
- int x, y;
-
- if ((rect.width()<=0) || (rect.height()<=0)) return;
-
- rDiff = (rcb = cb.red()) - (rca = ca.red());
- gDiff = (gcb = cb.green()) - (gca = ca.green());
- bDiff = (bcb = cb.blue()) - (bca = ca.blue());
-
- int rl = rca << 16;
- int gl = gca << 16;
- int bl = bca << 16;
-
- int rcdelta = ((1<<16) / ((!hor) ? rect.height() : rect.width())) * rDiff;
- int gcdelta = ((1<<16) / ((!hor) ? rect.height() : rect.width())) * gDiff;
- int bcdelta = ((1<<16) / ((!hor) ? rect.height() : rect.width())) * bDiff;
-
- // these for-loops could be merged, but the if's in the inner loop
- // would make it slow
- if (!hor)
- {
- for ( y = rect.top(); y <= rect.bottom(); y++ ) {
- rl += rcdelta;
- gl += gcdelta;
- bl += bcdelta;
-
- p.setPen(QColor(rl>>16, gl>>16, bl>>16));
- p.drawLine(rect.left(), y, rect.right(), y);
- }
- } else
- {
- for( x = rect.left(); x <= rect.right(); x++) {
- rl += rcdelta;
- gl += gcdelta;
- bl += bcdelta;
-
- p.setPen(QColor(rl>>16, gl>>16, bl>>16));
- p.drawLine(x, rect.top(), x, rect.bottom());
- }
- }
-}
-
-QColor interpolate( const QColor& low, const QColor& high, int percent ) {
- if ( percent<=0 ) return low; else
- if ( percent>=100 ) return high; else
- return QColor(
- low.red() + (high.red()-low.red()) * percent/100,
- low.green() + (high.green()-low.green()) * percent/100,
- low.blue() + (high.blue()-low.blue()) * percent/100 );
-}
-
-}
-
-void KSmallSlider::paintEvent( QPaintEvent * )
-{
-// kDebug(67100) << "KSmallSlider::paintEvent: width() = " << width() << ", height() = " << height();
- QPainter p( this );
-
- int sliderPos = positionFromValue( QAbstractSlider::value() );
-
- // ------------------------ draw 3d border ---------------------------------------------
- QStyleOptionSlider option;
- option.init(this);
- style()->drawPrimitive ( QStyle::PE_Frame, &option, &p );
-
-
- // ------------------------ draw lower/left part ----------------------------------------
- if ( width()>2 && height()>2 )
- {
- if ( orientation() == Qt::Horizontal ) {
- QRect outer = QRect( 1, 1, sliderPos, height() - 2 );
-// kDebug(67100) << "KSmallSlider::paintEvent: outer = " << outer;
-
- if ( grayed )
- gradient( p, true, outer, grayLow,
- interpolate( grayLow, grayHigh, 100*sliderPos/(width()-2) ),
- 32 );
- else
- gradient( p, true, outer, colLow,
- interpolate( colLow, colHigh, 100*sliderPos/(width()-2) ),
- 32 );
- }
- else {
- QRect outer = QRect( 1, height()-sliderPos-1, width() - 2, sliderPos-1 );
-/*
- kDebug(67100) << "KSmallSlider::paintEvent: sliderPos=" << sliderPos
- << "height()=" << height()
- << "width()=" << width()
- << "outer = " << outer;
-*/
- if ( grayed )
- gradient( p, false, outer,
- interpolate( grayLow, grayHigh, 100*sliderPos/(height()-2) ),
- grayLow, 32 );
- else
- gradient( p, false, outer,
- interpolate( colLow, colHigh, 100*sliderPos/(height()-2) ),
- colLow, 32 );
- }
-
- // -------- draw upper/right part --------------------------------------------------
- QRect inner;
- if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) {
- inner = QRect( 1, 1, width() - 2, height() - 2 -sliderPos );
- }
- else {
- inner = QRect( sliderPos + 1, 1, width() - 2 - sliderPos, height() - 2 );
- }
-
- if ( grayed ) {
- p.setBrush( grayBack );
- p.setPen( grayBack );
- } else {
- p.setBrush( colBack );
- p.setPen( colBack );
- }
- p.drawRect( inner );
- }
-}
-
-void KSmallSlider::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
-{
- //resetState();
-
- if ( e->button() == Qt::RightButton ) {
- return;
- }
-
- int pos = goodPart( e->pos() );
- moveSlider( pos );
-}
-
-void KSmallSlider::mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
-{
- int pos = goodPart( e->pos() );
- moveSlider( pos );
-}
-
-
-void KSmallSlider::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent * qwe)
-{
-// kDebug(67100) << "KSmallslider::wheelEvent()";
- // bko313579 Do not use "delta", as that is setting more related to documents (Editor, Browser). KMix should
- // simply always use its own VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR as a base for percentage change.
- bool decrease = qwe->delta() < 0;
- if (qwe->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) // Reverse horizontal scroll: bko228780
- decrease = !decrease;
-
- int inc = ( maximum() - minimum() ) / Volume::VOLUME_STEP_DIVISOR;
- if ( inc < 1)
- inc = 1;
-
- //kDebug(67100) << "KSmallslider::wheelEvent() inc=" << inc << "delta=" << e->delta();
- int newVal;
-
- if ( !decrease ) {
- newVal = QAbstractSlider::value() + inc;
- }
- else {
- newVal = QAbstractSlider::value() - inc;
- }
- setValue( newVal );
- emit valueChanged(newVal);
- qwe->accept(); // Accept the event
-
- // Hint: Qt autmatically triggers a valueChange() when we do setValue()
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- * Moves slider to a dedicated position. If the value has changed
- */
-void KSmallSlider::moveSlider( int pos )
-{
- int a = available();
- int newPos = qMin( a, qMax( 0, pos ) ); // keep it inside the available bounds of the slider
- int newVal = valueFromPosition( newPos );
-
- if ( newVal != value() ) {
- setValue( newVal );
- emit valueChanged(newVal);
- // probably done by Qt: emit valueChanged( value() ); // Only for external use
- // probably we need update() here
- }
- update();
-}
-
-
-int KSmallSlider::goodPart( const QPoint &p ) const
-{
- if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) {
- return p.y() - 1;
- }
- else {
- return p.x() - 1;
- }
-}
-
-/***************** SIZE STUFF START ***************/
-QSize KSmallSlider::sizeHint() const
-{
- //constPolish();
- const int length = 25;
- const int thick = 10;
-
- if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical )
- return QSize( thick, length );
- else
- return QSize( length, thick );
-}
-
-
-QSize KSmallSlider::minimumSizeHint() const
-{
- QSize s(10,10);
- return s;
-}
-
-
-QSizePolicy KSmallSlider::sizePolicy() const
-{
-
- if ( orientation() == Qt::Vertical ) {
- //kDebug(67100) << "KSmallSlider::sizePolicy() vertical value=(Fixed,MinimumExpanding)\n";
- return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Expanding );
- }
- else {
- //kDebug(67100) << "KSmallSlider::sizePolicy() horizontal value=(MinimumExpanding,Fixed)\n";
- return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
- }
-}
-/***************** SIZE STUFF END ***************/
-
-
-
-void KSmallSlider::setGray( bool value )
-{
- if ( grayed!=value )
- {
- grayed = value;
- update();
- //repaint();
- }
-}
-
-bool KSmallSlider::gray() const
-{
- return grayed;
-}
-
-void KSmallSlider::setColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back )
-{
- colHigh = high;
- colLow = low;
- colBack = back;
- update();
- //repaint();
-}
-
-void KSmallSlider::setGrayColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back )
-{
- grayHigh = high;
- grayLow = low;
- grayBack = back;
- update();
- //repaint();
-}
-
-#include "moc_ksmallslider.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef KSMALLSLIDER_H
-#define KSMALLSLIDER_H
-
-#include <qabstractslider.h>
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-
-#include "core/volume.h"
-#include "volumesliderextradata.h"
-
-class KSmallSlider : public QAbstractSlider
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
- public:
- KSmallSlider( int minValue, int maxValue, int pageStep, int value,
- Qt::Orientation, QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 );
-
-/* void setChid(Volume::ChannelID chid) { this->chid = chid; };
- Volume::ChannelID getChid() { return chid; };*/
-
- QSize sizeHint() const;
- QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
- QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
-
- bool gray() const;
-
- VolumeSliderExtraData extraData;
-
-public slots:
- void setGray( bool value );
- void setColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back );
- void setGrayColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back );
-
- signals:
- void valueChanged( int value );
-
- protected:
- void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent * );
- void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
-
- void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * );
- void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * );
- void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent * );
-
- void valueChange();
-
- private:
-
- void init();
- int positionFromValue( int ) const;
- int valueFromPosition( int ) const;
- int positionFromValue( int logical_val, int span ) const;
- int valueFromPosition( int pos, int span ) const;
- void moveSlider( int );
-
- int available() const;
- int goodPart( const QPoint& ) const;
-
- bool grayed;
- QColor colHigh, colLow, colBack;
- QColor grayHigh, grayLow, grayBack;
-
-// Volume::ChannelID chid;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-// KMix
-#include "mdwenum.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "viewbase.h"
-
-// KDE
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <kactioncollection.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kcombobox.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kglobalaccel.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kmenu.h>
-#include <ktoggleaction.h>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QCursor>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-#include <QObject>
-#include <QBoxLayout>
-
-/**
- * Class that represents an Enum element (a select one-from-many selector)
- * The orientation (horizontal, vertical) is ignored
- */
-MDWEnum::MDWEnum( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md,
- Qt::Orientation orientation,
- QWidget* parent, ViewBase* view, ProfControl* par_pctl) :
- MixDeviceWidget(md, false, orientation, parent, view, par_pctl),
- _label(0), _enumCombo(0), _layout(0)
-{
- // create actions (on _mdwActions, see MixDeviceWidget)
-
- // KStandardAction::showMenubar() is in MixDeviceWidget now
- KToggleAction *action = _mdwActions->add<KToggleAction>( "hide" );
- action->setText( i18n("&Hide") );
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(setDisabled(bool)));
- QAction *c = _mdwActions->addAction( "keys" );
- c->setText( i18n("C&onfigure Shortcuts...") );
- connect(c, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(defineKeys()));
-
- // create widgets
- createWidgets();
-
- /* remove this for production version
- QAction *a = _mdwActions->addAction( "Next Value" );
- c->setText( i18n( "Next Value" ) );
- connect(a, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(nextEnumId()));
- */
-
- installEventFilter( this ); // filter for popup
-}
-
-MDWEnum::~MDWEnum()
-{
-}
-
-
-void MDWEnum::createWidgets()
-{
- if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical ) {
- _layout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
- _layout->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft);
- }
- else {
- _layout = new QHBoxLayout( this );
- _layout->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignVCenter);
- }
-
- _label = new QLabel( m_mixdevice->readableName(), this);
- _layout->addWidget(_label);
- _enumCombo = new KComboBox( false, this);
- _enumCombo->installEventFilter(this);
- // ------------ fill ComboBox start ------------
- int maxEnumId= m_mixdevice->enumValues().count();
- for (int i=0; i<maxEnumId; i++ ) {
- _enumCombo->addItem( m_mixdevice->enumValues().at(i));
- }
- // ------------ fill ComboBox end --------------
- _layout->addWidget(_enumCombo);
- connect( _enumCombo, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(setEnumId(int)) );
- _enumCombo->setToolTip( m_mixdevice->readableName() );
- _layout->addStretch(1);
-}
-
-void MDWEnum::update()
-{
- if ( m_mixdevice->isEnum() ) {
- //kDebug(67100) << "MDWEnum::update() enumID=" << m_mixdevice->enumId();
- _enumCombo->setCurrentIndex( m_mixdevice->enumId() );
- }
- else {
- kError(67100) << "MDWEnum::update() enumID=" << m_mixdevice->enumId() << " is no Enum ... skipped";
- }
-}
-
-void MDWEnum::showContextMenu(const QPoint& pos )
-{
- if( m_view == 0 )
- return;
-
- KMenu *menu = m_view->getPopup();
-
- menu->popup( pos );
-}
-
-
-QSizePolicy MDWEnum::sizePolicy() const
-{
- return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
-}
-
-/**
- This slot is called, when a user has clicked the mute button. Also it is called by any other
- associated KAction like the context menu.
-*/
-void MDWEnum::nextEnumId() {
- if( m_mixdevice->isEnum() ) {
- int curEnum = enumId();
- if ( curEnum < m_mixdevice->enumValues().count() ) {
- // next enum value
- setEnumId(curEnum+1);
- }
- else {
- // wrap around
- setEnumId(0);
- }
- } // isEnum
-}
-
-void MDWEnum::setEnumId(int value)
-{
- if ( m_mixdevice->isEnum() ) {
- m_mixdevice->setEnumId( value );
- m_mixdevice->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_mixdevice );
- }
-}
-
-int MDWEnum::enumId()
-{
- if ( m_mixdevice->isEnum() ) {
- return m_mixdevice->enumId();
- }
- else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-
-void MDWEnum::setDisabled( bool hide )
-{
- emit guiVisibilityChange(this, !hide);
-}
-
-/**
- * An event filter for the various QWidgets. We watch for Mouse press Events, so
- * that we can popup the context menu.
- */
-bool MDWEnum::eventFilter( QObject* obj, QEvent* e )
-{
- if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
- QMouseEvent *qme = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
- if (qme->button() == Qt::RightButton) {
- showContextMenu();
- return true;
- }
- } else if (e->type() == QEvent::ContextMenu) {
- QPoint pos = reinterpret_cast<QWidget *>(obj)->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0));
- showContextMenu(pos);
- return true;
- }
- return QWidget::eventFilter(obj,e);
-}
-
-#include "moc_mdwenum.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2004 Chrisitan Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MDWENUM_H
-#define MDWENUM_H
-
-#include <QWidget>
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-// KMix
-class MixDevice;
-class ViewBase;
-
-// KDE
-class KAction;
-class KComboBox;
-
-// Qt
-#include <QBoxLayout>
-#include <QLabel>
-
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-
-class MDWEnum : public MixDeviceWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- MDWEnum( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md,
- Qt::Orientation orientation,
- QWidget* parent, ViewBase* view, ProfControl* pctl);
- ~MDWEnum();
-
- void addActionToPopup( KAction *action );
- QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
- bool eventFilter( QObject* obj, QEvent* e );
-
-public slots:
- // GUI hide and show
- void setDisabled(bool);
-
- // Enum handling: next and selecting
- void nextEnumId();
- int enumId();
- void setEnumId(int value);
-
- void update();
- virtual void showContextMenu(const QPoint& pos = QCursor::pos());
-
-signals:
- void guiVisibilityChange(MixDeviceWidget* source, bool enable);
-
-private:
- void createWidgets();
-
- QLabel *_label;
- KComboBox *_enumCombo;
- QBoxLayout *_layout;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-
-//KMix
-#include "mdwmoveaction.h"
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-// KDE
-#include <KIcon>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QString>
-
-MDWMoveAction::MDWMoveAction(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, QObject *parent)
- : KAction(parent), m_mixDevice(md)
-{
- Q_ASSERT(md);
-
- setText(m_mixDevice->readableName());
- setIcon(KIcon(m_mixDevice->iconName()));
- connect(this, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(triggered(bool)));
-}
-
-MDWMoveAction::~MDWMoveAction()
-{
-}
-
-void MDWMoveAction::triggered(bool checked)
-{
- Q_UNUSED(checked);
- emit moveRequest(m_mixDevice->id());
-}
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef MDWMoveAction_h
-#define MDWMoveAction_h
-
-#include <KAction>
-
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-
-class MDWMoveAction : public KAction
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
- public:
- MDWMoveAction(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, QObject *parent);
- ~MDWMoveAction();
-
- signals:
- void moveRequest(QString id);
-
- protected slots:
- void triggered(bool checked);
-
- private:
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> m_mixDevice;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2007 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/mdwslider.h"
-
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kiconloader.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <kmenu.h>
-#include <kglobalaccel.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kactioncollection.h>
-#include <ktoggleaction.h>
-
-#include <qicon.h>
-#include <qtoolbutton.h>
-#include <qcursor.h>
-#include <qcheckbox.h>
-#include <qevent.h>
-#include <qlabel.h>
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-#include <qmatrix.h>
-#include <qboxlayout.h>
-
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "gui/volumeslider.h"
-#include "gui/viewbase.h"
-#include "gui/ksmallslider.h"
-#include "gui/verticaltext.h"
-#include "gui/mdwmoveaction.h"
-
-
-bool MDWSlider::debugMe = false;
- /**
- * MixDeviceWidget that represents a single mix device, including PopUp, muteLED, ...
- *
- * Used in KMix main window and DockWidget and PanelApplet.
- * It can be configured to include or exclude the captureLED and the muteLED.
- * The direction (horizontal, vertical) can be configured and whether it should
- * be "small" (uses KSmallSlider instead of a normal slider widget).
- *
- * Due to the many options, this is the most complicated MixDeviceWidget subclass.
- */
-MDWSlider::MDWSlider(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, bool showMuteLED, bool showCaptureLED
- , bool includeMixerName, bool small, Qt::Orientation orientation, QWidget* parent
- , ViewBase* view
- , ProfControl* par_ctl
- ) :
- MixDeviceWidget(md,small,orientation,parent,view, par_ctl),
- m_linked(true), muteButtonSpacer(0), captureSpacer(0), labelSpacer(0),
- m_iconLabelSimple(0), m_qcb(0), m_muteText(0),
- m_label( 0 ),
- mediaButton(0),
- m_captureCheckbox(0), m_captureText(0), labelSpacing(0),
- muteButtonSpacing(false), captureLEDSpacing(false), _mdwMoveActions(new KActionCollection(this)), m_moveMenu(0),
- m_sliderInWork(0), m_waitForSoundSetComplete(0)
-{
- createActions();
- createWidgets( showMuteLED, showCaptureLED, includeMixerName );
- createShortcutActions();
- installEventFilter( this ); // filter for popup
- update();
-}
-
-MDWSlider::~MDWSlider()
-{
- foreach( QAbstractSlider* slider, m_slidersPlayback)
- {
- delete slider;
- }
- foreach( QAbstractSlider* slider, m_slidersCapture)
- {
- delete slider;
- }
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::createActions()
-{
- // create actions (on _mdwActions, see MixDeviceWidget)
- KToggleAction *taction = _mdwActions->add<KToggleAction>( "stereo" );
- taction->setText( i18n("&Split Channels") );
- connect( taction, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(toggleStereoLinked()) );
-
- KAction *action;
- if ( ! m_mixdevice->mixer()->isDynamic() ) {
- action = _mdwActions->add<KToggleAction>( "hide" );
- action->setText( i18n("&Hide") );
- connect( action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(setDisabled(bool)) );
- }
-
- if( m_mixdevice->hasMuteSwitch() )
- {
- taction = _mdwActions->add<KToggleAction>( "mute" );
- taction->setText( i18n("&Muted") );
- connect( taction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(toggleMuted()) );
- }
-
- if( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() ) {
- taction = _mdwActions->add<KToggleAction>( "recsrc" );
- taction->setText( i18n("Set &Record Source") );
- connect( taction, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), SLOT(toggleRecsrc()) );
- }
-
- if( m_mixdevice->isMovable() ) {
- m_moveMenu = new KMenu( i18n("Mo&ve"), this);
- connect( m_moveMenu, SIGNAL(aboutToShow()), SLOT(showMoveMenu()) );
- }
-
- action = _mdwActions->addAction( "keys" );
- action->setText( i18n("C&onfigure Shortcuts...") );
- connect( action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(defineKeys()) );
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::addGlobalShortcut(KAction* action, const QString& label, bool dynamicControl)
-{
- QString finalLabel(label);
- finalLabel += " - " + mixDevice()->readableName() + ", " + mixDevice()->mixer()->readableName();
-
- action->setText(label);
- if (!dynamicControl)
- {
- // virtual / dynamic controls won't get shortcuts
- // #warning GLOBAL SHORTCUTS ARE NOW ASSIGNED TO ALL CONTROLS, as enableGlobalShortcut(), has not been committed
- // b->enableGlobalShortcut();
- // enableGlobalShortcut() is not there => use workaround
- action->setGlobalShortcut(dummyShortcut);
- }
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::createShortcutActions()
-{
- bool dynamicControl = mixDevice()->mixer()->isDynamic();
- // The following actions are for the "Configure Shortcuts" dialog
- /* PLEASE NOTE THAT global shortcuts are saved with the name as set with setName(), instead of their action name.
- This is a bug according to the thread "Global shortcuts are saved with their text-name and not their action-name - Bug?" on kcd.
- I work around this by using a text with setText() that is unique, but still readable to the user.
- */
- QString actionSuffix = QString(" - %1, %2").arg( mixDevice()->readableName() ).arg( mixDevice()->mixer()->readableName() );
- KAction *b;
-
- // -1- INCREASE VOLUME SHORTCUT -----------------------------------------
- b = _mdwPopupActions->addAction( QString("Increase volume %1").arg( actionSuffix ) );
- QString increaseVolumeName = i18n( "Increase Volume" );
- addGlobalShortcut(b, increaseVolumeName, dynamicControl);
- if ( ! dynamicControl )
- connect( b, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(increaseVolume()) );
-
- // -2- DECREASE VOLUME SHORTCUT -----------------------------------------
- b = _mdwPopupActions->addAction( QString("Decrease volume %1").arg( actionSuffix ) );
- QString decreaseVolumeName = i18n( "Decrease Volume" );
- addGlobalShortcut(b, decreaseVolumeName, dynamicControl);
- if ( ! dynamicControl )
- connect(b, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(decreaseVolume()));
-
- // -3- MUTE VOLUME SHORTCUT -----------------------------------------
- b = _mdwPopupActions->addAction( QString("Toggle mute %1").arg( actionSuffix ) );
- QString muteVolumeName = i18n( "Toggle Mute" );
- addGlobalShortcut(b, muteVolumeName, dynamicControl);
- if ( ! dynamicControl )
- connect( b, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(toggleMuted()) );
-
-}
-
-
-QSizePolicy MDWSlider::sizePolicy() const
-{
- if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical )
- {
- return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding );
- }
- else
- {
- return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::Preferred );
-// return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
- }
-}
-
-QSize MDWSlider::sizeHint() const
-{
- return QSize( 90, QWidget::sizeHint().height());
-}
-
-/**
- * This method is a helper for users of this class who would like
- * to show multiple MDWSlider, and align the sliders.
- * It returns the "height" (if vertical) of this widgets label.
- * Warning: Line wraps are computed for a fixed size (100), this may be unaccurate in case,
- * the widgets have different sizes.
- */
-int MDWSlider::labelExtentHint() const
-{
- if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical && m_label ) {
- return m_label->heightForWidth(m_label->minimumWidth());
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * If a label from another widget has more lines than this widget, then a spacer is added under the label
- */
-void MDWSlider::setLabelExtent(int extent) {
- if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical ) {
- if ( labelExtentHint() < extent )
- labelSpacer->setFixedHeight( extent - labelExtentHint() );
- else
- labelSpacer->setFixedHeight(0);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Alignment helper
- */
-bool MDWSlider::hasMuteButton() const
-{
- return m_qcb!=0;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * If this widget does not have a mute button, but another widget has, we add a spacer here with the
- * size of a QToolButton (don't know how to make a better estimate)
- */
-void MDWSlider::setMuteButtonSpace(bool value)
-{
- if (hasMuteButton() || !value) {
- muteButtonSpacer->setFixedSize(0,0);
- muteButtonSpacer->setVisible(false);
- } else {
- QToolButton b;
- muteButtonSpacer->setFixedSize( b.sizeHint() );
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * See "hasMuteButton"
- */
-bool MDWSlider::hasCaptureLED() const
-{
- return m_captureCheckbox!=0;
-}
-
-/**
- * See "setMuteButtonSpace"
- */
-void MDWSlider::setCaptureLEDSpace(bool showCaptureLED)
-{
- if ( !showCaptureLED || hasCaptureLED() ) {
- captureSpacer->setFixedSize(0,0);
- captureSpacer->setVisible(false);
- } else
- captureSpacer->setFixedSize(QCheckBox().sizeHint());
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::guiAddSlidersAndMediacontrols(bool playSliders, bool capSliders, bool mediaControls, QBoxLayout* layout, const QString& tooltipText, const QString& captureTooltipText)
-{
- if (playSliders)
- addSliders(layout, 'p', m_mixdevice->playbackVolume(), m_slidersPlayback, tooltipText);
-
- if (capSliders)
- addSliders(layout, 'c', m_mixdevice->captureVolume(), m_slidersCapture, captureTooltipText);
-
- if (mediaControls)
- addMediaControls(layout);
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::guiAddCaptureCheckbox(bool wantsCaptureLED, const Qt::Alignment& alignmentForCapture, QBoxLayout* layoutForCapture, const QString& captureTooltipText)
-{
- if (wantsCaptureLED && m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch())
- {
- m_captureCheckbox = new QCheckBox(i18n("capture"), this);
- m_captureCheckbox->installEventFilter(this);
- layoutForCapture->addWidget(m_captureCheckbox, alignmentForCapture);
- connect(m_captureCheckbox, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(setRecsrc(bool)));
- m_captureCheckbox->setToolTip(captureTooltipText);
- }
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::guiAddMuteButton(bool wantsMuteButton, Qt::Alignment alignment, QBoxLayout* layoutForMuteButton, const QString& muteTooltipText)
-{
- if (wantsMuteButton && m_mixdevice->hasMuteSwitch())
- {
- m_qcb = new QToolButton(this);
- m_qcb->setAutoRaise(true);
- m_qcb->setCheckable(false);
- m_qcb->setIcon(QIcon(loadIcon("audio-volume-muted")));
- layoutForMuteButton->addWidget(m_qcb, 0, alignment);
- m_qcb->installEventFilter(this);
- connect(m_qcb, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), this, SLOT(toggleMuted()));
- m_qcb->setToolTip(muteTooltipText);
- }
-
- // Spacer will be shown, when no mute button is displayed
- muteButtonSpacer = new QWidget(this);
- layoutForMuteButton->addWidget( muteButtonSpacer );
- muteButtonSpacer->installEventFilter(this);
-
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::guiAddControlIcon(Qt::Alignment alignment, QBoxLayout* layout, const QString& tooltipText)
-{
- m_iconLabelSimple = new QLabel(this);
- installEventFilter(m_iconLabelSimple);
- setIcon(m_mixdevice->iconName(), m_iconLabelSimple);
- m_iconLabelSimple->setToolTip(tooltipText);
- layout->addWidget(m_iconLabelSimple, 0, alignment);
-}
-
-/**
- * Creates all widgets : Icon, Label, Mute-Button, Slider(s) and Capture-Button.
- */
-void MDWSlider::createWidgets( bool showMuteButton, bool showCaptureLED, bool includeMixerName )
-{
- bool includePlayback = _pctl->useSubcontrolPlayback();
- bool includeCapture = _pctl->useSubcontrolCapture();
- bool wantsPlaybackSliders = includePlayback && ( m_mixdevice->playbackVolume().count() > 0 );
- bool wantsCaptureSliders = includeCapture && ( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().count() > 0 );
- bool wantsCaptureLED = showCaptureLED && includeCapture;
- bool wantsMuteButton = showMuteButton && includePlayback;
- bool hasVolumeSliders = wantsPlaybackSliders || wantsCaptureSliders;
- // bool bothCaptureANDPlaybackExist = wantsPlaybackSliders && wantsCaptureSliders;
-
- MediaController* mediaController = m_mixdevice->getMediaController();
- bool wantsMediaControls = mediaController->hasControls();
-
- QString tooltipText = m_mixdevice->readableName();
- QString captureTooltipText( i18n( "Capture/Uncapture %1", m_mixdevice->readableName() ) );
- QString muteTooltipText( i18n( "Mute/Unmute %1", m_mixdevice->readableName() ) );
- if (includeMixerName) {
- tooltipText = QString( "%1\n%2" ).arg( m_mixdevice->mixer()->readableName() ).arg( tooltipText );
- captureTooltipText = QString( "%1\n%2" ).arg( m_mixdevice->mixer()->readableName() ).arg( captureTooltipText );
- muteTooltipText = QString( "%1\n%2" ).arg( m_mixdevice->mixer()->readableName() ).arg( muteTooltipText );
- }
-
- // case of vertical sliders:
- if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical )
- {
- QVBoxLayout *controlLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this);
- controlLayout->setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter|Qt::AlignTop);
- setLayout(controlLayout);
- controlLayout->setContentsMargins(0,0,0,0);
-
- guiAddControlIcon(Qt::AlignHCenter|Qt::AlignTop, controlLayout, tooltipText);
-
- Qt::Alignment centerAlign = Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignBottom;
-
- //the device label
- m_label = new QLabel( m_mixdevice->readableName(), this);
- m_label->setWordWrap(true);
- int max = 80;
- QStringList words = m_mixdevice->readableName().split(QChar(' '));
- foreach (QString name, words)
- max = qMax(max,QLabel(name).sizeHint().width());
-// if (words.size()>1 && m_label)
-// m_label->setMinimumWidth(80);
-// if (m_label->sizeHint().width()>max && m_label->sizeHint().width()>80)
-// m_label->setMinimumWidth(max);
- m_label->setMinimumWidth(max);
- m_label->setMinimumHeight(m_label->heightForWidth(m_label->minimumWidth()));
- m_label->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::Preferred);
- m_label->setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter);
- controlLayout->addWidget(m_label, 0, centerAlign );
-
- //spacer with height to match height difference to other slider widgets
- labelSpacer = new QWidget(this);
- controlLayout->addWidget( labelSpacer );
- labelSpacer->installEventFilter(this);
-
- // sliders
- QBoxLayout *volLayout = new QHBoxLayout( );
- volLayout->setAlignment(centerAlign);
- controlLayout->addItem( volLayout );
-
- guiAddSlidersAndMediacontrols(wantsPlaybackSliders, wantsCaptureSliders, wantsMediaControls, volLayout, tooltipText, captureTooltipText);
- if ( !hasVolumeSliders )
- controlLayout->addStretch(1); // Not sure why we have this for "vertical sliders" case
-
- guiAddCaptureCheckbox(wantsCaptureLED, centerAlign, controlLayout, captureTooltipText);
-
- // spacer which is shown when no capture button present
- captureSpacer = new QWidget(this);
- controlLayout->addWidget( captureSpacer );
- captureSpacer->installEventFilter(this);
-
-
- //mute button
- guiAddMuteButton(wantsMuteButton, centerAlign, controlLayout, muteTooltipText);
- }
- else
- {
- /*
- * Horizontal sliders: row1 contains the label (and capture button).
- * row2 contains icon, sliders, and mute button
- */
-
- QVBoxLayout *rows = new QVBoxLayout( this );
-
- // --- ROW1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- QHBoxLayout *row1 = new QHBoxLayout();
- rows->addItem( row1 );
-
- m_label = new QLabel(m_mixdevice->readableName(), this);
- m_label->installEventFilter( this );
- row1->addWidget( m_label );
- row1->setAlignment(m_label, Qt::AlignVCenter);
-
- row1->addStretch();
- row1->addWidget(captureSpacer);
-
- guiAddCaptureCheckbox(wantsCaptureLED, Qt::AlignRight, row1, captureTooltipText);
- captureSpacer = new QWidget(this); // create, but do not add to any layout (not used!)
-
-
- // --- ROW2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- QHBoxLayout *row2 = new QHBoxLayout();
- row2->setAlignment(Qt::AlignVCenter|Qt::AlignLeft);
- rows->setAlignment(Qt::AlignVCenter|Qt::AlignLeft);
- rows->addItem( row2 );
-
- guiAddControlIcon(Qt::AlignVCenter, row2, tooltipText);
-
-
-
- // --- SLIDERS ---------------------------
- QBoxLayout *volLayout = new QVBoxLayout( );
- volLayout->setAlignment(Qt::AlignVCenter|Qt::AlignRight);
- row2->addItem( volLayout );
-
- guiAddSlidersAndMediacontrols(wantsPlaybackSliders, wantsCaptureSliders, wantsMediaControls, volLayout, tooltipText, captureTooltipText);
- guiAddMuteButton(wantsMuteButton, Qt::AlignRight, row2, muteTooltipText);
- }
-
- bool stereoLinked = !_pctl->isSplit();
- setStereoLinked( stereoLinked );
-
- layout()->activate(); // Activate it explicitly in KDE3 because of PanelApplet/kicker issues
-}
-
-QString MDWSlider::calculatePlaybackIcon(MediaController::PlayState playState)
-{
- QString mediaIconName;
- switch (playState)
- {
- case MediaController::PlayPlaying:
- // playing => show pause icon
- mediaIconName = "media-playback-pause";
- break;
- case MediaController::PlayPaused:
- // stopped/paused => show play icon
- mediaIconName = "media-playback-start";
- break;
- case MediaController::PlayStopped:
- // stopped/paused => show play icon
- mediaIconName = "media-playback-start";
- break;
- default:
- // unknown => not good, probably result from player has not yet arrived => show a play button
- mediaIconName = "media-playback-start";
- break;
- }
-
- return mediaIconName;
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::addMediaControls(QBoxLayout* volLayout)
-{
- MediaController* mediaController = mixDevice()->getMediaController();
-
- QBoxLayout *mediaLayout;
- if (_orientation == Qt::Vertical)
- mediaLayout = new QVBoxLayout();
- else
- mediaLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
-
-// QFrame* frame1 = new QFrame(this);
-// frame1->setFrameShape(QFrame::StyledPanel);
- QWidget* frame = this; // or frame1
- mediaLayout->addStretch();
- if (mediaController->hasMediaPrevControl())
- {
- QToolButton *lbl = addMediaButton("media-skip-backward", mediaLayout, frame);
- connect(lbl, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), this, SLOT(mediaPrev(bool)));
- }
- if (mediaController->hasMediaPlayControl())
- {
- MediaController::PlayState playState = mediaController->getPlayState();
- QString mediaIcon = calculatePlaybackIcon(playState);
- mediaButton = addMediaButton(mediaIcon, mediaLayout, frame);
- connect(mediaButton, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), this, SLOT(mediaPlay(bool)));
- }
-
- if (mediaController->hasMediaNextControl())
- {
- QToolButton *lbl = addMediaButton("media-skip-forward", mediaLayout, frame);
- connect(lbl, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), this, SLOT(mediaNext(bool)));
- }
- mediaLayout->addStretch();
- volLayout->addLayout(mediaLayout);
-}
-
-
-QToolButton* MDWSlider::addMediaButton(QString iconName, QLayout* layout, QWidget *parent)
-{
- QToolButton *lbl = new QToolButton(parent);
- lbl->setIconSize(QSize(22,22));
- lbl->setAutoRaise(true);
- lbl->setCheckable(false);
-
- setIcon(iconName, lbl);
- layout->addWidget(lbl);
-
- return lbl;
-}
-
-/**
- * Updates the icon according to the data model.
- */
-void MDWSlider::updateMediaButton()
-{
- if (mediaButton == 0)
- return; // has no media button
-
- MediaController* mediaController = mixDevice()->getMediaController();
- QString mediaIconName = calculatePlaybackIcon(mediaController->getPlayState());
- setIcon(mediaIconName, mediaButton);
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::mediaPrev(bool)
-{
- mixDevice()->mediaPrev();
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::mediaNext(bool)
-{
- mixDevice()->mediaNext();
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::mediaPlay(bool)
-{
- mixDevice()->mediaPlay();
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::addSliders( QBoxLayout *volLayout, char type, Volume& vol,
- QList<QAbstractSlider *>& ref_sliders, QString tooltipText)
-{
- const int minSliderSize = fontMetrics().height() * 10;
- long minvol = vol.minVolume();
- long maxvol = vol.maxVolume();
-
- QMap<Volume::ChannelID, VolumeChannel> vols = vol.getVolumes();
-
- foreach (VolumeChannel vc, vols )
- {
- //kDebug(67100) << "Add label to " << vc.chid << ": " << Volume::ChannelNameReadable[vc.chid];
- QWidget *subcontrolLabel;
-
- QString subcontrolTranslation;
- if ( type == 'c' ) subcontrolTranslation += i18n("Capture") + ' ';
- subcontrolTranslation += Volume::ChannelNameReadable[vc.chid]; //Volume::getSubcontrolTranslation(chid);
- subcontrolLabel = createLabel(this, subcontrolTranslation, volLayout, true);
-
- QAbstractSlider* slider;
- if ( m_small )
- {
- slider = new KSmallSlider( minvol, maxvol, (maxvol-minvol+1) / Volume::VOLUME_PAGESTEP_DIVISOR,
- vol.getVolume( vc.chid ), _orientation, this );
- } // small
- else {
- slider = new VolumeSlider( _orientation, this );
- slider->setMinimum(minvol);
- slider->setMaximum(maxvol);
- slider->setPageStep(maxvol / Volume::VOLUME_PAGESTEP_DIVISOR);
- slider->setValue( vol.getVolume( vc.chid ) );
- volumeValues.push_back( vol.getVolume( vc.chid ) );
-
- extraData(slider).setSubcontrolLabel(subcontrolLabel);
-
- if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical ) {
- slider->setMinimumHeight( minSliderSize );
- }
- else {
- slider->setMinimumWidth( minSliderSize );
- }
- if ( ! _pctl->getBackgroundColor().isEmpty() ) {
- slider->setStyleSheet("QSlider { background-color: " + _pctl->getBackgroundColor() + " }");
- }
- } // not small
-
- extraData(slider).setChid(vc.chid);
- slider->installEventFilter( this );
- if ( type == 'p' ) {
- slider->setToolTip( tooltipText );
- }
- else {
- QString captureTip( i18n( "%1 (capture)", tooltipText ) );
- slider->setToolTip( captureTip );
- }
-
- volLayout->addWidget( slider ); // add to layout
- ref_sliders.append ( slider ); // add to list
- //ref_slidersChids.append(vc.chid);
- connect( slider, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), SLOT(volumeChange(int)) );
- connect( slider, SIGNAL(sliderPressed()), SLOT(sliderPressed()) );
- connect( slider, SIGNAL(sliderReleased()), SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
-
- } // for all channels of this device
-}
-
-/**
- * Return the VolumeSliderExtraData from either VolumeSlider or KSmallSlider.
- * You MUST extend this method, should you decide to add more Slider Widget classes.
- *
- * @param slider
- * @return
- */
-VolumeSliderExtraData& MDWSlider::extraData(QAbstractSlider *slider)
-{
- VolumeSlider* sl = qobject_cast<VolumeSlider*>(slider);
- if ( sl )
- return sl->extraData;
-
- KSmallSlider* sl2 = qobject_cast<KSmallSlider*>(slider);
- return sl2->extraData;
-}
-
-
-void MDWSlider::sliderPressed()
-{
- m_sliderInWork = true;
-}
-
-
-void MDWSlider::sliderReleased()
-{
- m_sliderInWork = false;
-}
-
-
-QWidget* MDWSlider::createLabel(QWidget* parent, QString& label, QBoxLayout *layout, bool small)
-{
- QFont qf;
- qf.setPointSize(8);
-
- QWidget* labelWidget;
- if (_orientation == Qt::Horizontal)
- {
- labelWidget = new QLabel(label, parent);
- if ( small ) ((QLabel*)labelWidget)->setFont(qf);
- }
- else {
- labelWidget = new VerticalText(parent, label);
- if ( small ) ((VerticalText*)labelWidget)->setFont(qf);
- }
-
- labelWidget->installEventFilter( parent );
- layout->addWidget(labelWidget);
-
- return labelWidget;
-}
-
-
-QPixmap MDWSlider::loadIcon( QString filename )
-{
- return KIconLoader::global()->loadIcon( filename, KIconLoader::Small, KIconLoader::SizeSmallMedium );
-}
-
-
-//void MDWSlider::setIcon( QString filename, QLabel** label )
-//{
-// if( (*label) == 0 )
-// {
-// *label = new QLabel(this);
-// installEventFilter( *label );
-// }
-// setIcon(filename, *label);
-//}
-
-void MDWSlider::setIcon( QString filename, QWidget* label )
-{
- QPixmap miniDevPM = loadIcon( filename );
- if ( !miniDevPM.isNull() )
- {
- if ( m_small )
- {
- // scale icon
- QMatrix t;
- t = t.scale( 10.0/miniDevPM.width(), 10.0/miniDevPM.height() );
- miniDevPM = miniDevPM.transformed( t );
- label->resize( 10, 10 );
- } // small size
- else
- {
- label->setMinimumSize(22,22);
- }
- label->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed);
-
- QLabel* lbl = qobject_cast<QLabel*>(label);
- if ( lbl != 0 )
- {
- lbl->setPixmap( miniDevPM );
- lbl->setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignCenter);
- } // QLabel
- else
- {
- QToolButton* tbt = qobject_cast<QToolButton*>(label);
- if ( tbt != 0 )
- {
- tbt->setIcon( miniDevPM );
- } // QToolButton
- }
- }
- else
- {
- kError(67100) << "Pixmap missing. filename=" << filename;
- }
-}
-
-QString MDWSlider::iconName()
-{
- return m_mixdevice->iconName();
-}
-
-void
-MDWSlider::toggleStereoLinked()
-{
- setStereoLinked( !isStereoLinked() );
-}
-
-void
-MDWSlider::setStereoLinked(bool value)
-{
- m_linked = value;
-
- int overallSlidersToShow = 0;
- if ( ! m_slidersPlayback.isEmpty() ) overallSlidersToShow += ( m_linked ? 1 : m_slidersPlayback.count() );
- if ( ! m_slidersCapture.isEmpty() ) overallSlidersToShow += ( m_linked ? 1 : m_slidersCapture.count() );
-
- bool showSubcontrolLabels = (overallSlidersToShow >= 2);
- setStereoLinkedInternal(m_slidersPlayback, showSubcontrolLabels);
- setStereoLinkedInternal(m_slidersCapture , showSubcontrolLabels);
- update(); // Call update(), so that the sliders can adjust EITHER to the individual values OR the average value.
-}
-
-void
-MDWSlider::setStereoLinkedInternal(QList<QAbstractSlider *>& ref_sliders, bool showSubcontrolLabels)
-{
- if ( ref_sliders.isEmpty())
- return;
-
- bool first = true;
- foreach ( QAbstractSlider* slider1, ref_sliders )
- {
- slider1->setVisible(!m_linked || first); // One slider (the 1st) is always shown
- extraData(slider1).getSubcontrolLabel()->setVisible(!m_linked && showSubcontrolLabels); // (*)
- first = false;
- /* (*) cesken: I have excluded the "|| first" check because the text would not be nice:
- * It would be "Left" or "Capture Left", while it should be "Playback" and "Capture" in the "linked" case.
- *
- * But the only affected situation is when we have playback AND capture on the same control, where we show no label.
- * It would be nice to put at least a "Capture" label on the capture subcontrol instead.
- * To achieve this we would need to exchange the Text on the first capture subcontrol dynamically. This can
- * be done, but I'll leave this open for now.
- */
- }
-
-
-
- // Redo the tickmarks to last slider in the slider list.
- // The implementation is not obvious, so lets explain:
- // We ALWAYS have tickmarks on the LAST slider. Sometimes the slider is not shown, and then we just don't bother.
- // a) So, if the last slider has tickmarks, we can always call setTicks( true ).
- // b) if the last slider has NO tickmarks, there ae no tickmarks at all, and we don't need to redo the tickmarks.
- QSlider* slider = qobject_cast<QSlider*>( ref_sliders.last() );
- if( slider && slider->tickPosition() != QSlider::NoTicks)
- setTicks( true );
-
-}
-
-
-void
-MDWSlider::setLabeled(bool value)
-{
- if ( m_label != 0) m_label->setVisible(value);
- if ( m_muteText != 0) m_muteText->setVisible(value);
- if ( m_captureText != 0) m_captureText->setVisible(value);
- layout()->activate();
-}
-
-void
-MDWSlider::setTicks( bool value )
-{
- if (m_slidersPlayback.count() != 0) setTicksInternal(m_slidersPlayback, value);
- if (m_slidersCapture.count() != 0) setTicksInternal(m_slidersCapture, value);
-}
-
-/**
- * Enables or disables tickmarks
- * Please note that always only the first and last slider has tickmarks.
- *
- */
-void MDWSlider::setTicksInternal(QList<QAbstractSlider *>& ref_sliders, bool ticks)
-{
- VolumeSlider* slider = qobject_cast<VolumeSlider*>( ref_sliders[0]);
- if (slider == 0 ) return; // Ticks are only in VolumeSlider, but not in KSmallslider
-
- if( ticks )
- {
- if( isStereoLinked() )
- slider->setTickPosition( QSlider::TicksRight );
- else
- {
- slider->setTickPosition( QSlider::NoTicks );
- slider = qobject_cast<VolumeSlider*>(ref_sliders.last());
- slider->setTickPosition( QSlider::TicksLeft );
- }
- }
- else
- {
- slider->setTickPosition( QSlider::NoTicks );
- slider = qobject_cast<VolumeSlider*>(ref_sliders.last());
- slider->setTickPosition( QSlider::NoTicks );
- }
-}
-
-void
-MDWSlider::setIcons(bool value)
-{
- if ( m_iconLabelSimple != 0 ) {
- if ( ( !m_iconLabelSimple->isHidden() ) !=value ) {
- if (value)
- m_iconLabelSimple->show();
- else
- m_iconLabelSimple->hide();
-
- layout()->activate();
- }
- } // if it has an icon
-}
-
-void
-MDWSlider::setColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back )
-{
- for( int i=0; i<m_slidersPlayback.count(); ++i ) {
- QWidget *slider = m_slidersPlayback[i];
- KSmallSlider *smallSlider = qobject_cast<KSmallSlider*>(slider);
- if ( smallSlider ) smallSlider->setColors( high, low, back );
- }
- for( int i=0; i<m_slidersCapture.count(); ++i ) {
- QWidget *slider = m_slidersCapture[i];
- KSmallSlider *smallSlider = qobject_cast<KSmallSlider*>(slider);
- if ( smallSlider ) smallSlider->setColors( high, low, back );
- }
-}
-
-void
-MDWSlider::setMutedColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back )
-{
- for( int i=0; i<m_slidersPlayback.count(); ++i ) {
- QWidget *slider = m_slidersPlayback[i];
- KSmallSlider *smallSlider = qobject_cast<KSmallSlider*>(slider);
- if ( smallSlider ) smallSlider->setGrayColors( high, low, back );
- }
- for( int i=0; i<m_slidersCapture.count(); ++i ) {
- QWidget *slider = m_slidersCapture[i];
- KSmallSlider *smallSlider = qobject_cast<KSmallSlider*>(slider);
- if ( smallSlider ) smallSlider->setGrayColors( high, low, back );
- }
-}
-
-
-/** This slot is called, when a user has changed the volume via the KMix Slider. */
-void MDWSlider::volumeChange( int )
-{
-// if ( mixDevice()->id() == "Headphone:0" )
-// {
-// kDebug(67100) << "headphone bug";
-// }
- if (!m_slidersPlayback.isEmpty())
- {
- m_waitForSoundSetComplete ++;
- volumeValues.push_back(m_slidersPlayback.first()->value());
- volumeChangeInternal(m_mixdevice->playbackVolume(), m_slidersPlayback);
- }
- if (!m_slidersCapture.isEmpty())
- {
- volumeChangeInternal(m_mixdevice->captureVolume(), m_slidersCapture);
- }
-
- bool oldViewBlockSignalState = m_view->blockSignals(true);
- m_mixdevice->mixer()->commitVolumeChange(m_mixdevice);
- m_view->blockSignals(oldViewBlockSignalState);
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::volumeChangeInternal(Volume& vol, QList<QAbstractSlider *>& ref_sliders)
-{
- if (isStereoLinked())
- {
- QAbstractSlider* firstSlider = ref_sliders.first();
- m_mixdevice->setMuted(false);
- vol.setAllVolumes(firstSlider->value());
- }
- else
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < ref_sliders.count(); i++)
- {
- if (m_mixdevice->isMuted())
- { // changing from muted state: unmute (the "if" above is actually superfluous)
- m_mixdevice->setMuted(false);
- }
- QAbstractSlider *sliderWidget = ref_sliders[i];
- vol.setVolume(extraData(sliderWidget).getChid(), sliderWidget->value());
- } // iterate over all sliders
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- This slot is called, when a user has clicked the recsrc button. Also it is called by any other
- associated KAction like the context menu.
- */
-void MDWSlider::toggleRecsrc()
-{
- setRecsrc( m_mixdevice->isRecSource() );
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::setRecsrc(bool value )
-{
- if ( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() )
- {
- m_mixdevice->setRecSource( value );
- m_mixdevice->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_mixdevice );
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- This slot is called, when a user has clicked the mute button. Also it is called by any other
- associated KAction like the context menu.
- */
-void MDWSlider::toggleMuted()
-{
- setMuted( !m_mixdevice->isMuted() );
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::setMuted(bool value)
-{
- if ( m_mixdevice->hasMuteSwitch() )
- {
- m_mixdevice->setMuted( value );
- m_mixdevice->mixer()->commitVolumeChange(m_mixdevice);
- }
-}
-
-
-void MDWSlider::setDisabled( bool hide )
-{
- emit guiVisibilityChange(this, !hide);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * This slot is called on a Keyboard Shortcut event, except for the XF86Audio* shortcuts which hare handeled by the
- * KMixWindow class. So for 99.9% of all users, this methos is never called.
- */
-void MDWSlider::increaseVolume()
-{
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(false, Volume::Both);
-}
-
-/**
- * This slot is called on a Keyboard Shortcut event, except for the XF86Audio* shortcuts which hare handeled by the
- * KMixWindow class. So for 99.9% of all users, this methos is never called.
- */
-void MDWSlider::decreaseVolume()
-{
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(true, Volume::Both);
-}
-
-/**
- * Increase or decrease all playback and capture channels of the given control.
- * This method is very similar to Mixer::increaseOrDecreaseVolume(), but it will
- * auto-unmute on increase.
- *
- * @param mixdeviceID The control name
- * @param decrease true for decrease. false for increase
- */
-void MDWSlider::increaseOrDecreaseVolume(bool decrease, Volume::VolumeTypeFlag volumeType)
-{
- m_mixdevice->increaseOrDecreaseVolume(decrease, volumeType);
- // I should possibly not block, as the changes that come back from the Soundcard
- // will be ignored (e.g. because of capture groups)
-// kDebug() << "MDWSlider is blocking signals for " << m_view->id();
-// bool oldViewBlockSignalState = m_view->blockSignals(true);
- m_mixdevice->mixer()->commitVolumeChange(m_mixdevice);
-// kDebug() << "MDWSlider is unblocking signals for " << m_view->id();
-// m_view->blockSignals(oldViewBlockSignalState);
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::moveStreamAutomatic()
-{
- m_mixdevice->mixer()->moveStream(m_mixdevice->id(), "");
-}
-
-void MDWSlider::moveStream(QString destId)
-{
- m_mixdevice->mixer()->moveStream(m_mixdevice->id(), destId);
-}
-
-/**
- * This is called whenever there are volume updates pending from the hardware for this MDW.
- */
-void MDWSlider::update()
-{
-// bool debugMe = (mixDevice()->id() == "PCM:0" );
-// if (debugMe) kDebug() << "The update() PCM:0 playback state" << mixDevice()->isMuted()
-// << ", vol=" << mixDevice()->playbackVolume().getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL);
-
- if ( m_slidersPlayback.count() != 0 || m_mixdevice->hasMuteSwitch() )
- updateInternal(m_mixdevice->playbackVolume(), m_slidersPlayback, m_mixdevice->isMuted() );
- if ( m_slidersCapture.count() != 0 || m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() )
- updateInternal(m_mixdevice->captureVolume(), m_slidersCapture, m_mixdevice->isNotRecSource() );
- if (m_label)
- {
- QLabel *l;
- VerticalText *v;
- if ((l = qobject_cast<QLabel*>(m_label)))
- l->setText(m_mixdevice->readableName());
- else if ((v = qobject_cast<VerticalText*>(m_label)))
- v->setText(m_mixdevice->readableName());
- }
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * @param vol
- * @param ref_sliders
- * @param muted Future directions: passing "muted" should not be necessary any longer - due to getVolumeForGUI()
- */
-void MDWSlider::updateInternal(Volume& vol, QList<QAbstractSlider *>& ref_sliders, bool muted)
-{
-// bool debugMe = (mixDevice()->id() == "PCM:0" );
-// if (debugMe)
-// {
-// kDebug() << "The updateInternal() PCM:0 playback state" << mixDevice()->isMuted()
-// << ", vol=" << mixDevice()->playbackVolume().getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL);
-// }
-
- for( int i=0; i<ref_sliders.count(); i++ )
- {
- QAbstractSlider *slider = ref_sliders.at( i );
- Volume::ChannelID chid = extraData(slider).getChid();
- long useVolume = muted ? 0 : vol.getVolumeForGUI(chid);
- int volume_index;
-
- bool oldBlockState = slider->blockSignals( true );
-
-// slider->setValue( useVolume );
- // --- Avoid feedback loops START -----------------
- if((volume_index = volumeValues.indexOf(useVolume)) > -1 && --m_waitForSoundSetComplete < 1)
- {
- m_waitForSoundSetComplete = 0;
- volumeValues.removeAt(volume_index);
-
- if(!m_sliderInWork)
- slider->setValue(useVolume);
- }
- else if(!m_sliderInWork && m_waitForSoundSetComplete < 1)
- {
- slider->setValue(useVolume);
- }
- // --- Avoid feedback loops END -----------------
-
- if ( slider->inherits( "KSmallSlider" ) )
- {
- ((KSmallSlider*)slider)->setGray( m_mixdevice->isMuted() );
- }
- slider->blockSignals( oldBlockState );
- } // for all sliders
-
-
- // update mute
-
- if( m_qcb != 0 )
- {
- bool oldBlockState = m_qcb->blockSignals( true );
- if (m_mixdevice->isMuted())
- m_qcb->setIcon( QIcon( loadIcon("audio-volume-muted") ) );
- else
- m_qcb->setIcon( QIcon( loadIcon("audio-volume-high") ) );
- m_qcb->blockSignals( oldBlockState );
- }
-
- if( m_captureCheckbox )
- {
- bool oldBlockState = m_captureCheckbox->blockSignals( true );
- m_captureCheckbox->setChecked( m_mixdevice->isRecSource() );
- m_captureCheckbox->blockSignals( oldBlockState );
- }
-
-}
-
-
-void MDWSlider::showContextMenu( const QPoint& pos )
-{
- if( m_view == 0 )
- return;
-
- KMenu *menu = m_view->getPopup();
- menu->addTitle( SmallIcon( "kmix" ), m_mixdevice->readableName() );
-
- if (m_moveMenu) {
- MixSet *ms = m_mixdevice->getMoveDestinationMixSet();
- Q_ASSERT(ms);
-
- m_moveMenu->setEnabled((ms->count() > 1));
- menu->addMenu( m_moveMenu );
- }
-
- if ( m_slidersPlayback.count()>1 || m_slidersCapture.count()>1) {
- KToggleAction *stereo = (KToggleAction *)_mdwActions->action( "stereo" );
- if ( stereo ) {
- stereo->setChecked( !isStereoLinked() );
- menu->addAction( stereo );
- }
- }
-
- if ( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() ) {
- KToggleAction *ta = (KToggleAction *)_mdwActions->action( "recsrc" );
- if ( ta ) {
- ta->setChecked( m_mixdevice->isRecSource() );
- menu->addAction( ta );
- }
- }
-
- if ( m_mixdevice->hasMuteSwitch() ) {
- KToggleAction *ta = ( KToggleAction* )_mdwActions->action( "mute" );
- if ( ta ) {
- ta->setChecked( m_mixdevice->isMuted() );
- menu->addAction( ta );
- }
- }
-
- QAction *a = _mdwActions->action( "hide" );
- if ( a )
- menu->addAction( a );
-
- QAction *b = _mdwActions->action( "keys" );
- if ( b ) {
-// QAction sep( _mdwPopupActions );
-// sep.setSeparator( true );
-// menu->addAction( &sep );
- menu->addAction( b );
- }
-
- menu->popup( pos );
-}
-
-
-void MDWSlider::showMoveMenu()
-{
- MixSet *ms = m_mixdevice->getMoveDestinationMixSet();
- Q_ASSERT(ms);
-
- _mdwMoveActions->clear();
- m_moveMenu->clear();
-
- // Default
- KAction *a = new KAction(_mdwMoveActions);
- a->setText( i18n("Automatic According to Category") );
- _mdwMoveActions->addAction( QString("moveautomatic"), a);
- connect(a, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(moveStreamAutomatic()), Qt::QueuedConnection);
- m_moveMenu->addAction( a );
-
- a = new KAction(_mdwMoveActions);
- a->setSeparator(true);
- _mdwMoveActions->addAction( QString("-"), a);
-
- m_moveMenu->addAction( a );
- foreach (std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, *ms)
- {
- a = new MDWMoveAction(md, _mdwMoveActions);
- _mdwMoveActions->addAction( QString("moveto") + md->id(), a);
- connect(a, SIGNAL(moveRequest(QString)), SLOT(moveStream(QString)), Qt::QueuedConnection);
- m_moveMenu->addAction( a );
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * An event filter for the various QWidgets. We watch for Mouse press Events, so
- * that we can popup the context menu.
- */
-bool MDWSlider::eventFilter( QObject* obj, QEvent* e )
-{
- QEvent::Type eventType = e->type();
- if (eventType == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
- QMouseEvent *qme = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
- if (qme->button() == Qt::RightButton) {
- showContextMenu();
- return true;
- }
- } else if (eventType == QEvent::ContextMenu) {
- QPoint pos = reinterpret_cast<QWidget *>(obj)->mapToGlobal(QPoint(0, 0));
- showContextMenu(pos);
- return true;
- }
- // Attention: We don't filter WheelEvents for KSmallSlider, because it handles WheelEvents itself
- else if ( eventType == QEvent::Wheel )
-// && strcmp(obj->metaObject()->className(),"KSmallSlider") != 0 ) { // Remove the KSmallSlider check. If KSmallSlider comes back, use a cheaper type check - e.g. a boolean value.
- {
- QWheelEvent *qwe = static_cast<QWheelEvent*>(e);
-
- bool increase = (qwe->delta() > 0);
- if (qwe->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) // Reverse horizontal scroll: bko228780
- increase = !increase;
-
- Volume::VolumeTypeFlag volumeType = Volume::Playback;
- QAbstractSlider *slider = qobject_cast<QAbstractSlider*>(obj);
- if (slider != 0)
- {
-// kDebug();
-// kDebug();
-// kDebug() << "----------------------------- Slider is " << slider;
- // Mouse is over a slider. So lets apply the wheel event to playback or capture only
- if(m_slidersCapture.contains(slider))
- {
-// kDebug() << "Slider is capture " << slider;
- volumeType = Volume::Capture;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Mouse not over a slider => do a little guessing
- if (!m_slidersPlayback.isEmpty())
- slider = qobject_cast<QAbstractSlider*>(m_slidersPlayback.first());
- else if (!m_slidersCapture.isEmpty())
- slider = qobject_cast<QAbstractSlider*>(m_slidersCapture.first());
- else
- slider = 0;
- }
-
- increaseOrDecreaseVolume(!increase, volumeType);
-
- if (slider != 0)
- {
- Volume& volP = m_mixdevice->playbackVolume();
-// kDebug() << "slider=" << slider->objectName();
- VolumeSliderExtraData& sliderExtraData = extraData(slider);
-// kDebug() << "slider=" << slider->objectName() << "sliderExtraData=" << sliderExtraData.getSubcontrolLabel() << " , chid=" << sliderExtraData.getChid();
- volumeValues.push_back(volP.getVolume(sliderExtraData.getChid()));
- }
- return true;
- }
- return QWidget::eventFilter(obj,e);
-}
-
-#include "moc_mdwslider.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright Chrisitan Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MDWSLIDER_H
-#define MDWSLIDER_H
-
-#include <KShortcut>
-#include "volumeslider.h"
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QList>
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <qlist.h>
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-
-#include <QBoxLayout>
-#include <QToolButton>
-#include <QLabel>
-
-class KAction;
-class KMenu;
-#include <kshortcut.h>
-
-class MixDevice;
-class VerticalText;
-class ViewBase;
-
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-
-class MDWSlider : public MixDeviceWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- MDWSlider( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md,
- bool includePlayback, bool includeCapture,
- bool includeMixerName, bool small, Qt::Orientation,
- QWidget* parent, ViewBase* view, ProfControl *pctl);
- virtual ~MDWSlider();
-
- enum LabelType { LT_ALL, LT_FIRST_CAPTURE, LT_NONE };
- void addActionToPopup( KAction *action );
- void createActions();
- void createShortcutActions();
-
- // GUI
- bool isStereoLinked() const { return m_linked; }
- void setStereoLinked( bool value );
- void setLabeled( bool value );
- void setTicks( bool ticks );
- void setIcons( bool value );
-// void setIcon( QString filename, QLabel** label );
- void setIcon( QString filename, QWidget* label );
- QToolButton* addMediaButton(QString iconName, QLayout* layout, QWidget *parent);
- void updateMediaButton();
- void setColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back );
- void setMutedColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back );
-
- bool eventFilter( QObject* obj, QEvent* e );
- QString iconName();
- // Layout
- QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
- QSize sizeHint() const;
- int labelExtentHint() const;
- void setLabelExtent(int extent);
- bool hasMuteButton() const;
- void setMuteButtonSpace(bool);
- void setCaptureLEDSpace(bool);
- bool hasCaptureLED() const;
-
- static VolumeSliderExtraData DummVolumeSliderExtraData;
- static bool debugMe;
-
-
-public slots:
- void toggleRecsrc();
- void toggleMuted();
- void toggleStereoLinked();
-
- void setDisabled( bool value );
- void update();
- void showMoveMenu();
- virtual void showContextMenu( const QPoint &pos = QCursor::pos() );
- void increaseOrDecreaseVolume(bool arg1, Volume::VolumeTypeFlag volumeType);
- VolumeSliderExtraData& extraData(QAbstractSlider *slider);
- void addMediaControls(QBoxLayout* arg1);
-
-
-signals:
- void toggleMenuBar(bool value);
- void guiVisibilityChange(MixDeviceWidget* source, bool enable);
-
-private slots:
- void setRecsrc( bool value );
- void setMuted(bool value);
- void volumeChange( int );
- void sliderPressed();
- void sliderReleased();
-
- void increaseVolume();
- void decreaseVolume();
-
- void moveStreamAutomatic();
- void moveStream( QString destId );
-
- void mediaPlay(bool);
- void mediaNext(bool);
- void mediaPrev(bool);
-
-private:
- KShortcut dummyShortcut;
- QPixmap loadIcon( QString filename );
- void createWidgets( bool showMuteLED, bool showCaptureLED, bool includeMixer );
- void addSliders( QBoxLayout *volLayout, char type, Volume& vol,
- QList<QAbstractSlider *>& ref_sliders, QString tooltipText );
- //void addDefaultLabel(QBoxLayout *layout, Qt::Orientation orientation);
-
- // Methods that are called two times from a wrapper. Once for playabck, once for capture
- void setStereoLinkedInternal( QList< QAbstractSlider* >& ref_sliders, bool showSubcontrolLabels);
- void setTicksInternal( QList< QAbstractSlider* >& ref_sliders, bool ticks );
- void volumeChangeInternal(Volume& vol, QList< QAbstractSlider* >& ref_sliders );
- void updateInternal(Volume& vol, QList< QAbstractSlider* >& ref_sliders, bool muted);
-
- QWidget* createLabel(QWidget* parent, QString& label, QBoxLayout *layout, bool);
- QString calculatePlaybackIcon(MediaController::PlayState playState);
- void guiAddSlidersAndMediacontrols(bool playSliders, bool capSliders, bool mediaControls, QBoxLayout* layout, const QString& tooltipText, const QString& captureTooltipText);
- void guiAddCaptureCheckbox(bool wantsCaptureLED, const Qt::Alignment& alignmentForCapture,
- QBoxLayout* layoutForCapture, const QString& captureTooltipText);
- void guiAddMuteButton(bool wantsMuteButton, Qt::Alignment alignment, QBoxLayout* layoutForMuteButton, const QString& muteTooltipText);
- void guiAddControlIcon(Qt::Alignment alignment, QBoxLayout* layout, const QString& tooltipText);
- void addGlobalShortcut(KAction* action, const QString& label, bool dynamicControl);
-
- bool m_linked;
-
- QWidget *muteButtonSpacer;
- QWidget *captureSpacer;
- QWidget *labelSpacer;
-
- // GUI: Top portion ( Icon + Mute)
- QLabel *m_iconLabelSimple;
- QToolButton* m_qcb;
- QLabel* m_muteText;
-
- QLabel *m_label; // is either QLabel or VerticalText
- QToolButton *mediaButton;
-
- QCheckBox* m_captureCheckbox;
- QLabel* m_captureText;
-
- int labelSpacing;
- bool muteButtonSpacing;
- bool captureLEDSpacing;
-
- KActionCollection* _mdwMoveActions;
- KMenu *m_moveMenu;
-
- QList<QAbstractSlider *> m_slidersPlayback;
- QList<QAbstractSlider *> m_slidersCapture;
- bool m_sliderInWork;
- int m_waitForSoundSetComplete;
- QList<int> volumeValues;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-///*
-// * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
-// *
-// *
-// * Copyright (C) 2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
-// *
-// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-// * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-// * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-// *
-// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-// * Library General Public License for more details.
-// *
-// * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-// * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
-// * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-// */
-//
-//#include <qcursor.h>
-//#include <QLabel>
-//#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-//#include <QObject>
-//
-//#include <klocale.h>
-//#include <kconfig.h>
-//#include <kaction.h>
-//#include <kmenu.h>
-//#include <kglobalaccel.h>
-//#include <kdebug.h>
-//#include <ktoggleaction.h>
-//#include <kactioncollection.h>
-//
-//#include "mdwswitch.h"
-//#include "core/mixer.h"
-//#include "viewbase.h"
-//#include "verticaltext.h"
-//
-///**
-// * Class that represents a single Switch
-// * The orientation (horizontal, vertical) can be configured
-// */
-//MDWSwitch::MDWSwitch(MixDevice* md,
-// bool small, Qt::Orientation orientation,
-// QWidget* parent, ViewBase* mw) :
-// MixDeviceWidget(md,small,orientation,parent,mw),
-// _label(0) , _labelV(0) , _switchLED(0), _layout(0)
-//{
-// // create actions (on _mdwActions, see MixDeviceWidget)
-//
-// // KStandardAction::showMenubar() is in MixDeviceWidget now
-// KToggleAction *action = _mdwActions->add<KToggleAction>( "hide" );
-// action->setText( i18n("&Hide") );
-// connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(setDisabled()));
-// KAction *b = _mdwActions->addAction( "keys" );
-// b->setText( i18n("C&onfigure Shortcuts...") );
-// connect(b, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(defineKeys()));
-//
-// // create widgets
-// createWidgets();
-//
-// KAction *a = _mdwActions->addAction( "Toggle switch" );
-// a->setText( i18n( "Toggle Switch" ) );
-// connect(a, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(toggleSwitch()));
-//
-// // The accel keys are loaded in KMixerWidget::loadConfig, see kmixtoolbox.cpp
-//
-// installEventFilter( this ); // filter for popup
-//}
-//
-//MDWSwitch::~MDWSwitch()
-//{
-//}
-//
-//
-//void MDWSwitch::createWidgets()
-//{
-// if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical ) {
-// _layout = new QVBoxLayout( this );
-// _layout->setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter);
-// }
-// else {
-// _layout = new QHBoxLayout( this );
-// _layout->setAlignment(Qt::AlignVCenter);
-// }
-// this->setToolTip( m_mixdevice->readableName() );
-//
-//
-// _layout->addSpacing( 4 );
-// // --- LEDS --------------------------
-// if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical ) {
-// if( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() )
-// _switchLED = new QCheckBox( Qt::red,
-// m_mixdevice->isRecSource()?KLed::On:KLed::Off,
-// KLed::Sunken, KLed::Circular, this, "RecordLED" );
-// else
-// _switchLED = new QCheckBox( Qt::yellow, KLed::On, KLed::Sunken, KLed::Circular, this, "SwitchLED" );
-// _switchLED->setFixedSize(16,16);
-// _labelV = new VerticalText( this, m_mixdevice->readableName().toUtf8().data() );
-//
-// _layout->addWidget( _switchLED );
-// _layout->addSpacing( 2 );
-// _layout->addWidget( _labelV );
-//
-// _switchLED->installEventFilter( this );
-// _labelV->installEventFilter( this );
-// }
-// else
-// {
-// if( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() )
-// _switchLED = new QCheckBox( Qt::red,
-// m_mixdevice->isRecSource()?KLed::On:KLed::Off,
-// KLed::Sunken, KLed::Circular, this, "RecordLED" );
-// else
-// _switchLED = new QCheckBox( Qt::yellow, KLed::On, KLed::Sunken, KLed::Circular, this, "SwitchLED" );
-// _switchLED->setFixedSize(16,16);
-// _label = new QLabel(m_mixdevice->readableName(), this );
-// _label->setObjectName( QLatin1String("SwitchName" ));
-//
-// _layout->addWidget( _switchLED );
-// _layout->addSpacing( 1 );
-// _layout->addWidget( _label );
-// _switchLED->installEventFilter( this );
-// _label->installEventFilter( this );
-// }
-// connect( _switchLED, SIGNAL(stateChanged(bool)), this, SLOT(toggleSwitch()) );
-// _layout->addSpacing( 4 );
-//}
-//
-//void MDWSwitch::update()
-//{
-// if ( _switchLED != 0 ) {
-// _switchLED->blockSignals( true );
-// if( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() )
-// _switchLED->setState( m_mixdevice->isRecSource() ? KLed::On : KLed::Off );
-// else
-// _switchLED->setState( m_mixdevice->isMuted() ? KLed::Off : KLed::On );
-//
-// _switchLED->blockSignals( false );
-// }
-//}
-//
-//void MDWSwitch::setBackgroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole m)
-//{
-// if ( _label != 0 ){
-// _label->setBackgroundRole(m);
-// }
-// if ( _labelV != 0 ){
-// _labelV->setBackgroundRole(m);
-// }
-// _switchLED->setBackgroundRole(m);
-// MixDeviceWidget::setBackgroundRole(m);
-//}
-//
-//void MDWSwitch::showContextMenu()
-//{
-// if( m_view == 0 )
-// return;
-//
-// KMenu *menu = m_view->getPopup();
-//
-// QPoint pos = QCursor::pos();
-// menu->popup( pos );
-//}
-//
-//
-//QSizePolicy MDWSwitch::sizePolicy() const
-//{
-// if ( _orientation == Qt::Vertical ) {
-// return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding );
-// }
-// else {
-// return QSizePolicy( QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed );
-// }
-//}
-//
-///**
-// This slot is called, when a user has clicked the mute button. Also it is called by any other
-// associated KAction like the context menu.
-//*/
-//void MDWSwitch::toggleSwitch() {
-// if( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() )
-// setSwitch( !m_mixdevice->isRecSource() );
-// else
-// setSwitch( !m_mixdevice->isMuted() );
-//}
-//
-//void MDWSwitch::setSwitch(bool value)
-//{
-// if ( m_mixdevice->playbackVolume().hasSwitch() ) {
-// if ( m_mixdevice->captureVolume().hasSwitch() ) {
-// m_mixdevice->mixer()->setRecordSource( m_mixdevice->id(), value );
-// }
-// else {
-// m_mixdevice->setMuted( value );
-// m_mixdevice->mixer()->commitVolumeChange( m_mixdevice );
-// }
-// }
-//}
-//
-//void MDWSwitch::setDisabled()
-//{
-// setDisabled( true );
-//}
-//
-//void MDWSwitch::setDisabled( bool value ) {
-// if ( m_disabled!=value)
-// {
-// value ? hide() : show();
-// m_disabled = value;
-// }
-//}
-//
-///**
-// * An event filter for the various QWidgets. We watch for Mouse press Events, so
-// * that we can popup the context menu.
-// */
-//bool MDWSwitch::eventFilter( QObject* obj, QEvent* e )
-//{
-// if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
-// QMouseEvent *qme = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
-// if (qme->button() == Qt::RightButton) {
-// showContextMenu();
-// return true;
-// }
-// }
-// return QWidget::eventFilter(obj,e);
-//}
-//
-//#include "mdwswitch.moc"
+++ /dev/null
-////-*-C++-*-
-///*
-// * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
-// *
-// *
-// * Copyright Chrisitan Esken <esken@kde.org>
-// *
-// * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-// * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-// * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-// * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-// *
-// * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-// * Library General Public License for more details.
-// *
-// * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-// * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
-// * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-// */
-//
-//#ifndef MDWSWITCH_H
-//#define MDWSWITCH_H
-//
-//#include <QWidget>
-//#include "core/volume.h"
-//#include <qpixmap.h>
-//
-//#include <QBoxLayout>
-//#include <QLabel>
-//
-//#include <QCheckBox>
-//class KAction;
-//
-//class MixDevice;
-//class VerticalText;
-//class Mixer;
-//class ViewBase;
-//
-//#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-//
-//class MDWSwitch : public MixDeviceWidget
-//{
-// Q_OBJECT
-//
-//public:
-// MDWSwitch( MixDevice* md,
-// bool small, Qt::Orientation orientation,
-// QWidget* parent = 0, ViewBase* mw = 0);
-// ~MDWSwitch();
-//
-// void addActionToPopup( KAction *action );
-// QSizePolicy sizePolicy() const;
-// void setBackgroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole m);
-// bool eventFilter( QObject* obj, QEvent* e );
-//
-//public slots:
-// // GUI hide and show
-// void setDisabled();
-// void setDisabled(bool);
-//
-// // Switch on/off
-// void toggleSwitch();
-// void setSwitch(bool value);
-//
-// void update();
-// virtual void showContextMenu();
-//
-//private:
-// void createWidgets();
-//
-// QLabel *_label;
-// VerticalText *_labelV;
-// QCheckBox *_switchLED;
-// QBoxLayout *_layout;
-//};
-//
-//#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-
-#include <kactioncollection.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kiconloader.h>
-#include <kconfig.h>
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <kmenu.h>
-#include <kglobalaccel.h>
-#include <kshortcutsdialog.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-#include <qcursor.h>
-#include <qevent.h>
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-#include <qmatrix.h>
-
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-#include "viewbase.h"
-#include "ksmallslider.h"
-#include "verticaltext.h"
-
-/**
- * Base Class for any Widget that represents a MixDevice.
- * The mix device can be a real (hardware bound) MixDevice or a virtual mix device.
- *
- * The direction (horizontal, vertical) can be configured and whether it should
- * be "small" (uses KSmallSlider instead of a normal slider widget). The actual implementations
- * SHOULD honor these values - those who do not might not be suitable for placing in
- * the panel applet or any other smallish settings.
- */
-MixDeviceWidget::MixDeviceWidget(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md,
- bool small, Qt::Orientation orientation,
- QWidget* parent, ViewBase* view, ProfControl* par_pctl) :
- QWidget( parent ), m_mixdevice( md ), m_view( view ), _pctl(par_pctl),
- _orientation( orientation ), m_small( small )
- , m_shortcutsDialog(0)
-{
- _mdwActions = new KActionCollection( this );
- _mdwPopupActions = new KActionCollection( this );
-
- QString name (md->id());
- /* char* whatsThisChar = whatsthis.toUtf8().data();
- QString w;
- w = ki18n(whatsThisChar).toString(MixerToolBox::whatsthisControlLocale() );
- this->setWhatsThis(w);
- */
- QString whatsthisText = mixDevice()->mixer()->translateKernelToWhatsthis(name);
- if ( whatsthisText != "---") {
- setWhatsThis(whatsthisText);
- }
-}
-
-MixDeviceWidget::~MixDeviceWidget()
-{
-}
-
-void MixDeviceWidget::addActionToPopup( KAction *action )
-{
- _mdwActions->addAction( action->objectName(), action );
-}
-
-void MixDeviceWidget::defineKeys()
-{
- // Dialog for *global* shortcuts of this MDW
- if ( m_shortcutsDialog == 0 ) {
- m_shortcutsDialog = new KShortcutsDialog( KShortcutsEditor::GlobalAction );
- m_shortcutsDialog->addCollection(_mdwPopupActions);
- }
- m_shortcutsDialog->configure();
-}
-
-void MixDeviceWidget::volumeChange( int ) { /* is virtual */ }
-//void MixDeviceWidget::setDisabled( bool ) { /* is virtual */ }
-//void MixDeviceWidget::setVolume( int /*channel*/, int /*vol*/ ) { /* is virtual */ }
-//void MixDeviceWidget::setVolume( Volume /*vol*/ ) { /* is virtual */ }
-//void MixDeviceWidget::update() { /* is virtual */ }
-//void MixDeviceWidget::showContextMenu( const QPoint &pos ) { /* is virtual */ }
-void MixDeviceWidget::setColors( QColor , QColor , QColor ) { /* is virtual */ }
-void MixDeviceWidget::setIcons( bool ) { /* is virtual */ }
-void MixDeviceWidget::setLabeled( bool ) { /* is virtual */ }
-void MixDeviceWidget::setMutedColors( QColor , QColor , QColor ) { /* is virtual */ }
-
-
-
-void MixDeviceWidget::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
-{
- if ( e->button() == Qt::RightButton )
- showContextMenu();
- else {
- QWidget::mousePressEvent(e);
- }
-}
-
-
-#include "moc_mixdevicewidget.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- * 1996-2000 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- * Sven Fischer <herpes@kawo2.rwth-aachen.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MIXDEVICEWIDGET_H
-#define MIXDEVICEWIDGET_H
-
-#include <QWidget>
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/volume.h"
-#include <qpixmap.h>
-
-
-class KAction;
-class KActionCollection;
-class KShortcutsDialog;
-
-class MixDevice;
-class ProfControl;
-class ViewBase;
-
-class MixDeviceWidget
- : public QWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- MixDeviceWidget( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md,
- bool small, Qt::Orientation orientation,
- QWidget* parent, ViewBase*, ProfControl * );
- virtual ~MixDeviceWidget();
-
- void addActionToPopup( KAction *action );
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> mixDevice() { return m_mixdevice; }
-
- virtual void setColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back );
- virtual void setIcons( bool value );
- virtual void setMutedColors( QColor high, QColor low, QColor back );
-
- virtual bool isStereoLinked() const { return false; }
- virtual void setStereoLinked( bool ) {}
- virtual void setLabeled( bool );
- virtual void setTicks( bool ) {}
-
-
-public slots:
- virtual void defineKeys();
- virtual void showContextMenu( const QPoint &pos = QCursor::pos() ) = 0;
- /**
- * update() is called whenever there are volume updates pending from the hardware for this MDW.
- */
- virtual void update() = 0;
-
-signals:
- virtual void guiVisibilityChange(MixDeviceWidget* source, bool enable) = 0;
-
-protected slots:
- virtual void setDisabled( bool value ) = 0;
- void volumeChange( int );
-
-protected:
-
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> m_mixdevice;
- KActionCollection* _mdwActions;
- KActionCollection* _mdwPopupActions;
- ViewBase* m_view;
- ProfControl* _pctl;
- Qt::Orientation _orientation;
- bool m_small;
- KShortcutsDialog* m_shortcutsDialog;
-
-private:
- void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*******************************************************************
-* osdwidget.cpp
-* Copyright 2009 Aurélien Gâteau <agateau@kde.org>
-* Copyright 2009 Dario Andres Rodriguez <andresbajotierra@gmail.com>
-* Copyright 2009 Christian Esken <christian.esken@arcor.de>
-*
-* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-* the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-*
-* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-* GNU General Public License for more details.
-*
-* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*
-******************************************************************/
-
-#include "gui/osdwidget.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <QGraphicsLinearLayout>
-#include <QPainter>
-#include <QTimer>
-#include <QLabel>
-
-// KDE
-#include <KIcon>
-#include <KDialog>
-#include <KWindowSystem>
-#include <Plasma/Svg>
-#include <Plasma/Label>
-#include <Plasma/Meter>
-#include <Plasma/Theme>
-#include <Plasma/WindowEffects>
-
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include <core/mixer.h>
-
-OSDWidget::OSDWidget(QWidget * parent)
- : Plasma::Dialog(parent, Qt::ToolTip),
- m_scene(new QGraphicsScene(this)),
- m_container(new QGraphicsWidget),
- m_iconLabel(new Plasma::Label),
- m_volumeLabel(new Plasma::Label),
- m_meter(new Plasma::Meter),
- m_hideTimer(new QTimer(this))
-{
- //Setup the window properties
- KWindowSystem::setState(winId(), NET::KeepAbove);
- KWindowSystem::setType(winId(), NET::Tooltip);
- setAttribute(Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolTip, true);
-
- m_meter->setMeterType(Plasma::Meter::BarMeterHorizontal);
- m_meter->setMaximum(100);
-
- //Set a fixed width for the volume label. To do that we need the text with the maximum width
- //(this is true if the volume is at 100%). We simply achieve that by calling "setCurrentVolume".
- setCurrentVolume(100, false);
-
- /* We are registering for volume changes of all cards. An alternative
- * would be to register to volume changes of the global master and additionally
- * register to MasterChanges. That could be slightly more efficient
- */
- ControlManager::instance().addListener(
- QString(), // all mixers
- ControlChangeType::Volume,
- this,
- QString("OSDWidget")
- );
-
- //Setup the auto-hide timer
- m_hideTimer->setInterval(2000);
- m_hideTimer->setSingleShot(true);
- connect(m_hideTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(hide()));
-
- //Setup the OSD layout
- QGraphicsLinearLayout *layout = new QGraphicsLinearLayout(m_container);
- layout->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
- layout->addItem(m_iconLabel);
- layout->addItem(m_meter);
- layout->addItem(m_volumeLabel);
-
- m_scene->addItem(m_container);
- setGraphicsWidget(m_container);
-
- themeUpdated();
- connect(Plasma::Theme::defaultTheme(), SIGNAL(themeChanged()), this, SLOT(themeUpdated())); // e.g. for updating font
-}
-
-
-OSDWidget::~OSDWidget()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().removeListener(this);
-}
-void OSDWidget::controlsChange(int changeType)
-{
- ControlChangeType::Type type = ControlChangeType::fromInt(changeType);
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> master = Mixer::getGlobalMasterMD();
- switch (type )
- {
- case ControlChangeType::Volume:
- if ( master )
- {
- setCurrentVolume(master->playbackVolume().getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL), master->isMuted());
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(type, this);
- break;
- }
-
-}
-void OSDWidget::activateOSD()
-{
- m_hideTimer->start();
-}
-
-void OSDWidget::themeUpdated()
-{
- //Set a font which makes the text appear as big (height-wise) as the meter.
- //QFont font = QFont(m_volumeLabel->nativeWidget()->font());
- Plasma::Theme* theme = Plasma::Theme::defaultTheme();
-
-
- QPalette palette = m_volumeLabel->palette();
- palette.setColor(QPalette::WindowText, theme->color(Plasma::Theme::TextColor));
- m_volumeLabel->setPalette(palette);
-
- QFont font = theme->font(Plasma::Theme::DefaultFont);
- font.setPointSize(15);
- m_volumeLabel->setFont(font);
- QFontMetrics qfm(font);
- QRect textSize = qfm.boundingRect("100 % ");
-
- int widthHint = textSize.width();
- int heightHint = textSize.height();
- //setCurrentVolume(100,false);
- m_volumeLabel->setMinimumWidth(widthHint);
- m_volumeLabel->setMaximumHeight(heightHint);
- m_volumeLabel->nativeWidget()->setFixedWidth(widthHint);
-// m_volumeLabel->setText(oldText);
-
- //Cache the icon pixmaps
- QSize iconSize;
-
- if (!Plasma::Theme::defaultTheme()->imagePath("icons/audio").isEmpty()) {
- QFontMetrics fm(m_volumeLabel->font());
- iconSize = QSize(fm.height(), fm.height());
- Plasma::Svg svgIcon;
- svgIcon.setImagePath("icons/audio");
- svgIcon.setContainsMultipleImages(true);
- svgIcon.resize(iconSize);
- m_volumeHighPixmap = svgIcon.pixmap("audio-volume-high");
- m_volumeMediumPixmap = svgIcon.pixmap("audio-volume-medium");
- m_volumeLowPixmap = svgIcon.pixmap("audio-volume-low");
- m_volumeMutedPixmap = svgIcon.pixmap("audio-volume-muted");
- } else {
- iconSize = QSize(KIconLoader::SizeSmallMedium, KIconLoader::SizeSmallMedium);
- m_volumeHighPixmap = KIcon( QLatin1String( "audio-volume-high" )).pixmap(iconSize);
- m_volumeMediumPixmap = KIcon( QLatin1String( "audio-volume-medium" )).pixmap(iconSize);
- m_volumeLowPixmap = KIcon( QLatin1String( "audio-volume-low" )).pixmap(iconSize);
- m_volumeMutedPixmap = KIcon( QLatin1String( "audio-volume-muted" )).pixmap(iconSize);
- }
-
- m_iconLabel->nativeWidget()->setPixmap(m_volumeHighPixmap);
- m_iconLabel->nativeWidget()->setFixedSize(iconSize);
- m_iconLabel->setMinimumSize(iconSize);
- m_iconLabel->setMaximumSize(iconSize);
-
- m_meter->setMaximumHeight(iconSize.height());
-
- m_volumeLabel->setMinimumHeight(iconSize.height());
- m_volumeLabel->setMaximumHeight(iconSize.height());
- m_volumeLabel->nativeWidget()->setFixedHeight(iconSize.height());
-
- m_volumeLabel->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter);
- m_volumeLabel->setWordWrap(false);
-
- m_container->setMinimumSize(iconSize.width() * 13 + m_volumeLabel->nativeWidget()->width(), iconSize.height());
- m_container->setMaximumSize(iconSize.width() * 13 + m_volumeLabel->nativeWidget()->width(), iconSize.height());
-
- syncToGraphicsWidget();
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set volume level in percent
- */
-void OSDWidget::setCurrentVolume(int volumeLevel, bool muted)
-{
-// kDebug() << "Meter is visible: " << m_meter->isVisible();
-
- if ( muted )
- {
- volumeLevel = 0;
- }
- m_meter->setValue(volumeLevel);
-
- if (!muted && (volumeLevel > 0)) {
- if (volumeLevel < 25) {
- m_iconLabel->nativeWidget()->setPixmap(m_volumeLowPixmap);
- } else if (volumeLevel < 75) {
- m_iconLabel->nativeWidget()->setPixmap(m_volumeMediumPixmap);
- } else {
- m_iconLabel->nativeWidget()->setPixmap(m_volumeHighPixmap);
- }
- } else {
- m_iconLabel->nativeWidget()->setPixmap(m_volumeMutedPixmap);
- }
-
- //Show the volume %
- m_volumeLabel->setText(QString::number(volumeLevel) + " %"); // if you change the text, please adjust textSize in themeUpdated()
-}
-
-#include "moc_osdwidget.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*******************************************************************
-* osdwidget.h
-* Copyright 2009 Aurélien Gâteau <agateau@kde.org>
-* Copyright 2009 Dario Andres Rodriguez <andresbajotierra@gmail.com>
-* Copyright 2009 Christian Esken <christian.esken@arcor.de>
-*
-* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
-* the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-*
-* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-* GNU General Public License for more details.
-*
-* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*
-******************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef OSDWIDGET__H
-#define OSDWIDGET__H
-
-#include <Plasma/Dialog>
-
-#include <QPixmap>
-
-#include <QTimer>
-#include <QGraphicsWidget>
-
-namespace Plasma
-{
-class Label;
-class Meter;
-}
-
-class OSDWidget : public Plasma::Dialog
-{
-Q_OBJECT
-public:
- OSDWidget(QWidget * parent = 0);
- virtual ~OSDWidget();
-
- void setCurrentVolume(int volumeLevel, bool muted);
- void activateOSD();
-
- public slots:
- void controlsChange(int changeType);
-
-private:
- QGraphicsScene *m_scene;
- QGraphicsWidget *m_container;
- Plasma::Label *m_iconLabel;
- Plasma::Label *m_volumeLabel;
- Plasma::Meter *m_meter;
- QTimer *m_hideTimer;
-
- QPixmap m_volumeHighPixmap;
- QPixmap m_volumeMediumPixmap;
- QPixmap m_volumeLowPixmap;
- QPixmap m_volumeMutedPixmap;
-
-private slots:
- void themeUpdated();
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "verticaltext.h"
-#include <QPainter>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-
-
-
-VerticalText::VerticalText(QWidget * parent, const QString& text, Qt::WFlags f) : QWidget(parent,f)
-{
- m_labelText = text;
-}
-
-VerticalText::~VerticalText() {
-}
-
-void VerticalText::setText(const QString& text) {
- if (m_labelText != text) {
- m_labelText = text;
- updateGeometry();
- }
-}
-
-
-void VerticalText::paintEvent ( QPaintEvent * /*event*/ ) {
- QPainter paint(this);
- paint.rotate(270);
-// paint.translate(0,-4); // Silly "solution" to make underlengths work
-
- // Fix for bug 72520
- //- paint.drawText(-height()+2,width(),name());
- //+ paint.drawText( -height()+2, width(), QString::fromUtf8(name()) );
- int posX = -height();
- int posY = width();
- paint.drawText( posX, posY, m_labelText );
-}
-
-QSize VerticalText::sizeHint() const {
- const QFontMetrics& fontMetr = fontMetrics();
- QSize textSize(fontMetr.width(m_labelText), fontMetr.height());
- textSize.transpose();
- return textSize;
-}
-
-QSize VerticalText::minimumSizeHint() const
-{
- const QFontMetrics& fontMetr = fontMetrics();
- QSize textSize(fontMetr.width("MMMM"), fontMetr.height());
- textSize.transpose();
- return textSize;
-}
-
-QSizePolicy VerticalText::sizePolicy () const
-{
- return QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding);
-}
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef VerticalText_h
-#define VerticalText_h
-
-#include <QString>
-#include <QWidget>
-
-class VerticalText : public QWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- VerticalText(QWidget * parent, const QString&, Qt::WFlags f = 0);
- ~VerticalText();
-
- void setText(const QString& text);
- QSize sizeHint() const;
- QSizePolicy sizePolicy () const;
- QSize minimumSizeHint() const;
- protected:
- void paintEvent ( QPaintEvent * event );
-
- private:
- QString m_labelText;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-// * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "viewbase.h"
-
-// QT
-#include <qcursor.h>
-#include <QtGui/qevent.h>
-
-// KDE
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <kmenu.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kiconloader.h>
-#include <kactioncollection.h>
-#include <ktoggleaction.h>
-#include <kstandardaction.h>
-#include <kmessagebox.h>
-// KMix
-#include "dialogviewconfiguration.h"
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "gui/kmixtoolbox.h"
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-#include "gui/mdwslider.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/mixertoolbox.h"
-
-
-/**
- * Creates an empty View. To populate it with MixDevice instances, you must implement
- * _setMixSet() in your derived class.
- */
-ViewBase::ViewBase(QWidget* parent, QString id, Qt::WFlags f, ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags, QString guiProfileId, KActionCollection *actionColletion)
- : QWidget(parent, f), _popMenu(NULL), _actions(actionColletion), _vflags(vflags), _guiProfileId(guiProfileId)
-{
- setObjectName(id);
- m_viewId = id;
- guiComplexity = ViewBase::SIMPLE;
- configureIcon = new KIcon( QLatin1String( "configure" ));
-
-
- if ( _actions == 0 ) {
- // We create our own action collection, if the actionColletion was 0.
- // This is currently done for the ViewDockAreaPopup, but only because it has not been converted to use the app-wide
- // actionCollection(). This is a @todo.
- _actions = new KActionCollection( this );
- }
- _localActionColletion = new KActionCollection( this );
-
- // Plug in the "showMenubar" action, if the caller wants it. Typically this is only necessary for views in the KMix main window.
- if ( vflags & ViewBase::HasMenuBar )
- {
- KToggleAction *m = static_cast<KToggleAction*>( _actions->action( name(KStandardAction::ShowMenubar) ) ) ;
- if ( m != 0 ) {
- bool visible = ( vflags & ViewBase::MenuBarVisible );
- m->setChecked(visible);
- }
- }
-}
-
-ViewBase::~ViewBase()
-{
- delete configureIcon;
- // Hint: The GUI profile will not be removed, as it is pooled and might be applied to a new View.
-}
-
-
-void ViewBase::addMixer(Mixer *mixer)
-{
- _mixers.append(mixer);
-}
-
-//void ViewBase::configurationUpdate() {
-//}
-
-
-
-QPushButton* ViewBase::createConfigureViewButton()
-{
- QPushButton* configureViewButton = new QPushButton(*configureIcon, "", this);
- configureViewButton->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed);
- configureViewButton->setToolTip(i18n( "Configure Channels" ));
- connect(configureViewButton, SIGNAL(clicked(bool)), SLOT(configureView()));
- return configureViewButton;
-}
-
-void ViewBase::updateGuiOptions()
-{
- setTicks(GlobalConfig::instance().data.showTicks);
- setLabels(GlobalConfig::instance().data.showLabels);
- updateMediaPlaybackIcons();
-}
-
-QString ViewBase::id() const {
- return m_viewId;
-}
-
-bool ViewBase::isValid() const
-{
- return ( !_mixSet.isEmpty() || isDynamic() );
-}
-
-void ViewBase::setIcons (bool on) { KMixToolBox::setIcons (_mdws, on ); }
-void ViewBase::setLabels(bool on) { KMixToolBox::setLabels(_mdws, on ); }
-void ViewBase::setTicks (bool on) { KMixToolBox::setTicks (_mdws, on ); }
-
-/**
- * Updates all playback icons to their (new) state, e.g. Paused, or Playing
- */
-void ViewBase::updateMediaPlaybackIcons()
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < _mdws.count(); ++i)
- {
- // Currently media controls are always attached to sliders => use MDWSlider
- MDWSlider* mdw = qobject_cast<MDWSlider*>(_mdws[i]);
- if (mdw != 0)
- {
- mdw->updateMediaButton();
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * Create all widgets.
- * This is a loop over all supported devices of the corresponding view.
- * On each device add() is called - the derived class must implement add() for creating and placing
- * the real MixDeviceWidget.
- * The added MixDeviceWidget is appended to the _mdws list.
- */
-void ViewBase::createDeviceWidgets()
-{
- _setMixSet();
- foreach ( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, _mixSet )
- {
- QWidget* mdw = add(md); // a) Let the View implementation do its work
- _mdws.append(mdw); // b) Add it to the local list
- connect(mdw, SIGNAL(guiVisibilityChange(MixDeviceWidget*, bool)), SLOT(guiVisibilitySlot(MixDeviceWidget*, bool)));
- }
-
- if ( !isDynamic() )
- {
- QAction *action = _localActionColletion->addAction("toggle_channels");
- action->setText(i18n("&Channels"));
- connect(action, SIGNAL(triggered(bool)), SLOT(configureView()));
- }
-
- // allow view to "polish" itself
- constructionFinished();
-}
-
-/**
- * Called when a specific control is to be shown or hidden. At the moment it is only called via
- * the "hide" action in the MDW context menu.
- *
- * @param mdw
- * @param enable
- */
-void ViewBase::guiVisibilitySlot(MixDeviceWidget* mdw, bool enable)
-{
- MixDevice* md = mdw->mixDevice().get();
- kDebug() << "Change " << md->id() << " to visible=" << enable;
- ProfControl* pctl = findMdw(md->id());
- if (pctl == 0)
- {
- kWarning() << "MixDevice not found, and cannot be hidden, id=" << md->id();
- return; // Ignore
- }
-
- pctl->setVisible(enable);
- ControlManager::instance().announce(md->mixer()->id(), ControlChangeType::ControlList, QString("ViewBase::guiVisibilitySlot"));
-}
-
-// ---------- Popup stuff START ---------------------
-void ViewBase::mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
-{
- if ( e->button() == Qt::RightButton )
- showContextMenu();
-}
-
-/**
- * Return a popup menu. This contains basic entries.
- * More can be added by the caller.
- */
-KMenu* ViewBase::getPopup()
-{
- popupReset();
- return _popMenu;
-}
-
-void ViewBase::popupReset()
-{
- QAction *act;
-
- delete _popMenu;
- _popMenu = new KMenu( this );
- _popMenu->addTitle( KIcon( QLatin1String( "kmix" ) ), i18n("Device Settings" ));
-
- act = _localActionColletion->action( "toggle_channels" );
- if ( act ) _popMenu->addAction(act);
-
- act = _actions->action( "options_show_menubar" );
- if ( act ) _popMenu->addAction(act);
-}
-
-
-/**
- This will only get executed, when the user has removed all items from the view.
- Don't remove this method, because then the user cannot get a menu for getting his
- channels back
-*/
-void ViewBase::showContextMenu()
-{
- //kDebug(67100) << "ViewBase::showContextMenu()";
- popupReset();
-
- QPoint pos = QCursor::pos();
- _popMenu->popup( pos );
-}
-
-void ViewBase::refreshVolumeLevels()
-{
- // is virtual
-}
-/**
- * Check all Mixer instances of this view.
- * If at least on is dynamic, return true.
- * Please note that usually there is only one Mixer instance per View.
- * The only exception as of today (June 2011) is the Tray Popup, which
- * can contain controls from e.g. ALSA and MPRIS2 backends.
- */
-bool ViewBase::isDynamic() const
-{
- foreach (Mixer* mixer , _mixers )
- {
- if ( mixer->isDynamic() )
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-void ViewBase::resetMdws()
-{
- // We need to delete the current MixDeviceWidgets so we can redraw them
- while (!_mdws.isEmpty())
- delete _mdws.takeFirst();
-
- // _mixSet contains std::shared_ptr instances, so clear() should be enough to prevent mem leak
- _mixSet.clear(); // Clean up our _mixSet so we can reapply our GUIProfile
-}
-
-
-int ViewBase::visibleControls()
-{
- int visibleCount = 0;
- foreach (QWidget* qw, _mdws)
- {
- if (qw->isVisible())
- ++ visibleCount;
- }
- return visibleCount;
-}
-
-/**
- * Open the View configuration dialog. The user can select which channels he wants
- * to see and which not.
- */
-void ViewBase::configureView()
-{
- Q_ASSERT( !isDynamic() );
-
- DialogViewConfiguration* dvc = new DialogViewConfiguration(0, *this);
- dvc->show();
-}
-
-void ViewBase::toggleMenuBarSlot() {
- //kDebug(67100) << "ViewBase::toggleMenuBarSlot() start\n";
- emit toggleMenuBar();
- //kDebug(67100) << "ViewBase::toggleMenuBarSlot() done\n";
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- * Loads the configuration of this view.
- * <p>
- * Future directions: The view should probably know its config in advance, so we can use it in #load() and #save()
- *
- *
- * @param config The view for this config
- */
-void ViewBase::load(KConfig *config)
-{
- ViewBase *view = this;
- QString grp = "View.";
- grp += view->id();
- //KConfigGroup cg = config->group( grp );
- kDebug(67100)
- << "KMixToolBox::loadView() grp=" << grp.toAscii();
-
- static QString guiComplexityNames[3] =
- { GUIProfile::PNameSimple, GUIProfile::PNameExtended, GUIProfile::PNameAll };
-
- // Certain bits are not saved for dynamic mixers (e.g. PulseAudio)
- bool dynamic = isDynamic();
-
- for (GUIComplexity guiCompl = ViewBase::SIMPLE; guiCompl <= ViewBase::ALL; ++guiCompl)
- {
- bool atLeastOneControlIsShown = false;
- foreach(QWidget *qmdw, view->_mdws)
-// for (int i = 0; i < view->_mdws.count(); ++i)
- {
-// QWidget *qmdw = view->_mdws[i];
- if (qmdw->inherits("MixDeviceWidget"))
- {
- MixDeviceWidget* mdw = (MixDeviceWidget*) qmdw;
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = mdw->mixDevice();
- QString devgrp = md->configGroupName(grp);
- KConfigGroup devcg = config->group(devgrp);
-
- if (mdw->inherits("MDWSlider"))
- {
- // only sliders have the ability to split apart in mutliple channels
- bool splitChannels = devcg.readEntry("Split", !mdw->isStereoLinked());
- mdw->setStereoLinked(!splitChannels);
- }
-
- // Future directions: "Visibility" is very dirty: It is read from either config file or
- // GUIProfile. Thus we have a lot of doubled mdw visibility code all throughout KMix.
- bool mdwEnabled = false;
- if (!dynamic && devcg.hasKey("Show"))
- {
- mdwEnabled = (true == devcg.readEntry("Show", true));
- }
- else
- {
- // If not configured in config file, use the default from the profile
- if (findMdw(mdw->mixDevice()->id(), guiComplexityNames[guiCompl]) != 0)
- {
- mdwEnabled = true;
- }
- }
- if (mdwEnabled)
- {
- atLeastOneControlIsShown = true;
- }
- mdw->setVisible(mdwEnabled);
- } // inherits MixDeviceWidget
- } // for all MDW's
- if (atLeastOneControlIsShown)
- {
- this->guiComplexity = guiCompl;
- break; // If there were controls in this complexity level, don't try more
- }
- } // for try = 0 ... 1
-}
-
-/**
- * Checks whether the given mixDevice shall be shown according to the requested
- * GUI complexity. All ProfControl objects are inspected. The first found is returned.
- *
- * @param mdwId The control ID
- * @param requestedGuiComplexityName The GUI name
- * @return The corresponding ProfControl*
- *
- */
-ProfControl* ViewBase::findMdw(const QString& mdwId, QString requestedGuiComplexityName)
-{
- foreach ( ProfControl* pControl, guiProfile()->getControls() )
- {
- QRegExp idRegExp(pControl->id);
- //kDebug(67100) << "KMixToolBox::loadView() try match " << (*pControl).id << " for " << mdw->mixDevice()->id();
- if ( mdwId.contains(idRegExp) &&
- pControl->show == requestedGuiComplexityName )
- {
- return pControl;
- }
- } // iterate over all ProfControl entries
-
- return 0;// not found
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Returns the ProfControl* to the given id. If none is found, 0 is returned.
- * GUI complexity. All ProfControl objects are inspected. The first found is returned.
- *
- * @param id The control ID
- * @return The corresponding ProfControl*
- */
-ProfControl* ViewBase::findMdw(const QString& id)
-{
- foreach ( ProfControl* pControl, guiProfile()->getControls() )
- {
- QRegExp idRegExp(pControl->id);
- //kDebug(67100) << "KMixToolBox::loadView() try match " << (*pControl).id << " for " << mdw->mixDevice()->id();
- if ( id.contains(idRegExp) )
- {
- return pControl;
- }
- } // iterate over all ProfControl entries
-
- return 0;// not found
-}
-
-/*
- * Saves the View configuration
- */
-void ViewBase::save(KConfig *config)
-{
- ViewBase *view = this;
- QString grp = "View.";
- grp += view->id();
-
- // Certain bits are not saved for dynamic mixers (e.g. PulseAudio)
- bool dynamic = isDynamic(); // TODO 11 Dynamic view configuration
-
- for (int i = 0; i < view->_mdws.count(); ++i)
- {
- QWidget *qmdw = view->_mdws[i];
- if (qmdw->inherits("MixDeviceWidget"))
- {
- MixDeviceWidget* mdw = (MixDeviceWidget*) qmdw;
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = mdw->mixDevice();
-
- //kDebug(67100) << " grp=" << grp.toAscii();
- //kDebug(67100) << " mixer=" << view->id().toAscii();
- //kDebug(67100) << " mdwPK=" << mdw->mixDevice()->id().toAscii();
-
- QString devgrp = QString("%1.%2.%3").arg(grp).arg(md->mixer()->id()).arg(md->id());
- KConfigGroup devcg = config->group(devgrp);
-
- if (mdw->inherits("MDWSlider"))
- {
- // only sliders have the ability to split apart in mutliple channels
- devcg.writeEntry("Split", !mdw->isStereoLinked());
- }
- if (!dynamic)
- {
- devcg.writeEntry("Show", mdw->isVisibleTo(view));
-// kDebug() << "Save devgrp" << devgrp << "show=" << mdw->isVisibleTo(view);
- }
-
- } // inherits MixDeviceWidget
- } // for all MDW's
-
- if (!dynamic)
- {
- // We do not save GUIProfiles (as they cannot be customized) for dynamic mixers (e.g. PulseAudio)
- if (guiProfile()->isDirty())
- {
- kDebug(67100)
- << "Writing dirty profile. grp=" << grp;
- guiProfile()->writeProfile();
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-// ---------- Popup stuff END ---------------------
-
-#include "moc_viewbase.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef ViewBase_h
-#define ViewBase_h
-
-// QT
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <QList>
-#include <QPushButton>
-
-// KDE
-#include <KActionCollection>
-class KIcon;
-class KMenu;
-
-class Mixer;
-class MixDevice;
-
-// KMix
-#include "core/mixdevice.h"
-#include "core/mixset.h"
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "gui/mixdevicewidget.h"
-
-/**
- * The ViewBase is a virtual base class, to be used for subclassing the real Mixer Views.
- */
-class ViewBase : public QWidget
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-friend class KMixToolBox; // the toolbox is everybodys friend :-)
-
-public:
-
- typedef uint ViewFlags;
- enum ViewFlagsEnum {
- // Regular flags
- HasMenuBar = 0x0001,
- MenuBarVisible = 0x0002,
- Horizontal = 0x0004,
- Vertical = 0x0008
- };
-
- typedef uint GUIComplexity;
- enum
- {
- SIMPLE = 0,
- EXTENDED = 1,
- ALL = 2
- };
-
- ViewBase(QWidget* parent, QString id, Qt::WFlags, ViewFlags vflags, QString guiProfileId, KActionCollection* actionCollection = 0);
- virtual ~ViewBase();
-
- void addMixer(Mixer *mixer);
-
- QString id() const;
-
- // This method is called by ViewBase at the end of createDeviceWidgets(). The default
- // implementation does nothing. Subclasses can override this method for doing final
- // touches. This is very much like polish(), but called at an exactly well-known time.
- // Also I do not want Views to interfere with polish()
- virtual void constructionFinished() = 0;
-
- /**
- * Creates a suitable representation for the given MixDevice.
- */
- virtual QWidget* add(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice>) = 0;
-
- // This method is called after a configuration update (show/hide controls, split/unsplit).
- virtual void configurationUpdate() = 0;
-
- void load(KConfig *config);
- void save(KConfig *config);
-
- /**
- * Creates the widgets for all supported devices. The default implementation loops
- * over the supported MixDevice's and calls add() for each of it.
- */
- virtual void createDeviceWidgets();
-
- int visibleControls();
-
- bool isDynamic() const;
-
- /**
- * Popup stuff
- */
- virtual KMenu* getPopup();
- virtual void popupReset();
- virtual void showContextMenu();
-
- virtual bool isValid() const;
-
- void setIcons(bool on);
- void setLabels(bool on);
- void setTicks(bool on);
-
- GUIProfile* guiProfile() { return GUIProfile::find(_guiProfileId); };
- GUIComplexity getGuiComplexity() { return guiComplexity; };
- ProfControl* findMdw(const QString& id);
- ProfControl* findMdw(const QString& mdwId, QString requestedGuiComplexityName);
-
-
- KActionCollection* actionCollection() { return _actions; };
-
- QList<Mixer*>& getMixers() { return _mixers; };
-
- /**
- * Contains the widgets for the _mixSet. There is a 1:1 relationship, which means:
- * _mdws[i] is the Widget for the MixDevice _mixSet[i] - please see ViewBase::createDeviceWidgets().
- * Hint: !! The new ViewSurround class shows that a 1:1 relationship does not work in a general scenario.
- * I actually DID expect this. The solution is unclear yet, probably there will be a virtual mapper method.
- */
- QList<QWidget *> _mdws;
-
-protected:
- MixSet _mixSet;
- QList<Mixer*> _mixers;
- KMenu *_popMenu;
- KActionCollection* _actions; // -<- application wide action collection
-
- ViewFlags _vflags;
- const QString _guiProfileId;
- KActionCollection *_localActionColletion;
-
- KIcon* configureIcon;
-
- virtual void _setMixSet() = 0;
- void resetMdws();
- void updateGuiOptions();
- QPushButton* createConfigureViewButton();
-
- GUIComplexity guiComplexity;
-
-public slots:
- virtual void refreshVolumeLevels(); // TODO remove
- virtual void configureView();
- void toggleMenuBarSlot();
-
-protected slots:
- void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e );
-
-signals:
- void toggleMenuBar();
-
-private:
- QString m_viewId;
- void updateMediaPlaybackIcons();
-
-private slots:
- void guiVisibilitySlot(MixDeviceWidget* source, bool enable);
-
-};
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "gui/viewdockareapopup.h"
-
-// Qt
-#include <qevent.h>
-#include <qframe.h>
-#include <QGridLayout>
-#include <QLayoutItem>
-#include <QPushButton>
-#include <QSizePolicy>
-
-// KDE
-#include <kaction.h>
-#include <kapplication.h>
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <kdialog.h>
-#include <klocale.h>
-#include <kwindowsystem.h>
-
-// KMix
-#include "apps/kmix.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "gui/dialogchoosebackends.h"
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "gui/kmixprefdlg.h"
-#include "gui/mdwslider.h"
-
-// Restore volume button feature is incomplete => disabling for KDE 4.10
-#undef RESTORE_VOLUME_BUTTON
-
-QString ViewDockAreaPopup::InternedString_Star = QString("*");
-QString ViewDockAreaPopup::InternedString_Subcontrols = QString("pvolume,cvolume,pswitch,cswitch");
-ProfControl ViewDockAreaPopup::MatchAllForSoundMenu = ProfControl(ViewDockAreaPopup::InternedString_Star, ViewDockAreaPopup::InternedString_Subcontrols);
-
-ViewDockAreaPopup::ViewDockAreaPopup(QWidget* parent, QString id, ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags, QString guiProfileId,
- KMixWindow *dockW) :
- ViewBase(parent, id, 0, vflags, guiProfileId), _kmixMainWindow(dockW)
-{
- resetRefs();
- setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum);
-
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers() )
- {
- // Adding all mixers, as we potentially want to show all master controls
- addMixer(mixer);
- // The list will be redone in _setMixSet() with the actual Mixer instances to use
- }
-
- restoreVolumeIcon = new KIcon(QLatin1String("quickopen-file"));
- createDeviceWidgets();
-
- // Register listeners for all mixers
- ControlManager::instance().addListener(
- QString(), // all mixers
- (ControlChangeType::Type) (ControlChangeType::GUI | ControlChangeType::ControlList | ControlChangeType::Volume
- | ControlChangeType::MasterChanged), this, QString("ViewDockAreaPopup"));
-}
-
-
-ViewDockAreaPopup::~ViewDockAreaPopup()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().removeListener(this);
- delete _layoutMDW;
- delete restoreVolumeIcon;
- // Hint: optionsLayout and "everything else" is deleted when "delete _layoutMDW" cascades down
-}
-
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::controlsChange(int changeType)
-{
- ControlChangeType::Type type = ControlChangeType::fromInt(changeType);
- switch (type )
- {
- case ControlChangeType::ControlList:
- case ControlChangeType::MasterChanged:
- createDeviceWidgets();
- break;
- case ControlChangeType::GUI:
- updateGuiOptions();
- break;
-
- case ControlChangeType::Volume:
- refreshVolumeLevels();
- break;
-
- default:
- ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(type, this);
- break;
- }
-
-}
-
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::wheelEvent ( QWheelEvent * e )
-{
- if ( _mdws.isEmpty() )
- return;
-
- // Pass wheel event from "border widget" to child
- QApplication::sendEvent( _mdws.first(), e);
-}
-
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::configurationUpdate()
-{
- // TODO Do we still need configurationUpdate(). It was never implemented for ViewDockAreaPopup
-}
-
-// TODO Currently no right-click, as we have problems to get the ViewDockAreaPopup resized
- void ViewDockAreaPopup::showContextMenu()
- {
- // no right-button-menu on "dock area popup"
- return;
- }
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::resetRefs()
-{
- seperatorBetweenMastersAndStreams = 0;
- separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsInserted = false;
- separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsRequired = false;
- configureViewButton = 0;
- restoreVolumeButton1 = 0;
- restoreVolumeButton2 = 0;
- restoreVolumeButton3 = 0;
- restoreVolumeButton4 = 0;
- mainWindowButton = 0;
- optionsLayout = 0;
- _layoutMDW = 0;
-}
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::_setMixSet()
-{
- resetMdws();
-
- if (optionsLayout != 0)
- {
- QLayoutItem *li2;
- while ((li2 = optionsLayout->takeAt(0)))
- delete li2;
- }
-// Hint : optionsLayout itself is deleted when "delete _layoutMDW" cascades down
-
- if (_layoutMDW != 0)
- {
- QLayoutItem *li;
- while ((li = _layoutMDW->takeAt(0)))
- delete li;
- }
-
- /*
- * Strangely enough, I cannot delete optionsLayout in a loop. I get a strange stacktrace:
- *
-Application: KMix (kmix), signal: Segmentation fault
-[...]
-#6 0x00007f9c9a282900 in QString::shared_null () from /usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libQtCore.so.4
-#7 0x00007f9c9d4286b0 in ViewDockAreaPopup::_setMixSet (this=0x1272b60) at /home/chris/workspace/kmix-git-trunk/gui/viewdockareapopup.cpp:164
-#8 0x00007f9c9d425700 in ViewBase::createDeviceWidgets (this=0x1272b60) at /home/chris/workspace/kmix-git-trunk/gui/viewbase.cpp:137
-#9 0x00007f9c9d42845b in ViewDockAreaPopup::controlsChange (this=0x1272b60, changeType=2) at /home/chris/workspace/kmix-git-trunk/gui/viewdockareapopup.cpp:91
- */
-// if ( optionsLayout != 0 )
-// {
-// QLayoutItem *li2;
-// while ( ( li2 = optionsLayout->takeAt(0) ) ) // strangely enough, it crashes here
-// delete li2;
-// }
-
- // --- Due to the strange crash, delete everything manually : START ---------------
- // I am a bit confused why this doesn't crash. I moved the "optionsLayout->takeAt(0) delete" loop at the beginning,
- // so the obejcts should already be deleted. ...
- delete configureViewButton;
- delete restoreVolumeButton1;
- delete restoreVolumeButton2;
- delete restoreVolumeButton3;
- delete restoreVolumeButton4;
-
- delete mainWindowButton;
- delete seperatorBetweenMastersAndStreams;
- // --- Due to the strange crash, delete everything manually : END ---------------
-
- resetRefs();
- setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum);
-
- /*
- * BKO 299754: Looks like I need to explicitly delete layout(). I have no idea why
- * "delete _layoutMDW" is not enough, as that is supposed to be the layout
- * of this ViewDockAreaPopup
- * (Hint: it might have been 0 already. Nowadays it is definitely, see #resetRefs())
- */
- delete layout(); // BKO 299754
- _layoutMDW = new QGridLayout(this);
- _layoutMDW->setSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
- _layoutMDW->setMargin(0);
- //_layoutMDW->setSizeConstraint(QLayout::SetMinimumSize);
- _layoutMDW->setSizeConstraint(QLayout::SetMaximumSize);
- _layoutMDW->setObjectName(QLatin1String("KmixPopupLayout"));
- setLayout(_layoutMDW);
-
- // Adding all mixers, as we potentially want to show all master controls. Due to hotplugging
- // we have to redo the list on each _setMixSet() (instead of setting it once in the Constructor)
- _mixers.clear();
-
- QSet<QString> preferredMixersForSoundmenu = GlobalConfig::instance().getMixersForSoundmenu();
-// kDebug() << "Launch with " << preferredMixersForSoundmenu;
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers() )
- {
- bool useMixer = preferredMixersForSoundmenu.isEmpty() || preferredMixersForSoundmenu.contains(mixer->id());
- if (useMixer)
- addMixer(mixer);
- }
-
- // The following loop is for the case when everything gets filtered out. We "reset" to show everything then.
- // Hint: Filtering everything out can only be an "accident", e.g. when restarting KMix with changed hardware or
- // backends.
- if ( _mixers.isEmpty() )
- {
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, Mixer::mixers() )
- {
- addMixer(mixer);
- }
- }
-
-
- // A loop that adds the Master control of each card
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer, _mixers )
- {
-// kDebug() << "ADD? mixerId=" << mixer->id();
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice>dockMD = mixer->getLocalMasterMD();
- if ( !dockMD && mixer->size() > 0 )
- {
- // If we have no dock device yet, we will take the first available mixer device.
- dockMD = (*mixer)[0];
- }
- if ( dockMD )
- {
-// kDebug() << "ADD? mixerId=" << mixer->id() << ", md=" << dockMD->id();
- if ( !dockMD->isApplicationStream() && dockMD->playbackVolume().hasVolume())
- {
-// kDebug() << "ADD? mixerId=" << mixer->id() << ", md=" << dockMD->id() << ": YES";
- // don't add application streams here. They are handled below, so
- // we make sure to not add them twice
- _mixSet.append(dockMD);
- }
- }
- } // loop over all cards
-
- // Add all application streams
- foreach ( Mixer* mixer2 , _mixers )
- {
- foreach ( std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md, mixer2->getMixSet() )
- {
- if (md->isApplicationStream())
- {
- _mixSet.append(md);
- }
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-
-QWidget* ViewDockAreaPopup::add(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md)
-{
- bool vertical = (GlobalConfig::instance().data.getTraypopupOrientation() == Qt::Vertical); // I am wondering whether using vflags for this would still make sense
- /*
- QString dummyMatchAll("*");
- QString matchAllPlaybackAndTheCswitch("pvolume,cvolume,pswitch,cswitch");
- // Leak | relevant | pctl Each time a stream is added, a new ProfControl gets created.
- // It cannot be deleted in ~MixDeviceWidget, as ProfControl* ownership is not consistent.
- // here a new pctl is created (could be deleted), but in ViewSliders the ProcControl is taken from the
- // MixDevice, which in turn uses it from the GUIProfile.
- // Summarizing: ProfControl* is either owned by the GUIProfile or created new (ownership unclear).
- // Hint: dummyMatchAll and matchAllPlaybackAndTheCswitch leak together with pctl
- ProfControl *pctl = new ProfControl( dummyMatchAll, matchAllPlaybackAndTheCswitch);
- */
-
- if ( !md->isApplicationStream() )
- {
- separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsRequired = true;
- }
- if ( !separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsInserted && separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsRequired && md->isApplicationStream() )
- {
- // First application stream => add separator
- separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsInserted = true;
-
- int sliderColumn = vertical ? _layoutMDW->columnCount() : _layoutMDW->rowCount();
- int row = vertical ? 0 : sliderColumn;
- int col = vertical ? sliderColumn : 0;
- seperatorBetweenMastersAndStreams = new QFrame(this);
- if (vertical)
- seperatorBetweenMastersAndStreams->setFrameStyle(QFrame::VLine);
- else
- seperatorBetweenMastersAndStreams->setFrameStyle(QFrame::HLine);
-_layoutMDW->addWidget( seperatorBetweenMastersAndStreams, row, col );
-//_layoutMDW->addItem( new QSpacerItem( 5, 5 ), row, col );
- }
-
- ProfControl *pctl = &MatchAllForSoundMenu;
- MixDeviceWidget *mdw = new MDWSlider(
- md, // only 1 device.
- true, // Show Mute LE
- true, // Show Record LED
- true, // Include Mixer Name
- false, // Small
- vertical ? Qt::Vertical : Qt::Horizontal,
- this, // parent
- this // NOT ANYMORE!!! -> Is "NULL", so that there is no RMB-popup
- , pctl
- );
- mdw->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Minimum, QSizePolicy::Minimum);
- int sliderColumn = vertical ? _layoutMDW->columnCount() : _layoutMDW->rowCount();
- //if (sliderColumn == 1 ) sliderColumn =0;
- int row = vertical ? 0 : sliderColumn;
- int col = vertical ? sliderColumn : 0;
-
- _layoutMDW->addWidget( mdw, row, col );
-
- //kDebug(67100) << "ADDED " << md->id() << " at column " << sliderColumn;
- return mdw;
-}
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::constructionFinished()
-{
-// kDebug(67100) << "ViewDockAreaPopup::constructionFinished()\n";
-
- mainWindowButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Mixer"), this);
- mainWindowButton->setObjectName(QLatin1String("MixerPanel"));
- connect(mainWindowButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), SLOT(showPanelSlot()));
-
- configureViewButton = createConfigureViewButton();
-
- optionsLayout = new QHBoxLayout();
- optionsLayout->addWidget(mainWindowButton);
- optionsLayout->addWidget(configureViewButton);
-
-#ifdef RESTORE_VOLUME_BUTTON
- restoreVolumeButton1 = createRestoreVolumeButton(1);
- optionsLayout->addWidget( restoreVolumeButton1 ); // TODO enable only if user has saved a volume profile
-
-// optionsLayout->addWidget( createRestoreVolumeButton(2) );
-// optionsLayout->addWidget( createRestoreVolumeButton(3) );
-// optionsLayout->addWidget( createRestoreVolumeButton(4) );
-#endif
-
- int sliderRow = _layoutMDW->rowCount();
- _layoutMDW->addLayout(optionsLayout, sliderRow, 0, 1, _layoutMDW->columnCount());
-
- updateGuiOptions();
-
- _layoutMDW->update();
- _layoutMDW->activate();
-// kDebug() << "F layout()=" << layout() << ", _layoutMDW=" << _layoutMDW;
-}
-
-QPushButton* ViewDockAreaPopup::createRestoreVolumeButton ( int storageSlot )
-{
- QString buttonText = QString("%1").arg(storageSlot);
- QPushButton* profileButton = new QPushButton(*restoreVolumeIcon, buttonText, this);
- profileButton->setToolTip(i18n("Load volume profile %1").arg(storageSlot));
- profileButton->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed);
- return profileButton;
-}
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::refreshVolumeLevels()
-{
- foreach ( QWidget* qw, _mdws )
- {
- //kDebug() << "rvl: " << qw;
- MixDeviceWidget* mdw = qobject_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(qw);
- if ( mdw != 0 ) mdw->update();
- }
-}
-
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::configureView()
-{
-// QSet<QString> currentlyActiveMixersInDockArea;
-// foreach ( Mixer* mixer, _mixers )
-// {
-// currentlyActiveMixersInDockArea.insert(mixer->id());
-// }
-
- KMixPrefDlg* prefDlg = KMixPrefDlg::getInstance();
- //prefDlg->setActiveMixersInDock(currentlyActiveMixersInDockArea);
- prefDlg->switchToPage(KMixPrefDlg::PrefSoundMenu);
-}
-
-/**
- * This gets activated whne a user clicks the "Mixer" PushButton in this popup.
- */
-void ViewDockAreaPopup::showPanelSlot()
-{
- _kmixMainWindow->setVisible(true);
- KWindowSystem::setOnDesktop(_kmixMainWindow->winId(), KWindowSystem::currentDesktop());
- KWindowSystem::activateWindow(_kmixMainWindow->winId());
- // This is only needed when the window is already visible.
- static_cast<QWidget*>(parent())->hide();
-}
-
-#include "moc_viewdockareapopup.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef ViewDockAreaPopup_h
-#define ViewDockAreaPopup_h
-
-#include "viewbase.h"
-
-#include <QBoxLayout>
-#include <QFrame>
-#include <QGridLayout>
-#include <QPushButton>
-#include <QWidget>
-
-class KIcon;
-
-class Mixer;
-class MixDevice;
-class KMixWindow;
-
-class ViewDockAreaPopup : public ViewBase
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-public:
- ViewDockAreaPopup(QWidget* parent, QString id, ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags, QString guiProfileId, KMixWindow *dockW);
- virtual ~ViewDockAreaPopup();
-
- virtual QWidget* add(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md);
- virtual void constructionFinished();
- virtual void refreshVolumeLevels();
- virtual void showContextMenu();
- virtual void configurationUpdate();
-
-protected:
- KMixWindow *_kmixMainWindow;
-
- void wheelEvent ( QWheelEvent * e );
- virtual void _setMixSet();
-
-private:
- QGridLayout* _layoutMDW;
- QPushButton* createRestoreVolumeButton ( int storageSlot );
-
- bool separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsInserted;
- bool separatorBetweenMastersAndStreamsRequired;
- QFrame* seperatorBetweenMastersAndStreams;
- QBoxLayout* optionsLayout;
- QPushButton* configureViewButton;
- QPushButton *mainWindowButton;
- QPushButton *restoreVolumeButton1;
- QPushButton *restoreVolumeButton2;
- QPushButton *restoreVolumeButton3;
- QPushButton *restoreVolumeButton4;
- KIcon* restoreVolumeIcon;
-
- static ProfControl MatchAllForSoundMenu;
- static QString InternedString_Star;
- static QString InternedString_Subcontrols;
-
-public slots:
- void controlsChange(int changeType);
- virtual void configureView();
-
-private slots:
- void showPanelSlot();
- void resetRefs();
-};
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-//#define TEST_MIXDEVICE_COMPOSITE
-#undef TEST_MIXDEVICE_COMPOSITE
-
-#ifdef TEST_MIXDEVICE_COMPOSITE
-#warning !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-#warning !!! MIXDEVICE COMPOSITE TESTING IS ACTIVATED !!!
-#warning !!! THIS IS PRE-ALPHA CODE! !!!
-#warning !!! DO NOT SHIP KMIX IN THIS STATE !!!
-#warning !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
-#endif
-
-#include "gui/viewsliders.h"
-
-// KMix
-#include "core/ControlManager.h"
-#include "core/GlobalConfig.h"
-#include "core/mixdevicecomposite.h"
-#include "core/mixer.h"
-#include "gui/guiprofile.h"
-#include "gui/mdwenum.h"
-#include "gui/mdwslider.h"
-#include "gui/verticaltext.h"
-
-
-// KDE
-#include <kdebug.h>
-#include <KIcon>
-#include <KLocale>
-
-// Qt
-#include <QPushButton>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QLayoutItem>
-#include <QWidget>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QHBoxLayout>
-
-/**
- * Generic View implementation. This can hold now all kinds of controls (not just Sliders, as
- * the class name suggests).
- */
-ViewSliders::ViewSliders(QWidget* parent, QString id, Mixer* mixer, ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags, QString guiProfileId,
- KActionCollection *actColl) :
- ViewBase(parent, id, Qt::FramelessWindowHint, vflags, guiProfileId, actColl), _layoutEnum(0)
-{
- addMixer(mixer);
-
- _configureViewButton = 0;
- _layoutMDW = 0;
- _layoutSliders = 0;
- _layoutEnum = 0;
- emptyStreamHint = 0;
-
- createDeviceWidgets();
-
- ControlManager::instance().addListener(mixer->id(),
- (ControlChangeType::Type) (ControlChangeType::GUI | ControlChangeType::ControlList | ControlChangeType::Volume),
- this, QString("ViewSliders.%1").arg(mixer->id()));
-
-}
-
-ViewSliders::~ViewSliders()
-{
- ControlManager::instance().removeListener(this);
- delete _layoutMDW;
-// qDeleteAll(_separators);
-}
-
-void ViewSliders::controlsChange(int changeType)
-{
- ControlChangeType::Type type = ControlChangeType::fromInt(changeType);
- switch (type)
- {
- case ControlChangeType::ControlList:
- createDeviceWidgets();
- break;
- case ControlChangeType::GUI:
- updateGuiOptions();
- break;
-
- case ControlChangeType::Volume:
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugVolume)
- kDebug()
- << "NOW I WILL REFRESH VOLUME LEVELS. I AM " << id();
- refreshVolumeLevels();
- break;
-
- default:
- ControlManager::warnUnexpectedChangeType(type, this);
- break;
- }
-
-}
-
-
-QWidget* ViewSliders::add(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md)
-{
- MixDeviceWidget *mdw;
- Qt::Orientation orientation = GlobalConfig::instance().data.getToplevelOrientation();
-
- if ( md->isEnum() )
- {
- mdw = new MDWEnum(
- md, // MixDevice (parameter)
- orientation, // Orientation
- this, // parent
- this // View widget
- , md->controlProfile()
- );
-// if ( _layoutEnum == 0 ) {
-// // lazily creation of Layout for the first enum
-// _layoutEnum = new QVBoxLayout();
-// _layoutMDW->addLayout( _layoutEnum );
-// }
- _layoutEnum->addWidget(mdw);
- } // an enum
- else
- {
- mdw = new MDWSlider(
- md, // MixDevice (parameter)
- true, // Show Mute LED
- true, // Show Record LED
- false, // Include Mixer Name
- false, // Small
- orientation, // Orientation
- this, // parent
- this
- , md->controlProfile()
- ); // View widget
- _layoutSliders->addWidget(mdw);
- }
-
- return mdw;
-}
-
-
-void ViewSliders::_setMixSet()
-{
- resetMdws();
-
- delete emptyStreamHint;
- emptyStreamHint = 0;
-
- // Our _layoutSliders now should only contain spacer widgets from the addSpacing() calls in add() above.
- // We need to trash those too otherwise all sliders gradually migrate away from the edge :p
- if (_layoutSliders != 0)
- {
- QLayoutItem *li;
- while ((li = _layoutSliders->takeAt(0)))
- delete li;
-// delete _layoutSliders;
- _layoutSliders = 0;
- }
-
-
- delete _configureViewButton;
- _configureViewButton = 0;
-
- if (_layoutEnum != 0)
- {
- QLayoutItem *li2;
- while ((li2 = _layoutEnum->takeAt(0)) != 0)
- delete li2;
-// delete _layoutEnum;
- _layoutEnum = 0;
- }
-
- delete _layoutMDW;
- _layoutMDW = 0;
-
- // We will be recreating our sliders, so make sure we trash all the separators too.
- //qDeleteAll(_separators);
- _separators.clear();
-
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.getToplevelOrientation() == Qt::Horizontal)
- {
- // Horizontal slider => put them vertically
- _layoutMDW = new QVBoxLayout(this);
- _layoutMDW->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop);
- _layoutSliders = new QVBoxLayout();
- _layoutSliders->setAlignment(Qt::AlignVCenter | Qt::AlignLeft);
- }
- else
- {
- // Vertical slider => put them horizontally
- _layoutMDW = new QHBoxLayout(this);
- _layoutMDW->setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop);
- _layoutSliders = new QHBoxLayout();
- _layoutSliders->setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop);
- }
- _layoutSliders->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
- _layoutSliders->setSpacing(0);
- _layoutMDW->setContentsMargins(0, 0, 0, 0);
- _layoutMDW->setSpacing(0);
- _layoutMDW->addItem(_layoutSliders);
-
- _layoutEnum = new QVBoxLayout();
- _layoutMDW->addLayout(_layoutEnum);
-
- // Hint: This text comparison is not a clean solution, but one that will work for quite a while.
- QString viewId(id());
- if (viewId.contains(".Capture_Streams."))
- emptyStreamHint = new QLabel(i18n("Nothing is capturing audio."));
- else if (viewId.contains(".Playback_Streams."))
- emptyStreamHint = new QLabel(i18n("Nothing is playing audio."));
- else if (viewId.contains(".Capture_Devices."))
- emptyStreamHint = new QLabel(i18n("No capture devices."));
- else if (viewId.contains(".Playback_Devices."))
- emptyStreamHint = new QLabel(i18n("No playback devices."));
- else
- emptyStreamHint = new QLabel(i18n("Nothing is playing audio.")); // Fallback. Assume Playback stream
-
- emptyStreamHint->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter);
- emptyStreamHint->setWordWrap(true);
- emptyStreamHint->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding));
- _layoutMDW->addWidget(emptyStreamHint);
-
-#ifdef TEST_MIXDEVICE_COMPOSITE
- QList<std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> > mds; // For temporary test
-#endif
-
- // This method iterates the controls from the Profile
- // Each control is checked, whether it is also contained in the mixset, and
- // applicable for this kind of View. If yes, the control is accepted and inserted.
-
- GUIProfile* guiprof = guiProfile();
- if (guiprof != 0)
- {
- foreach (Mixer* mixer , _mixers ){
- const MixSet& mixset = mixer->getMixSet();
-
- foreach ( ProfControl* control, guiprof->getControls() )
- {
- //ProfControl* control = *it;
- // The TabName of the control matches this View name (!! attention: Better use some ID, due to i18n() )
- QRegExp idRegexp(control->id);
- //bool isExactRegexp = control->id.startsWith('^') && control->id.endsWith('$'); // for optimizing
- //isExactRegexp &= ( ! control->id.contains(".*") ); // For now. Might be removed in the future, as it cannot be done properly !!!
- //kDebug(67100) << "ViewSliders::setMixSet(): Check GUIProfile id==" << control->id << "\n";
- // The following for-loop could be simplified by using a std::find_if
- for ( int i=0; i<mixset.count(); i++ )
- {
- std::shared_ptr<MixDevice> md = mixset[i];
-
- if ( md->id().contains(idRegexp) )
- {
- // Match found (by name)
- if ( _mixSet.contains( md ) )
- {
- continue; // dup check
- }
-
- // Now check whether subcontrols match
- bool subcontrolPlaybackWanted = (control->useSubcontrolPlayback() && ( md->playbackVolume().hasVolume() || md->hasMuteSwitch()) );
- bool subcontrolCaptureWanted = (control->useSubcontrolCapture() && ( md->captureVolume() .hasVolume() || md->captureVolume() .hasSwitch()) );
- bool subcontrolEnumWanted = (control->useSubcontrolEnum() && md->isEnum());
- bool subcontrolWanted = subcontrolPlaybackWanted | subcontrolCaptureWanted | subcontrolEnumWanted;
-
- if ( !subcontrolWanted )
- {
- continue;
- }
-
- md->setControlProfile(control);
- if ( !control->name.isNull() )
- {
- // Apply the custom name from the profile
- md->setReadableName(control->name);// @todo: This is the wrong place. It only applies to controls in THIS type of view
- }
- if ( !control->getSwitchtype().isNull() )
- {
- if ( control->getSwitchtype() == "On" )
- md->playbackVolume().setSwitchType(Volume::OnSwitch);
- else if ( control->getSwitchtype() == "Off" )
- md->playbackVolume().setSwitchType(Volume::OffSwitch);
- }
- _mixSet.append(md);
-
-#ifdef TEST_MIXDEVICE_COMPOSITE
- if ( md->id() == "Front:0" || md->id() == "Surround:0")
- { mds.append(md);} // For temporary test
-#endif
- // We use no "break;" ,as multiple devices could match the regexp (e.g. "^.*$")
- } // name matches
- } // loop for finding a suitable MixDevice
- } // iteration over all controls from the Profile
- } // if there is a profile
-} // Iteration over all Mixers
-
- emptyStreamHint->setVisible(_mixSet.isEmpty() && isDynamic()); // show a hint why a tab is empty (dynamic controls!!!)
- // visibleControls() == 0 could be used for the !isDynamic() case
-
-#ifdef TEST_MIXDEVICE_COMPOSITE
- // @todo: This is currently hardcoded, and instead must be read as usual from the Profile
- MixDeviceComposite *mdc = new MixDeviceComposite(_mixer, "Composite_Test", mds, "A Composite Control #1", MixDevice::KMIX_COMPOSITE);
- Volume::ChannelMask chn = Volume::MMAIN;
- Volume* vol = new Volume( chn, 0, 100, true, true);
- mdc->addPlaybackVolume(*vol);
- QString ctlId("Composite_Test");
- QString ctlMatchAll("*");
- ProfControl* pctl = new ProfControl(ctlId, ctlMatchAll);
- mdc->setControlProfile(pctl);
- _mixSet->append(mdc);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-void ViewSliders::constructionFinished() {
- configurationUpdate();
- if ( !isDynamic() )
- {
- _configureViewButton = createConfigureViewButton();
- _layoutEnum->addStretch();
- _layoutEnum->addWidget(_configureViewButton);
- }
-
- updateGuiOptions();
-}
-
-
-void ViewSliders::configurationUpdate()
-{
- // Adjust height of top part by setting it to the maximum of all mdw's
- bool haveCaptureLEDs = false;
- int labelExtent = 0;
- bool haveMuteButtons = false;
-
- // Find out whether any MDWSlider has Switches. If one has, then we need "extents"
- for (int i = 0; i < _mdws.count(); i++)
- {
- MDWSlider* mdw = ::qobject_cast<MDWSlider*>(_mdws[i]);
- if (mdw && mdw->isVisibleTo(this))
- {
- if (mdw->labelExtentHint() > labelExtent)
- labelExtent = mdw->labelExtentHint();
- haveCaptureLEDs = haveCaptureLEDs || mdw->hasCaptureLED();
- haveMuteButtons = haveMuteButtons || mdw->hasMuteButton();
- }
-
- if (haveCaptureLEDs && haveMuteButtons)
- break; // We know all we want. Lets break.
- }
- //kDebug(67100) << "topPartExtent is " << topPartExtent;
- bool firstVisibleControlFound = false;
- for ( int i=0; i<_mdws.count(); i++ )
- {
- MixDeviceWidget* mdw = ::qobject_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(_mdws[i]);
- MDWSlider* mdwSlider = ::qobject_cast<MDWSlider*>(_mdws[i]);
- if ( mdw )
- {
- // This is a bit hacky. Using "simple" can be wrong on the very first start of KMix (but usually it is not!)
- ProfControl* matchingControl = findMdw(mdw->mixDevice()->id(), QString("simple"));
- mdw->setVisible(matchingControl != 0);
-
- if ( mdwSlider )
- {
- // additional options for sliders
- mdwSlider->setLabelExtent(labelExtent);
- mdwSlider->setMuteButtonSpace(haveMuteButtons);
- mdwSlider->setCaptureLEDSpace(haveCaptureLEDs);
- }
- bool thisControlIsVisible = mdw->isVisibleTo(this);
- bool showSeparator = ( firstVisibleControlFound && thisControlIsVisible);
- if ( _separators.contains( mdw->mixDevice()->id() ))
- {
- QFrame* sep = _separators[mdw->mixDevice()->id()];
- sep->setVisible(showSeparator);
- }
- if ( thisControlIsVisible )
- firstVisibleControlFound=true;
- }
- } // for all MDW's
-
- _layoutMDW->activate();
-}
-
-void ViewSliders::refreshVolumeLevels()
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < _mdws.count(); i++)
- {
- QWidget *mdwx = _mdws[i];
-
- MixDeviceWidget* mdw = ::qobject_cast<MixDeviceWidget*>(mdwx);
- if (mdw != 0)
- { // sanity check
-
-#ifdef TEST_MIXDEVICE_COMPOSITE
- // --- start --- The following 4 code lines should be moved to a more
- // generic place, as it only works in this View. But it
- // should also work in the ViewDockareaPopup and everywhere else.
- MixDeviceComposite* mdc = ::qobject_cast<MixDeviceComposite*>(mdw->mixDevice());
- if (mdc != 0)
- {
- mdc->update();
- }
- // --- end ---
-#endif
-
- if (GlobalConfig::instance().data.debugVolume)
- {
- bool debugMe = (mdw->mixDevice()->id() == "PCM:0");
- if (debugMe)
- kDebug()
- << "Old PCM:0 playback state" << mdw->mixDevice()->isMuted() << ", vol="
- << mdw->mixDevice()->playbackVolume().getAvgVolumePercent(Volume::MALL);
- }
-
- mdw->update();
- }
- else
- {
- kError(67100) << "ViewSliders::refreshVolumeLevels(): mdw is not a MixDeviceWidget\n";
- // no slider. Cannot happen in theory => skip it
- }
- }
-}
-
-#include "moc_viewsliders.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-#ifndef ViewSliders_h
-#define ViewSliders_h
-
-#include <QBoxLayout>
-#include <QFrame>
-#include <QHash>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QPushButton>
-#include <QWidget>
-
-class Mixer;
-#include "viewbase.h"
-
-class ViewSliders : public ViewBase
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-public:
- ViewSliders(QWidget* parent, QString id, Mixer* mixer, ViewBase::ViewFlags vflags, QString guiProfileId, KActionCollection *actColl);
- virtual ~ViewSliders();
-
- virtual QWidget* add(std::shared_ptr<MixDevice>);
- virtual void constructionFinished();
- virtual void configurationUpdate();
-
-public slots:
- void controlsChange(int changeType);
-
-protected:
- virtual void _setMixSet();
-
-private:
- virtual void refreshVolumeLevels();
-
- QBoxLayout* _layoutMDW;
- QLayout* _layoutSliders;
- QBoxLayout* _layoutEnum;
- QHash<QString,QFrame*> _separators;
- QPushButton* _configureViewButton;
- QLabel* emptyStreamHint;
-};
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "volumeslider.h"
-
-VolumeSlider::VolumeSlider(Qt::Orientation orientation, QWidget* parent) : QSlider(orientation, parent)
-{
-}
-
-#include "moc_volumeslider.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright Christian Esken
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef VOLUMESLIDER_H
-#define VOLUMESLIDER_H
-
-#include <QSlider>
-
-#include "volumesliderextradata.h"
-
-class VolumeSlider : public QSlider
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-public:
- VolumeSlider(Qt::Orientation orientation, QWidget* parent); // : QSlider(orientation, parent);
-
- VolumeSliderExtraData extraData;
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-//-*-C++-*-
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Stefan Schimanski <1Stein@gmx.de>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef VOLUMESLIDEREXTRADATA_H
-#define VOLUMESLIDEREXTRADATA_H
-
-#include <QAbstractSlider>
-#include "core/volume.h"
-
-class VolumeSliderExtraData
-{
-public:
- VolumeSliderExtraData() : chid(Volume::NOCHANNEL), subcontrolLabel(0) {};
- ~VolumeSliderExtraData() {};
- void setChid(Volume::ChannelID chid) { this->chid = chid; };
- Volume::ChannelID getChid() { return chid; };
- void setSubcontrolLabel(QWidget *subcontrolLabel) { this->subcontrolLabel = subcontrolLabel; };
- QWidget* getSubcontrolLabel() {return subcontrolLabel; }
-
-protected:
- Volume::ChannelID chid;
- QWidget *subcontrolLabel;
-};
-
-class AbstractVolumeSlider : public QAbstractSlider, public VolumeSliderExtraData
-{
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-[Desktop Entry]
-Exec=kmix --icon '%i' --caption '%c'
-X-DocPath=kmix/index.html
-Type=Application
-Terminal=false
-Icon=kmix
-GenericName=Sound Mixer
-GenericName[bg]=Звуков смесител
-GenericName[bs]=Mikser zvuka
-GenericName[ca]=Mesclador de so
-GenericName[ca@valencia]=Mesclador de so
-GenericName[cs]=Zvukový směšovač
-GenericName[da]=Lydmikser
-GenericName[de]=Lautstärkeregler
-GenericName[el]=Μείκτης ήχου
-GenericName[en_GB]=Sound Mixer
-GenericName[es]=Mezclador de sonido
-GenericName[et]=Helimikser
-GenericName[fi]=Äänimikseri
-GenericName[fr]=Console de mixage
-GenericName[ga]=Meascthóir Fuaime
-GenericName[gl]=Mesturador de son
-GenericName[hu]=Hangkeverő
-GenericName[ia]=Miscitor de sono
-GenericName[id]=Mixer Suara
-GenericName[is]=Hljóðblöndun
-GenericName[it]=Mixer audio
-GenericName[ja]=サウンドミキサー
-GenericName[kk]=Дыбыс микшері
-GenericName[km]=កម្មវិធីលាយសំលេង
-GenericName[ko]=소리 믹서
-GenericName[lt]=Garsų maišiklis
-GenericName[mr]=आवाज मिक्सर
-GenericName[nb]=Lydmikser
-GenericName[nds]=Klangmischer
-GenericName[nl]=Geluidsmixer
-GenericName[nn]=Lydmiksar
-GenericName[pa]=ਸਾਊਡ ਮਿਕਸਰ
-GenericName[pl]=Mikser dźwięku
-GenericName[pt]=Mistura de Áudio
-GenericName[pt_BR]=Mixer de som
-GenericName[ro]=Mixer de sunet
-GenericName[ru]=Звуковой микшер
-GenericName[se]=Jietnamixer
-GenericName[sk]=Zvukový mixér
-GenericName[sl]=Mešalnik zvoka
-GenericName[sr]=Звучна миксета
-GenericName[sr@ijekavian]=Звучна миксета
-GenericName[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Zvučna mikseta
-GenericName[sr@latin]=Zvučna mikseta
-GenericName[sv]=Ljudmixer
-GenericName[tr]=Ses Karıştırıcı
-GenericName[ug]=ئاۋاز كىرىشتۈرگۈچى
-GenericName[uk]=Аудіомікшер
-GenericName[x-test]=xxSound Mixerxx
-GenericName[zh_CN]=混音器
-GenericName[zh_TW]=音效混音器
-Name=KMix
-Name[bg]=KMix
-Name[bs]=KMix
-Name[ca]=KMix
-Name[ca@valencia]=KMix
-Name[cs]=KMix
-Name[da]=KMix
-Name[de]=KMix
-Name[el]=KMix
-Name[en_GB]=KMix
-Name[es]=KMix
-Name[et]=KMix
-Name[fi]=KMix
-Name[fr]=KMix
-Name[ga]=KMix
-Name[gl]=KMix
-Name[hu]=KMix
-Name[ia]=KMix
-Name[id]=KMix
-Name[is]=KMix
-Name[it]=KMix
-Name[ja]=KMix
-Name[kk]=KMix
-Name[km]=KMix
-Name[ko]=KMix
-Name[lt]=KMix
-Name[mr]=के-मिक्स
-Name[nb]=KMix
-Name[nds]=KMix
-Name[nl]=KMix
-Name[nn]=KMix
-Name[pa]=ਕੇਮਿਕਸ
-Name[pl]=KMix
-Name[pt]=KMix
-Name[pt_BR]=KMix
-Name[ro]=KMix
-Name[ru]=KMix
-Name[se]=KMix
-Name[sk]=KMix
-Name[sl]=KMix
-Name[sr]=К‑миксета
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=К‑миксета
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=K‑mikseta
-Name[sr@latin]=K‑mikseta
-Name[sv]=Kmix
-Name[tr]=KMix
-Name[ug]=KMix
-Name[uk]=KMix
-Name[x-test]=xxKMixxx
-Name[zh_CN]=KMix
-Name[zh_TW]=音效調整_KMix
-StartupNotify=true
-Categories=Qt;KDE;AudioVideo;Audio;Mixer;
+++ /dev/null
-[kmix]
-IconName=kmix
-Comment=Sound Mixer
-Comment[bg]=Звуков смесител
-Comment[bs]=Mikser zvuka
-Comment[ca]=Mesclador de so
-Comment[ca@valencia]=Mesclador de so
-Comment[cs]=Zvukový směšovač
-Comment[da]=Lydmikser
-Comment[de]=Lautstärkeregler
-Comment[el]=Μείκτης ήχου
-Comment[en_GB]=Sound Mixer
-Comment[es]=Mezclador de sonido
-Comment[et]=Helimikser
-Comment[fi]=Äänimikseri
-Comment[fr]=Console de mixage
-Comment[ga]=Meascthóir Fuaime
-Comment[gl]=Mesturador de son
-Comment[hu]=Hangkeverő
-Comment[ia]=Mixer de Sono (Miscitor de sono)
-Comment[id]=Mixer Suara
-Comment[is]=Hljóðblandari
-Comment[it]=Mixer audio
-Comment[ja]=サウンドミキサー
-Comment[kk]=Дыбыс микшері
-Comment[km]=កម្មវិធីលាយសំឡេង
-Comment[ko]=소리 믹서
-Comment[lt]=Garsų maišiklis
-Comment[mr]=आवाज मिक्सर
-Comment[nb]=Lydmikser
-Comment[nds]=Klangmischer
-Comment[nl]=Geluidsmixer
-Comment[nn]=Lydmiksar
-Comment[pa]=ਸਾਊਡ ਮਿਕਸਰ
-Comment[pl]=Mikser dźwięku
-Comment[pt]=Mistura de Som
-Comment[pt_BR]=Mixer de som
-Comment[ro]=Mixer de sunet
-Comment[ru]=Звуковой микшер
-Comment[se]=Jietnamixer
-Comment[sk]=Zvukový mixér
-Comment[sl]=Mešalnik zvoka
-Comment[sr]=Звучна миксета
-Comment[sr@ijekavian]=Звучна миксета
-Comment[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Zvučna mikseta
-Comment[sr@latin]=Zvučna mikseta
-Comment[sv]=Ljudmixer
-Comment[tr]=Ses Karıştırıcı
-Comment[ug]=ئاۋاز كىرىشتۈرگۈچى
-Comment[uk]=Аудіомікшер
-Comment[x-test]=xxSound Mixerxx
-Comment[zh_CN]=混音器
-Comment[zh_TW]=音效混音器
-
-[kmix/MasterFallback]
-Name=Audio Device Fallback
-Name[bg]=Резервно звуково устройство
-Name[bs]=Rezervni zvučni uređaj
-Name[ca]=Dispositiu d'àudio alternatiu
-Name[ca@valencia]=Dispositiu d'àudio alternatiu
-Name[cs]=Náhradní zvukové zařízení
-Name[da]=Erstatning for lydenhed
-Name[de]=Audio-Ausweichgerät
-Name[el]=Μετάπτωση συσκευής ήχου
-Name[en_GB]=Audio Device Fallback
-Name[es]=Dispositivo de audio al que recurrir
-Name[et]=Tagavara-heliseade
-Name[fi]=Varaäänilaite
-Name[fr]=Périphérique audio sur lequel se replier
-Name[ga]=Gléas Tacachumais Fuaime
-Name[gl]=Dispositivo de son de reserva
-Name[hu]=Tartalék hangeszköz
-Name[ia]=Replica de dispositivo audio
-Name[id]=Perangkat Audio Belakang
-Name[is]=Varahljóðtæki
-Name[it]=Dispositivo audio di ripiego
-Name[ja]=音声デバイスのフォールバック
-Name[kk]=Қосалқы дыбыс құрылғысы
-Name[km]=ឧបករណ៍អូឌីយ៉ូ Fallback
-Name[ko]=오디오 장치 폴백
-Name[lt]=Audio įrenginio atsarginis variantas
-Name[mr]=ऑडिओ साधन पाठबळ
-Name[nb]=Skifte av lydenhet
-Name[nds]=Klang-Opbackreedschap
-Name[nl]=Terugvalapparaat voor geluid
-Name[nn]=Reservelydeining
-Name[pa]=ਆਡੀਓ ਜੰਤਰ ਫਾਲਬੈਕ
-Name[pl]=Urządzenie dźwiękowe w przypadku awarii
-Name[pt]=Dispositivo Alternativo de Áudio:
-Name[pt_BR]=Dispositivo de áudio alternativo
-Name[ro]=Dispozitiv audio de rezervă
-Name[ru]=Звуковое устройство по умолчанию
-Name[sk]=Záložné audio zariadenie
-Name[sl]=Zasilna zvočna naprava
-Name[sr]=Одступни аудио уређај
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=Одступни аудио уређај
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Odstupni audio uređaj
-Name[sr@latin]=Odstupni audio uređaj
-Name[sv]=Reservljudenhet
-Name[tr]=Ses Aygıtı Yedeğe Geçiş
-Name[ug]=ئاۋاز ئۈسكۈنىسىنى تۆۋەنلەت
-Name[uk]=Другорядний аудіопристрій
-Name[x-test]=xxAudio Device Fallbackxx
-Name[zh_CN]=备用音频设备
-Name[zh_TW]=預設音效裝置
-Comment=Notification on automatic fallback if the preferred device is unavailable
-Comment[bg]=Уведомление за резервно устройство ако подразбиращото се не е налично
-Comment[bs]=Obavještenje o automatskoj alternativi ako željeni uređaj nije dostupan
-Comment[ca]=Notificació del canvi automàtic al dispositiu l'alternatiu si el dispositiu preferit no està disponible
-Comment[ca@valencia]=Notificació del canvi automàtic al dispositiu l'alternatiu si el dispositiu preferit no està disponible
-Comment[cs]=Upozornění na automatickou náhradu, pokud je preferované zařízení nedostupné
-Comment[da]=Bekendtgørelse af automatisk erstatning hvis den foretrukne enhed er utilgængelig
-Comment[de]=Benachrichtigung bei automatischem Wechsel zum Ausweichgerät, wenn das bevorzugte Gerät nicht verfügbar ist
-Comment[el]=Ειδοποίηση σε αυτόματη μετάπτωση αν η προτιμώμενη συσκευή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη
-Comment[en_GB]=Notification on automatic fallback if the preferred device is unavailable
-Comment[es]=Notificación si se recurre automáticamente a otro dispositivo cuando el preferido no está disponible
-Comment[et]=Automaatne varuvariant, kui eelistatud seade pole saadaval
-Comment[fi]=Ilmoita varalaitteeseen turvautumisesta, mikäli suositumpi laite ei ole käytettävissä
-Comment[fr]=Notification sur le repli automatique si les périphériques préférés ne sont pas disponibles
-Comment[ga]=Fógairt nuair nach bhfuil do rogha ghléas ar fáil agus úsáidtear gléas tacachumais
-Comment[gl]=Notificación sobre a selección automática dun dispositivo de son alternativo se o dispositivo preferido non está dispoñíbel
-Comment[hu]=Értesítés az automatikus átállásról, ha az előnyben részesített eszköz nem érhető el
-Comment[ia]=Notification sur replica automatic si l edispositivo preferite non es disponibile
-Comment[id]=Pemberitahuan otomatis diberikan jika perangkat disukai tidak tersedia
-Comment[is]=Aðvörun um sjálfvirkjun varatækis ef valið tæki er ekki tiltækt
-Comment[it]=Notifica sul ripiego automatico se il dispositivo preferito non è disponibile
-Comment[ja]=優先デバイスが利用できないために自動的にフォールバックしたときの通知
-Comment[kk]=Артық көретін құрылғы істемей, автоматты түрде қосалқысына ауысқандағы құлақтандыру
-Comment[km]=ការជូនដំណឹងនៅពេល fallback ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ប្រសិនបើមិនមានឧបករណ៍ដែលពេញចិត្ត
-Comment[ko]=선호하는 장치를 사용할 수 없을 때 자동 폴백 알림
-Comment[lt]=Pranešimai apie automatinį atsarginį įrenginį, jei pageidautinas įrenginys neprieinamas
-Comment[mr]=जर पसंत साधन उपलब्ध नसेल तर स्वयंचलित पाठबळाची सूचना
-Comment[nb]=Gi varsel om automatisk reserveenhet dersom den foretrukne enheten til ikke er tilgjengelig
-Comment[nds]=Bescheed, wenn de vörtrocken Reedschap nich verföögbor is un ansteed de Opbackreedschap bruukt warrt
-Comment[nl]=Melding bij automatische terugval als het apparaat van voorkeur niet beschikbaar is
-Comment[nn]=Varsling om automatisk reserveeining om den føretrekte eininga ikkje er tilgjengeleg
-Comment[pl]=Powiadomienie o samoczynnej zmianie urządzenia audio, kiedy preferowane nie jest dostępne
-Comment[pt]=Notificação de contingência se o dispositivo preferido estiver indisponível
-Comment[pt_BR]=Notificação de alternativa automática se os dispositivos preferidos estiverem indisponíveis
-Comment[ro]=Notificare la trecerea automată pe rezervă dacă dispozitivul preferat nu este disponibil
-Comment[ru]=Уведомление о недоступности звукового устройства по умолчанию
-Comment[sk]=Upozornenie na automatické použitie záložného zariadenia, ak je preferované zariadenie nedostupné
-Comment[sl]=Obvestilo ob samodejni izbiri zasilne naprave, če prednostna naprava ni na voljo
-Comment[sr]=Обавештење о аутоматском спадању ако жељени уређај није доступан
-Comment[sr@ijekavian]=Обавјештење о аутоматском спадању ако жељени уређај није доступан
-Comment[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Obavještenje o automatskom spadanju ako željeni uređaj nije dostupan
-Comment[sr@latin]=Obaveštenje o automatskom spadanju ako željeni uređaj nije dostupan
-Comment[sv]=Underrättelse vid automatisk återgång om önskad enhet inte är tillgänglig
-Comment[tr]=Tercih edilen aygıt erişilemez ise otomatik olarak yeni aygıta geçme bildirimi
-Comment[ug]=مايىللىقتىكى ئۈسكۈنەنى ئىشلەتكىلى بولمىغاندا ئۆزلۈكىدىن تۆۋەنلىتىش ئۇقتۇرۇشى
-Comment[uk]=Сповіщення про автоматичне повернення до типового пристрою, якщо бажаний пристрій недоступний
-Comment[x-test]=xxNotification on automatic fallback if the preferred device is unavailablexx
-Comment[zh_CN]=如果首选设备不可用，在自动使用备用设备时进行通知
-Comment[zh_TW]=若是選用的裝置無法使用時，通知會自動使用預設的裝置
-Actions=Popup
+++ /dev/null
-[Desktop Entry]
-Exec=kmix
-DocPath=kmix/index.html
-OnlyShowIn=KDE;
-Type=Application
-MimeType=
-Terminal=false
-StartupNotify=false
-X-KDE-autostart-condition=kmixrc:Global:AutoStart:true
-Icon=kmix
-GenericName=Sound Mixer
-GenericName[bg]=Звуков смесител
-GenericName[bs]=Mikser zvuka
-GenericName[ca]=Mesclador de so
-GenericName[ca@valencia]=Mesclador de so
-GenericName[cs]=Zvukový směšovač
-GenericName[da]=Lydmikser
-GenericName[de]=Lautstärkeregler
-GenericName[el]=Μείκτης ήχου
-GenericName[en_GB]=Sound Mixer
-GenericName[es]=Mezclador de sonido
-GenericName[et]=Helimikser
-GenericName[fi]=Äänimikseri
-GenericName[fr]=Console de mixage
-GenericName[ga]=Meascthóir Fuaime
-GenericName[gl]=Mesturador de son
-GenericName[hu]=Hangkeverő
-GenericName[ia]=Miscitor de sono
-GenericName[id]=Mixer Suara
-GenericName[is]=Hljóðblöndun
-GenericName[it]=Mixer audio
-GenericName[ja]=サウンドミキサー
-GenericName[kk]=Дыбыс микшері
-GenericName[km]=កម្មវិធីលាយសំលេង
-GenericName[ko]=소리 믹서
-GenericName[lt]=Garsų maišiklis
-GenericName[mr]=आवाज मिक्सर
-GenericName[nb]=Lydmikser
-GenericName[nds]=Klangmischer
-GenericName[nl]=Geluidsmixer
-GenericName[nn]=Lydmiksar
-GenericName[pa]=ਸਾਊਡ ਮਿਕਸਰ
-GenericName[pl]=Mikser dźwięku
-GenericName[pt]=Mistura de Áudio
-GenericName[pt_BR]=Mixer de som
-GenericName[ro]=Mixer de sunet
-GenericName[ru]=Звуковой микшер
-GenericName[se]=Jietnamixer
-GenericName[sk]=Zvukový mixér
-GenericName[sl]=Mešalnik zvoka
-GenericName[sr]=Звучна миксета
-GenericName[sr@ijekavian]=Звучна миксета
-GenericName[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Zvučna mikseta
-GenericName[sr@latin]=Zvučna mikseta
-GenericName[sv]=Ljudmixer
-GenericName[tr]=Ses Karıştırıcı
-GenericName[ug]=ئاۋاز كىرىشتۈرگۈچى
-GenericName[uk]=Аудіомікшер
-GenericName[x-test]=xxSound Mixerxx
-GenericName[zh_CN]=混音器
-GenericName[zh_TW]=音效混音器
-Name=KMix
-Name[bg]=KMix
-Name[bs]=KMix
-Name[ca]=KMix
-Name[ca@valencia]=KMix
-Name[cs]=KMix
-Name[da]=KMix
-Name[de]=KMix
-Name[el]=KMix
-Name[en_GB]=KMix
-Name[es]=KMix
-Name[et]=KMix
-Name[fi]=KMix
-Name[fr]=KMix
-Name[ga]=KMix
-Name[gl]=KMix
-Name[hu]=KMix
-Name[ia]=KMix
-Name[id]=KMix
-Name[is]=KMix
-Name[it]=KMix
-Name[ja]=KMix
-Name[kk]=KMix
-Name[km]=KMix
-Name[ko]=KMix
-Name[lt]=KMix
-Name[mr]=के-मिक्स
-Name[nb]=KMix
-Name[nds]=KMix
-Name[nl]=KMix
-Name[nn]=KMix
-Name[pa]=ਕੇਮਿਕਸ
-Name[pl]=KMix
-Name[pt]=KMix
-Name[pt_BR]=KMix
-Name[ro]=KMix
-Name[ru]=KMix
-Name[se]=KMix
-Name[sk]=KMix
-Name[sl]=KMix
-Name[sr]=К‑миксета
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=К‑миксета
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=K‑mikseta
-Name[sr@latin]=K‑mikseta
-Name[sv]=Kmix
-Name[tr]=KMix
-Name[ug]=KMix
-Name[uk]=KMix
-Name[x-test]=xxKMixxx
-Name[zh_CN]=KMix
-Name[zh_TW]=音效調整_KMix
-Categories=Qt;KDE;AudioVideo;Audio;Mixer;
+++ /dev/null
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Service
-Name=Restore Mixer Settings
-Name[bg]=Възстановяване настройките на смесителя
-Name[bs]=Obnovi postavke miksete
-Name[ca]=Restaura l'arranjament del mesclador
-Name[ca@valencia]=Restaura l'arranjament del mesclador
-Name[cs]=Obnovit nastavení směšovače
-Name[da]=Genskab mikserindstillinger
-Name[de]=Lautstärkeeinstellungen wiederherstellen
-Name[el]=Επαναφορά ρυθμίσεων μείκτη
-Name[en_GB]=Restore Mixer Settings
-Name[es]=Restaurar las preferencias del mezclador
-Name[et]=Mikseri seadistuste taastamine
-Name[fi]=Palauta mikserin asetukset
-Name[fr]=Restaurer la configuration du mixage
-Name[ga]=Athchóirigh Socruithe an Mheascthóra
-Name[gl]=Restaurar os parámetros do mesturador
-Name[hu]=Keverőbeállítások visszaállítása
-Name[ia]=Restabili preferentias de Mixer
-Name[id]=Kembalikan Pengaturan Mixer
-Name[is]=Frumstilla hljóðblöndunarstillingar
-Name[it]=Ripristina le impostazioni del mixer
-Name[ja]=ミキサーの設定を復元
-Name[kk]=Микшер баптауларын қалпына келтіру
-Name[km]=ស្ដារការកំណត់របស់កម្មវិធីលាយឡើងវិញ
-Name[ko]=믹서 설정 복원
-Name[lt]=Atstatyti maišytuvo nustatymus
-Name[mr]=मिक्सर संयोजना पुन्हस्थापित करा
-Name[nb]=Gjennopprett mikserinnstillinger
-Name[nds]=Mischerinstellen wedderherstellen
-Name[nl]=Mixerinstellingen herstellen
-Name[nn]=Gjenopprett miksarinnstillingar
-Name[pa]=ਮਿਕਸਰ ਸੈਟਿੰਗ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰੋ
-Name[pl]=Przywróć ustawienia miksera
-Name[pt]=Repor a Configuração do Volume
-Name[pt_BR]=Restaurar configurações do Mixer
-Name[ro]=Restabilește configurările mixerului
-Name[ru]=Восстановление параметров микшера
-Name[se]=Máhcat mixerheivehusat
-Name[sk]=Obnoviť nastavenie mixéra
-Name[sl]=Obnovi nastavitve mešalnika
-Name[sr]=Поврати поставке миксете
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=Поврати поставке миксете
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Povrati postavke miksete
-Name[sr@latin]=Povrati postavke miksete
-Name[sv]=Återställ mixerinställningar
-Name[tr]=Karıştırıcı Ayarlarını Yeniden Yükle
-Name[ug]=سازلىغۇچ تەڭشەكلىرىنى ئەسلىگە كەلتۈر
-Name[uk]=Відновити параметри мікшера
-Name[x-test]=xxRestore Mixer Settingsxx
-Name[zh_CN]=还原混音器设置
-Name[zh_TW]=回復混音器設定
-Exec=kmixctrl --restore
+++ /dev/null
-[Desktop Entry]
-Type=Service
-Icon=kmix
-Name=KMixD
-Name[bg]=KMixD
-Name[bs]=KMixD
-Name[ca]=KMixD
-Name[ca@valencia]=KMixD
-Name[cs]=KMixD
-Name[da]=KMixD
-Name[de]=KMixD
-Name[el]=KMixD
-Name[en_GB]=KMixD
-Name[es]=KMixD
-Name[et]=KMixD
-Name[fi]=KMixD
-Name[fr]=KMixD
-Name[ga]=KMixD
-Name[gl]=KMixD
-Name[hu]=KMixD
-Name[ia]=KMixD
-Name[id]=KMixD
-Name[is]=KMixD
-Name[it]=KMixD
-Name[ja]=KMixD
-Name[kk]=KMixD
-Name[km]=KMixD
-Name[ko]=KMixD
-Name[lt]=KMixD
-Name[mr]=के-मिक्स-डि
-Name[nb]=KMixD
-Name[nds]=KMixD
-Name[nl]=KMixD
-Name[pa]=KMixD
-Name[pl]=KMixD
-Name[pt]=KMixD
-Name[pt_BR]=KMixD
-Name[ro]=KMixD
-Name[ru]=KMixD
-Name[sk]=KMixD
-Name[sl]=KMixD
-Name[sr]=К‑миксета‑д
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=К‑миксета‑д
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=K‑mikseta‑d
-Name[sr@latin]=K‑mikseta‑d
-Name[sv]=Kmixd
-Name[tr]=KMixD
-Name[ug]=KMixD
-Name[uk]=KMixD
-Name[x-test]=xxKMixDxx
-Name[zh_CN]=KMixD
-Name[zh_TW]=KMix 伺服程式
-Comment=KMixD Mixer Service
-Comment[bg]=Услуга за смесител KMixD
-Comment[bs]=KMixD Mikser servis
-Comment[ca]=Servei de mesclador KMixD
-Comment[ca@valencia]=Servei de mesclador KMixD
-Comment[cs]=KMixD služba směšovače
-Comment[da]=KMixD miksertjeneste
-Comment[de]=KMixD-Lautstärkeregelungsdienst
-Comment[el]=Υπηρεσία μείκτη KMixD
-Comment[en_GB]=KMixD Mixer Service
-Comment[es]=Servicio de mezclador KMixD
-Comment[et]=KMixD mikseriteenus
-Comment[fi]=KMixD-mikseripalvelu
-Comment[fr]=Service de mixage « KMixd »
-Comment[ga]=Seirbhís Meascóra KMixD
-Comment[gl]=Servizo mesturador KMixD
-Comment[hu]=KMixD keverőszolgáltatás
-Comment[ia]=Servicio de Miscer de KMixD
-Comment[id]=Layanan Mixer KMixD
-Comment[is]=KMixD hljóðblöndunarþjónusta
-Comment[it]=Servizio mixer KMixD
-Comment[kk]=KMixD микшер қызметі
-Comment[km]=សេវាកម្មនៃកម្មវិធីលាយ KMixD
-Comment[ko]=KMixD 믹서 서비스
-Comment[lt]=KMixD maišytuvo tarnyba
-Comment[mr]=के-मिक्स-डि मिक्सर सेवा
-Comment[nb]=KMixD miksertjeneste
-Comment[nds]=KMixD-Mischer
-Comment[nl]=KMixD mixerservice
-Comment[pa]=KMixD ਮਿਕਸਰ ਸਰਵਿਸ
-Comment[pl]=Usługa miksera KMixD
-Comment[pt]=Serviço de Mistura KMixD
-Comment[pt_BR]=Serviço de Mixer KMixD
-Comment[ro]=Serviciu de mixer KMixD
-Comment[ru]=Служба микшера KMixD
-Comment[sk]=Služba mixéra KMixD
-Comment[sl]=Storitev mešalnika KMixD
-Comment[sr]=Миксетни сервис К‑миксете
-Comment[sr@ijekavian]=Миксетни сервис К‑миксете
-Comment[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Miksetni servis K‑miksete
-Comment[sr@latin]=Miksetni servis K‑miksete
-Comment[sv]=Kmixd mixertjänst
-Comment[tr]=KMixD Karıştırıcı Servisi
-Comment[ug]=KMixD سازلىغۇچ مۇلازىمىتى
-Comment[uk]=Служба мікшування KMixD
-Comment[x-test]=xxKMixD Mixer Servicexx
-Comment[zh_CN]=KMixD 混音器服务
-Comment[zh_TW]=KMixD 混音器服務
-StartupNotify=false
-#X-KDE-autostart-phase=1
-#X-KDE-ServiceTypes=
-
-# KDED registration
-X-KDE-ServiceTypes=KDEDModule
-X-KDE-Library=kmixd
-X-KDE-DBus-ModuleName=kmixd
-X-KDE-Kded-autoload=true
-OnlyShowIn=KDE;
+++ /dev/null
-<!DOCTYPE kpartgui>
-<kpartgui name="kmix" version="11">
-
-<ActionProperties>
- <Action name="hide_kmixwindow" icon="dialog-close"/>
-<!-- <Action name="options_show_menubar" icon="window"/> -->
-</ActionProperties>
-
-<MenuBar>
- <Menu name="file"><text>&File</text>
- <Action name="file_new_tab"/>
- <Action name="file_close_tab"/>
- <Action name="hide_kmixwindow"/>
-<!-- <Action name="options_show_menubar"/> -->
- </Menu>
- <Menu name="settings">
- <Action name="toggle_channels_currentview" append="save_merge"/>
- <Action name="select_master" append="save_merge"/>
- <Action name="launch_kdesoundsetup" append="save_merge"/>
- </Menu>
- <Menu name="help" append="about_merge"><text>&Help</text>
- <Action name="hwinfo"/>
- </Menu>
-</MenuBar>
-
-</kpartgui>
+++ /dev/null
-Contains localizations for the WhatsThis help for the soundcard controls.
-
-This is not yet integrated into the KDE build / install.
-
-For testing, you can install it like this:
-
-loc=de; m=kmix-controls-$loc ; msgfmt -o ${m}.mo ${m}.po
-cp $m.mo /usr/share/locale/$loc/LC_MESSAGES/kmix-controls.mo
-
-You can also do it with loc=en
-
+++ /dev/null
-# Translation of kmix-controls-de.po, containing
-# WhatsThis in German for the Soundcard Controls
-# Copyright (C)2009 This_file_is_part_of_KDE
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
-#
-# Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>, 2009.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: kmix-controls-de\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: xakepa10@gmail.com\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-18 19:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-18 21:52+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>\n"
-"Language-Team: <de@li.org>\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-
-#: Master:1
-msgid "Master"
-msgstr "Reguliert die Lautstärke der Front-Lautsprecher oder aller Lautsprecher (abhängig vom Sounkarten-Modell). Im Fall der digitalen Ausgabe müssen Sie zumeist auch andere Regler wie ADC or DAC einstellen. Bei Kopfhörern existiert meist ein Headphone/Kopfhörer Regler."
-
-#: PCM:1
-msgid "PCM"
-msgstr "Reguliert die Lautstärke für die meisten Medien. Beispielsweise werden MP3 oder Videos über PCM wiedergegeben."
-
-#: Mic:1
-msgid "Mic"
-msgstr "Aufnahmestärke des Mikrophoneingangs"
-
-#: Headphone:1
-msgid "Headphone"
-msgstr "Einstellen der Kopfhörer-Lautstärke. Bei manchen Soundkarten gibt es einen Schalter, mit dem der Kopfhörerausgang manuell angeschaltet werden muss."
-
+++ /dev/null
-# translation of kmix-controls-en.po to
-# Translation of kmix-controls-en.po, containing
-# WhatsThis in English for the Soundcard Controls
-# Copyright (C)2009 This_file_is_part_of_KDE
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the kmix package.
-#
-# Christian Esken <esken@kde.org>, 2009, 2010.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: kmix-controls-en\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: xakepa10@gmail.com\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-18 19:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-29 20:55+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: \n"
-"Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-
-#: Master:1
-msgid "Master"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the front speakers or all speakers (depending on your soundcard model). If you use a digital output, you might need to also use other controls like ADC or DAC. For headphones soundcards often supply a Headphone control."
-
-#: PCM:1
-msgid "PCM"
-msgstr "Most media like MP3 or Videos are played back using PCM. For playControls the volume of the front speakers or all speakers (depending on your soundcard model). If you use a digital output, you might need to also use other controls like ADC or DAC."
-
-#: Mic:1
-msgid "Mic"
-msgstr "Recording level of the microphone input."
-
-#: Mic_Boost:1
-msgid "Mic_Boost"
-msgstr "Volume level boost of the microphone input."
-
-#: Front_Mic:1
-msgid "Front_Mic"
-msgstr "Recording level of the front microphone input."
-
-#: Front_Mic_Boost:1
-msgid "Front_Mic_Boost"
-msgstr "Volume level boost of the front microphone input."
-
-#: Headphone:1
-msgid "Headphone"
-msgstr "Controls the headphone volume. Some soundcards include a switch that must be manually activated to enable the headphone output."
-
-#: Beep:1
-msgid "Beep"
-msgstr "Controls the built in speaker volume."
-
-#: Capture:1
-msgid "Capture"
-msgstr ""
-"This is the overall volume for recording (or capturing). When recording please also look for other controls that can influence the result, like a capture switch or specific capture volumes. For recording usual audio files, many soundcards have a PCM "
-"capture volume, and S/PDIF or IEC958 for capturing digital Inputs."
-
-#: Front:1
-msgid "Front"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the Front speakers."
-
-#: Center:1
-msgid "Center"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the Center speaker."
-
-#: LFE:1
-msgid "LFE"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the LFE speaker."
-
-#: Surround:1
-msgid "Surround"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the Surround (rear) speakers."
-
-#: Side:1
-msgid "Side"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the Side speakers."
-
-#: Center/LFE:1
-msgid "Center/LFE"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the Center and LFE speakers. KMix allows splitting the control for soundcards that support to separately control the Center and LFE volumes."
-
-#: Digital:1
-msgid "Digital"
-msgstr "Digital input or output."
-
-#: IEC958:1
-msgid "IEC958"
-msgstr "Digital input or output."
-
-#: S/PDIF-in:1
-msgid "S/PDIF-in"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the digital input."
-
-#: S/PDIF-out:1
-msgid "S/PDIF-out"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the digital output."
-
-#: IEC958_Default_PCM:1, unknown meaning
-msgid "IEC958_Default_PCM"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: Input_Source:1
-msgid "Input_Source"
-msgstr "Allows the selction of the input source. The sources are soundcard specific."
-
-#: Line:1
-msgid "Line"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the line output"
-
-#: Line-in:1
-msgid "Line-in"
-msgstr "Controls the volume of the line input"
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-
-
-
-
-########### install files ###############
-
-install( FILES
- mixer-pcm.png
- mixer-lfe.png
- mixer-cd.png
- mixer-line.png
- mixer-microphone.png
- mixer-midi.png
- mixer-capture.png
- mixer-pcm-default.png
- mixer-front.png
- mixer-master.png
- mixer-surround.png
- mixer-video.png
- mixer-headset.png
- mixer-digital.png
- mixer-ac97.png
- kmixdocked.png
- kmixdocked_mute.png
- kmixdocked_error.png
- DESTINATION ${KDE4_DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/kmix/pics )
-
-kde4_install_icons( ${KDE4_ICON_INSTALL_DIR} )
+++ /dev/null
-add_subdirectory( engine )
+++ /dev/null
-include_directories( ../../ )
-
-set(mixer_engine_SRCS
- mixerengine.cpp
- mixerservice.cpp
-)
-
-qt4_add_dbus_interface(mixer_engine_SRCS ../../dbus/org.kde.kmix.mixset.xml
- mixset_interface)
-qt4_add_dbus_interface(mixer_engine_SRCS ../../dbus/org.kde.kmix.mixer.xml
- mixer_interface)
-qt4_add_dbus_interface(mixer_engine_SRCS ../../dbus/org.kde.kmix.control.xml
- control_interface)
-
-kde4_add_plugin(plasma_engine_mixer ${mixer_engine_SRCS})
-target_link_libraries(plasma_engine_mixer KDE4::kdecore
- KDE4::plasma)
-
-install(TARGETS plasma_engine_mixer DESTINATION ${KDE4_PLUGIN_INSTALL_DIR})
-install(FILES plasma-engine-mixer.desktop DESTINATION ${KDE4_SERVICES_INSTALL_DIR})
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "mixerengine.h"
-#include "mixset_interface.h"
-#include "mixer_interface.h"
-#include "control_interface.h"
-#include "mixerservice.h"
-#include <QTimer>
-#include <KIcon>
-
-
-const QString MixerEngine::KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE = "org.kde.kmix";
-const QString MixerEngine::KMIX_DBUS_PATH = "/Mixers";
-
-MixerEngine::MixerEngine(QObject *parent, const QVariantList &args)
- : Plasma::DataEngine(parent, args),
- m_kmix(0)
-{
- Q_UNUSED(args)
-
- interface = QDBusConnection::sessionBus().interface();
- watcher = new QDBusServiceWatcher(this);
- watcher->addWatchedService( KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE );
- watcher->setConnection(QDBusConnection::sessionBus());
- watcher->setWatchMode(QDBusServiceWatcher::WatchForRegistration | QDBusServiceWatcher::WatchForUnregistration);
- connect(
- watcher, SIGNAL(serviceRegistered(QString)),
- this, SLOT(slotServiceRegistered(QString))
- );
- connect(
- watcher, SIGNAL(serviceUnregistered(QString)),
- this, SLOT(slotServiceUnregistered(QString))
- );
-}
-
-MixerEngine::~MixerEngine()
-{
- // Cleanup
- delete watcher;
- // it is bad idea to call removeSource() here
- clearInternalData(false);
- delete m_kmix;
-}
-
-QStringList MixerEngine::sources() const
-{
- QStringList sources;
- sources << "Mixers";
- return sources;
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::init()
-{
- getInternalData();
-}
-
-MixerInfo* MixerEngine::createMixerInfo(const QString& dbusPath)
-{
- MixerInfo* curmi = new MixerInfo;
- curmi->iface = new OrgKdeKMixMixerInterface(KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE, dbusPath, QDBusConnection::sessionBus(), this);
- curmi->id = curmi->iface->id();
- curmi->dbusPath = dbusPath;
- curmi->updateRequired = false;
- curmi->unused = false;
- curmi->connected = false;
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().connect(
- KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE, dbusPath,
- "org.kde.KMix.Mixer", "changed",
- this, SLOT(slotControlsReconfigured())
- );
- m_mixers.insert( dbusPath, curmi );
- return curmi;
-}
-
-ControlInfo* MixerEngine::createControlInfo(const QString& mixerId, const QString& dbusPath)
-{
- ControlInfo* curci = new ControlInfo;
- curci->iface = new OrgKdeKMixControlInterface(KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE, dbusPath, QDBusConnection::sessionBus(), this);
- curci->mixerId = mixerId;
- curci->id = curci->iface->id();
- curci->dbusPath = dbusPath;
- curci->updateRequired = false;
- curci->unused = false;
- m_controls.insertMulti(mixerId, curci);
- return curci;
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::getInternalData()
-{
- clearInternalData(true);
- if (!interface->isServiceRegistered(KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE)) {
- return;
- }
- if (!m_kmix) {
- m_kmix = new OrgKdeKMixMixSetInterface(
- KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE, KMIX_DBUS_PATH,
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus(), this
- );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().connect(
- KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE, KMIX_DBUS_PATH,
- "org.kde.KMix.MixSet", "mixersChanged",
- this, SLOT(slotMixersChanged())
- );
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().connect(
- KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE, KMIX_DBUS_PATH,
- "org.kde.KMix.MixSet", "masterChanged",
- this, SLOT(slotMasterChanged())
- );
- }
- Q_FOREACH(const QString& path, m_kmix->mixers()) {
- MixerInfo* curmi = createMixerInfo( path );
- Q_FOREACH(const QString& controlPath, curmi->iface->controls()) {
- createControlInfo(curmi->id, controlPath);
- }
- }
- // Update "Mixers" source
- getMixersData();
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::clearInternalData(bool removeSources)
-{
- Q_FOREACH(MixerInfo* mi, m_mixers) {
- if (removeSources) {
- removeSource(mi->id);
- }
- delete mi->iface;
- delete mi;
- }
- m_mixers.clear();
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, m_controls) {
- if (removeSources) {
- removeSource(ci->mixerId + '/' + ci->id);
- }
- delete ci->iface;
- delete ci;
- }
- m_controls.clear();
-}
-
-bool MixerEngine::sourceRequestEvent(const QString &name)
-{
- if (name == "Mixers") {
- return getMixersData();
- } else if (name.indexOf("/") == -1) {
- // This request is for mixer
- return getMixerData(name);
- } else {
- // This request is for control
- return getControlData(name);
- }
-}
-
-bool MixerEngine::updateSourceEvent(const QString &name)
-{
- return sourceRequestEvent(name);
-}
-
-bool MixerEngine::getMixersData()
-{
- QStringList mixerIds;
- if (interface->isServiceRegistered(KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE)) {
- Q_FOREACH(MixerInfo* mi, m_mixers) {
- mixerIds.append(mi->id);
- }
- /* FIXME: this is used to know whether kmix isn't running or
- * it can't find any audio device; also it works as a strange
- * workaround: without it there is no dataUpdated() call sometimes
- * when it is updated here */
- setData("Mixers", "Running", true);
- setData("Mixers", "Mixers", mixerIds);
- setData("Mixers", "Current Master Mixer", m_kmix->currentMasterMixer());
- setData("Mixers", "Current Master Control", m_kmix->currentMasterControl());
- } else {
- setData("Mixers", "Running", false);
- removeData("Mixers", "Mixers");
- removeData("Mixers", "Current Master Mixer");
- removeData("Mixers", "Current Master Control");
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-bool MixerEngine::getMixerData(const QString& source)
-{
- // Trying to find this mixer
- MixerInfo *curmi = 0;
- Q_FOREACH(MixerInfo* mi, m_mixers) {
- if (mi->id == source ) {
- curmi = mi;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!curmi || !curmi->iface->connection().isConnected()) {
- return false;
- }
- // Setting data
- curmi->updateRequired = true;
- QStringList controlIds;
- QStringList controlReadableNames;
- QStringList controlIcons;
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, m_controls.values(curmi->id)) {
- if (ci->iface->connection().isConnected()) {
- controlIds.append(ci->id);
- controlReadableNames.append(ci->iface->readableName());
- controlIcons.append(ci->iface->iconName());
- }
- }
- setData(source, "Opened", curmi->iface->opened());
- setData(source, "Readable Name", curmi->iface->readableName());
- setData(source, "Balance", curmi->iface->balance());
- setData(source, "Controls", controlIds);
- setData(source, "Controls Readable Names", controlReadableNames);
- setData(source, "Controls Icons Names", controlIcons);
- return true;
-}
-
-bool MixerEngine::getControlData(const QString &source)
-{
- QString mixerId = source.section('/', 0, 0);
- QString controlId = source.section('/', 1);
- // Trying to find mixer for this control
- // and monitor for its changes
- Q_FOREACH(MixerInfo* mi, m_mixers) {
- if (mi->id == mixerId) {
- if (!mi->connected) {
- QDBusConnection::sessionBus().connect(
- KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE, mi->dbusPath,
- "org.kde.KMix.Mixer", "controlChanged",
- this, SLOT(slotControlChanged())
- );
- mi->connected = true;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- // Trying to find this control
- ControlInfo *curci = 0;
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, m_controls.values(mixerId)) {
- if (ci->id == controlId) {
- curci = ci;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!curci || !curci->iface->connection().isConnected()) {
- return false;
- }
- // Setting data
- curci->updateRequired = true;
- setControlData(curci);
- return true;
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::setControlData(ControlInfo* ci)
-{
- QString source = ci->mixerId + '/' + ci->id;
- setData(source, "Volume", ci->iface->volume());
- setData(source, "Mute", ci->iface->mute());
- setData(source, "Can Be Muted", ci->iface->canMute());
- setData(source, "Readable Name", ci->iface->readableName());
- setData(source, "Icon", KIcon(ci->iface->iconName()));
- setData(source, "Record Source", ci->iface->recordSource());
- setData(source, "Has Capture Switch", ci->iface->hasCaptureSwitch());
-}
-
-
-void MixerEngine::slotServiceRegistered(const QString &serviceName)
-{
- // Let's give KMix some time to load
- if (serviceName == KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE ) {
- QTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(getInternalData()));
- }
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::slotServiceUnregistered(const QString &serviceName)
-{
- if (serviceName == KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE) {
- clearInternalData(true);
- }
- // Updating 'Mixers' source
- getMixersData();
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::slotControlChanged()
-{
- // Trying to find mixer from which signal was emitted
- MixerInfo* curmi = m_mixers.value(message().path(), 0);
- if (!curmi) {
- return;
- }
- // Updating all controls that might change
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, m_controls.values(curmi->id)) {
- if (ci->updateRequired) {
- setControlData(ci);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::slotControlsReconfigured()
-{
- // Trying to find mixer from which signal was emitted
- MixerInfo* curmi = m_mixers.value(message().path(), 0);
- if ( !curmi ) {
- return;
- }
- // Updating
- QList<ControlInfo*> controlsForMixer = m_controls.values( curmi->id );
- QStringList controlIds;
- QStringList controlReadableNames;
- QStringList controlIconNames;
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, controlsForMixer) {
- ci->unused = true;
- }
- Q_FOREACH(const QString& controlPath, curmi->iface->controls()) {
- ControlInfo* curci = 0;
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, controlsForMixer) {
- if (ci->dbusPath == controlPath) {
- curci = ci;
- break;
- }
- }
- // If control not found then we should add a new
- if (!curci) {
- curci = createControlInfo(curmi->id, controlPath);
- }
- curci->unused = false;
- controlIds.append(curci->id);
- controlReadableNames.append(curci->iface->readableName());
- controlIconNames.append(curci->iface->iconName());
- }
- // If control is unused then we should remove it
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, controlsForMixer ) {
- if (ci->unused) {
- m_controls.remove(curmi->id, ci);
- delete ci->iface;
- delete ci;
- }
- }
- if (curmi->updateRequired) {
- setData(curmi->id, "Controls", controlIds);
- setData(curmi->id, "Controls Readable Names", controlReadableNames);
- setData(curmi->id, "Controls Icons Names", controlIconNames);
- }
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::updateInternalMixersData()
-{
- // Some mixer added or removed
- Q_FOREACH( MixerInfo* mi, m_mixers) {
- mi->unused = true;
- }
- Q_FOREACH(const QString& mixerPath, m_kmix->mixers()) {
- MixerInfo* curmi = m_mixers.value(mixerPath, 0);
- // if mixer was added, we need to add one to m_mixers
- // and add all controls for this mixer to m_controls
- if (!curmi) {
- curmi = createMixerInfo(mixerPath);
- Q_FOREACH(const QString& controlPath, curmi->iface->controls()) {
- createControlInfo(curmi->id, controlPath);
- }
- }
- curmi->unused = false;
- }
- // and if it was removed, we should remove it
- // and remove all controls
- Q_FOREACH(MixerInfo* mi, m_mixers) {
- if (mi->unused) {
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, m_controls.values(mi->id)) {
- m_controls.remove( mi->id, ci );
- removeSource(ci->mixerId + '/' + ci->id);
- delete ci->iface;
- delete ci;
- }
- m_mixers.remove(mi->dbusPath);
- removeSource(mi->id);
- delete mi->iface;
- delete mi;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::slotMixersChanged()
-{
- // Let's give KMix some time to register this mixer on bus and so on
- QTimer::singleShot(1000, this, SLOT(updateInternalMixersData()));
-}
-
-void MixerEngine::slotMasterChanged()
-{
- setData("Mixers", "Current Master Mixer", m_kmix->currentMasterMixer());
- setData("Mixers", "Current Master Control", m_kmix->currentMasterControl());
-}
-
-Plasma::Service* MixerEngine::serviceForSource(const QString& source)
-{
- QString mixerId = source.section('/', 0, 0);
- QString controlId = source.section('/', 1);
- // Trying to find this control
- ControlInfo *curci = 0;
- Q_FOREACH(ControlInfo* ci, m_controls.values(mixerId)) {
- if (ci->id == controlId) {
- curci = ci;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!curci) {
- return Plasma::DataEngine::serviceForSource(source);
- }
- return new MixerService(this, curci->iface);
-}
-
-K_EXPORT_PLASMA_DATAENGINE(mixer, MixerEngine)
-
-#include "moc_mixerengine.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MIXER_ENGINE_H
-#define MIXER_ENGINE_H
-
-#include <Plasma/DataEngine>
-#include <Plasma/Service>
-
-#include <QDBusConnectionInterface>
-#include <QDBusServiceWatcher>
-#include <QDBusContext>
-#include <QHash>
-#include <QMultiHash>
-#include <QString>
-
-class OrgKdeKMixMixSetInterface;
-class OrgKdeKMixMixerInterface;
-class OrgKdeKMixControlInterface;
-
-struct ControlInfo {
- QString mixerId;
- QString id;
- QString dbusPath;
- bool unused;
- bool updateRequired;
- OrgKdeKMixControlInterface *iface;
-};
-
-struct MixerInfo {
- QString id;
- QString dbusPath;
- bool unused;
- bool updateRequired;
- bool connected;
- OrgKdeKMixMixerInterface *iface;
-};
-
-class MixerEngine : public Plasma::DataEngine, protected QDBusContext
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-
-public:
- MixerEngine(QObject* parent, const QVariantList& args);
- ~MixerEngine();
-
- QStringList sources() const;
-
- void init();
- Plasma::Service* serviceForSource(const QString& source);
-
-protected:
- bool sourceRequestEvent(const QString &name);
- bool updateSourceEvent(const QString &name);
-
-private:
- static const QString KMIX_DBUS_SERVICE;
- static const QString KMIX_DBUS_PATH;
- QDBusConnectionInterface *interface;
- QDBusServiceWatcher *watcher;
- OrgKdeKMixMixSetInterface *m_kmix;
- // Keys are mixers DBus paths
- QHash<QString,MixerInfo*> m_mixers;
- // Keys are mixerIds for control
- QMultiHash<QString,ControlInfo*> m_controls;
-
- MixerInfo* createMixerInfo(const QString& dbusPath);
- ControlInfo* createControlInfo(const QString& mixerId, const QString& dbusPath);
-
- void clearInternalData(bool removeSources);
- bool getMixersData();
- bool getMixerData(const QString& source);
- bool getControlData(const QString& source);
- void setControlData(ControlInfo *ci);
-
-private slots:
- void getInternalData();
- void updateInternalMixersData();
- void slotServiceRegistered(const QString &serviceName);
- void slotServiceUnregistered(const QString &serviceName);
-
- void slotMixersChanged();
- void slotMasterChanged();
- void slotControlChanged();
- void slotControlsReconfigured();
-};
-
-#endif /* MIXER_ENGINE_H */
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#include "mixerservice.h"
-
-MixerService::MixerService(QObject *parent, OrgKdeKMixControlInterface *iface)
- : Plasma::Service(parent)
-{
- m_iface = iface;
-
- setName("mixer");
- setOperationNames(
- QStringList()
- << "setVolume"
- << "setMute"
- << "setRecordSource"
- );
- setDestination("mixer");
-}
-
-OrgKdeKMixControlInterface* MixerService::iface()
-{
- return m_iface;
-}
-
-Plasma::ServiceJob* MixerService::createJob(const QString& operation,
- const QMap<QString,QVariant>& parameters)
-{
- return new MixerJob(this, operation, parameters);
-}
-
-MixerJob::MixerJob(MixerService* service, const QString &operation,
- const QMap<QString,QVariant>& parameters)
- : Plasma::ServiceJob(service->destination(), operation, parameters, service),
- m_service(service)
-{
-}
-
-void MixerJob::start()
-{
- const QString operation = operationName();
- if (operation == "setVolume") {
- bool res = m_service->iface()->setProperty("volume", parameters().value("level").toInt());
- setResult( res );
- return;
- } else if (operation == "setMute") {
- bool res = m_service->iface()->setProperty("mute", parameters().value("muted").toBool());
- setResult( res );
- return;
- } else if (operation == "setRecordSource") {
- bool res = m_service->iface()->setProperty("recordSource", parameters().value("recordSource").toBool());
- setResult( res );
- return;
- }
-}
-
-#include "moc_mixerservice.cpp"
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * KMix -- KDE's full featured mini mixer
- *
- * Copyright 2011 Igor Poboiko <igor.poboiko@gmail.com>
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
- * Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
- */
-
-#ifndef MIXERSERVICE_H
-#define MIXERSERVICE_H
-
-#include <Plasma/Service>
-#include <Plasma/ServiceJob>
-#include "control_interface.h"
-
-//
-class MixerService : public Plasma::Service
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-public:
- MixerService(QObject *parent, OrgKdeKMixControlInterface *iface);
- OrgKdeKMixControlInterface* iface();
-protected:
- Plasma::ServiceJob* createJob(const QString& operation,
- const QMap<QString,QVariant>& parameters);
- OrgKdeKMixControlInterface* m_iface;
-};
-
-//
-class MixerJob : public Plasma::ServiceJob
-{
- Q_OBJECT
-public:
- MixerJob(MixerService *parent, const QString &operation,
- const QMap<QString,QVariant>& parameters);
- void start();
-private:
- MixerService *m_service;
-};
-
-#endif /* MIXERSERVICE_H */
+++ /dev/null
-[Desktop Entry]
-Name=Mixer DataEngine
-Name[bg]=Ядро за смесител
-Name[bs]=Mikser pogon podataka
-Name[ca]=Motor de dades del mesclador
-Name[ca@valencia]=Motor de dades del mesclador
-Name[cs]=Datový stroj směšovače
-Name[da]=Datamotor til mikser
-Name[de]=Mixer-Datenmodul
-Name[el]=Μηχανή δεδομένων μείκτη
-Name[en_GB]=Mixer DataEngine
-Name[es]=Motor de datos del mezclador
-Name[et]=Mikseri andmemootor
-Name[fi]=Mikseritietomoottori
-Name[fr]=Moteur de données du mixeur
-Name[ga]=Inneall Sonraí an Mheascóra
-Name[gl]=Motor de datos do mesturador
-Name[hu]=Keverő adatmodul
-Name[ia]=Motor de datos de Mxer
-Name[id]=Mesindata Mixer
-Name[is]=Hljóðblöndunargagnavél
-Name[it]=Motore di dati del mixer
-Name[kk]=Микшер деректер тетігі
-Name[km]=ម៉ាស៊ីនទិន្នន័យនៃកម្មវិធីលាយ
-Name[ko]=믹서 데이터 엔진
-Name[lt]=Maišytuvo duomenų variklis
-Name[mr]=मिक्सर डेटाइंजिन
-Name[nb]=Mikser datamotor
-Name[nds]=Mischer-Datenkarn
-Name[nl]=Gegevensengine voor mixer
-Name[pa]=ਮਿਕਸਰ ਡਾਟਾਇੰਜਣ
-Name[pl]=Silnik danych miksera
-Name[pt]=Motor de Dados da Mesa de Mistura
-Name[pt_BR]=Mecanismo de dados do mixer
-Name[ro]=Motor de date Mixer
-Name[ru]=Источник данных Plasma для работы с микшером
-Name[sk]=Dátový engine mixéra
-Name[sl]=DataEngine mešalnika
-Name[sr]=Датомотор миксете
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=Датомотор миксете
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Datomotor miksete
-Name[sr@latin]=Datomotor miksete
-Name[sv]=Datagränssnitt för mixer
-Name[tr]=Karıştırıcı Veri Sağlayıcısı
-Name[ug]=سازلىغۇچ سانلىق مەلۇمات ماتورى
-Name[uk]=Рушій даних мікшера
-Name[x-test]=xxMixer DataEnginexx
-Name[zh_CN]=混音器数据引擎
-Name[zh_TW]=混合器資料引擎
-X-KDE-ServiceTypes=Plasma/DataEngine
-Type=Service
-Icon=kmix
-X-KDE-Library=plasma_engine_mixer
-X-KDE-PluginInfo-Name=mixer
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<!-- example configuration for my (= esken@kde.org) soundcard. Pretty nonsense, and just for testing now. -->
-
-<!-- WARNING: THIS IS NO EXAMPLE AND NO GOOD START FOR CREATING PROFILES -->
-
-<soundcard driver="ALSA"
- version="1002005:*"
- name="Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type="Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation="2"
->
-<!-- Example from above:
- Driver : ALSA, Versions 1.2.5 and newer.
- name : Card name, e.g. with the Hercules 7.1 card the name is "Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type : Chip type. ALSA says: "Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation : The "version" of this XML file. If you create an updated version of this XML file,
- "generation" must be incremented.
--->
-
-<!-- The products below are for letting the user select the correct product name.
- It could be implemented like this:
- If a new GUIProfile gets selected (either implictly on the first run or a Profile update, or
- explicitly by the user), prompt the user for the card name.
- Hint: The product stuff is only used in the GUI. It is NOT refeferenced otherwise in the code,
- and especially nothing of it is used as primary key.
- -->
- <product vendor="Hercules" name="Game Theater 7.1 XP" />
- <product vendor="Foo-Venodor" name="Bar-Productname" release="6/2005 and newer" comment="Products sold before 6/2005 contain a different chipset." />
- <product vendor="Hercules" name="Game Theater 6.1 XP" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" release="new" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" release="old" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Apfelsinen Audio 2+" release="old" />
-
-
-
-<!--
- Control definitions:
- ********************
-
- *** comment from cesken, 13.8.2005 ***
- It is probably possible, that only soundcard specific changes against the default profile
- needs be put in a profile file. This approach has advantages and disadvantaged. This needs
- some discussion. !
- **************************************
-
- 'id' is the controls' primary key as defined by the KMix driver backend.
- This can either be a name or an id, complemeted by an optional index.
- (this is "control_name:index" or "control_id:index" or "control_id")
- 'name' == What name to show to the user. (DEFAULT: Name as returned by the driver backend).
- 'name_CC' is the i18n() name for country CC, e.g. "name_de" or "name_pt_BR"
- It is VERY questionable, whether we want i18n() in this XML file. It should probably better
- be "outsourced" as every driver tends to have a limited (and well defined) set of
- control names. This is also true for ALSA, but there we must ALWAYS be prepared for
- new control names.
-- 'controls' is an enumeration of the (sub)controls of this control, e.g "playvol:1" or
- "recvol:1-2,4-6" or "2:*,playswitch,recswitch" or ...
- DEFAULT: "*,switches" (* = recvol:* playvol:* switches=playswitch recswitch genericswitch
-- 'tab' is a definable tab name (DEFAULT: "Main")
-- 'show' defines, on which GUI types the control will be shown.
- simple = Show on the simple GUI (typically only 1 Tab: Master, PCM, CDROM, Microphone)
- extended = Show on the mildly more complex GUI (all "simple" controls plus Recording & Surround stuff).
- full = Show (only) on the full GUI (all controls)
- default is "full"
-- HINT: I will probably merge "tab" and "show", like this:
- show="guitype:tabname" or show="guitype1:tabname1,guitype2:tabname2"
- For example:
- show="*:Play"
- or
- show="simple:Play,extended:Various,full:Play"
--->
-<control id="PCM:0" controls="rec:1-2,recswitch" tab="Record" name="PCM" name_de="WAVE Audio" show="extended" />
-<control id="CD:0" controls="rec:1-2,recswitch" tab="Record" name="PCM" name_de="WAVE Audio" show="extended" />
-<control id="Master:0" controls="play:1-4,playswitch" tab="Play" name="Master" name_de="Lautstärke" show="simple" />
-<control id="Master:0" controls="rec:1-2,recswitch" tab="Record" name="Master" name_de="Lautstärke" show="extended" />
-<control id="Mic_Boost_(+20dB):0" controls="switches" />
-<control id="KMix::Recselect:0" controls="*" show="extended"/> <!-- A virtual control (ComboBox) for selecting soundcard recording channel 0 -->
-<control id="KMix::RecSwitch:0" controls="*" /> <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of channel 0 -->
-<control id="KMix::RecSwitch:1" controls="*" /> <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of channel 1 -->
- <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of all channels -->
- <!-- <control id="KMix::RecSwitch" controls="*" /> -->
-<!-- ... -->
-
-<!-- The fallback control (if not defined, a hardcoded version from KMix will be used)-->
-<control id="*" channels="*" />
-
-
-<!-- Define the type of the used tabs: We need this, for knowing how the controls should be layouted -->
-<tab name="Record" type="SliderSet"/>
-<tab name="Play" type="SliderSet"/>
-<tab name="Switches" type="Switches"/>
-<tab name="Cool-Layout" type="Themed"/>
-
-</soundcard>
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<soundcard driver="ALSA" version = "0:0"
- name = "*"
- type = "*"
- generation = "2"
->
-
-<profile id="ALSA.TerraTec_DMX6Fire.1.default" name="TerraTec DMX6Fire"/>
-<product vendor="Any Vendor" name="Generic Soundcard" />
-
-<control id="^DAC:0$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" />
-<control id="^ADC:0$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" />
-<control id="^Multi:0$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM1 L" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:1$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM1 R" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:2$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM2 L" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:3$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM2 R" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:4$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM3 L" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:5$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM3 R" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:6$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM4 L" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:7$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM4 R" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:8$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM5 L" split="true" />
-<control id="^Multi:9$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="PCM5 R" split="true" />
-<control id="^IEC958:0$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^IEC958:1$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^ADC:1$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^ADC:2$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^ADC:3$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^ADC:4$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^ADC:5$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^Analog_Input_Select:0$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^DAC:1$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^DAC:2$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^DAC:3$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^DAC:4$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^DAC:5$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^Deemphasis:0$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^Deemphasis:1$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^Deemphasis:2$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^H/W:0$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^H/W:1$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^H/W:2$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^H/W:3$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^H/W:4$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^H/W:5$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^IEC958_Multi:0$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="Digital In L" split="true" />
-<control id="^IEC958_Multi:1$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="Digital In R" split="true" />
-<control id="^H/W_Multi:0$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="CD In L" split="true" />
-<control id="^H/W_Multi:1$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="CD In R" split="true" />
-<control id="^H/W_Multi:2$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="Line In L" split="true" />
-<control id="^H/W_Multi:3$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="Line In R" split="true" />
-<control id="^H/W_Multi:4$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="Phono/Mic L" split="true" />
-<control id="^H/W_Multi:5$" subcontrols="*" show="simple" name="Phone/Mic R" split="true"/>
-<control id="^Multi_Track_Internal_Clock:0$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^Multi_Track_Internal_Clock_Default:0$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^Multi_Track_Volume_Rate:0$" subcontrols="*" show="extended" />
-<control id="^.*$" subcontrols="*" show="full" mandatory="true" />
-
-</soundcard>
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<soundcard driver="ALSA" version = "0:0"
- name = "*"
- type = "*"
- generation = "2"
->
-
-<product vendor="Any Vendor" name="Generic Soundcard" />
-
-<control id="^.*$" subcontrols="cvolume,cswitch" show="simple" mandatory="true" />
-
-</soundcard>
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<soundcard driver="ALSA"
- version="*:*"
- name="*"
- type="*"
- generation="2"
- id="default"
->
-<!-- Example from above:
- Driver : ALSA, Versions 1.2.5 and newer.
- name : Card name, e.g. with the Hercules 7.1 card the name is "Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type : Chip type. ALSA says: "Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation : The "version" of this XML file. If you create an updated version of this XML file,
- "generation" must be incremented.
--->
-
-<!-- The products below are for letting the user select the correct product name.
- It could be implemented like this:
- If a new GUIProfile gets selected (either implictly on the first run or a Profile update, or
- explicitly by the user), prompt the user for the card name.
- Hint: The product stuff is only used in the GUI. It is NOT refeferenced otherwise in the code,
- and especially nothing of it is used as primary key.
- -->
- <product vendor="Any Vendor" name="Generic Soundcard" />
-
-<!--
- Control definitions:
- ********************
-
-- 'id' is the controls' primary key as defined by the KMix driver backend.
- This can either be a name or an id, complemeted by an optional index.
- (this is "control_name:index" or "control_id:index" or "control_id")
-- 'name' defines what name is shown to the user. (DEFAULT: Name as returned by the driver backend).
- If defined at all, you should use english text, to allow i18n(). i18n() will be introduced
- in later versions of KMix, and the translations should then
- be "outsourced", as every driver tends to have a limited (and well defined) set of
- control names. This is also true for ALSA, but there we must ALWAYS be prepared for
- new control names.
-- 'controls' is an enumeration of the (sub)controls of this control, e.g "playvol:1" or
- "recvol:1-2,4-6" or "2:*,playswitch,recswitch" or ...
- DEFAULT: "*,switches" (* = recvol:* playvol:* switches=playswitch recswitch genericswitch
-- 'show' defines, on which GUI types the control will be shown.
- simple = Show on the simple GUI (typically only 1 Tab: Master, PCM, CDROM, Microphone)
- extended = Show on the mildly more complex GUI (all "simple" controls plus Recording & Surround stuff).
- full = Show (only) on the full GUI (all controls)
- default is "full"
-- 'mandatory' If set to "true", this entry will be included in all normal copies (useful for catch-all controls like "^.*$").
--->
-
-
-<!-- Please note that when an ALSA is labeled as "Master", it is actually "Front".
- In rare cases ALSA has a real device that is called "Front" (like on HDA_Nvidia)
- Thus we use both here. -->
-<control id="^Master:0$" show="simple" />
-<control id="^Front:0$" show="simple" />
-<control id="^Surround:0$" show="simple"/>
-<control id="^Center:0$" show="simple"/>
-<control id="^LFE:0$" show="simple"/>
-<control id="^PCM:0$" show="simple"/>
-<control id="^CD:0$" show="simple"/>
-<control id="^Headphone:0$" show="simple"/>
-<control id="^Mic.*:0$" show="simple"/>
-<!-- We show ADC and DAC, as they control the actual "output sockets" -->
-<control id="^DAC:0$" show="simple"/>
-<control id="^ADC:0$" show="simple"/>
-
-<!-- This is an example how to rename controls
-<control id="^Master:0$" tab="Base" name="Front" show="simple" />
--->
-
-<control id="^.*$" tab="Base" show="extended" mandatory="true" />
-
-
-</soundcard>
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<soundcard driver="ALSA" version = "0:0"
- name = "*"
- type = "*"
- generation = "2"
->
-
-<product vendor="Any Vendor" name="Generic Soundcard" />
-
-<control id="^.*$" subcontrols="pvolume,pswitch,enum" show="simple" mandatory="true"/>
-
-</soundcard>
+++ /dev/null
-install( FILES
- OSS.default.xml
- ALSA.default.xml
- ALSA.playback.xml
- ALSA.capture.xml
- ALSA.TerraTec_DMX6Fire.1.default.xml
- DESTINATION ${KDE4_DATA_INSTALL_DIR}/kmix/profiles )
-
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<soundcard driver="OSS"
- version="*:*"
- name="*"
- type="*"
- generation="1"
- id="default"
->
-<!-- Example from above:
- Driver : ALSA, Versions 1.2.5 and newer.
- name : Card name, e.g. with the Hercules 7.1 card the name is "Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type : Chip type. ALSA says: "Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation : The "version" of this XML file. If you create an updated version of this XML file,
- "generation" must be incremented.
--->
-
-<!-- The products below are for letting the user select the correct product name.
- It could be implemented like this:
- If a new GUIProfile gets selected (either implictly on the first run or a Profile update, or
- explicitly by the user), prompt the user for the card name.
- Hint: The product stuff is only used in the GUI. It is NOT refeferenced otherwise in the code,
- and especially nothing of it is used as primary key.
- -->
- <product vendor="Any Vendor" name="Generic OSS Soundcard" />
-
-<!--
- Control definitions:
- ********************
-
-- 'id' is the controls' primary key as defined by the KMix driver backend.
- This can either be a name or an id, complemeted by an optional index.
- (this is "control_name:index" or "control_id:index" or "control_id")
-- 'name' defines what name is shown to the user. (DEFAULT: Name as returned by the driver backend).
- If defined at all, you should use english text, to allow i18n(). i18n() will be introduced
- in later versions of KMix, and the translations should then
- be "outsourced", as every driver tends to have a limited (and well defined) set of
- control names. This is also true for ALSA, but there we must ALWAYS be prepared for
- new control names.
-- 'controls' is an enumeration of the (sub)controls of this control, e.g "playvol:1" or
- "recvol:1-2,4-6" or "2:*,playswitch,recswitch" or ...
- DEFAULT: "*,switches" (* = recvol:* playvol:* switches=playswitch recswitch genericswitch
-- 'tab' is a definable tab name (DEFAULT: "Main")
-- 'show' defines, on which GUI types the control will be shown.
- simple = Show on the simple GUI (typically only 1 Tab: Master, PCM, CDROM, Microphone)
- extended = Show on the mildly more complex GUI (all "simple" controls plus Recording & Surround stuff).
- full = Show (only) on the full GUI (all controls)
- default is "full"
-- Future directions: Extended "merged" syntax of "tab" and "show", like this:
- show="guitype:tabname" or show="guitype1:tabname1,guitype2:tabname2,..."
- For example:
- show="*:Play"
- or
- show="simple:Play,extended:Various,full:Play"
--->
-
-
-<!-- In OSS the controls are simple numbers, starting with 0.
- Volume, Bass, Treble,
- Synth, Pcm, Speaker,
- Line, Microphone, CD,
- Mix, Pcm2, RecMon,
- IGain, OGain, Line1,
- Line2, Line3, Digital1,
- Digital2, Digital3, PhoneIn,
- PhoneOut, Video, Radio,
- Monitor, 3D-depth, 3D-center,
- unknown, unknown, unknown,
- unknown , unused };
--->
-<control id="^0$" show="simple" /> <!-- Volume -->
-<control id="^4$" show="simple" /> <!-- PCM -->
-<control id="^8$" show="simple"/> <!-- CD -->
-
-<control id="^.*$" tab="Base" show="extended" mandatory="true" />
-
-
-</soundcard>
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-[Desktop Entry]
-X-KDE-autostart-phase=1
-X-KDE-autostart-condition=kmixrc:Global:startkdeRestore:true
-Type=Application
-Exec=kmixctrl --restore
-OnlyShowIn=KDE;
-Name=Restore Mixer Volumes
-Name[bg]=Възстановяване силата на звука в смесителя
-Name[bs]=Obnovi jačine miksete
-Name[ca]=Restaura els volums del mesclador
-Name[ca@valencia]=Restaura els volums del mesclador
-Name[cs]=Obnovit nastavení hlasitosti
-Name[da]=Genskab mikserlydstyrke
-Name[de]=Lautstärken wiederherstellen
-Name[el]=Επαναφορά εντάσεων μείκτη
-Name[en_GB]=Restore Mixer Volumes
-Name[es]=Restaurar los volúmenes del mezclador
-Name[et]=Mikseri helitugevuste taastamine
-Name[fi]=Palauta mikserin äänivoimakkuudet
-Name[fr]=Restaurer les volumes du mixage
-Name[ga]=Athchóirigh Leibhéil Airde an Mheascthóra
-Name[gl]=Restaurar os volumes do mesturador
-Name[hu]=Hangerők visszaállítása
-Name[ia]=Restabili volumines de Mixer
-Name[id]=Kembalikan Volume Mixer
-Name[is]=Endurheimta stillingar hljóðrása
-Name[it]=Ripristina i volumi del Mixer
-Name[ja]=ミキサーの音量設定を復元する
-Name[kk]=Микшер деңгейлерін қалпына келтіру
-Name[km]=ស្ដារកម្រិតសំឡេងនៃកម្មវិធីលាយ
-Name[ko]=믹서 음량 복원
-Name[lt]=Atstatyti maišytuvo garso lygius
-Name[mr]=मिक्सर आवाज पुन्हस्थापित करा
-Name[nb]=Gjenopprett lydstyrkene til mikser
-Name[nds]=Mischerluutstärken wedderherstellen
-Name[nl]=Mixervolumes herstellen
-Name[nn]=Gjenopprett miksarlydstyrkar
-Name[pa]=ਮਿਕਸਰ ਵਾਲੀਅਮ ਮੁੜ-ਸਟੋਰ ਕਰੋ
-Name[pl]=Przywróć ustawienia głośności miksera
-Name[pt]=Repor os Volumes
-Name[pt_BR]=Restaurar volumes do Mixer
-Name[ro]=Restabilește volumurile mixerelor
-Name[ru]=Восстановление параметров микшера
-Name[sk]=Obnoviť hlasitosti mixéra
-Name[sl]=Obnovi glasnosti mešalnika
-Name[sr]=Обнови јачине миксете
-Name[sr@ijekavian]=Обнови јачине миксете
-Name[sr@ijekavianlatin]=Obnovi jačine miksete
-Name[sr@latin]=Obnovi jačine miksete
-Name[sv]=Återställ mixervolymer
-Name[tr]=Karıştırıcı Ses Düzeylerini Yeniden Yükle
-Name[ug]=سازلىغۇچ ئاۋازىنى ئەسلىگە كەلتۈر
-Name[uk]=Відновити параметри мікшера
-Name[x-test]=xxRestore Mixer Volumesxx
-Name[zh_CN]=还原混音器音量
-Name[zh_TW]=回復混音器音量
-
+++ /dev/null
-set( CMAKE_RUNTIME_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} )
-
-include_directories( ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/.. ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/.. )
-
-set(kmix_adaptor_SRCS)
-qt4_add_dbus_adaptor( kmix_adaptor_SRCS
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../dbus/org.kde.KMix.Mixer.xml
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../dbus/dbusmixerwrapper.cpp DBusMixerWrapper)
-
-
-########### next target ###############
-set(profiletest_SRCS profiletest.cpp )
-
-
-add_executable(profiletest ${profiletest_SRCS}
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../gui/guiprofile.cpp
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../core/MasterControl.cpp
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../core/mixer.cpp
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../core/mixdevice.cpp
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../core/volume.cpp
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../backends/mixer_backend.cpp
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../core/mixset.cpp
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/../core/kmixdevicemanager.cpp
- ${kmix_adaptor_SRCS}
-)
-
-target_link_libraries(profiletest KDE4::kdecore KDE4::solid ${QT_QTGUI_LIBRARY} ${QT_QTXML_LIBRARY})
-
-if (ALSA_FOUND)
- target_link_libraries(profiletest ${ALSA_LIBRARIES})
-endif (ALSA_FOUND)
-
-########### next target ###############
-set(dialogtest_SRCS dialogtest.cpp)
-
-add_executable(dialogtest ${dialogtest_SRCS})
-
-target_link_libraries(dialogtest KDE4::kdeui)
+++ /dev/null
-#include <dialogtest.h>
-
-#include <QCheckBox>
-#include <QLabel>
-#include <QScrollArea>
-#include <QVBoxLayout>
-#include <QDialog>
-
-#include <kaboutdata.h>
-#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
-#include <kglobal.h>
-
-App::App() :KApplication() {
- DialogTest *dialog = new DialogTest();
- dialog->show();
-}
-
-DialogTest::DialogTest() : QDialog( 0)
-{
- /*
- setCaption("Configure" );
- setButtons( Ok|Cancel );
- setDefaultButton( Ok );
-*/
- /*
- QWidget * frame = new QWidget( this );
- setMainWidget( frame );
-*/
- QWidget * frame = this;
-
- QVBoxLayout* layout = new QVBoxLayout(frame );
- QLabel* qlb = new QLabel( "Configuration of the channels.", frame );
- layout->addWidget(qlb);
-
- QScrollArea* scrollArea = new QScrollArea(frame);
- scrollArea->setWidgetResizable(true); // avoid unnecesary scrollbars
- layout->addWidget(scrollArea);
-
- QWidget* vboxForScrollView = new QWidget();
- QGridLayout* grid = new QGridLayout(vboxForScrollView);
- grid->setHorizontalSpacing(0);
-
- for (int i=0; i<10; ++i ) {
- QCheckBox* cb = new QCheckBox( "abcdefg abcdefg abcdefg", vboxForScrollView );
- grid->addWidget(cb,i,0);
- cb = new QCheckBox( "", vboxForScrollView );
- grid->addWidget(cb,i,1);
- cb = new QCheckBox( "", vboxForScrollView );
- grid->addWidget(cb,i,2);
- }
-
- scrollArea->setWidget(vboxForScrollView);
-}
-
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- KAboutData aboutData(
- "dialogtest", 0, ki18n("dialogtest"),
- "1.0", ki18n("bla"), KAboutData::License_GPL,
- ki18n("(c) 2000 by Christian Esken")
- );
-
- KCmdLineArgs::init( argc, argv, &aboutData );
- KCmdLineArgs::parsedArgs();
- App *app = new App();
- int ret = app->exec();
-
- delete app;
- return ret;
-}
-
-#include "moc_dialogtest.cpp"
-
+++ /dev/null
-#ifndef DIALOGTEST_H
-#define DIALOGTEST_H
-
-#include <QCheckBox>
-
-#include <KApplication>
-
-
-class App : public KApplication
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- App();
-};
-
-class DialogTest : public QDialog
-{
- Q_OBJECT
- public:
- DialogTest();
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<soundcard driver="ALSA"
- version="1002005:*"
- name="Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type="Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation="1"
->
-<!-- Example from above:
- Driver : ALSA, Versions 1.2.5 and newer.
- name : Card name, e.g. with the Hercules 7.1 card the name is "Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type : Chip type. ALSA says: "Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation : The "version" of this XML file. If you create an updated version of this XML file,
- "generation" must be incremented.
--->
-
-<!-- The products below are for letting the user select the correct product name.
- It could be implemented like this:
- If a new GUIProfile gets selected (either implictly on the first run or a Profile update, or
- explicitly by the user), prompt the user for the card name.
- Hint: The product stuff is only used in the GUI. It is NOT refeferenced otherwise in the code,
- and especially nothing of it is used as primary key.
- -->
- <product vendor="Hercules" name="Game Theater 7.1 XP" />
- <product vendor="Foo-Venodor" name="Bar-Productname" release="6/2005 and newer" comment="Products sold before 6/2005 contain a different chipset." />
- <product vendor="Hercules" name="Game Theater 6.1 XP" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" release="new" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" release="old" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Apfelsinen Audio 2+" release="old" />
-
-
-
-<!--
- Control definitions:
- ********************
-
- *** comment from cesken, 13.8.2005 ***
- It is probably possible, that only soundcard specific changes against the default profile
- needs be put in a profile file. This approach has advantages and disadvantaged. This needs
- some discussion. !
- **************************************
-
- 'id' is the controls' primary key as defined by the KMix driver backend.
- This can either be a name or an id, complemeted by an optional index.
- (this is "control_name:index" or "control_id:index" or "control_id")
- 'name' == What name to show to the user. (DEFAULT: Name as returned by the driver backend).
- 'name_CC' is the i18n() name for country CC, e.g. "name_de" or "name_pt_BR"
- It is VERY questionable, whether we want i18n() in this XML file. It should probably better
- be "outsourced" as every driver tends to have a limited (and well defined) set of
- control names. This is also true for ALSA, but there we must ALWAYS be prepared for
- new control names.
-- 'controls' is an enumeration of the (sub)controls of this control, e.g "playvol:1" or
- "recvol:1-2,4-6" or "2:*,playswitch,recswitch" or ...
- DEFAULT: "*,switches" (* = recvol:* playvol:* switches=playswitch recswitch genericswitch
-- 'tab' is a definable tab name (DEFAULT: "Main")
-- 'show' defines, on which GUI types the control will be shown.
- simple = Show on the simple GUI (typically only 1 Tab: Master, PCM, CDROM, Microphone)
- extended = Show on the mildly more complex GUI (all "simple" controls plus Recording & Surround stuff).
- full = Show (only) on the full GUI (all controls)
- default is "full"
-- HINT: I will probably merge "tab" and "show", like this:
- show="guitype:tabname" or show="guitype1:tabname1,guitype2:tabname2"
- For example:
- show="*:Play"
- or
- show="simple:Play,extended:Various,full:Play"
--->
-<control id="Master:0" controls="play:1-4,playswitch" name="Master" name_de="Lautstärke" show="simple" />
-<control id="Master:0" controls="rec:1-2,recswitch" tab="Record" name="Master" name_de="Lautstärke" show="extended" />
-<control id="Mic_Boost_(+20dB):0" controls="switches" />
-<control id="KMix::Recselect:0" controls="*" show="extended"/> <!-- A virtual control (ComboBox) for selecting soundcard recording channel 0 -->
-<control id="KMix::RecSwitch:0" controls="*" /> <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of channel 0 -->
-<control id="KMix::RecSwitch:1" controls="*" /> <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of channel 1 -->
- <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of all channels -->
- <!-- <control id="KMix::RecSwitch" controls="*" /> -->
-<!-- ... -->
-
-<!-- The fallback control (if not defined, a hardcoded version from KMix will be used)-->
-<control id="*" channels="*" />
-
-
-<!-- Define the type of the used tabs: We need this, for knowing how the controls should be layouted -->
-<tab name="Record" type="Sliders"/>
-<tab name="Play" type="Sliders"/>
-<tab name="Switches" type="Switches"/>
-<tab name="Cool-Layout" type="Themed"/>
-
-<!-- Qt does not have a validating parser :-(((
- Thus the next (wrong) tags won't be rejected by the regular parser.
- But our GUIProfileParser (a QXmlDefaultHandler) will/should reject this.
- -->
-<wrongtag>
-</wrongtag>
-
-<alsowrongtag/>
-
-</soundcard>
-
+++ /dev/null
-#include "../gui/guiprofile.h"
-
-#include <iostream>
-
-int main(int argc, char* argv[]) {
- GUIProfile* guiprof = new GUIProfile();
-
- char dummyFilename[] = "profiletest.xml";
- QString fileName;
-
- if ( argc >=1 && argv[1] != 0 ) {
- fileName = argv[1];
- }
- else {
- fileName = dummyFilename;
- }
-
- bool ok = guiprof->readProfile(fileName);
- if ( !ok ) {
- std::cerr << "Error: GuiProfile '" << qPrintable(fileName) << "' is NOT ok" << std::endl;
- }
- else {
- std::cout << "GuiProfile '" << qPrintable(fileName) << "' read successfully:\n----------------------\n";
- std::cout << (*guiprof) ;
- std::cout << "----------------------\n";
- }
-
- if ( ok ) {
- return 0;
- }
- else {
- return 1;
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<soundcard driver="ALSA"
- version="1002005:*"
- name="Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type="Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation="1"
->
-<!-- Example from above:
- Driver : ALSA, Versions 1.2.5 and newer.
- name : Card name, e.g. with the Hercules 7.1 card the name is "Sound Fusion CS46xx"
- type : Chip type. ALSA says: "Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5,Cirrus Logic CS4294 rev 5"
- generation : The "version" of this XML file. If you create an updated version of this XML file,
- "generation" must be incremented.
--->
-
-<!-- The products below are for letting the user select the correct product name.
- It could be implemented like this:
- If a new GUIProfile gets selected (either implictly on the first run or a Profile update, or
- explicitly by the user), prompt the user for the card name.
- Hint: The product stuff is only used in the GUI. It is NOT refeferenced otherwise in the code,
- and especially nothing of it is used as primary key.
- -->
- <product vendor="Hercules" name="Game Theater 7.1 XP" />
- <product vendor="Foo-Venodor" name="Bar-Productname" release="6/2005 and newer" comment="Products sold before 6/2005 contain a different chipset." />
- <product vendor="Hercules" name="Game Theater 6.1 XP" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" release="new" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Zypressen Audio 3-" release="old" />
- <product vendor="ABC Cardmakers" name="Apfelsinen Audio 2+" release="old" />
-
-
-
-<!--
- Control definitions:
- ********************
-
- *** comment from cesken, 13.8.2005 ***
- It is probably possible, that only soundcard specific changes against the default profile
- needs be put in a profile file. This approach has advantages and disadvantaged. This needs
- some discussion. !
- **************************************
-
- 'id' is the controls' primary key as defined by the KMix driver backend.
- This can either be a name or an id, complemeted by an optional index.
- (this is "control_name:index" or "control_id:index" or "control_id")
- 'name' == What name to show to the user. (DEFAULT: Name as returned by the driver backend).
- 'name_CC' is the i18n() name for country CC, e.g. "name_de" or "name_pt_BR"
- It is VERY questionable, whether we want i18n() in this XML file. It should probably better
- be "outsourced" as every driver tends to have a limited (and well defined) set of
- control names. This is also true for ALSA, but there we must ALWAYS be prepared for
- new control names.
-- 'controls' is an enumeration of the (sub)controls of this control, e.g "playvol:1" or
- "recvol:1-2,4-6" or "2:*,playswitch,recswitch" or ...
- DEFAULT: "*,switches" (* = recvol:* playvol:* switches=playswitch recswitch genericswitch
-- 'tab' is a definable tab name (DEFAULT: "Main")
-- 'show' defines, on which GUI types the control will be shown.
- simple = Show on the simple GUI (typically only 1 Tab: Master, PCM, CDROM, Microphone)
- extended = Show on the mildly more complex GUI (all "simple" controls plus Recording & Surround stuff).
- full = Show (only) on the full GUI (all controls)
- default is "full"
-- HINT: I will probably merge "tab" and "show", like this:
- show="guitype:tabname" or show="guitype1:tabname1,guitype2:tabname2"
- For example:
- show="*:Play"
- or
- show="simple:Play,extended:Various,full:Play"
--->
-<control id="Master:0" controls="play:1-4,playswitch" name="Master" name_de="Lautstärke" show="simple" />
-<control id="Master:0" controls="rec:1-2,recswitch" tab="Record" name="Master" name_de="Lautstärke" show="extended" />
-<control id="Mic_Boost_(+20dB):0" controls="switches" />
-<control id="KMix::Recselect:0" controls="*" show="extended"/> <!-- A virtual control (ComboBox) for selecting soundcard recording channel 0 -->
-<control id="KMix::RecSwitch:0" controls="*" /> <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of channel 0 -->
-<control id="KMix::RecSwitch:1" controls="*" /> <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of channel 1 -->
- <!-- A virtual control (CheckBox) for switching off/on recording of all channels -->
- <!-- <control id="KMix::RecSwitch" controls="*" /> -->
-<!-- ... -->
-
-<!-- The fallback control (if not defined, a hardcoded version from KMix will be used)-->
-<control id="*" channels="*" />
-
-
-<!-- Define the type of the used tabs: We need this, for knowing how the controls should be layouted -->
-<tab name="Record" type="Sliders"/>
-<tab name="Play" type="Sliders"/>
-<tab name="Switches" type="Switches"/>
-<tab name="Cool-Layout" type="Themed"/>
-
-</soundcard>
-
-
OSDN Git Service
